2018 C-MAX HYBRID Owner’s Manual
ford.caowner.ford.com
2018 C-MAX HYBRID Owner’s Manual
August 2017
First Printing
Owner’s Manual
C-MAX Hybrid
Litho in U.S.A.
JM5J 19A321 MAA
The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. In the interest of
continuous development, we reserve the right to change specifications, design or equipment at any time
without notice or obligation. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, stored in a
retrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without our written permission.
Errors and omissions excepted.
© Ford Motor Company 2017
All rights reserved.
Part Number: 20170720222531
Introduction
About This Manual...........................................7
Symbols Glossary.............................................7
Data Recording..................................................9
California Proposition 65..............................11
Perchlorate.........................................................11
Ford Credit..........................................................11
Replacement Parts
Recommendation.......................................12
Special Notices................................................12
Mobile Communications
Equipment.....................................................13
Export Unique Options..................................13
Environment
Protecting the Environment........................15
At a Glance
Instrument Panel Overview........................16
Child Safety
General Information.......................................18
Installing Child Restraints............................19
Booster Seats..................................................25
Child Restraint Positioning..........................27
Child Safety Locks.........................................28
Seatbelts
Principle of Operation..................................30
Fastening the Seatbelts................................31
Seatbelt Height Adjustment......................33
Seatbelt Warning Lamp and Indicator
Chime.............................................................33
Seatbelt Reminder........................................34
Child Restraint and Seatbelt
Maintenance................................................35
Seatbelt Extension........................................36
Personal Safety System™
Personal Safety System™..........................37
Supplementary Restraints
System
Principle of Operation..................................38
Driver and Passenger Airbags...................39
Front Passenger Sensing System............40
Side Airbags.....................................................43
Driver Knee Airbag.........................................44
Safety Canopy™............................................44
Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator.......45
Airbag Disposal..............................................46
Keys and Remote Controls
General Information on Radio
Frequencies..................................................47
Remote Control...............................................47
Replacing a Lost Key or Remote
Control............................................................51
MyKey™
Principle of Operation...................................52
Creating a MyKey............................................53
Clearing All MyKeys.......................................53
Checking MyKey System Status...............55
Using MyKey With Remote Start
Systems.........................................................55
MyKey Troubleshooting...............................55
Doors and Locks
Locking and Unlocking.................................57
Liftgate
Manual Liftgate...............................................62
Power Liftgate.................................................63
Security
Passive Anti-Theft System........................66
Anti-Theft Alarm............................................67
Steering Wheel
Adjusting the Steering Wheel...................68
1
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Table of Contents
Audio Control..................................................68
Voice Control...................................................69
Cruise Control.................................................69
Information Display Control.......................70
Wipers and Washers
Windshield Wipers..........................................71
Autowipers.........................................................71
Windshield Washers......................................72
Rear Window Wiper and Washers...........72
Lighting
General Information......................................74
Lighting Control...............................................74
Autolamps.........................................................75
Instrument Lighting Dimmer......................75
Headlamp Exit Delay....................................76
Daytime Running Lamps.............................76
Front Fog Lamps.............................................77
Direction Indicators........................................77
Interior Lamps..................................................77
Ambient Lighting............................................78
Windows and Mirrors
Power Windows..............................................79
Global Opening..............................................80
Exterior Mirrors...............................................80
Interior Mirror...................................................82
Sun Visors.........................................................82
Sun Shades......................................................83
Instrument Cluster
Gauges...............................................................85
Warning Lamps and Indicators.................87
Audible Warnings and Indicators..............91
Information Displays
General Information......................................92
Information Messages.................................99
Climate Control
Automatic Climate Control......................106
Hints on Controlling the Interior
Climate........................................................108
Heated Windows and Mirrors..................108
Cabin Air Filter...............................................109
Remote Start.................................................109
Seats
Sitting in the Correct Position....................111
Head Restraints...............................................111
Manual Seats..................................................113
Power Seats.....................................................114
Rear Seats........................................................116
Heated Seats...................................................117
Rear Seat Armrest.........................................117
Universal Garage Door
Opener
Universal Garage Door Opener................118
Auxiliary Power Points
Auxiliary Power Points................................122
Storage Compartments
Center Console..............................................124
Overhead Console........................................124
Starting and Stopping the
Engine
General Information....................................125
Ignition Switch...............................................125
Keyless Starting.............................................125
Starting a Hybrid Electric Vehicle
System..........................................................126
Engine Block Heater....................................128
Automatic Engine Shutdown...................129
2
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Table of Contents
Unique Driving Character-
istics
Hybrid Vehicle Operation............................131
EcoSelect.........................................................133
Hybrid Vehicle Frequently Asked
Questions....................................................133
Fuel and Refueling
Safety Precautions......................................136
Fuel Quality.....................................................136
Fuel Filler Funnel Location........................137
Running Out of Fuel.....................................137
Refueling..........................................................138
Fuel Consumption.........................................141
Engine Emission Control
Emission Law.................................................143
Catalytic Converter......................................144
High Voltage Battery
General Information....................................147
High Voltage Battery Cut-Off
Switch...........................................................149
Transmission
Automatic Transmission...........................150
Brakes
General Information....................................153
Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Brakes...........................................................154
Parking Brake.................................................154
Hill Start Assist..............................................154
Traction Control
Principle of Operation.................................156
Using Traction Control................................156
Stability Control
Principle of Operation.................................157
Using Stability Control...............................158
Parking Aids
Principle of Operation.................................159
Rear Parking Aid............................................159
Front Parking Aid..........................................160
Active Park Assist..........................................161
Rear View Camera.......................................165
Cruise Control
Principle of Operation................................168
Using Cruise Control...................................168
Driving Aids
Blind Spot Information System...............170
Cross Traffic Alert...........................................171
Steering............................................................174
Load Carrying
Rear Under Floor Storage..........................175
Luggage Covers.............................................175
Load Retaining Fixtures..............................176
Load Limit........................................................176
Towing
Towing a Trailer..............................................181
Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels.......181
Driving Hints
Breaking-In......................................................183
Economical Driving......................................183
Driving Through Water...............................184
Floor Mats.......................................................184
Roadside Emergencies
Roadside Assistance..................................186
Hazard Flashers.............................................187
Fuel Shutoff....................................................187
Jump Starting the Vehicle.........................188
3
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Table of Contents
Collision, Damage or Fire Event...............191
Post-Crash Alert System...........................192
Transporting the Vehicle............................192
Customer Assistance
Getting the Services You Need...............194
In California (U.S. Only).............................195
The Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto
Line Program (U.S. Only)......................196
Utilizing the Mediation/Arbitration
Program (Canada Only)........................197
Getting Assistance Outside the U.S. and
Canada.........................................................197
Ordering Additional Owner's
Literature.....................................................198
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.
Only).............................................................199
Reporting Safety Defects (Canada
Only).............................................................199
Fuses
Fuse Specification Chart...........................201
Changing a Fuse...........................................210
Maintenance
General Information.....................................212
Opening and Closing the Hood...............212
Under Hood Overview.................................213
Engine Oil Dipstick.......................................215
Engine Oil Check...........................................215
Oil Change Indicator Reset.......................216
Engine Coolant Check................................216
Automatic Transmission Fluid
Check...........................................................220
Brake Fluid Check.........................................221
Power Steering Fluid Check......................221
Washer Fluid Check.....................................221
Fuel Filter..........................................................221
Changing the 12V Battery..........................222
Checking the Wiper Blades......................223
Changing the Wiper Blades.....................223
Adjusting the Headlamps.........................225
Removing a Headlamp..............................226
Changing a Bulb...........................................226
Bulb Specification Chart............................231
Changing the Engine Air Filter.................232
Vehicle Care
General Information...................................235
Cleaning Products.......................................235
Cleaning the Exterior..................................235
Waxing.............................................................236
Cleaning the Engine....................................237
Cleaning the Windows and Wiper
Blades...........................................................237
Cleaning the Interior...................................238
Cleaning the Instrument Panel and
Instrument Cluster Lens.......................239
Cleaning Leather Seats.............................240
Repairing Minor Paint Damage..............240
Cleaning the Wheels..................................240
Vehicle Storage.............................................241
Body Styling Kits..........................................243
Wheels and Tires
Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit....................244
Tire Care..........................................................250
Using Snow Chains.....................................264
Tire Pressure Monitoring System..........265
Technical Specifications..........................268
Capacities and Specific-
ations
Engine Specifications.................................270
Motorcraft Parts............................................271
Vehicle Identification Number.................272
Vehicle Certification Label........................273
Transmission Code Designation.............273
Capacities and Specifications................274
4
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Table of Contents
Audio System
General Information....................................277
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/CD/
SYNC............................................................278
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/CD/
SYNC/Touchscreen Display.................281
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/CD/
Satellite Radio..........................................282
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: Sony Audio
System.........................................................287
Digital Radio..................................................288
Satellite Radio..............................................290
USB Port.........................................................293
SYNC™
General Information...................................294
Using Voice Recognition...........................296
Using SYNC™ With Your Phone............298
SYNC™ Applications and Services.......310
Using SYNC™ With Your Media
Player............................................................315
SYNC™ Troubleshooting.........................324
SYNC™ 3
General Information...................................332
Home Screen................................................345
Using Voice Recognition...........................346
Entertainment...............................................353
Phone...............................................................363
Navigation......................................................368
Electric Vehicle Information.....................376
Apps.................................................................380
Settings...........................................................383
SYNC™ 3 Troubleshooting......................397
Accessories
Accessories......................................................411
Ford Protect
Ford Protect....................................................413
Scheduled Maintenance
General Maintenance Information........415
Normal Scheduled Maintenance...........418
Special Operating Conditions Scheduled
Maintenance.............................................420
Scheduled Maintenance Record............422
Appendices
Electromagnetic Compatibility..............433
End User License Agreement.................435
5
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Table of Contents
6
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
ABOUT THIS MANUAL
Thank you for choosing Ford. We
recommend that you take some time to
get to know your vehicle by reading this
manual. The more that you know about
your vehicle, the greater the safety and
pleasure you will get from driving it.
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Note: This manual describes product
features and options available throughout
the range of available models, sometimes
even before they are generally available. It
may describe options not fitted to the
vehicle you have purchased.
Note: Some of the illustrations in this
manual may show features as used in
different models, so may appear different
to you on your vehicle.
Note: Always use and operate your vehicle
in line with all applicable laws and
regulations.
Note: Pass on this manual when selling
your vehicle. It is an integral part of your
vehicle.
This manual may qualify the location of a
component as left-hand side or right-hand
side. The side is determined when facing
forward in the seat.
Right-hand side.A
Left-hand side.B
SYMBOLS GLOSSARY
These are some of the symbols you may
see on your vehicle.
Air conditioning system
Air conditioning system lubricant
type
Anti-lock braking system
Avoid smoking, flames or sparks
Battery
Battery acid
Brake fluid - non petroleum
based
Brake system
7
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Introduction
Cabin air filter
Check fuel cap
Child safety door lock or unlock
Child seat lower anchor
Child seat tether anchor
Cruise control
Do not open when hot
Engine air filter
Engine coolant
Engine coolant temperature
Engine oil
Explosive gas
Fan warning
Fasten seatbelt
Flammable
Front airbag
Front fog lamps
Fuel pump reset
Fuse compartment
Hazard warning flashers
Heated rear window
Heated windshield
Interior luggage compartment
release
Jack
Keep out of reach of children
Lighting control
Low tire pressure warning
Maintain correct fluid level
Note operating instructions
Panic alarm
8
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Introduction
Parking aid
Parking brake
Power steering fluid
Power windows front/rear
Power window lockout
Requires registered technician
Safety alert
See Owner's Manual
See Service Manual
Service engine soon
Side airbag
Shield the eyes
Stability control
Windshield wash and wipe
DATA RECORDING
Service Data Recording
Service data recorders in your vehicle are
capable of collecting and storing
diagnostic information about your vehicle.
This potentially includes information about
the performance or status of various
systems and modules in the vehicle, such
as engine, throttle, steering or brake
systems. In order to properly diagnose and
service your vehicle, Ford Motor Company
(Ford of Canada in Canada), and service
and repair facilities may access or share
among them vehicle diagnostic
information received through a direct
connection to your vehicle when
diagnosing or servicing your vehicle.
Additionally, Ford Motor Company (Ford
of Canada, in Canada) may, where
permitted by law, use vehicle diagnostic
information for vehicle improvement or
with other information we may have about
you, (for example, your contact
information), to offer you products or
services that may interest you. Data may
be provided to our service providers such
as part suppliers that may help diagnose
malfunctions, and who are similarly
obligated to protect data. We retain this
data only as long as necessary to perform
these functions or to comply with law. We
may provide information where required
in response to official requests to law
enforcement or other government
authorities or third parties acting with
lawful authority or court order, and such
information may be used in legal
proceedings. For U.S. only (if equipped), if
you choose to use connected apps and
services, such as SYNC Vehicle Health
Report or MyFord Mobile App, you consent
that certain diagnostic information may
also be accessed electronically by Ford
Motor Company and Ford authorized
service facilities, and that the diagnostic
information may be used to provide
9
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Introduction
services to you, personalizing your
experience, troubleshoot, and to improve
products and services and offer you
products and services that may interest
you, where permitted by law. For Canada
only, for more information, please review
the Ford of Canada privacy policy at
www.ford.ca, including our U.S. data
storage and use of service providers in
other jurisdictions who may be subject to
legal requirements in Canada, the United
States and other countries applicable to
them, for example, lawful requirements to
disclose personal information to
governmental authorities in those
countries. See SYNC™ (page 294).
Event Data Recording
This vehicle is equipped with an event
data recorder. The main purpose of an
event data recorder is to record, in
certain crash or near crash-like
situations, such as an airbag
deployment or hitting a road obstacle;
this data will assist in understanding
how a vehicle’s systems performed.
The event data recorder is designed to
record data related to vehicle dynamics
and safety systems for a short period
of time, typically 30 seconds or less.
The event data recorder in this vehicle
is designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle
were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator and/or
the brake pedal; and
• How fast the vehicle was traveling;
and
• Where the driver was positioning
the steering wheel.
This data can help provide a better
understanding of the circumstances in
which crashes and injuries occur.
Note: Event data recorder data is
recorded by your vehicle only if a
non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data
is recorded by the event data recorder
under normal driving conditions and no
personal data or information (e.g., name,
gender, age, and crash location) is
recorded (see limitations regarding 911
Assist and Traffic, directions and
Information privacy below). However,
parties, such as law enforcement, could
combine the event data recorder data
with the type of personally identifying
data routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an event data
recorder, special equipment is required,
and access to the vehicle or the event
data recorder is needed. In addition to
the vehicle manufacturer, other
parties, such as law enforcement, that
have such special equipment, can read
the information if they have access to
the vehicle or the event data recorder.
Ford Motor Company and Ford of
Canada do not access event data
recorder information without obtaining
consent, unless pursuant to court order
or where required by law enforcement,
other government authorities or other
third parties acting with lawful
authority. Other parties may seek to
access the information independently
of Ford Motor Company and Ford of
Canada.
10
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Introduction
Note: Including to the extent that any
law pertaining to Event Data Recorders
applies to SYNC or its features, please
note the following: Once 911 Assist (if
equipped) is enabled (set ON), 911 Assist
may, through any paired and connected
cell phone, disclose to emergency
services that the vehicle has been in a
crash involving the deployment of an
airbag or, in certain vehicles, the
activation of the fuel pump shut-off.
Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist
may also be capable of being used to
electronically or verbally provide to 911
operators the vehicle location (such as
latitude and longitude), and/or other
details about the vehicle or crash or
personal information about the
occupants to assist 911 operators to
provide the most appropriate emergency
services. If you do not want to disclose
this information, do not activate the 911
Assist feature. See SYNC™ (page 294).
Additionally, when you connect to
Traffic, Directions and Information (if
equipped, U.S. only), the service uses
GPS technology and advanced vehicle
sensors to collect the vehicle’s current
location, travel direction, and speed
(“vehicle travel information”), only to
help provide you with the directions,
traffic reports, or business searches
that you request. If you do not want
Ford or its vendors to receive this
information, do not activate the
service. For more information, see
Traffic, Directions and Information,
Terms and Conditions. See SYNC™
(page 294).
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNINGS
Some constituents of engine
exhaust, certain vehicle components,
certain fluids contained in vehicles
and certain products of component wear
contain or emit chemicals known to the
State of California to cause cancer and
birth defects or other reproductive harm.
Battery posts, terminals and related
accessories contain lead and lead
compounds, chemicals known to the
State of California to cause cancer and
reproductive harm. Batteries also contain
other chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer. Wash your
hands after handling.
PERCHLORATE
Certain components in your vehicle such
as airbag modules, seatbelt pretensioners
and remote control batteries may contain
perchlorate material. Special handling
may apply for service or vehicle end of life
disposal.
For more information visit:
Web Address
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazard-
ouswaste/perchlorate
FORD CREDIT
US Only
Ford Credit offers a full range of financing
and lease plans to help you acquire your
vehicle. If you have financed or leased your
vehicle through Ford Credit, thank you for
your business.
11
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Introduction
We offer a number of convenient ways for
you to contact us, and to manage your
account.
Call 1-800-727-7000.
For more information about Ford Credit
and access to Account Manager, go to
www.ford.com/finance.
REPLACEMENT PARTS
RECOMMENDATION
We have built your vehicle to the highest
standards using quality parts. We
recommend that you demand the use of
genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts
whenever your vehicle requires scheduled
maintenance or repair. You can clearly
identify genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts
by looking for the Ford, FoMoCo or
Motorcraft branding on the parts or their
packaging.
Scheduled Maintenance and
Mechanical Repairs
One of the best ways for you to make sure
that your vehicle provides years of service
is to have it maintained in line with our
recommendations using parts that
conform to the specifications detailed in
this Owner’s Manual. Genuine Ford and
Motorcraft parts meet or exceed these
specifications.
Collision Repairs
We hope that you never experience a
collision, but accidents do happen.
Genuine Ford replacement collision parts
meet our stringent requirements for fit,
finish, structural integrity, corrosion
protection and dent resistance. During
vehicle development we validate that
these parts deliver the intended level of
protection as a whole system. A great way
to know for sure you are getting this level
of protection is to use genuine Ford
replacement collision parts.
Warranty on Replacement Parts
Genuine Ford and Motorcraft replacement
parts are the only replacement parts that
benefit from a Ford Warranty. The Ford
Warranty may not cover damage caused
to your vehicle as a result of failed
non-Ford parts. For additional information,
refer to the terms and conditions of the
Ford Warranty.
SPECIAL NOTICES
New Vehicle Limited Warranty
For a detailed description of what is
covered and what is not covered by your
vehicle’s New Vehicle Limited Warranty,
see the Warranty Manual that is provided
to you along with your Owner’s Manual.
Special Instructions
For your added safety, your vehicle is fitted
with sophisticated electronic controls.
WARNINGS
You risk death or serious injury to
yourself and others if you do not
follow the instruction highlighted by
the warning symbol. Failure to follow the
specific warnings and instructions could
result in personal injury.
NEVER use a rearward facing child
restraint on a seat protected by an
ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH
or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can
occur.
12
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Introduction
On Board Diagnostics Data Link
Connector
WARNING
Do not connect wireless plug-in
devices to the data link connector.
Unauthorized third parties could gain
access to vehicle data and impair the
performance of safety related systems.
Only allow repair facilities that follow our
service and repair instructions to connect
their equipment to the data link connector.
Your vehicle has an OBD Data Link
Connector (DLC) that is used in
conjunction with a diagnostic scan tool for
vehicle diagnostics, repairs and
reprogramming services. Installing an
aftermarket device that uses the DLC
during normal driving for purposes such as
remote insurance company monitoring,
transmission of vehicle data to other
devices or entities, or altering the
performance of the vehicle, may cause
interference with or even damage to
vehicle systems. We do not recommend
or endorse the use of aftermarket plug-in
devices unless approved by Ford. The
vehicle Warranty will not cover damage
caused by an aftermarket plug-in device.
MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS
EQUIPMENT
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Using mobile communications equipment
is becoming increasingly important in the
conduct of business and personal affairs.
However, you must not compromise your
own or others’ safety when using such
equipment. Mobile communications can
enhance personal safety and security when
appropriately used, particularly in
emergency situations. Safety must be
paramount when using mobile
communications equipment to avoid
negating these benefits. Mobile
communication equipment includes, but
is not limited to, cellular phones, pagers,
portable email devices, text messaging
devices and portable two-way radios.
EXPORT UNIQUE OPTIONS
For your particular global region, your
vehicle may be equipped with features and
options that are different from the features
and options that are described in this
Owner’s Manual. A market unique
supplement may be supplied that
complements this book. By referring to the
market unique supplement, if provided,
you can properly identify those features,
13
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Introduction
recommendations and specifications that
are unique to your vehicle. This Owner’s
Manual is written primarily for the U.S. and
Canadian Markets. Features or equipment
listed as standard may be different on units
built for export. Refer to this Owner’s
Manual for all other required
information and warnings.
14
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Introduction
PROTECTING THE
ENVIRONMENT
You should play your part in protecting the
environment. Correct vehicle usage and
the authorized disposal of waste, cleaning
and lubrication materials are significant
steps toward this aim.
For details about Ford Motor
Company's sustainability progress and
initiatives visit:
Web Address
www.sustainability.ford.com
15
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Environment
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW
Air vents.A
Direction indicators. See Direction Indicators (page 77). High beam. See
Lighting Control (page 74).
B
Steering wheel control. See Steering Wheel (page 68).C
Instrument cluster. See Instrument Cluster (page 85).D
Steering wheel control. See Steering Wheel (page 68).E
Wiper lever. See Wipers and Washers (page 71).F
Hazard flasher switch. See Hazard Flashers (page 187).G
Information and entertainment display.H
Audio unit. See Audio Unit (page 287).I
Climate controls. See Climate Control (page 106).J
Keyless start button. See Keyless Starting (page 125).K
Steering wheel adjustment. See Adjusting the Steering Wheel (page 68).L
16
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
At a Glance
GENERAL INFORMATION
See the following sections for directions
on how to properly use safety restraints
for children.
WARNINGS
Always make sure your child is
secured properly in a device that is
appropriate for their height, age and
weight. Child safety restraints must be
bought separately from your vehicle.
Failure to follow these instructions and
guidelines may result in an increased risk
of serious injury or death to your child.
All children are shaped differently.
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration and other safety
organizations, base their recommendations
for child restraints on probable child height,
age and weight thresholds, or on the
minimum requirements of the law. We
recommend that you check with a NHTSA
Certified Child Passenger Safety
WARNINGS
Technician (CPST) to make sure that you
properly install the child restraint in your
vehicle and that you consult your
pediatrician to make sure you have a child
restraint appropriate for your child. To
locate a child restraint fitting station and
CPST, contact NHTSA toll free at
1-888-327-4236 or go to
www.nhtsa.dot.gov. In Canada, contact
Transport Canada toll free at
1-800-333-0371 or go to www.tc.gc.ca to
find a Child Car Seat Clinic in your area.
Failure to properly restrain children in child
restraints made especially for their height,
age and weight, may result in an increased
risk of serious injury or death to your child.
On hot days, the temperature inside
the vehicle can rise very quickly.
Exposure of people or animals to
these high temperatures for even a short
time can cause death or serious heat
related injuries, including brain damage.
Small children are particularly at risk.
18
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Child Safety
Recommendations for Safety Restraints for Children
Recommended restraint
type
Child size, height, weight, or ageChild
Use a child safety seat
(sometimes called an
infant carrier, convertible
seat, or toddler seat).
Children weighing 40 lb (18 kg) or less
(generally age four or younger).
Infants or
toddlers
Use a belt-positioning
booster seat.
Children who have outgrown or no longer
properly fit in a child safety seat (gener-
ally children who are less than 4 ft. 9 in.
(1.45 m) tall, are greater than age four
and less than age 12, and between 40 lb
(18 kg) and 80 lb (36 kg) and upward to
100 lb (45 kg) if recommended by your
child restraint manufacturer).
Small children
Use a vehicle safety belt
having the lap belt snug
and low across the hips,
shoulder belt centered
across the shoulder and
chest, and seatback
upright.
Children who have outgrown or no longer
properly fit in a belt-positioning booster
seat (generally children who are at least
4 ft. 9 in. (1.45 m) tall or greater than
80 lb (36 kg) or 100 lb (45 kg) if recom-
mended by child restraint manufacturer).
Larger children
• You are required by law to properly use
safety seats for infants and toddlers in
the United States and Canada.
• Many states and provinces require that
small children use approved booster
seats until they reach age eight, a
height of 4 feet 9 inches (1.45 meters)
tall, or 80 lb (36 kg). Check your local
and state or provincial laws for specific
requirements about the safety of
children in your vehicle.
• When possible, always properly
restrain children 12 years of age and
under in a rear seating position of your
vehicle. Accident statistics suggest that
children are safer when properly
restrained in the rear seating positions
than in a front seating position. See
Front Passenger Sensing System
(page 40).
INSTALLING CHILD
RESTRAINTS
Child Seats
19
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Child Safety
Use a child safety seat (sometimes called
an infant carrier, convertible seat, or
toddler seat) for infants, toddlers, or
children weighing 40 lb (18 kg) or less
(generally age four or younger).
Using Lap and Shoulder Belts
WARNINGS
Airbags can kill or injure a child in a
child restraint. Never place a
rear-facing child restraint in front of
an active airbag. If you must use a
forward-facing child restraint in the front
seat, move the seat upon which the child
seat is installed all the way back.
Airbags can kill or injure a child in a
child restraint. Properly restrain
children 12 and under in the rear seat
whenever possible.
Depending on where you secure a
child restraint, and depending on the
child restraint design, you may block
access to certain seatbelt buckle
assemblies and LATCH lower anchors,
rendering those features potentially
unusable. To avoid risk of injury, make sure
occupants only use seating positions
where they are able to be properly
restrained.
When installing a child safety seat with
combination lap and shoulder belts:
• Use the correct seatbelt buckle for that
seating position.
• Insert the belt tongue into the proper
buckle until you hear a snap and feel it
latch. Make sure the tongue is securely
fastened in the buckle.
• Keep the buckle release button
pointing up and away from the safety
seat, with the tongue between the child
restraint and the release button, to
prevent accidental unbuckling.
• Place the vehicle seat upon which the
child restraint will be installed in the
upright position.
• Put the seatbelt in the automatic
locking mode. See Step 5. This vehicle
does not require the use of a locking
clip.
Perform the following steps when
installing the child restraint with
combination lap and shoulder belts:
Note: Although the child restraint
illustrated is a forward facing child restraint,
the steps are the same for installing a rear
facing child restraint.
1. Position the child safety seat in a seat
with a combination lap and shoulder
belt.
20
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Child Safety
2. Pull down on the shoulder belt and
then grasp the shoulder belt and lap
belt together.
3. While holding the shoulder and lap belt
portions together, route the tongue
through the child restraint according
to the child restraint manufacturer's
instructions. Be sure the belt webbing
is not twisted.
4. Insert the belt tongue into the proper
buckle (the buckle closest to the
direction the tongue is coming from)
for that seating position until you hear
a snap and feel the latch engage. Make
sure the tongue is latched securely by
pulling on it.
5. To put the retractor in the automatic
locking mode, grasp the shoulder
portion of the belt and pull downward
until you pull all of the belt out.
Note: The automatic locking mode is
available on the front passenger and rear
seats.
6. Allow the belt to retract to remove
slack. The belt clicks as it retracts to
indicate it is in the automatic locking
mode.
7. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor
to make sure the retractor is in the
automatic locking mode (you should
not be able to pull more belt out). If the
retractor is not locked, unbuckle the
belt and repeat Steps 5 and 6.
21
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Child Safety
8. Remove remaining slack from the belt.
Force the seat down with extra weight,
for example, by pressing down or
kneeling on the child restraint while
pulling up on the shoulder belt in order
to force slack from the belt. This is
necessary to remove the remaining
slack that will exist once the extra
weight of the child is added to the child
restraint. It also helps to achieve the
proper snugness of the child restraint
to your vehicle. Sometimes, a slight
lean toward the buckle will additionally
help to remove remaining slack from
the belt.
9. Attach the tether strap (if the child
restraint is equipped).
10. Before placing the child in the seat,
forcibly move the seat forward and
back to make sure the seat is securely
held in place. To check this, grab the
seat at the belt path and attempt to
move it side to side and forward and
back. There should be no more than
1 in (2.5 cm) of movement for proper
installation.
We recommend checking with a NHTSA
Certified Child Passenger Safety
Technician to make certain the child
restraint is properly installed. In Canada,
check with Transport Canada for referral
to a Child Car Seat Clinic.
Using Lower Anchors and Tethers
for CHildren (LATCH)
WARNINGS
Do not attach two child safety
restraints to the same anchor. In a
crash, one anchor may not be strong
enough to hold two child safety restraint
attachments and may break, causing
serious injury or death.
Depending on where you secure a
child restraint, and depending on the
child restraint design, you may block
access to certain seatbelt buckle
assemblies and LATCH lower anchors,
rendering those features potentially
unusable. To avoid risk of injury, make sure
occupants only use seating positions
where they are able to be properly
restrained.
The LATCH system is composed of three
vehicle anchor points: two lower anchors
where the seatback and seat cushion meet
(called the seat bight) and one top tether
anchor behind that seating position.
LATCH compatible child safety seats have
two rigid or webbing mounted
attachments that connect to the two lower
anchors at the LATCH equipped seating
positions in your vehicle. This type of
attachment method eliminates the need
to use seatbelts to attach the child
restraint. However, you can still use the
seatbelt to attach the child restraint. For
forward-facing child restraints, attach the
top tether strap to the proper top tether
anchor if a top tether strap has been
provided with your child restraint.
22
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Child Safety
Your vehicle has LATCH lower anchors for
child restraint installation at the seating
positions marked with the child restraint
symbol.
The LATCH anchors are at the rear section
of the rear seat between the cushion and
seatback below the symbols as shown.
Follow the child restraint manufacturer's
instructions to properly install a child
restraint with LATCH attachments. Follow
the instructions on attaching child safety
seats with tether straps.
Attach LATCH lower attachments of the
child restraint only to the anchors shown.
Use of Inboard Lower Anchors from the
Outboard Seating Positions (Center
Seating Use)
WARNING
The standardized spacing for LATCH
lower anchors is 11 in (280 mm)
center to center. Do not use LATCH
lower anchors for the center seating
position unless the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions permit and
specify using anchors spaced at least as
far apart as those in this vehicle.
The lower anchors at the center of the
second row rear seat are spaced 18 in
(46 cm) apart. You cannot install a child
restraint with rigid LATCH attachments at
the center seating position. Only use
LATCH compatible child restraints (with
attachments on belt webbing) at this
seating position provided that the child
restraint manufacturer's instructions
permit use with the anchor spacing stated.
Do not attach a child restraint to any lower
anchor if an adjacent child restraint is
attached to that anchor.
Each time you use the safety seat, check
that the seat is properly attached to the
lower anchors and tether anchor, if
applicable. Tug the child restraint from side
to side and forward and back where it is
secured to your vehicle. The seat should
move less than 1 in (2.5 cm) when you do
this for a proper installation.
If the safety seat is not anchored properly,
the risk of a child being injured in a crash
greatly increases.
23
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Child Safety
Combining Seatbelts and LATCH Lower
Anchors for Attaching Child Safety
Seats
When used in combination, attach either
the seatbelt or the LATCH lower anchors
first, provided a proper installation is
achieved. Attach the tether strap
afterward, if included with the child
restraint.
Using Tether Straps
Many forward-facing child safety
seats include a tether strap
which extends from the back of
the child safety seat and hooks to an
anchoring point called the top tether
anchor. Tether straps are available as an
accessory for many older safety seats.
Contact the manufacturer of your child
restraint for information about ordering a
tether strap, or to obtain a longer tether
strap if the tether strap on your safety seat
does not reach the appropriate top tether
anchor in your vehicle.
Once the child safety seat has been
installed using either the seatbelt, the
lower anchors of the LATCH system, or
both, you can attach the top tether strap.
The tether strap anchors in your vehicle
are in the following positions (shown from
top view):
Perform the following steps to install a
child safety seat with tether anchors:
Note: If you install a child restraint with rigid
LATCH attachments, do not tighten the
tether strap enough to lift the child restraint
off your vehicle seat cushion when the child
is seated in it. Keep the tether strap just snug
without lifting the front of the child restraint.
Keeping the child restraint just touching your
vehicle seat gives the best protection in a
severe crash.
1. Route the child safety seat tether strap
over the back of the seat. For outboard
seating positions, route the tether strap
under the head restraint and between
the head restraint posts. For the center
seating positions, route the tether strap
over the top of the head restraint. If
needed, you can also remove the head
restraints.
2. Locate the correct anchor on the back
panel of the rear seat for the selected
seating position. The anchors are
labeled with the tether strap symbol
and are partially covered by the gap
panel. Pull the panel back to fully
expose the anchors.
24
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Child Safety
3. Clip the tether strap to the anchor as
shown.
4. Tighten the child safety seat tether
strap according to the manufacturer's
instructions. If your child restraint
system is equipped with a tether strap,
and the child restraint manufacturer
recommends its use, we also
recommend its use.
BOOSTER SEATS
WARNING
Do not put the shoulder section of
the seatbelt or allow the child to put
the shoulder section of the seatbelt
under their arm or behind their back. Failure
to follow this instruction could reduce the
effectiveness of the seatbelt and increase
the risk of injury or death in a crash.
Use a belt-positioning booster seat for
children who have outgrown or no longer
properly fit in a child safety restraint
(generally children who are less than 57 in
(1.45 m) tall, are greater than age 4 and
less than age 12, and between 40 lb (18 kg)
and 80 lb (36 kg) and upward to 100 lb
(45 kg) if recommended by your child
restraint manufacturer). Many state and
provincial laws require that children use
approved booster seats until they reach
age eight, a height of 57 in (1.45 m) tall, or
80 lb (36 kg).
Booster seats should be used until you can
answer YES to ALL of these questions
when seated without a booster seat:
• Can the child sit all the way back
against their vehicle seat backrest with
knees bent comfortably at the edge of
the seat cushion?
• Can the child sit without slouching?
• Does the lap belt rest low across the
hips?
• Is the shoulder belt centered on the
shoulder and chest?
• Can the child stay seated like this for
the whole trip?
Always use booster seats in conjunction
with your vehicle lap and shoulder belt.
25
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Child Safety
Types of Booster Seats
• Backless booster seats
If your backless booster seat has a
removable shield, remove the shield. If a
vehicle seating position has a low seat
backrest or no head restraint, a backless
booster seat may place your child's head
(as measured at the tops of the ears)
above the top of the seat. In this case,
move the backless booster to another
seating position with a higher seat backrest
or head restraint and lap and shoulder
belts, or consider using a high back booster
seat.
• High back booster seats
If, with a backless booster seat, you cannot
find a seating position that adequately
supports your child's head, a high back
booster seat would be a better choice.
Children and booster seats vary in size and
shape. Choose a booster that keeps the
lap belt low and snug across the hips,
never up across the stomach, and lets you
adjust the shoulder belt to cross the chest
and rest snugly near the center of the
shoulder. The following drawings compare
the ideal fit (center) to a shoulder belt
uncomfortably close to the neck and a
shoulder belt that could slip off the
shoulder. The drawings also show how the
lap belt should be low and snug across the
child's hips.
26
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Child Safety
If the booster seat slides on the vehicle
seat upon which it is being used, placing a
rubberized mesh sold as shelf or carpet
liner under the booster seat may improve
this condition. Do not introduce any item
thicker than this under the booster seat.
Check with the booster seat
manufacturer's instructions.
CHILD RESTRAINT
POSITIONING
WARNINGS
Airbags can kill or injure a child in a
child seat. Never place a rear-facing
child seat in front of an active airbag.
If you must use a forward-facing child seat
in the front seat, move the vehicle seat
upon which the child seat is installed all
the way back. When possible, all children
age 12 and under should be properly
restrained in a rear seating position. If all
children cannot be seated and restrained
properly in a rear seating position, properly
restrain the largest child in the front seat.
Always carefully follow the
instructions and warnings provided
by the manufacturer of any child
restraint to determine if the restraint device
is appropriate for your child's size, height,
weight, or age. Follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions and warnings
WARNINGS
provided for installation and use in
conjunction with the instructions and
warnings provided by your vehicle
manufacturer. A safety seat that is
improperly installed or utilized, is
inappropriate for your child's height, age,
or weight or does not properly fit the child
may increase the risk of serious injury or
death.
Never let a passenger hold a child on
his or her lap while your vehicle is
moving. The passenger cannot
protect the child from injury in a crash,
which may result in serious injury or death.
Never use pillows, books, or towels
to boost a child. They can slide
around and increase the likelihood
of injury or death in a crash.
Always restrain an unoccupied child
seat or booster seat. These objects
may become projectiles in a crash or
sudden stop, which may increase the risk
of serious injury.
Never place, or allow a child to place,
the shoulder belt under a child's arm
or behind the back because it
reduces the protection for the upper part
of the body and may increase the risk of
injury or death in a crash.
27
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Child Safety
WARNINGS
To avoid risk of injury, do not leave
WARNINGS
children or pets unattended in your vehicle.
Recommendations for attaching child safety restraints for children
Use any attachment method as indicated below by X
Combined
weight of
child and
child seat
Restraint
Type
Safety belt
only
Safety belt
and LATCH
(lower
anchors
and top
tether
anchor)
Safety belt
and top
tether
anchor
LATCH
(lower
anchors
only)
LATCH
(lower
anchors
and top
tether
anchor)
XX
Up to 65 lb
(29.5 kg)
Rear facing
child seat
X
Over 65 lb
(29.5 kg)
Rear facing
child seat
XXX
Up to 65 lb
(29.5 kg)
Forward
facing
child seat
XX
Over 65 lb
(29.5 kg)
Forward
facing
child seat
Note: The child seat must rest tightly
against the vehicle seat upon which it is
installed. It may be necessary to lift or
remove the head restraint. See Seats (page
111).
CHILD SAFETY LOCKS
When these locks are set, the rear doors
cannot be opened from the inside.
28
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Child Safety
The childproof locks are located on the
rear edge of each rear door and must be
set separately for each door.
Left-Hand Side
Turn counterclockwise to lock and
clockwise to unlock.
Right-Hand Side
Turn clockwise to lock and
counterclockwise to unlock.
29
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Child Safety
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNINGS
Always drive and ride with your
seatback upright and the lap belt
snug and low across the hips.
To reduce the risk of injury, make
sure children sit where they can be
properly restrained.
Never let a passenger hold a child on
his or her lap while your vehicle is
moving. The passenger cannot
protect the child from injury in a crash.
All occupants of your vehicle,
including the driver, should always
properly wear their safety belts, even
when an airbag supplemental restraint
system is provided.
It is extremely dangerous to ride in a
cargo area, inside or outside of a
vehicle. In a crash, people riding in
these areas are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow people to ride
in any area of your vehicle that is not
equipped with seats and safety belts. Be
sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat
and using a safety belt properly.
In a rollover crash, an unbelted
person is significantly more likely to
die than a person wearing a safety
belt.
Each seating position in your vehicle
has a specific safety belt assembly
which is made up of one buckle and
one tongue that are designed to be used
as a pair. 1) Use the shoulder belt on the
outside shoulder only. Never wear the
shoulder belt under the arm. 2) Never
swing the safety belt around your neck over
the inside shoulder. 3) Never use a single
belt for more than one person.
When possible, all children 12 years
old and under should be properly
restrained in a rear seating position.
WARNINGS
Safety belts and seats can become
hot in a vehicle that has been closed
up in sunny weather; they could burn
a small child. Check seat covers and
buckles before you place a child anywhere
near them.
Front and rear seat occupants,
including pregnant women, should
wear safety belts for optimum
protection in an accident.
All seating positions in this vehicle have
lap and shoulder safety belts. All
occupants of the vehicle should always
properly wear their safety belts, even when
an airbag supplemental restraint system
is provided.
The safety belt system consists of:
• lap and shoulder safety belts
• shoulder safety belt with automatic
locking mode, (except driver safety
belt)
• height adjuster at the front outboard
seating positions
• retractor and anchor pretensioner at
the front outboard seating positions
• belt tension sensor at the front
outboard passenger seating position
• safety belt warning light and chime
• crash sensors and monitoring system
with readiness indicator.
The safety belt pretensioners are designed
to activate in frontal, near-frontal and side
crashes, and in rollovers. The safety belt
pretensioners on the retractor and anchor
at the front seating positions are designed
to tighten the safety belts firmly against
30
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seatbelts
the occupant's body when activated. This
helps increase the effectiveness of the
safety belts. In frontal crashes, the safety
belt pretensioners can be activated alone
or, if the crash is of sufficient severity,
together with the front airbags.
FASTENING THE SEATBELTS
The front outboard and rear safety
restraints in the vehicle are combination
lap and shoulder belts.
1. Insert the belt tongue into the proper
buckle (the buckle closest to the
direction the tongue is coming from)
until you hear a snap and feel it latch.
Make sure the tongue is securely
fastened in the buckle.
2. To unfasten, press the release button
and remove the tongue from the
buckle.
When in use, place the rear seatbelts in the
belt guides on the outboard seatbacks.
Using Seatbelts During Pregnancy
WARNING
Always ride and drive with your
seatback upright and properly fasten
your seatbelt. Fit the lap portion of
the seatbelt snugly and low across the
hips. Position the shoulder portion of the
seatbelt across your chest. Pregnant
women must follow this practice. See the
following figure.
31
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seatbelts
Pregnant women should always wear their
seatbelt. Position the lap belt portion of a
combination lap and shoulder belt low
across the hips below the belly and worn
as tight as comfort allows. Position the
shoulder belt to cross the middle of the
shoulder and the center of the chest.
Seatbelt Locking Modes
WARNING
If your vehicle is involved in a crash,
have the seatbelts and associated
components inspected as soon as
possible. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury or death.
All safety restraints in the vehicle are
combination lap and shoulder belts. The
driver seatbelt has the first type of locking
mode, and the front outboard passenger
and rear seat seatbelts have both types of
locking modes described as follows:
Vehicle Sensitive Mode
This is the normal retractor mode, which
allows free shoulder belt length
adjustment to your movements and
locking in response to vehicle movement.
For example, if the driver brakes suddenly
or turns a corner sharply, or the vehicle
receives an impact of about 5 mph
(8 km/h) or more, the combination
seatbelts lock to help reduce forward
movement of the driver and passengers.
In addition, the retractor is designed to lock
if you pull the webbing out too quickly. If
the seatbelt retractor locks, slowly lower
the height adjuster to allow the seatbelt
to retract. If the retractor does not unlock,
pull the seatbelt out slowly then feed a
small length of webbing back toward the
stowed position. For rear seatbelts, recline
the rear seat backrest or push the seat
backrest cushion away from the seatbelt.
Feed a small length of webbing back
toward the stowed position.
Automatic Locking Mode
In this mode, the shoulder belt
automatically pre-locks. The belt still
retracts to remove any slack in the
shoulder belt. The automatic locking mode
is not available on the driver seatbelt.
When to Use the Automatic Locking
Mode
Use this mode any time a child safety seat,
except a booster, is installed in passenger
front or rear seating positions. Properly
restrain children 12 years old and under in
a rear seating position whenever possible.
See Child Safety (page 18).
How to Use the Automatic Locking
Mode
1. Buckle the combination lap and
shoulder belt.
2. Grasp the shoulder portion and pull
downward until you pull the entire belt
out.
32
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seatbelts
3. Allow the belt to retract. As the belt
retracts, you will hear a clicking sound.
This indicates the seatbelt is now in the
automatic locking mode.
How to Disengage the Automatic
Locking Mode
Unbuckle the combination lap and
shoulder belt and allow it to retract
completely to disengage the automatic
locking mode and activate the vehicle
sensitive (emergency) locking mode.
SEATBELT HEIGHT
ADJUSTMENT
WARNING
Position the seatbelt height adjusters
so that the belt rests across the
middle of your shoulder. Failure to
adjust the seatbelt correctly could reduce
the effectiveness of the seatbelt and
increase the risk of injury in a crash.
To adjust the shoulder belt height, squeeze
the button and slide the height adjuster up
or down. Release the button and pull down
on the height adjuster to make sure it is
locked in place.
SEATBELT WARNING LAMP
AND INDICATOR CHIME
This lamp illuminates and an
audible warning will sound if the
driver seatbelt has not been
fastened when the vehicle's ignition is
turned on.
Conditions of operation
ThenIf
The seatbelt warning light illuminates and
the warning chime sounds for a few
seconds.
The driver seatbelt is not buckled before
the ignition switch is turned to the on posi-
tion...
The seatbelt warning light and warning
chime turn off.
The driver seatbelt is buckled while the
indicator light is illuminated and the
warning chime is sounding...
The seatbelt warning light and indicator
chime remain off.
The driver seatbelt is buckled before the
ignition switch is turned to the on position...
33
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seatbelts
SEATBELT REMINDER
Belt-Minder™
This feature supplements the safety belt
warning function by providing additional
reminders that intermittently sound a tone
and illuminate the safety belt warning light
when you are in the driver seat or you have
a front seat passenger and a safety belt is
unbuckled.
The system uses information from the
front passenger sensing system to
determine if a front seat passenger is
present and therefore potentially in need
of a warning. To avoid activating the
Belt-Minder feature for objects you place
in the front passenger seat, only the front
seat passengers receive warnings as
determined by the front passenger sensing
system.
If the Belt-Minder warnings expire
(warnings for about five minutes) for one
passenger (driver or front passenger), the
other passenger can still cause the
Belt-Minder feature to turn on.
Then...If...
The Belt-Minder feature will not activate.You and the front seat passenger buckle
your safety belts before you switch the
ignition on or less than 1-2 minutes elapse
after you switch the ignition on...
The Belt-Minder feature activates, the
safety belt warning light illuminates and a
warning tone sounds for 6 seconds every
25 seconds, repeating for about 5 minutes
or until you and the front seat passenger
buckle your safety belts.
You or the front seat passenger do not
buckle your safety belts before your vehicle
reaches at least 6 mph (9.7 km/h) and 1-2
minutes elapse after you switch the ignition
on...
The Belt-Minder feature activates, the
safety belt warning light illuminates and a
warning tone sounds for 6 seconds every
25 seconds, repeating for about 5 minutes
or until you and the front seat passenger
buckle your safety belts.
The safety belt for the driver or front
passenger is unbuckled for about 1 minute
while the vehicle is traveling at least 6 mph
(9.7 km/h) and more than 1-2 minutes
elapse after you switch the ignition on...
34
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seatbelts
Deactivating and Activating the
Belt-Minder Feature
WARNING
While the system allows you to
deactivate it, this system is designed
to improve your chances of being
safely belted and surviving an accident.
We recommend you leave the system
activated for yourself and others who may
use the vehicle.
Note: The driver and front passenger
warnings switch on and off independently.
When you perform this procedure for one
seating position, do not buckle the other
position as this will terminate the process.
Read Steps 1 - 4 thoroughly before
proceeding with the programming
procedure.
Before following the procedure, make sure
that:
• The parking brake is set.
• The transmission is in park (P).
• The ignition is off.
• The driver and front passenger safety
belts are unbuckled.
1. Switch the ignition on. Do not start the
vehicle.
2. Wait until the safety belt warning light
turns off (about one minute). After
Step 2, wait an additional five seconds
before proceeding with Step 3. Once
you start Step 3, you must complete
the procedure within 60 seconds.
3. For the seating position being disabled,
buckle then unbuckle the safety belt
three times at a moderate speed,
ending in the unbuckled state. After
Step 3, the safety belt warning light
turns on.
4. While the safety belt warning light is
on, buckle and then unbuckle the
safety belt. After Step 4, the safety belt
warning light flashes for confirmation.
• This will switch the feature off for that
seating position if it is currently on.
• This will switch the feature on for that
seating position if it is currently off.
CHILD RESTRAINT AND
SEATBELT MAINTENANCE
Inspect the vehicle safety belts and child
safety seat systems periodically to make
sure they work properly and are not
damaged. Inspect the vehicle and child
seat safety belts to make sure there are no
nicks, tears or cuts. Replace if necessary.
All vehicle safety belt assemblies, including
retractors, buckles, front safety belt buckle
assemblies, buckle support assemblies
(slide bar-if equipped), shoulder belt
height adjusters (if equipped), shoulder
belt guide on seat back (if equipped), child
safety seat LATCH and tether anchors, and
attaching hardware, should be inspected
after a crash. Read the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions for additional
inspection and maintenance information
specific to the child restraint.
Ford Motor Company recommends that
all safety belt assemblies in use in vehicles
involved in a crash be replaced. However,
if the crash was minor and an authorized
dealer finds that the belts do not show
damage and continue to operate properly,
they do not need to be replaced. Safety
belt assemblies not in use during a crash
should also be inspected and replaced if
either damage or improper operation is
noted.
Properly care for safety belts. See Vehicle
Care (page 235).
35
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seatbelts
SEATBELT EXTENSION
WARNINGS
Persons who fit into the vehicle's
seatbelt should not use an extension.
Unnecessary use could result in
serious personal injury in the event of a
crash.
Only use extensions provided free of
charge by Ford Motor Company
dealers. The dealer will provide an
extension designed specifically for this
vehicle, model year and seating position.
The use of an extension intended for
another vehicle, model year or seating
position may not offer you the full
protection of your vehicle’s seatbelt
restraint system.
Never use seatbelt extensions to
install child restraints.
Do not use a seatbelt extension with
an inflatable seatbelt.
Do not use extensions to change the
fit of the belt across the torso, over
the lap or to make the seatbelt
buckle easier to reach.
If, because of body size or driving position,
it is not possible to properly fasten the
seatbelt over your lap and shoulder, an
extension that is compatible with the
seatbelts is available free of charge from
Ford Motor Company dealers. Only Ford
seatbelt extensions made by the original
equipment seatbelts manufacturer should
be used with Ford seatbelts. Ask your
authorized dealer if your extension is
compatible with your Ford vehicle restraint
system.
36
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seatbelts
The Personal Safety System provides an
improved overall level of frontal crash
protection to front seat occupants and is
designed to help further reduce the risk of
airbag-related injuries. The system is able
to analyze different occupant conditions
and crash severity before activating the
appropriate safety devices to help better
protect a range of occupants in a variety
of frontal crash situations.
The Vehicle Personal Safety System
consists of:
• Driver and passenger dual-stage airbag
supplemental restraints.
• Front seat outboard seatbelts with
pretensioners, energy management
retractors and seatbelt usage sensors.
• Driver seat position sensor.
• Front passenger sensing system.
• Passenger airbag status indicator.
• Front crash severity sensors.
• Restraints control module with impact
and safing sensors.
• Restraint system warning lamp and
tone.
• The electrical wiring for the airbags,
crash sensors, seatbelt pretensioners,
front seatbelt usage sensors, driver
seat position sensor, front passenger
sensing system and indicator lights.
How Does the Personal Safety
System Work?
The Personal Safety System can adapt the
deployment strategy of the safety devices
according to crash severity and occupant
conditions. A collection of crash and
occupant sensors provides information to
the restraints control module. During a
crash, the restraints control module may
deploy the seatbelt pretensioners, one or
both stages of the dual-stage airbags
based on crash severity and occupant
conditions.
37
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Personal Safety System™
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNINGS
Airbags do not inflate slowly or
gently, and the risk of injury from a
deploying airbag is the greatest close
to the trim covering the airbag module.
All occupants of your vehicle,
including the driver, should always
properly wear their seatbelts, even
when an airbag supplemental restraint
system is provided. Failure to properly wear
your seatbelt could seriously increase the
risk of injury or death.
Even with advanced restraints
systems, properly restrain children
12 and under in a rear seating
position. Failure to follow this could
seriously increase the risk of injury or death.
Do not place your arms on the airbag
cover or through the steering wheel.
Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury.
Keep the areas in front of the airbags
free from obstruction. Do not affix
anything to or over the airbag covers.
Objects could become projectiles during
airbag deployment or in a sudden stop.
Failure to follow this instruction could
result in personal injury or death.
Airbags can kill or injure a child in a
child restraint. Never place a
rear-facing child restraint in front of
an active airbag. If you must use a
forward-facing child restraint in the front
seat, move the seat upon which the child
restraint is installed all the way back.
Do not attempt to service, repair, or
modify the supplementary restraint
system or associated components.
Failure to follow this instruction could
result in personal injury or death.
WARNINGS
Several airbag system components
get hot after inflation. To reduce the
risk of injury, do not touch them after
inflation.
If a supplementary restraint system
component has deployed, it will not
function again. Have the system and
associated components inspected as soon
as possible. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
The airbags are a supplemental restraint
system and are designed to work with the
seatbelts to help protect the driver and
right front passenger from certain upper
body injuries. Airbags do not inflate slowly;
there is a risk of injury from a deploying
airbag.
Note: You will hear a loud bang and see a
cloud of harmless powdery residue if an
airbag deploys. This is normal.
The airbags inflate and deflate rapidly
upon activation. After airbag deployment,
it is normal to notice a smoke-like, powdery
residue or smell the burnt propellant. This
may consist of cornstarch, talcum powder
(to lubricate the bag) or sodium
compounds (for example, baking soda)
that result from the combustion process
that inflates the airbag. Small amounts of
sodium hydroxide may be present which
may irritate the skin and eyes, but none of
the residue is toxic.
While the system is designed to help
reduce serious injuries, contact with a
deploying airbag may also cause abrasions
or swelling. Temporary hearing loss is also
a possibility as a result of the noise
associated with a deploying airbag.
Because airbags must inflate rapidly and
with considerable force, there is the risk of
death or serious injuries such as fractures,
facial and eye injuries or internal injuries,
38
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
particularly to occupants who are not
properly restrained or are otherwise out of
position at the time of airbag deployment.
Thus, it is extremely important that
occupants be properly restrained as far
away from the airbag module as possible
while maintaining vehicle control.
Routine maintenance of the airbags is not
required.
DRIVER AND PASSENGER
AIRBAGS
WARNINGS
Do not place your arms on the airbag
cover or through the steering wheel.
Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury.
Keep the areas in front of the airbags
free from obstruction. Do not affix
anything to or over the airbag covers.
Objects could become projectiles during
airbag deployment or in a sudden stop.
Failure to follow this instruction could
result in personal injury or death.
Airbags can kill or injure a child in a
child restraint. Never place a
rear-facing child restraint in front of
an active airbag. If you must use a
forward-facing child restraint in the front
seat, move the seat upon which the child
restraint is installed all the way back.
The driver and front passenger airbags will
deploy during significant frontal and near
frontal crashes.
The driver and passenger front airbag
system consists of:
• Driver and passenger airbag modules.
• Front passenger sensing system.
· Crash sensors and monitoring
system with readiness indicator.
See Crash Sensors and Airbag
Indicator (page 45).
Proper Driver and Front Passenger
Seating Adjustment
WARNING
National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA)
recommends a minimum distance
of at least 10 in (25 cm) between an
occupant's chest and the driver airbag
module.
To properly position yourself away from
the airbag:
• Move your seat to the rear as far as you
can while still reaching the pedals
comfortably.
• Recline the seat slightly (one or two
degrees) from the upright position.
39
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
After all occupants have adjusted their
seats and put on seatbelts, it is very
important that they continue to sit
properly. A properly seated occupant sits
upright, leaning against the seatback, and
centered on the seat cushion, with their
feet comfortably extended on the floor.
Sitting improperly can increase the chance
of injury in a crash event. For example, if
an occupant slouches, lies down, turns
sideways, sits forward, leans forward or
sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the
chance of injury during a crash is greatly
increased.
Children and Airbags
WARNING
Airbags can kill or injure a child in a
child restraint. Never place a
rear-facing child restraint in front of
an active airbag. If you must use a
forward-facing child restraint in the front
seat, move the seat upon which the child
restraint is installed all the way back.
Children must always be properly
restrained. Accident statistics suggest that
children are safer when properly restrained
in the rear seating positions than in the
front seating position. Failure to follow
these instructions may increase the risk of
injury in a crash.
FRONT PASSENGER SENSING
SYSTEM
WARNINGS
Even with advanced restraints
systems, properly restrain children
12 and under in a rear seating
position. Failure to follow this could
seriously increase the risk of injury or death.
Sitting improperly, out of position or
with the seatback reclined too far
can take weight off the seat cushion
and affect the decision of the passenger
sensing system, resulting in serious injury
or death in the event of a crash. Always sit
upright against your seat back, with your
feet on the floor.
Any alteration or modification to the
front passenger seat may affect the
performance of the front passenger
sensing system. This could seriously
increase the risk of injury or death.
This system works with sensors that are
part of the front passenger seat and
seatbelt to detect the presence of a
properly seated occupant and determine
if the front passenger frontal airbag should
be enabled (may inflate) or not.
40
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
The front passenger sensing system uses
a passenger airbag off indicator which
illuminates and stays lit to remind you that
the front passenger frontal airbag is
disabled. The indicator lamp is in the
center stack of the instrument panel.
Note: When you first switch the ignition on,
the passenger airbag off light illuminates
for a short period of time to confirm it is
functional.
The front passenger sensing system is
designed to disable (will not inflate) the
front passenger frontal airbag when the
front passenger seat is unoccupied, or a
rear facing infant seat, a forward-facing
child restraint, or a booster seat is
detected. Even with this technology,
parents are strongly encouraged to
always properly restrain children in the rear
seat. The sensor also turns off the
passenger front airbag and seat-mounted
side airbag when the passenger seat is
empty.
• When the front passenger sensing
system disables (will not inflate) the
front passenger frontal airbag, the
passenger airbag status indicator
illuminates and stays lit to remind you
that the front passenger frontal airbag
is disabled.
• If you install the child restraint and the
passenger airbag status indicator does
not illuminate, then switch the vehicle
off, remove the child restraint from the
vehicle and reinstall the restraint
following the child restraint
manufacturer’s instructions.
The front passenger sensing system is
designed to enable (may inflate) the front
passenger frontal airbag anytime the
system senses that a person of adult size
is sitting properly in the front passenger
seat.
• When the front passenger sensing
system enables the front passenger
frontal airbag (may inflate), the
passenger airbag status indicator will
not illuminate.
If a person of adult size is sitting in the front
passenger seat, but the passenger airbag
status indicator lamp is lit, it is possible
that the person is not sitting properly in the
seat. If this happens:
• Switch the vehicle off and ask the
person to place the seatback in the full
upright position.
• Have the person sit upright in the seat,
centered on the seat cushion, with the
person's legs comfortably extended.
• Restart the vehicle and have the person
remain in this position for about two
minutes. This allows the system to
detect that person and enable the
passenger front airbag.
• If the passenger airbag status indicator
lamp remains lit even after this, advise
the person to ride in the rear seat.
Passenger airbagPassenger airbag status
indicator
Occupant
DisabledUnlitEmpty
DisabledLitChild
EnabledUnlitAdult
41
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
Note: When the passenger airbag status
indicator lamp is illuminated, the passenger
side airbag (seat mounted) may be disabled
to avoid the risk of airbag deployment
injuries.
After all occupants have adjusted their
seats and put on seatbelts, it is very
important that they continue to sit
properly. A properly seated occupant sits
upright, leaning against the seatback, and
centered on the seat cushion, with both
feet comfortably extended on the floor.
Sitting improperly can increase the chance
of injury in a crash event. For example, if
an occupant slouches, lies down, turns
sideways, sits forward, leans forward or
sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the
chance of injury during a crash is greatly
increased.
If you think that the status of the passenger
airbag off indicator lamp is incorrect, check
for the following:
• Objects lodged underneath the seat.
• Objects between the seat cushion and
the center console.
• Objects hanging off the seatback.
• Objects stowed in the seatback map
pocket.
• Objects placed on the occupant's lap.
• Cargo interference with the seat
• Other passengers pushing or pulling on
the seat.
• Rear passenger feet and knees resting
or pushing on the seat.
The conditions listed above may cause the
weight of a properly seated occupant to
be incorrectly interpreted by the passenger
sensing system. The person in the front
passenger seat may appear heavier or
lighter due to the conditions described in
the list above.
Make sure the front passenger
sensing system is operating
properly. See Crash Sensors
and Airbag Indicator (page 45).
If the airbag readiness lamp is lit, do
the following:
The driver or adult passengers should
check for objects that lodged underneath
the front passenger seat, or cargo
interfering with the seat.
If there are lodged objects, or cargo is
interfering with the seat, take the following
steps to remove the obstruction:
• Pull the vehicle over.
• Switch the vehicle off.
• Driver or adult passengers should
check for any objects lodged
underneath the front passenger seat
or cargo interfering with the seat.
• Remove the obstruction(s) (if found).
• Restart the vehicle.
• Wait at least two minutes and verify
that the airbag readiness lamp is no
longer illuminated.
• If the airbag readiness lamp remains
illuminated, this may or may not be a
problem due to the front passenger
sensing system.
Do not attempt to repair or service the
system. Take your vehicle immediately to
an authorized dealer.
If it is necessary to modify an advanced
front airbag system to accommodate a
person with disabilities, contact your
authorized dealer.
42
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
SIDE AIRBAGS
WARNINGS
Do not place objects or mount
equipment on or near the airbag
cover, on the side of the seatbacks
(of the front seats), or in front seat areas
that may come into contact with a
deploying airbag. Failure to follow these
instructions may increase the risk of
personal injury in the event of a crash.
Do not use accessory seat covers.
The use of accessory seat covers
may prevent the deployment of the
side airbags and increase the risk of injury
in an accident.
Do not lean your head on the door.
The side airbag could injure you as it
deploys from the side of the
seatback.
Do not attempt to service, repair, or
modify the airbag, its fuses or the
seat cover on a seat containing an
airbag as you could be seriously injured or
killed. Contact your authorized dealer as
soon as possible.
If the side airbag has deployed, the
airbag will not function again. The
side airbag system (including the
seat) must be inspected and serviced by
an authorized dealer. If the airbag is not
replaced, the unrepaired area will increase
the risk of injury in a crash.
The side airbags are located on the
outboard side of the seatbacks of the front
seats. In certain sideways crashes, the
airbag on the side affected by the crash
will be inflated. The airbag was designed
to inflate between the door panel and
occupant to further enhance the protection
provided occupants in side impact crashes.
The system consists of the following:
• A label or embossed side panel
indicating that side airbags are fitted
to your vehicle.
• Side airbags located inside the driver
and front passenger seatbacks.
• Front passenger sensing system.
• Crash sensors and monitoring system
with readiness indicator. See Crash
Sensors and Airbag Indicator (page
45).
Note: The passenger sensing system will
deactivate the passenger seat-mounted
side airbag if it detects an empty passenger
seat.
The design and development of the side
airbag system included recommended
testing procedures that were developed
by a group of automotive safety experts
known as the Side Airbag Technical
Working Group. These recommended
testing procedures help reduce the risk of
injuries related to the deployment of side
airbags.
43
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
DRIVER KNEE AIRBAG
A driver's knee airbag is located under the
instrument panel. During a crash, the
restraints control module may activate the
driver's knee airbag based on crash severity
and occupant conditions. Under certain
crash and occupant conditions, the driver’s
knee airbag may deploy but the driver’s
front airbag may not activate. As with front
and side airbags, it is important to be
properly seated and restrained to reduce
the risk of death or serious injury.
Make sure the knee airbag is
operating properly. See Crash
Sensors and Airbag Indicator
(page 45).
SAFETY CANOPY™
WARNINGS
Do not place objects or mount
equipment on or near the headliner
at the siderail that may come into
contact with a deploying curtain airbag.
Failure to follow these instructions may
increase the risk of personal injury in the
event of a crash.
Do not lean your head on the door.
The curtain airbag could injure you
as it deploys from the headliner.
Do not attempt to service, repair, or
modify the supplementary restraint
system or associated components.
Failure to follow this instruction could
result in personal injury or death.
All occupants of your vehicle,
including the driver, should always
properly wear their seatbelts, even
when an airbag supplemental restraint
system is provided. Failure to properly wear
your seatbelt could seriously increase the
risk of injury or death.
WARNINGS
To reduce risk of injury, do not
obstruct or place objects in the
deployment path of the airbag.
If a supplementary restraint system
component has deployed, it will not
function again. Have the system and
associated components inspected as soon
as possible. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
The Safety Canopy deploys during
significant side crashes or when a certain
likelihood of a rollover event is detected
by the rollover sensor. The Safety Canopy
is mounted to the roof side rail sheet metal,
behind the headliner, above each row of
seats. In certain sideways crashes or
rollover events, the Safety Canopy will be
activated, regardless of which seats are
occupied. The Safety Canopy is designed
to inflate between the side window area
and occupants to further enhance
protection provided in side impact crashes
and rollover events.
44
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
The system consists of the following:
• Safety Canopy curtain airbags above
the trim panels over the front and rear
side windows identified by a label or
wording on the headliner or roof-pillar
trim.
• A flexible headliner which opens above
the side doors to allow air curtain
deployment
· Crash sensors and monitoring
system with a readiness
indicator. See Crash Sensors
and Airbag Indicator (page 45).
Properly restrain children 12 years old and
under in the rear seats. The Safety Canopy
will not interfere with children restrained
using a properly installed child or booster
seat because it is designed to inflate
downward from the headliner above the
doors along the side window opening.
The design and development of the Safety
Canopy included recommended testing
procedures that were developed by a
group of automotive safety experts known
as the Side Airbag Technical Working
Group. These recommended testing
procedures help reduce the risk of injuries
related to the deployment of side airbags
(including the Safety Canopy).
CRASH SENSORS AND
AIRBAG INDICATOR
WARNING
Modifying or adding equipment to
the front end of your vehicle
(including hood, bumper system,
frame, front end body structure, tow hooks
and hood pins) may affect the
performance of the airbag system,
increasing the risk of injury. Do not modify
or add equipment to the front end of your
vehicle.
Your vehicle has a collection of crash and
occupant sensors which provide
information to the restraints control
module which deploys (activates) the
front seatbelt pretensioners, driver airbag,
passenger airbag, knee airbag(s), seat
mounted side airbags, and the Safety
Canopy. Based on the type of crash, the
restraints control module will deploy the
appropriate safety devices.
The restraints control module also
monitors the readiness of the above safety
devices plus the crash and occupant
sensors. A warning indicator light in the
instrument cluster indicates the readiness
of the safety system. If this warning
indicator light is not functioning and there
is another fault within the system, the
message cluster could display an airbag
failure warning. You could hear five tones
that repeat periodically until you repair the
problem, the warning indicator light could
illuminate or both. Routine maintenance
of the airbag is not required.
A difficulty with the system is indicated by
one or more of the following:
The indicator light will not
illuminate immediately after the
ignition is turned on.
• The indicator light either flashes or
stays illuminated.
• You could hear five tones that
periodically repeat until the problem is
repaired.
• A message could appear in the
information display.
If any of these things happen, even
intermittently, have the supplemental
restraint system serviced at an authorized
dealer immediately. Unless serviced, the
system may not function properly in the
event of a crash.
45
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
The seatbelt pretensioners and the airbag
supplemental restraint system are
designed to activate when your vehicle
sustains frontal or sideways deceleration
sufficient to cause the restraints control
module to deploy a safety device or when
a certain likelihood of a rollover event is
detected by the rollover sensor.
The fact that the seatbelt pretensioners
or airbags did not activate for both front
seat occupants in a crash does not mean
that something is wrong with the system.
Rather, it means the restraints control
module determined the crash conditions
(for example, crash severity, belt usage)
were not appropriate to activate these
safety devices.
• The design of the front airbags is to
activate only in frontal and near-frontal
crashes (not rollovers, side impacts or
rear impacts) unless the crash causes
sufficient frontal deceleration.
• The seatbelt pretensioners are
designed to activate in frontal,
near-frontal, side and rollover crashes.
• The design of the side airbags is to
inflate in certain side crashes. Side
airbags could activate in other types of
crashes if the vehicle experiences
sufficient sideways motion or
deformation.
• The knee airbag(s) could deploy based
on crash severity and occupant
conditions.
• The design of the Safety Canopy is to
inflate in certain side impact crashes
and when a certain likelihood of
rollover is detected by the rollover
sensor. The Safety Canopy could
activate in other types of crashes if the
vehicle experiences sufficient sideways
motion or deformation, or a certain
likelihood of rollover.
AIRBAG DISPOSAL
Contact your authorized dealer as soon as
possible. Airbags must be disposed of by
qualified personnel.
46
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
GENERAL INFORMATION ON
RADIO FREQUENCIES
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with Industry Canada
license-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) This device
must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
Note: Changes or modifications not
expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term IC before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
The typical operating range for your
transmitter is approximately 33 ft (10 m).
Vehicles with the remote start feature will
have a greater range.
One of the following could cause a
decrease in operating range:
• Weather conditions.
• Nearby radio towers.
• Structures around the vehicle.
• Other vehicles parked next to your
vehicle.
The radio frequency used by your remote
control can also be used by other radio
transmitters, for example amateur radios,
medical equipment, wireless headphones,
wireless remote controls, cell phones,
battery chargers and alarm systems. If the
frequencies are jammed, you will not be
able to use your remote control. You can
lock and unlock the doors with the key.
Note: Make sure to lock your vehicle before
leaving it unattended.
Note: If you are in range, the remote control
will operate if you press any button
unintentionally.
Note: The remote control contains sensitive
electrical components. Exposure to moisture
or impact may cause permanent damage.
Intelligent Access (If Equipped)
The system uses a radio frequency signal
to communicate with your vehicle and
authorize your vehicle to unlock when one
of the following conditions are met:
• You activate the front exterior door
handle switch.
• You press the luggage compartment
button.
• You press a button on the transmitter.
If excessive radio frequency interference
is present in the area or if the transmitter
battery is low, you may need to
mechanically unlock your door. You can
use the mechanical key blade in your
intelligent access key to open the driver
door in this situation. See Remote
Control (page 47).
REMOTE CONTROL
Integrated Keyhead Transmitters
(If Equipped)
Use the key blade to start your vehicle and
unlock or lock the driver door from outside
your vehicle. The transmitter portion
functions as the remote control.
47
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
Note: Your vehicle keys came with a
security label that provides important key
cut information. Keep the label in a safe
place for future reference.
Intelligent Access Key (If Equipped)
Your intelligent access keys operate the
power locks and the remote start system.
The key must be in your vehicle to activate
the push-button start system.
Mechanical Key Blade
The intelligent access key also contains a
removable mechanical key blade that you
can use to unlock the driver door.
Slide the release on the back of the
transmitter to release the key blade, then
pull the blade out.
Note: Your vehicle’s back-up keys came
with a security tag that provides important
vehicle key cut information. Keep the tag in
a safe place for future reference.
Replacing the Battery
Note: Refer to local regulations when
disposing of transmitter batteries.
Note: Do not wipe off any grease on the
battery terminals or on the back surface of
the circuit board.
Note: Replacing the battery does not erase
the programmed key from your vehicle. The
transmitter should operate normally.
48
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
The remote control uses one coin-type
three-volt lithium battery CR2032 or
equivalent.
Integrated Keyhead Transmitter
1. Twist a thin coin in the slot of the
transmitter near the key ring to remove
the battery cover.
2. Remove the old battery.
3. Insert the new battery. Refer to the
instructions inside the transmitter for
the correct orientation of the battery.
Press the battery down to make sure
it is fully in the housing.
4. Snap the battery cover back onto the
transmitter.
Intelligent Access Key
1. Remove the backup key from the
transmitter.
2. Twist a thin coin under the tab hidden
behind the backup key head to remove
the battery cover. Do not use the
backup key to remove the cover or you
could damage the intelligent access
key.
3. Remove the old battery.
4. Insert a new battery with the + facing
downward. Press the battery down to
make sure it is fully in the housing.
5. Snap the battery cover back onto the
transmitter and install the backup key.
Car Finder
Press the lock button on the key twice
within three seconds. The horn sounds and
the turn signals flash. We recommend you
use this method to locate your vehicle,
rather than using the panic alarm.
49
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
Note: If locking was not successful or if any
door or the liftgate is open, or if the hood is
open on vehicles with a perimeter alarm or
remote start, the horn does sound twice and
the lamp does not flash.
Sounding a Panic Alarm (If Equipped)
Note: The panic alarm only operates when
the ignition is off.
Press the button to activate the
alarm. Press the button again or
switch the ignition on to
deactivate it.
Remote Start (If Equipped)
WARNING
To avoid exhaust fumes, do not use
remote start if your vehicle is parked
indoors or in areas that are not well
ventilated.
Note: Do not use remote start if your fuel
level is low.
The remote start button is on the
transmitter.
This feature allows you to start your
vehicle from outside the vehicle. The
transmitter has an extended operating
range.
Vehicles with automatic climate control
can be configured to operate when the
vehicle is remote started. See Automatic
Climate Control (page 106).
Many states and provinces have
restrictions for the use of remote start.
Check your local and state or provincial
laws for specific requirements regarding
remote start systems.
The remote start system does not work if
any of the following occur:
• The ignition is on.
• The alarm system triggers.
• You disable the feature.
• The hood is open.
• The transmission is not in park (P).
• The vehicle battery voltage is too low.
• The powertrain fault indicator was on
the last time your vehicle was driven.
Remote Starting the Vehicle
Note: You must press each button within
three seconds of each other. If you do not
follow this sequence, your vehicle does not
remote start, the exterior lamps do not flash
twice, and the horn does not sound.
The label on your transmitter details the
starting procedure.
To remote start your vehicle:
1. Press the lock button to lock all the
doors.
2. Press the remote start button twice.
The direction indicators flash twice.
The horn sounds if the system fails to start,
unless quiet start is on. Quiet start runs
the blower fan at a slower speed to reduce
noise. You can switch it on or off in the
information display. See General
Information (page 92).
50
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
Note: If you remote start your vehicle with
an intelligent access transmitter, you must
press the START/STOP button on the
instrument panel once while applying the
brake pedal before driving your vehicle.
The power windows do not work during
remote start and the radio does not turn
on automatically.
The parking lamps remain on and the
vehicle runs for 5, 10, or 15 minutes,
depending on the setting.
Extending the Vehicle Run Time
Repeat Steps 1 and 2 with the vehicle still
running to extend the run time for another
remote start duration. If the duration is set
to 10 minutes, the duration extends by
another 10 minutes. For example, if the
vehicle had been running from the first
remote start for five minutes, the vehicle
continues to run now for a total of 20
minutes. You can extend the remote start
up to a maximum of 30 minutes.
Wait at least five seconds before remote
starting after a vehicle shutdown.
Turning the Vehicle Off After Remote
Starting
Press the button once. The
parking lamps turns off.
You may have to be closer to the
vehicle than when starting due to ground
reflection and the added noise of the
running vehicle.
You can disable or enable the remote start
system through the information display.
See General Information (page 92).
REPLACING A LOST KEY OR
REMOTE CONTROL
Replacement keys or remote controls can
be purchased from an authorized dealer.
Authorized dealers can program remote
controls for your vehicle. See Passive
Anti-Theft System (page 66).
51
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
MyKey allows you to program keys with
restricted driving modes to promote good
driving habits. All but one of the keys
programmed to the vehicle can be
activated with these restricted modes.
Any keys that have not been programmed
are referred to as administrator keys or
admin keys. These can be used to:
• Create a MyKey.
• Program configurable MyKey settings.
• Clear all MyKey features.
When you have programmed a MyKey, you
can access the following information using
the information display:
• How many admin keys and MyKeys are
programmed to your vehicle.
• The total distance your vehicle has
traveled using a MyKey.
Note: All MyKeys are programmed to the
same settings. You cannot program them
individually.
Note: For vehicles with push-button start,
when both a MyKey and an admin remote
transmitter are present, the admin remote
transmitter will be recognized by the vehicle
while switching the ignition on to start the
vehicle.
Non-configurable Settings
The following settings cannot be changed
by an admin key user:
• Seat belt reminder or Belt Minder. You
cannot disable this feature. The audio
system will mute when the front seat
passengers' safety belts are not
fastened.
• Early low fuel. The low-fuel warning
activates earlier, giving the MyKey user
more time to refuel.
• Driver assist features, if equipped on
your vehicle, are forced on: parking aid.
Configurable Settings
With an admin key, you can configure
certain MyKey settings when you first
create a MyKey and before you recycle the
key or restart the vehicle. You can also
change the settings afterward with an
admin key.
• A vehicle speed limit can be set.
Warnings will be shown in the display
followed by an audible tone when your
vehicle reaches the set speed. You
cannot override the set speed by fully
depressing the accelerator pedal or by
setting cruise control.
WARNING
Do not set MyKey maximum speed
limit to a limit that will prevent the
driver from maintaining a safe speed
considering posted speed limits and
prevailing road conditions. The driver is
always responsible to drive in accordance
with local laws and prevailing conditions.
Failure to do so could result in accident or
injury.
52
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
MyKey™
• Various vehicle speed minders can be
set. Once you select a speed, it will be
shown in the display, followed by an
audible tone when the preselected
vehicle speed is exceeded.
• Audio system maximum volume of
45%. A message will be shown in the
display when you attempt to exceed
the limited volume. Also, the
speed-sensitive or compensated
automatic volume control will be
disabled.
• Always on setting. When this is
selected, you will not be able to turn
off Advance Trac or traction control (if
your vehicle is equipped with this
feature).
CREATING A MYKEY
Use the information display to create a
MyKey:
1. Insert the key you want to program into
the ignition. If your vehicle is equipped with
a push-button start, hold the intelligent
access key next to the steering column.
Details on the correct fob placement and
position is in another chapter. See
Starting and Stopping the Engine (page
125).
2. Switch the ignition on.
3. Access the main menu on the
information display controls, and select
Settings and then MyKey by pressing OK
or the > button.
4. Press OK or the > button to select
Create MyKey.
5. When prompted, hold the OK button
until you see a message informing you to
label this key as a MyKey. The key will be
restricted at your vehicle's next start.
MyKey is successfully created. Make sure
you label it so you can distinguish it from
the admin keys.
You can also program configurable
settings for the key(s). Refer to
Programming/Changing Configurable
Settings.
Programming/Changing
Configurable Settings
Use the information display to access your
configurable MyKey settings:
1. Switch the ignition on using an admin
key or fob.
2. Access the main menu on the
information display controls, and select
Settings, then MyKey by pressing OK
or the > button.
3. Use the arrow buttons to get to a
configurable feature.
4. Press OK or > to make a selection.
Note: You can clear or change your MyKey
settings at any time during the same key
cycle as you created the MyKey. Once you
have switched the engine off, however, you
will need an admin key to change or clear
your MyKey settings.
CLEARING ALL MYKEYS
You can clear or change your MyKey
settings using the information display
control on the steering wheel. See
Information Displays (page 92).
Switch the ignition on using an admin key.
53
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
MyKey™
To clear all MyKeys of all MyKey settings, press the left arrow button to access
the main menu and scroll to:
Action and DescriptionMessage
Press the OK button or right arrow.Settings
Press the OK button or right arrow.MyKey
Press and hold the OK button until the following message
displays.
Clear MyKey
All MyKeys
Cleared
Note: When you clear your MyKeys, you remove all restrictions and return all MyKeys to
their original admin key status.
54
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
MyKey™
CHECKING MYKEY SYSTEM
STATUS
You can find information about your
programmed MyKeys by using the
information display. See Information
Displays (page 92).
MyKey Distance
Tracks the distance when drivers use a
MyKey. The only way to delete the
accumulated distance is by using an admin
key to clear all MyKeys. If the distance does
not accumulate as expected, then the
intended user is not using the MyKey, or an
admin key user recently cleared and then
recreated a MyKey.
Number of MyKeys
Indicates the number of MyKeys
programmed to your vehicle. Use this
feature to detect how many MyKeys you
have for your vehicle and determine when
all MyKeys have been deleted.
Number of Admin Keys
Indicates how many admin keys are
programmed to your vehicle. Use this
feature to determine how many admin
keys you have for your vehicle, and detect
if an additional MyKey has been
programmed.
USING MYKEY WITH REMOTE
START SYSTEMS
MyKey is not compatible with non
Ford-approved, aftermarket remote start
systems. If you choose to install a remote
start system, see an authorized dealer for
a Ford-approved remote start system.
MYKEY TROUBLESHOOTING
Potential CausesCondition
I cannot create a MyKey. • The key or transmitter used to start the
vehicle does not have admin privileges.
• The key or transmitter used to start the
vehicle is the only admin key (there always
has to be at least one admin key).
55
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
MyKey™
Potential CausesCondition
• Vehicles with keyless start: The keyless
start transmitter is not placed in the backup
position. See Passive Anti-Theft System
(page 66).
• SecuriLock passive anti-theft system is
disabled or in unlimited mode.
• The key or transmitter used to start your
vehicle does not have admin privileges.
• No MyKeys are created. See Creating a
MyKey (page 53).
I cannot program the configurable
settings.
• The key or transmitter used to start your
vehicle does not have admin privileges.
• No MyKeys are created. See Creating a
MyKey (page 53).
I cannot clear the MyKeys.
Purchase a new key from an authorized dealer.I lost the only admin key.
Program a spare key. See Passive Anti-Theft
System (page 66).
I lost a key.
MyKey distances do not accumulate. • The MyKey user is not using the MyKey.
• An admin key holder cleared the MyKeys
and created new MyKeys.
• The key system has been reset.
• An admin transmitter is present at vehicle
start.
• No MyKeys are created. See Creating a
MyKey (page 53).
No MyKey functions with the keyless
entry transmitter.
56
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
MyKey™
LOCKING AND UNLOCKING
You can use the power door lock control
or the remote control to lock and unlock
your vehicle.
Note: Always take your keys and lock all
doors when leaving your vehicle.
Power Door Locks
The power door lock control is on the driver
and front passenger door panels.
UnlockA
LockB
Door Lock Indicator
An LED on each power door lock control
will light when you lock the doors. It is not
a functional control.
Remote Control
Unlocking the Doors (Two-Stage
Unlock)
Type 1
Press the button to unlock the
driver door.
Type 2
Press the button to unlock the
driver door.
Press the button again within three
seconds to unlock all doors. The direction
indicators will flash.
Press and hold both the lock and unlock
buttons on the remote control for four
seconds to disable or enable two-stage
unlocking. Disabling two-stage unlocking
allows all vehicle doors to unlock with one
press of the button. The turn signals will
flash twice to indicate a change to the
unlocking mode. The unlocking mode
applies to the remote control and
intelligent access.
Intelligent access at the driver door will
unlock all doors when you disable
two-stage unlocking.
Locking the Doors
Type 1
Press the button to lock all the
doors. The direction indicators
will flash.
Type 2
Press the button to lock all the
doors. The direction indicators
will flash.
Press the button again within three
seconds to confirm that all the doors are
closed. The doors will lock again, the horn
will sound and the turn signals will flash if
all the doors and the luggage
compartment are closed.
Note: If locking was not successful or any
door or the liftgate is open, or if the hood is
open on vehicles with a perimeter alarm or
remote start, the horn will sound twice and
the lamps will not flash.
57
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Doors and Locks
Liftgate
WARNINGS
Make sure all persons are clear of the
power liftgate area before using the
power liftgate control.
Make sure to close and latch the
liftgate to prevent drawing exhaust
fumes into your vehicle. This will also
prevent passengers and cargo from falling
out. If you must drive with the liftgate open,
keep the vents or windows open so outside
air comes into your vehicle. Failure to
follow this warning could result in serious
personal injury.
Note: Be careful when opening or closing
the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed
area to avoid damaging the liftgate.
Press twice within three seconds
to:
• unlatch a manual liftgate
• open, close or stop the movement of
a power liftgate. See Power Liftgate
(page 63).
Mechanical Key
Turn the top of the key toward the front of
your vehicle once to lock all doors.
Turn the top of the key toward the rear of
your vehicle once to unlock the driver door
only.
Locking the Doors Individually
If the power locks fail to operate, lock the
doors individually using the key in the
position shown.
Left-Hand Side
Turn clockwise to lock.
Right-Hand Side
Turn counterclockwise to lock.
Opening a Rear Door from Inside
Pull the interior door release handle twice
to unlock and open a rear door. The first
pull unlocks the door and the second pull
will unlatch the door.
Activating Intelligent Access
You can unlock and lock the vehicle
without taking the keys out of your pocket
or purse when your intelligent access key
is within 3 ft (1 m) of your vehicle.
Intelligent access uses a sensor on the
back of the door handle for unlocking and
a separate sensor on the face of each door
handle for locking.
58
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Doors and Locks
The system does not function if:
• Your vehicle battery has no charge.
• The key battery has no charge.
• The key frequencies are jammed.
Note: The system may not function if the
key is close to metal objects or electronic
devices, for example keys or a cell phone.
Note: If the system does not function, use
the key blade to lock and unlock your
vehicle. See Remote Control (page 47).
Unlocking Using Intelligent Access
With your intelligent access key within 3 ft
(1 m) of your vehicle, touch the unlock
sensor on the back of the door handle for
a brief period and then pull on the door
handle to unlock, being careful to not
touch the lock sensor at the same time or
pulling the door handle too quickly. The
intelligent access system requires a brief
delay to authenticate your intelligent
access key fob.
Locking Using Intelligent Access
With your intelligent access key within 3 ft
(1 m) of your vehicle, touch the outer door
handle lock sensor for approximately one
second to lock, being careful to not touch
the unlock sensor on the back of the door
handle at the same time. After locking, you
can immediately pull on the door handle
to confirm locking occurred without
inadvertently unlocking.
At the Liftgate
Press the exterior liftgate release button
on the top of the liftgate pull-cup handle.
Smart Unlocks For Integrated
Keyhead Transmitter
This feature helps to prevent you from
locking yourself out of your vehicle if your
key is still in the ignition.
When you open one of the front doors and
lock your vehicle with the power door lock
control, all the doors will lock then unlock
if your key is still in the ignition.
You can still lock your vehicle with the key
in the ignition by pressing the lock button
on the transmitter even if the doors are not
closed.
If both front doors are closed, you can lock
your vehicle by any method, regardless of
whether the key is in the ignition or not.
Smart Unlocks For Intelligent
Access Keys (If Equipped)
This feature helps to prevent you from
unintentionally locking your intelligent
access key inside your vehicle’s passenger
compartment or rear cargo area.
59
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Doors and Locks
When you lock your vehicle using the
power door lock control (with the door
open, vehicle in park and ignition off), your
vehicle will search for an intelligent access
key in the passenger compartment after
you close the door. If your vehicle finds a
key, all of the doors will immediately
unlock.
When you open one of the front doors and
lock your vehicle using the power door lock
control, all doors will lock then unlock if
the ignition is on.
Autolock (If Equipped)
Autolock locks all the doors when:
• All doors are closed.
• The ignition is on.
• You shift into any gear putting your
vehicle in motion.
• Your vehicle reaches a speed greater
than 4 mph (7 km/h).
Autounlock
Autounlock unlocks all the doors when:
• The ignition is on, all the doors are
closed, and your vehicle has been
moving at a speed greater than 4 mph
(7 km/h).
• Your vehicle comes to a stop and you
switch the ignition off or to the
accessory position.
• You open the driver door within 10
minutes of switching the ignition off or
to accessory.
Note: The doors will not autounlock if you
electronically lock your vehicle after you
switch the ignition off and before you open
the driver door.
Enabling or Disabling Autounlock
Note: Your authorized dealer can perform
this procedure, or you can do the procedure
yourself.
To enable or disable these features, do the
following:
Note: You will have 30 seconds to
complete the procedure.
1. Switch the ignition on.
2. Press the power door unlock button
three times.
3. Switch the ignition off.
4. Press the power door unlock button
three times.
5. Switch the ignition on. The horn will
sound indicating your vehicle is in
programming mode.
6. Press the power door lock button then
the unlock button. The horn will sound
once if disabled or twice (one short and
one long) if enabled.
After programming the feature, switch the
ignition off. The horn will sound once
indicating programming is complete.
Illuminated Entry
The interior lamps and select exterior
lamps will illuminate when you unlock the
doors with the remote entry system.
The illuminated entry system turns off the
lights if:
• you start your vehicle,
• you press the remote control lock
button, or
• after 25 seconds of illumination.
The lights will not turn off if:
• you turn them on with the lamp control,
or
• any door is open.
Illuminated Exit
The interior lamps and select exterior
lamps will illuminate when all doors are
closed and you switch the ignition off.
60
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Doors and Locks
The lamps will turn off if all the doors
remain closed and:
• 25 seconds elapse, or
• you lock your vehicle from the outside.
Battery Saver
If you leave the courtesy lamps or dome
lamps on and switch the ignition off, the
battery saver shuts them off after some
time.
Accessory Mode Battery Saver for
Intelligent Access Keys (If Equipped)
If you leave the ignition on after leaving
your vehicle, it will shut off 15 minutes after
you close all of the doors.
61
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Doors and Locks
MANUAL LIFTGATE
WARNINGS
It is extremely dangerous to ride in a
cargo area, inside or outside of a
vehicle. In a crash, people riding in
these areas are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow people to ride
in any area of your vehicle that is not
equipped with seats and seatbelts. Make
sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat
and properly using a seatbelt. Failure to
follow this warning could result in serious
personal injury or death.
Make sure to close and latch the
liftgate to prevent drawing exhaust
fumes into your vehicle. This will also
prevent passengers and cargo from falling
out. If you must drive with the liftgate open,
keep the vents or windows open so outside
air comes into your vehicle. Failure to
follow this warning could result in serious
personal injury.
Note: Be careful when opening or closing
the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed
area to avoid damaging the liftgate.
Note: Do not hang anything, for example a
bike rack, from the glass or liftgate. This
could damage the liftgate and its
components.
Note: Do not leave the liftgate open while
driving. This could damage the liftgate and
its components.
Opening the Liftgate
Manually
Press the button located in the top of the
liftgate pull cup handle to unlatch the
liftgate, and then pull on the outside
handle.
With the Remote Control
Press the button twice within
three seconds.
Closing the Liftgate
A handle is located inside the liftgate to
help with closing.
62
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Liftgate
POWER LIFTGATE (If Equipped)
WARNINGS
It is extremely dangerous to ride in a
cargo area, inside or outside of a
vehicle. In a crash, people riding in
these areas are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow people to ride
in any area of your vehicle that is not
equipped with seats and seatbelts. Make
sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat
and properly using a seatbelt. Failure to
follow this warning could result in serious
personal injury or death.
Make sure to close and latch the
liftgate to prevent drawing exhaust
fumes into your vehicle. This will also
prevent passengers and cargo from falling
out. If you must drive with the liftgate open,
keep the vents or windows open so outside
air comes into your vehicle. Failure to
follow this warning could result in serious
personal injury.
Keep keys out of reach of children.
Do not allow children to operate or
play near an open or moving power
liftgate. You should supervise the
operation of the power liftgate at all times.
Note: Make sure that you close the liftgate
before operating or moving your vehicle,
especially in an enclosure, for example a
garage or a parking structure. This could
damage the liftgate and its components.
Note: Do not hang anything, for example
a bike rack, from the glass or liftgate. This
could damage the liftgate and its
components.
Note: Do not operate the liftgate unless it
is free from obstruction.
The liftgate only operates with the
transmission in park (P).
If there is a problem with the open or close
request, a tone will sound for one of the
following reasons:
• The ignition is on and the transmission
is not in park (P).
• The battery voltage is below the
minimum operating voltage.
• The liftgate is not fully closed and your
vehicle speed is at or above 1 mph
(1 km/h).
If the liftgate starts to close after it has
fully opened, this indicates there may be
excessive weight on the liftgate or a
possible strut failure. A repetitive tone
sounds and the liftgate closes under
control. Remove any excessive weight from
the liftgate. If the liftgate continues to
close after opening, have the system
checked by an authorized dealer.
Opening and Closing the Liftgate
WARNING
Make sure all persons are clear of the
power liftgate area before using the
power liftgate control.
Note: Make sure the area behind your
vehicle is free from obstruction and that
there is enough room for you to operate the
liftgate. Objects too close to your vehicle,
for example a wall, garage door or another
vehicle may come into contact with the
moving liftgate. This could damage the
liftgate and its components.
Note: Be careful when opening or closing
the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed
area to avoid damaging the liftgate.
Note: Do not leave the liftgate open while
driving. This could damage the liftgate and
its components.
Note: Make sure the liftgate is free from
snow, ice, and any other blockages before
you operate the liftgate to avoid issues with
operation.
63
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Liftgate
From the Instrument Panel
Press the button on the
instrument panel.
With the Remote Control
Press the button twice within
three seconds.
With the Outside Control Button
Opening the Liftgate
1. Unlock the liftgate with the remote
control or power door unlock control.
If a passive key is within 3 ft (1 m) of
the liftgate, the liftgate unlocks when
you press the liftgate release button.
2. Press the control button in the top of
the liftgate pull-cup handle.
Note: Allow the power system to open the
liftgate. Manually pushing or pulling the
liftgate may activate the system’s obstacle
detection feature and stop the power
operation or reverse its direction. Manually
interfering with the liftgate motion may also
replicate a strut failure.
Closing the Liftgate
WARNING
Keep clear of the liftgate when using
the rear switch.
Press and release the liftgate control
button.
Stopping the Liftgate Movement
Note: Do not apply sudden excessive force
to the liftgate while it is in motion. This
could damage the power liftgate and its
components.
You can stop the liftgate movement by
doing any of the following:
• Pressing the liftgate control button on
the liftgate trim panel.
• Pressing the liftgate button on the
remote control twice.
• Pressing the liftgate button on the
instrument panel.
• Pressing the liftgate exterior release
button.
Setting the Liftgate Open Height
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Stop the liftgate by pressing the control
button on the liftgate when it reaches
the desired height.
Note: When the liftgate has stopped
moving, you can also manually move it to
the desired height.
64
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Liftgate
3. Press and hold the liftgate control
button on the liftgate until a tone
sounds, indicating programming is
complete.
Note: You can only use the liftgate control
button to program the height.
Note: You cannot program the height if the
liftgate position is too low.
The new open liftgate height is recalled
when the power liftgate is opened. To
change the programmed height, repeat the
above procedure. Once you open the
power liftgate, you can manually move it
to a different height.
Note: The system recalls the new
programmed height until you reprogram it,
even if you disconnect the battery.
When operating the power liftgate after
you have programmed a lower height than
fully open, you can fully open the liftgate
by manually pushing it upward to the
maximum open position.
Obstacle Detection
When Closing
The system stops when it detects an
obstacle. A tone sounds and the system
reverses to open. Once you remove the
obstacle, you can power close the liftgate.
Note: Entering your vehicle when the
liftgate is closing can activate obstacle
detection. To prevent this, allow the power
liftgate to fully close before you enter your
vehicle. Before driving off, check the
instrument cluster for a liftgate or door ajar
message or warning indicator. Failure to do
this could result in unintentionally leaving
the liftgate open while driving.
When Opening
The system stops when it detects an
obstacle and a tone sounds. Once you
remove the obstacle, you can continue to
operate the liftgate.
65
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Liftgate
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM
SecuriLock®
The system helps prevent your vehicle
from starting unless you use a coded key
programmed to your vehicle. Using the
wrong key may prevent your vehicle from
starting. A message may appear in the
information display.
If you are unable to start your vehicle with
a correctly coded key, a malfunction has
happened. A message may appear in the
information display.
Note: The system is not compatible with
non-Ford aftermarket remote start systems.
Use of these systems may result in vehicle
starting problems and a loss of security
protection.
Note: Metallic objects, electronic devices
or a second coded key on the same key
chain may cause vehicle starting issues if
they are too close to the key when starting
your vehicle. Prevent these objects from
touching the coded key while starting the
engine. Switch the ignition off, move all
objects on the key chain away from the
coded key and restart your vehicle if a
problem occurs.
Note: Do not leave a duplicate coded key
in your vehicle. Always take your keys and
lock all doors when leaving your vehicle.
Automatic Arming
Your vehicle arms immediately after you
switch the ignition off.
Automatic Disarming
Switching the ignition on with a coded key
disarms your vehicle.
Replacement Keys
Note: Your vehicle comes equipped with
two integrated keyhead transmitters or two
intelligent access keys.
The integrated keyhead transmitter
functions as a programmed ignition key
that operates all the locks and starts your
vehicle, as well as a remote control.
The intelligent access key functions as a
programmed key that operates the driver
door lock and activates the intelligent
access with push button start system, as
well as a remote control.
If your programmed transmitters or
standard SecuriLock coded keys
(integrated keyhead transmitters only) are
lost or stolen and you do not have an extra
coded key, you will need to have your
vehicle towed to an authorized dealer. You
need to erase the key codes from your
vehicle and program new coded keys.
Store an extra programmed key away from
your vehicle in a safe place to help prevent
any inconveniences. See your authorized
dealer to purchase additional spare or
replacement keys.
Programming a Spare Integrated
Keyhead Transmitter
Note: You can program a maximum of eight
coded keys to your vehicle. All eight can be
integrated keyhead transmitters.
You can program your own integrated
keyhead transmitter or standard
SecuriLock coded keys to your vehicle. This
procedure will program both the vehicle
immobilizer keycode and the remote entry
portion of the remote control to your
vehicle
Only use integrated keyhead transmitters
or standard SecuriLock keys.
66
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Security
You must have two previously
programmed coded keys and the new
unprogrammed key readily accessible. See
your authorized dealer to have the spare
key programmed if two previously
programmed coded keys are not available.
Read and understand the entire procedure
before you begin.
1. Insert the first previously programmed
coded key into the ignition.
2. Switch the ignition from off to on. Keep
the ignition on for at least three
seconds, but no more than 10 seconds.
3. Switch the ignition off and remove the
first coded key from the ignition.
4. After three seconds but within 10
seconds of switching the ignition off,
insert the second previously coded key
into the ignition.
5. Switch the ignition from off to on. Keep
the ignition on for at least three
seconds, but no more than 10 seconds.
6. Switch the ignition off and remove the
second previously programmed coded
key from the ignition.
7. After three seconds but within 10
seconds of switching the ignition off
and removing the previously
programmed coded key, insert the new
unprogrammed key into the ignition.
8. Switch the ignition from off to on. Keep
the ignition on for at least six seconds.
9. Remove the newly programmed coded
key from the ignition.
If the key has been successfully
programmed it will start your vehicle and
operate the remote entry system (if the
new key is an integrated keyhead
transmitter).
If programming was not successful, wait
10 seconds and repeat Steps 1 through 8.
If you are still unsuccessful, take your
vehicle to your authorized dealer.
Programming a Spare Intelligent
Access Key
See your authorized dealer to have
additional keys programmed to your
vehicle.
ANTI-THEFT ALARM
The system warns you of an unauthorized
entry to your vehicle. It triggers if any door,
the luggage compartment or the hood
opens without using the key or remote
control.
The direction indicators flash and the horn
sounds if unauthorized entry is attempted
while the alarm is armed.
Take all remote controls to an authorized
dealer if there is any potential alarm
problem with your vehicle.
Arming the Alarm
The alarm is ready to arm when there is
not a key in the ignition. Electronically lock
the vehicle to arm the alarm.
Disarming the Alarm
Disarm the alarm by any of the following
actions:
• Unlock the doors or luggage
compartment with the remote control
or keyless entry keypad.
• Switch the ignition on or start the
vehicle.
• Use a key in the driver’s door to unlock
the vehicle, then switch the ignition on
within 12 seconds.
Note: Pressing the panic button on the
remote control will stop the horn and signal
indicators, but will not disarm the system.
67
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Security
ADJUSTING THE STEERING
WHEEL
WARNING
Do not adjust the steering wheel
when your vehicle is moving.
Note: Make sure that you are sitting in the
correct position. See Sitting in the Correct
Position (page 111).
1. Unlock the steering column.
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired
position.
3. Lock the steering column.
AUDIO CONTROL
Select the required source on the audio
unit.
You can operate the following functions
with the control:
68
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Steering Wheel
Volume up.A
Seek up or next.B
Volume down.C
Seek down or previous.D
Seek, Next or Previous
Press the seek button to:
• Tune the radio to the next or previous
stored preset.
• Play the next or the previous track.
Press and hold the seek button to:
• Tune the radio to the next station up
or down the frequency band.
• Seek through a track.
VOICE CONTROL
Pull the control to select or deselect voice
control. See your SYNC information.
CRUISE CONTROL
See Using Cruise Control (page 168).
69
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Steering Wheel
WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Note: Fully defrost the windshield before
you switch the windshield wipers on.
Note: Make sure you switch the windshield
wipers off before entering a car wash.
Note: If streaks or smears appear on the
windshield, clean the windshield and the
wiper blades. If that does not resolve the
issue, install new wiper blades.
Note: Do not operate the wipers on a dry
windshield. This may scratch the glass,
damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper
motor to burn out. Always use the
windshield washers before wiping a dry
windshield.
Single wipe.A
Intermittent wipe.B
Normal wipe.C
High speed wipe.D
Intermittent Wipe
Shortest wipe interval.A
Intermittent wipe.B
Longest wipe interval.C
Use the rotary control to adjust the
intermittent wipe interval.
Speed Dependent Wipers
When your vehicle speed increases, the
interval between wipes decreases.
AUTOWIPERS (If Equipped)
Note: Fully defrost the windshield before
you switch the windshield wipers on.
Note: Make sure you switch the windshield
wipers off before entering a car wash.
Note: If streaks or smears appear on the
windshield, clean the windshield and the
wiper blades. If that does not resolve the
issue, install new wiper blades.
Note: If you switch autolamps and
autowipers on, the headlamps turn on when
the windshield wipers continuously operate.
Wet or winter driving conditions with ice,
snow or salty road mist can cause
inconsistent and unexpected wiping or
smearing.
71
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wipers and Washers
High sensitivity.A
On.B
Low sensitivity.C
Use the rotary control to adjust the
sensitivity of the autowipers. When you
select low sensitivity, the wipers operate
when the sensor detects a large amount
of water on the windshield. When you
select high sensitivity, the wipers operate
when the sensor detects a small amount
of water on the windshield.
Keep the outside of the windshield clean.
The rain sensor is very sensitive and the
wipers may operate if dirt, mist or insects
hit the windshield.
In these conditions, you can do the
following:
• Lower the sensitivity of the autowipers
to reduce the amount of smearing on
the windshield.
• Switch to normal or high-speed wipe.
• Switch autowipers off.
Autowipers Settings
Autowipers default to on and remain on
until you switch it off in the information
display. When you switch off autowipers,
the wipers operate in intermittent mode.
WINDSHIELD WASHERS
Note: Do not operate the washers when
the washer reservoir is empty. This may
cause the washer pump to overheat.
Pull the lever toward you to operate the
windshield washers. When you release the
lever, wiping continues for a short period
of time.
Front Camera Washer (If Equipped)
Operating the windshield washer also turns
on the front camera washer.
REAR WINDOW WIPER AND
WASHERS
Note: Make sure you switch the windshield
wipers off before entering a car wash.
72
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wipers and Washers
Intermittent wipe.A
Low speed wipe.B
Off.C
Depending on your vehicle, when you
switch on the front wipers and move the
gearshift lever to reverse (R), the rear
intermittent wipe may turn on.
Rear Window Washer
Push the lever away from you to operate
the rear window washer.
When you release the lever, wiping
continues for a short period of time.
73
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wipers and Washers
GENERAL INFORMATION
Condensation in the Exterior Front
Lamps and Rear Lamps
Exterior front lamps and rear lamps have
vents to accommodate normal changes
in air pressure.
Condensation can be a natural by-product
of this design. When moist air enters the
lamp assembly through the vents, there is
a possibility that condensation can occur
when the temperature is cold. When
normal condensation occurs, a fine mist
can form on the interior of the lens. The
fine mist eventually clears and exits
through the vents during normal operation.
Clearing time may take as long as 48 hours
under dry weather conditions.
Examples of acceptable condensation are:
• The presence of a fine mist (no streaks,
drip marks or large droplets).
• A fine mist covers less than 50% of the
lens.
Examples of unacceptable condensation
are:
• A water puddle inside the lamp.
• Streaks, drip marks or large droplets
present on the interior of the lens.
If you see any unacceptable condensation,
have your vehicle checked by an authorized
dealer.
LIGHTING CONTROL
Off.A
Parking lamps, instrument panel
lamps, license plate lamps and
tail lamps.
B
Headlamps.C
Headlamp High Beam
Push the lever away from you to switch
the high beam on.
Push the lever forward again or pull the
lever toward you to switch the high beams
off.
74
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Lighting
Headlamp Flasher
Slightly pull the lever toward you and
release it to flash the headlamps.
AUTOLAMPS
WARNING
The system does not relieve you of
your responsibility to drive with due
care and attention. You may need to
override the system if it does not turn the
headlamps on in low visibility conditions,
for example daytime fog.
When the lighting control is in the
autolamps position, the headlamps turn
on in low light situations, or when the
wipers turn on.
The headlamps remain on for a period of
time after you switch the ignition off. Use
the information display controls to adjust
the period of time that the headlamps
remain on.
Note: If you switch the autolamps on, you
cannot switch the high beams on until the
system turns the low beams on.
Windshield Wiper Activated
Headlamps
When you switch the autolamps on, the
headlamps turn on within 10 seconds of
switching the wipers on. They turn off
approximately 60 seconds after you switch
the windshield wipers off.
The headlamps do not turn on with the
wipers:
• During a single wipe.
• When using the windshield washers.
• If the wipers are in intermittent mode.
Note: If you switch the autolamps and the
autowipers on, the headlamps turn on when
the windshield wipers continuously operate.
INSTRUMENT LIGHTING
DIMMER
Note: When disconnecting the battery or
when it runs out of charge, the illuminated
components turn to the maximum setting.
75
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Lighting
Vehicles With Front Fog Lamps
Press repeatedly or press and hold until
you reach the desired level.
Vehicles Without Front Fog Lamps
Press repeatedly or press and
hold to dim.
A
Press repeatedly or press and
hold to brighten.
B
HEADLAMP EXIT DELAY
After you switch the ignition off, you can
switch the headlamps on by pulling the
direction indicator lever toward you. You
will hear a short tone. The headlamps will
switch off automatically after three
minutes with any door open or 30 seconds
after the last door has been closed. You
can cancel this feature by pulling the
direction indicator toward you again or
switching the ignition on.
DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS
WARNING
The daytime running lamps system
does not activate the rear lamps and
may not provide adequate lighting
during low visibility driving conditions.
Make sure you switch the headlamps on,
as appropriate, during all low visibility
conditions. Failure to do so may result in a
crash.
The system turns the lamps on in daylight
conditions.
To switch the system on, switch the
lighting control to the off, autolamp or
parking lamp position.
76
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Lighting
FRONT FOG LAMPS (If Equipped)
Press the control to switch the fog lamps
on or off.
You can switch the fog lamps on when the
lighting control is in any position except
Off and the high beams are not on.
DIRECTION INDICATORS
Push the lever up or down to use the
direction indicators.
Note: Tap the lever up or down to make the
direction indicators flash three times to
indicate a lane change.
INTERIOR LAMPS
The lamps turn on under the following
conditions:
• You open any door.
• You press a remote control button.
• You press switch B on the front interior
lamp.
Front Interior Lamp (If Equipped)
Door function.A
All lamps on.B
Passenger dome lamps.C
Driver dome lamps.D
77
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Lighting
Front Interior Lamp - With
Panorama Roof (If Equipped)
Driver Side Lamp
Door function.A
All lamps on.B
Individual dome lamps.C
Passenger Side Lamp
Individual dome lamps.A
Rear Interior Lamp (If Equipped)
Passenger dome lamps.A
Driver dome lamps.B
AMBIENT LIGHTING (If Equipped)
Adjust the ambient lighting using the
touchscreen. See your SYNC information.
78
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Lighting
POWER WINDOWS
WARNINGS
Do not leave children unattended in
your vehicle and do not let them play
with the power windows. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury.
When closing the power windows,
verify they are free of obstruction and
make sure that children and pets are
not in the proximity of the window
openings.
Note: You may hear a pulsing noise when
only one of the windows is open. Lower the
opposite window slightly to reduce this
noise.
Press the switch to open the window.
Lift the switch to close the window.
One-Touch Down
Press the switch fully and release it. Press
again or lift it to stop the window.
One-Touch Up
Lift the switch fully and release it. Press or
lift it again to stop the window.
Window Lock
Press the control to lock or unlock the rear
window controls. It illuminates when you
lock the rear window controls.
Bounce-Back
The window will stop automatically while
closing. It will reverse some distance if
there is an obstacle in the way.
Overriding the Bounce-Back Feature
WARNING
If you override bounce-back, the
window does not reverse if it detects
an obstacle. Take care when closing
the windows to avoid personal injury or
damage to your vehicle.
Proceed as follows to override this
protection feature when there is a
resistance, for example in winter:
79
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Windows and Mirrors
1. Close the window twice until it reaches
the point of resistance and let it
reverse.
2. Close the window a third time to the
point of resistance. The bounce-back
feature is now disabled and you can
close the window manually. The
window goes past the point of
resistance and you can close it fully.
See an authorized dealer as soon as
possible if the window does not close after
the third attempt.
Resetting the Bounce-Back Feature
WARNING
Bounce-back is off until you reset the
memory. Take care when closing the
windows to avoid personal injury or
damage to your vehicle.
If you have disconnected the battery, you
must reset the bounce-back memory
separately for each window.
1. Lift and hold the switch until the
window is fully closed.
2. Release the switch.
3. Lift the switch again for one more
second.
4. Press and hold the switch until the
window is fully open.
5. Release the switch.
6. Lift and hold the switch until the
window is fully closed.
7. Open the window and then try to close
it automatically.
8. Reset and repeat the procedure if the
window does not close automatically.
Accessory Delay
You can use the window switches for
several minutes after you switch the
ignition off or until you open either front
door.
GLOBAL OPENING
You can use the remote control to open
the windows with the ignition off.
Note: To operate this feature, accessory
delay must not be active.
Opening the Windows
You can use the global opening feature to
open the windows only for a short time
after you unlock your vehicle by using the
remote control.
To use the global opening feature:
1. Press and release the remote control
unlock button.
2. Press the remote control unlock button
again and hold it for approximately
three seconds. Release the control
when the windows begin to open.
3. Press the lock or unlock button on your
remote control to stop the window
opening function.
Note: Contact an authorized Ford dealer to
deactivate this feature.
EXTERIOR MIRRORS
Power Exterior Mirrors
WARNING
Do not adjust the mirrors when your
vehicle is moving. This could result
in the loss of control of your vehicle,
serious personal injury or death.
80
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Windows and Mirrors
Left-hand mirrorA
OffB
Right-hand mirrorC
Press the arrows to adjust the mirror.
Fold-Away Exterior Mirrors
Push the mirror toward the door window
glass. Make sure that you fully engage the
mirror in its support when returning it to its
original position.
Signal Indicator Mirrors
The outer portion of the appropriate mirror
housing blinks when you activate the turn
signal.
Heated Exterior Mirrors (If Equipped)
See Heated Windows and Mirrors (page
108).
Puddle Lamps (If Equipped)
The lamps on the bottom part of the mirror
housing light when you use your
transmitter to unlock the doors or when
you open a door.
Integrated Blind Spot Mirrors (If
Equipped)
WARNING
Objects in the mirror are closer than
they appear.
Blind spot mirrors have an integrated
convex mirror built into the upper outboard
corner of the exterior mirrors. They are
designed to increase your visibility along
the side of your vehicle.
Check the main mirror first before a lane
change, then check the blind spot mirror.
If no vehicles are present in the blind spot
mirror and the traffic in the adjacent lane
is at a safe distance, signal that you intend
to change lanes. Glance over your shoulder
to verify traffic is clear and carefully
change lanes.
81
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Windows and Mirrors
The image of the approaching vehicle is
small and near the inboard edge of the
main mirror when it is at a distance. The
image becomes larger and begins to move
outboard across the main mirror as the
vehicle approaches (A). The image will
transition from the main mirror and begin
to appear in the blind spot mirror as the
vehicle approaches (B). The vehicle will
transition to your peripheral field of view
as it leaves the blind spot mirror (C).
Blind Spot Information System (If
Equipped)
See Blind Spot Information System
(page 170).
INTERIOR MIRROR
WARNING
Do not adjust the mirrors when your
vehicle is moving. This could result
in the loss of control of your vehicle,
serious personal injury or death.
Manual Dimming Mirror
Pull the tab below the mirror toward you
to reduce the effect of bright light from
behind.
Note: Your mirror may have multiple pivot
points.
Automatic Dimming Mirror (If Equipped)
The mirror dims to reduce the effect of
bright light from behind. It returns to
normal when the bright light from behind
is no longer present or if you shift into
reverse (R).
Do not block the sensors on the front and
back of the mirror.
Note: A rear center passenger or raised rear
center head restraint could prevent light
from reaching the sensor.
SUN VISORS
82
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Windows and Mirrors
Rotate the sun visor toward the side
window and extend it rearward for extra
shade.
Illuminated Vanity Mirror
Lift the cover to switch the lamp on.
SUN SHADES (If Equipped)
WARNINGS
Do not let children play with the sun
shade or leave them unattended in
the vehicle. They may seriously hurt
themselves.
When closing the sun shade, you
should verify that it is free of
obstructions and make sure that
children and pets are not in the proximity
of the sunshade.
The control is located in the overhead
console.
The sun shade has a one-touch open and
close feature. To stop motion during
one-touch operation, press the control a
second time.
Opening and Closing the Sun
Shade
Fully press and release the front of the
control to open the sun shade.
Fully press and release the rear of the
control to close the sun shade.
Bounce-Back
The sun shade will stop automatically
while closing. It will reverse some distance
if there is an obstacle in the way.
Sun Shade Relearning
WARNING
The bounce-back function is not
active during this procedure. Make
sure that there are no obstacles in
the way of the moving sun shade.
Note: You must start the relearning process
within 30 seconds of switching the ignition
on.
In case the sun shade no longer opens or
closes properly, follow this relearning
procedure:
1. Press the front of the control to the first
action point twice and release it within
two seconds.
2. Press the rear of the control to the first
action point twice and release it within
two seconds.
83
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Windows and Mirrors
3. Press and hold the front of the control
to the first action point, until the sun
shade fully opens.
4. Press and hold the rear of the control
to the first action point, until the sun
shade fully closes.
If you do not complete Step 2 within 15
seconds of Step 1, the relearning function
end. Switch the ignition off, wait for
another 30 seconds and then switch the
ignition back on again. Start the procedure
again from the beginning.
Confirm that relearning was successful by
opening and closing the sun shade.
84
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Windows and Mirrors
GAUGES
Left Information Display.A
Speedometer.B
Right Information Display.C
Left Information Display
Odometer
Located in the bottom of the information
display. Registers the accumulated
distance your vehicle has traveled.
Battery Gauge:
An optional small battery gauge is provided
for Hybrid vehicles. You can switch this
feature on in the Settings menu under
Battery Display. See General Information
(page 92). The fill level, or State of Charge,
indicates the amount of energy stored in
the high voltage battery as a percent of
total energy capacity. The level increases
or decreases as the battery charges and
discharges during normal operation.
Regen Display:
A circular arrow symbol displays when
energy is being recaptured through the
regenerative braking system. You can
switch the Regen Display off in the Settings
menu. See General Information (page
92).
Fuel Gauge:
Note: The fuel gauge may vary slightly
when your vehicle is moving or on a gradient.
Switch the ignition on. The fuel gauge will
indicate approximately how much fuel is
left in the fuel tank. The arrow adjacent to
the fuel pump symbol indicates on which
side of your vehicle the fuel filler door is
located.
85
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Instrument Cluster
The needle should move toward F when
you refuel your vehicle. If the needle points
to E after adding fuel, this indicates your
vehicle needs service soon.
After refueling some variability in needle
position is normal:
• It may take a short time for the needle
to reach F after leaving the gas station.
This is normal and depends upon the
slope of pavement at the gas station.
• The fuel amount dispensed into the
tank is a little less or more than the
gauge indicated. This is normal and
depends upon the slope of pavement
at the gas station.
• If the gas station nozzle shuts off
before the tank is full, try a different
gas pump nozzle.
Low Fuel Reminder
A low fuel reminder triggers when the fuel
gauge needle is at 1/16th.
Variations:
Distance-to-emptyFuel gauge positionDriving type (fuel economy
conditions)
35–80 mi (56–129 km)1/16thHighway driving
35 mi (56 km)1/16thSevere duty driving (trailer
towing, extended idle)
Vehicle Settings and Personalization
Display/Trip
See General Information (page 92).
Information
See General Information (page 92).
Settings
See General Information (page 92).
Brake Coach Display:
The Brake Coach appears after the vehicle
has come to a stop. It coaches you to brake
in a manner which maximizes the amount
of energy returned through the
regenerative braking system. The percent
displayed is an indication of the
regenerative braking efficiency with 100%
representing the maximum amount of
energy recovery.
This feature can be switched on or off in
the information displays settings menu.
See General Information (page 92).
86
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Instrument Cluster
Trip Summary:
The Trip Summary displays upon shutting
off your vehicle. The information is
cumulative over the last trip. A new trip
begins each time you start your vehicle
(when the Ready to Drive message comes
on).
• Distance - Displays the total distance
traveled, distance traveled on battery
power only (EV distance) and Regen
distance. Regen distance is the
estimated range gained from energy
recaptured through regenerative
braking.
• Energy Use - Displays the average fuel
economy.
• Brake Score - The percent displayed is
an indication of the regenerative
braking efficiency for the trip.
Right Information Display
Entertainment
See your SYNC information.
Navigation or Compass
See your SYNC information.
Phone
See your SYNC information.
Fuel Economy
See General Information (page 92).
Vehicle Range
Vehicle range indicates the estimated
distance your vehicle will travel with the
energy currently onboard. The range is
displayed at the bottom of the screen with
gasoline range shown in white.
• Gasoline Range: Is the estimated
distance to empty based on the fuel
remaining in the tank.
The amount of energy being used while
driving is affected by:
• Mild or aggressive acceleration or
braking.
• Your vehicle speed.
• Your use of accessories such as climate
control.
• The ambient temperature and other
weather conditions.
• City or highway driving.
• Road grades.
Note: It is normal for vehicle range
estimates to vary due to changes in average
energy usage. This is why you will typically
see different range estimates each time you
fill up your fuel tank or fully charge your
battery.
Trip Efficiency Leaves
Trip Efficiency Leaves display upon
shutting off your Hybrid vehicle. The
number of leaves represent the average
for the last trip. A new trip begins each time
you start your vehicle (when the Ready to
Drive message comes on). Corresponding
Trip Summary data displays on the left
information display.
WARNING LAMPS AND
INDICATORS
The following warning lamps and
indicators will alert you to a vehicle
condition that may become serious. Some
lamps will light when you start your vehicle
to make sure they work. If any lamps
remain on after starting your vehicle, refer
to the respective system warning lamp for
further information.
Note: Some warning indicators appear in
the information display and function the
same as a warning lamp but do not display
when you start your vehicle.
87
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Instrument Cluster
Anti-Lock Braking System
It illuminates momentarily when
you switch the ignition on to
confirm that the lamp is
functional. If it does not illuminate when
you switch the ignition on or begins to flash
at any time, have the system checked as
soon as possible.
If it lights when you are driving, this
indicates a malfunction. You will continue
to have normal braking (without anti-lock
braking system) unless the brake system
warning lamp also lights. Have the system
checked as soon as possible.
Battery
If it lights while driving, this
indicates a malfunction. Switch
off all unnecessary electrical
equipment and have the system checked
by an authorized dealer immediately.
Blind Spot Monitor (If Equipped)
It illuminates when you switch
this feature off or in conjunction
with a message. See Blind Spot
Information System (page 170). See
Information Messages (page 99).
Brake System
It illuminates momentarily when
you switch the ignition on to
confirm that the lamp is
functional. If it does not illuminate when
you switch the ignition on or begins to flash
at any time, have the system checked as
soon as possible.
Lights when you engage the parking brake
with the ignition on.
If it lights when you are driving, check that
you do not have the parking brake
engaged. If you do not have the parking
brake engaged, this indicates low brake
fluid level or a brake system malfunction.
Have the system checked as soon as
possible.
WARNING
Driving your vehicle with the warning
lamp on is dangerous. A significant
decrease in braking performance
may occur. It may take you longer to stop
your vehicle. Have your vehicle checked as
soon as possible. Driving extended
distances with the parking brake engaged
can cause brake failure and the risk of
personal injury.
Cruise Control
Lights when you switch on this
feature.
Direction Indicator
Lights when you switch on the
left or right direction indicator or
hazard warning flasher. If the
indicators stay on or flash faster, check for
a burned out bulb. See Changing a Bulb
(page 226).
Door Ajar
Displays when the ignition is on
and any door is not completely
closed.
EcoSelect
Lights when you switch on this
feature. See EcoSelect (page
133).
88
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Instrument Cluster
Engine and Motor Coolant
Temperature
Lights when the engine or motor
coolant temperature is high.
Stop the vehicle as soon as
possible, switch off the engine and let cool.
Engine Oil
If it lights with the engine running
or while you are driving, this
indicates a malfunction. Stop
your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so
and switch off the engine. Check the engine
oil level. See Engine Oil Check (page 215).
Note: Do not resume your journey if it lights
despite the level being correct. Have the
system checked by an authorized dealer
immediately.
Fasten Seatbelt
It will light and a tone will sound
to remind you to fasten your
seatbelt. See Seatbelt
Reminder (page 34).
Front Airbag
If it fails to light when you start
your vehicle, continues to flash
or remains on, this indicates a
malfunction. Have the system checked by
an authorized dealer.
Front Fog Lamps (If Equipped)
Lights when you switch the front
fog lamps on.
Grade Assist
Lights when you switch on grade
assist.
High Beam
Lights when you switch the high
beam headlamps on. It will flash
when you use the headlamp
flasher.
Liftgate Ajar
Lights when the liftgate is not
completely closed.
Low Battery (If Equipped)
Lights when the battery level is
low. You may also see a
message suggesting you reduce
your usage of the climate system.
Low Fuel Level
Lights when the fuel level is low
or the fuel tank is nearly empty.
Refuel as soon as possible.
Low Tire Pressure Warning
Lights when your tire pressure is
low. If the lamp remains on with
the engine running or when
driving, check your tire pressure as soon as
possible.
It also lights momentarily when you switch
on the ignition to confirm the lamp is
functional. If it does not light when you
switch on the ignition, or begins to flash at
any time, have the system checked by an
authorized dealer.
Parking Lamps
Lights when you switch the
parking lamps on.
89
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Instrument Cluster
Powertrain Fault
Lights when the system detects
a powertrain or high-voltage
charge system fault. If the
indicator stays on or continues to come on,
contact an authorized dealer as soon as
possible.
Note: If your vehicle detects certain faults,
it will not allow you to operate the
accelerator pedal. If this happens, press the
brake pedal and release it. This will activate
limp home vehicle operation. In limp home
vehicle operation, your vehicle will
accelerate in a controlled manner up to a
maximum speed of 35 mph (56 km/h) on
a flat surface. If you apply the brake pedal
or move the transmission to neutral (N) you
can override your vehicle’s acceleration.
Ready to Drive
Lights after you switch your
vehicle on and it is ready to drive.
A corresponding message may
display stating ready to drive.
Service Engine Soon
If it illuminates when the engine
is running this indicates a
malfunction. The On Board
Diagnostics system has detected a
malfunction of the vehicle emission control
system.
If it flashes, engine misfire may be
occurring. Increased exhaust gas
temperatures could damage the catalytic
converter or other vehicle components.
Drive in a moderate fashion (avoid heavy
acceleration and deceleration) and have
your vehicle immediately serviced.
It illuminates when you switch the ignition
on prior to engine start to check the bulb
and to indicate whether your vehicle is
ready for Inspection and Maintenance
(I/M) testing.
Normally, it illuminates until the engine is
cranked and automatically turns off if no
malfunctions are present. However, if after
15 seconds it flashes eight times, this
indicates that your vehicle is not ready for
Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) testing.
See Catalytic Converter (page 144).
Stability Control
It illuminates momentarily when
you switch the ignition on to
confirm that the lamp is
functional. If it does not illuminate when
you switch the ignition on or begins to flash
at any time, have the system checked as
soon as possible.
Lights when the system is active. If it
remains on or does not light when you
switch the ignition on, this indicates a
malfunction. During a malfunction, the
system will turn off. Have the system
checked as soon as possible. See Using
Stability Control (page 158).
Stability Control Off
Lights when you switch the
system off. It will go out when
you switch the system back on
or when you switch the ignition off. See
Using Stability Control (page 158).
Stop Safely
Indicates an electrical
component fault or failure that
will cause the vehicle to
shutdown or enter into a limited operating
mode. A message may also display.
90
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Instrument Cluster
AUDIBLE WARNINGS AND
INDICATORS
Key in Ignition Warning Chime (If
Equipped)
Sounds when you open the driver's door
and you have left the key in the ignition.
Engine On Warning Chime
A warning chime will sound when any door
is opened if the vehicle exceeds a relatively
low speed.
Keyless Warning Alert (If Equipped)
Sounds the horn twice when you exit the
vehicle and the keyless vehicle is in RUN,
indicating the vehicle is still on.
Headlamps On Warning Chime
Sounds when you remove the key from the
ignition and open the driver's door and you
have left the headlamps or parking lamps
on.
Parking Brake On Warning Chime
Sounds when you have left the parking
brake on and drive your vehicle. If the
warning chime remains on after you have
released the parking brake, have the
system checked by your authorized dealer
immediately.
Automatic Transmission Warning
Chime
Sounds when you have not moved the
transmission selector lever to position P.
A message will be shown in the display.
91
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Instrument Cluster
GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Various systems on your vehicle can be
controlled using the information display
controls on the steering wheel.
Corresponding information is displayed in
the information display.
Left Information Display Controls
• Press the up and down arrow buttons
to scroll through and highlight the
options within a menu.
• Press the right arrow button to enter a
sub-menu.
• Press the left arrow button to exit a
menu.
• Press and hold the left arrow button at
any time to return to the main menu
display (escape button).
• Press the OK button to choose and
confirm settings or messages.
Main menu
From the main menu bar on the left side
of the information display, you can choose
from the following categories:
Display/Trip
Information
Settings
Scroll up or down to highlight one of the
categories, and then press the right arrow
key or OK to enter into that category. Press
the left arrow key as needed to exit back
to the main menu.
Display/Trip
Use the up or down arrow
buttons to choose between the
following display options.
Note: The cluster will remember the menu
level 2 state when you change the key state
from the RUN to the OFF position.
92
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
Display/Trip
Menu level 5Menu level 4Menu level 3Menu level 2
——HelpEngage
(Split Power + Avg
Fuel Economy +
Battery Gauge + Fuel
Gauge)
——HelpEmpower
(Power (with engine
on/off threshold) +
Avg Fuel Economy +
Battery Gauge + Fuel
Gauge)
Vehicle RangeVehicle RangeChange MyViewMyView
(MyView + Battery
Gauge + Fuel Gauge)
Average FuelAverage Fuel
Instantaneous FuelSplit Power
Coolant Temp.Power + Threshold
Accessory PowerTach rpm x1000
Trip 1Accessory Power
Trip 2Trip 1
Fuel HistoryTrip 2
CoachFuel History
BlankCoach
—Blank
——Help
——HelpTrip 1: Trip Data +
Battery Gauge + Fuel
Gauge
Trip 2: Trip Data +
Battery Gauge + Fuel
Gauge
93
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
Engage
Engage provides separate gauges for
engine power and high voltage battery
power in kilowatts (kW). The engine power
gauge fill is white and the high voltage
battery power gauge fill is blue. You can
also see an instantaneous fuel economy
gauge. When your vehicle is operating on
battery power only, you will see EV
displayed and the gauges will appear in
blue.
Empower
Empower provides a power demand gauge
in kilowatts (kW) which includes an engine
on or off threshold.
• When your vehicle is operating with
battery power only (below the
threshold), you will see EV displayed
and the gauge fill is blue.
• When your vehicle is operating with
both the engine and the high voltage
battery providing power the gauge fill
is white.
• When power demand surpasses the
amber indicator, this level of demand
and associated fuel economy displays
in amber.
• When the engine is on, reducing power
demand to less than the threshold will
allow the engine to turn off.
You can also see an instantaneous fuel
economy gauge.
Note: You can reset your average fuel
economy by pressing and holding the OK
button on the left hand steering wheel
controls.
MyView
You can choose what to display in this
view. Selecting Change MyView in the
options menu allows you to scroll through
two columns of content choices.
• Press the up or down arrow to view
content.
• Press OK to save your selected
content.
• You must select content in both
columns before you can save your new
MyView.
Unique content available in MyView:
• Accessory Power— Indicates electrical
power demands from your vehicle’s
accessory systems. Accessories use
power but do not contribute to
propelling your vehicle. The gauge
separately displays power demand in
kilowatts (kW) for climate and other
accessories. Climate includes the
power being used by high voltage
climate control components such as
the electric A/C compressor. Other
includes all power being used by the
low voltage accessories (cabin fans,
headlights, heated seats, etc.).
• Coolant Temp – Indicates engine
coolant temperature. At normal
operating temperature, the level
indicator will be white and will be in the
normal range (between H and C). If the
engine coolant temperature exceeds
the normal range, the level indicator
will change to red to indicate that the
engine is overheating. Stop your vehicle
as soon as safely possible, turn your
vehicle off and let the engine cool.
• Tach rpm x 1000 — When the gasoline
engine is running, the tachometer
gauge displays the engine speed in
revolutions per minute (RPM). When
your vehicle is operating on battery
power only with the engine off, EV
displays and the tachometer is greyed
out.
Note: The trip data, and average fuel
economy cannot be reset in MyView.
94
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
Trip 1 & 2
Provides trip odometer, trip average fuel
economy and trip timer.
Distance traveled on battery power only
with the engine off is shown in blue next
to total trip distance.
Info
In this mode, you can view
different vehicle system
information and perform a
system check.
Information
Displays a number of different system tutorials. Use the up/down
arrows to scroll through the tutorials. Then press OK to view.
Tutorial
MyKeys (Number of MyKeys programmed)MyKey
MyKey Miles (km) (Distance traveled using a programmed MyKey)
Admin Keys (Number of admin keys)
All active warnings will display first if applicable. The system check
menu may appear different based upon equipment options and
current vehicle status. Use the up/down arrow buttons to scroll
through the list.
System Check
Settings
In this mode, you can configure
different driver setting choices.
Note: Some items are optional and may not appear.
Note: Some MyKey items will only appear if a MyKey is set.
Settings
Menu level 6Menu level 5Menu level 4Menu level 3Menu level 2
—On or OffTraction CtrlDriver Assist
—On or OffBlindspot
—On or OffCross Traffic
—On or OffRear Park Aid
—Hold OK to
Reset
Tire Monitor
—On or OffAuto Engine
Off
Vehicle
95
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
Settings
On or OffAuto Light
Rain
Lighting
On or OffDaytime
Lights
Select time intervalHome Light
Auto or Last
Settings
Heater - A/CClimate
Control
Remote Start
Auto or OffFront Defrost
Auto or OffRear Defrost
Auto or OffDriver Seat
Auto or OffPassenger Seat
5, 10 or 15 minutesDuration
On or OffQuiet Start
Enable or DisableSystem
—Select
number of
years
Tire Mobility
Kit
—Hold OK to
Create MyKey
Create MyKeyMyKey
—Always On or
User Select-
able
Traction
Control
—Choose
desired speed
or off
Max Speed
—Choose
desired speed
or off
Speed
Warning
—On or OffVolume
Limiter
—Hold OK to
Clear All
MyKeys
Clear MyKeys
96
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
Settings
—Select the
desired
language
LanguageDisplay
Select the desired units of measureDistanceUnits
Fahrenheit (°F) or Celsius (°C)Temperature
—On or OffBrake Coach
—On or OffBattery
Display
—On or OffRegen Display
—Hold OK to
Reset
Driving History
Right Information Display Controls
• Press the up and down arrow buttons
to scroll through and highlight the
options within a menu.
• Press the right arrow button to enter a
sub-menu.
• Press the left arrow button to exit a
menu.
• Press the OK button to choose and
confirm your selection.
Main menu
From the main menu bar on the right side
of the information display, you can choose
from the following categories:
Entertainment
See your SYNC information.
Navigation or Compass
See your SYNC information.
Phone
See your SYNC information.
Fuel Economy
Use the up or down arrow buttons to
choose between the following display
options.
Note: The information display will remember the menu level 2 state when you change the
individual key state from the RUN to the OFF position.
97
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
Fuel Economy
Menu level 5Menu level 4Menu level 3Menu level 2
——HelpEfficiency Leaves
—5, 10 or 30 minutesDurationFuel History
(Instantaneous Fuel
Economy + Fuel
Economy History + Avg
Fuel Economy)
——Help
——HelpCoach
Efficiency Leaves
Efficiency leaves indicate short term driving
efficiency measured over the last few
minutes. The more leaves and vines that
appear on the display, the better your fuel
economy. Leaves and vines will
occasionally appear and disappear to
indicate a change in your driving efficiency.
Fuel History
From left to right this view includes an
instantaneous fuel economy gauge,
historical fuel economy data and average
fuel economy. The historical data
represents an average over time intervals
of either 1, 2 or 6 minutes, with the leftmost
interval being the most recent. Shown at
the bottom of the view is the total time
duration for the 5 intervals. You can select
total duration in the options menu.
Intervals shown in grey color are from the
previous drive. The blue horizontal line
represents the average fuel economy value
shown to the right.
Note: Hold OK to reset fuel history and
average fuel economy.
Coach
This view provides a comparison of your
recent acceleration, braking and cruising
behavior, then recommends the most
efficient use of energy under present
conditions. The horizontal bars fill from left
to right with best behavior and appear blue
when at least half full. When the bars are
less than half full, the color is amber,
suggesting that you need a change in your
driving behavior to achieve better energy
efficiency.
Note: Fuel Economy will be impacted by
your use of brakes, accelerator and
accessories, as well as environmental
conditions such as hills and weather.
Note: Fuel economy is not always a
measure of appropriate driving behavior. For
example, when driving uphill and
maintaining an appropriate speed, your
instant fuel economy may not be good
(losing leaves) but the Coach may show a
blue bar for Acceleration and Cruising.
Common Displays
Both Average fuel economy and an
instantaneous fuel economy gauge are
included in Engage, Empower, MyView (if
selected) on the left information display.
They are also included in Fuel History on
the right information display.
98
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
Average Fuel Economy
Average Fuel Economy is continuously
averaged since the last reset. You can reset
your average fuel economy by pressing and
holding the OK button on the
corresponding steering wheel controls.
Note: Average fuel economy cannot be
reset in MyView.
Instantaneous Fuel Economy
If your instantaneous fuel economy is
greater than the maximum value
displayed, a + sign will be shown next to
the maximum scale number. When your
vehicle is operating on battery power only,
EV will display and the gauge fill will show
in blue.
INFORMATION MESSAGES
Note: Depending on the vehicle options
equipped with your vehicle, not all of the
messages display or are available. Certain
messages may be abbreviated or shortened
depending upon which cluster type you
have.
Press the OK button to acknowledge and
remove some messages from the
information display. Other messages are
be removed automatically after a short
time.
Certain messages need to be confirmed
before you can access the menus.
AdvanceTrac®
ActionMessage
Displayed when the system has detected a condition that
requires service. Contact your authorized dealer as soon as
possible.
Service AdvanceTrac
Alarm
ActionMessage
Displays when the alarm has been triggered due to unauthor-
ized entry. See Anti-Theft Alarm (page 67).
Vehicle Alarm To Stop
Alarm, Start Vehicle.
99
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
Battery and Charging System (High Voltage)
ActionMessage
Your vehicle is ready to drive.Ready to Drive
Blind Spot Information and Cross Traffic Alert System
ActionMessage
A fault with the system has occurred. Contact an authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
Blindspot System Fault
The system sensors are blocked. See Blind Spot Informa-
tion System (page 170).
Blindspot Not Available
Sensor Blocked See
Manual
The system detects a vehicle. See Blind Spot Information
System (page 170).
Vehicle Coming From X
The blind spot information system and cross traffic alert
system sensors are blocked. See Blind Spot Information
System (page 170).
Cross Traffic Not Avail-
able Sensor Blocked See
Manual
A fault with the system has occurred. Contact an authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
Cross Traffic System
Fault
Doors
ActionMessage
Displays when the door(s) listed is not completely closed and
the vehicle is moving.
X Door Ajar
Displays when the door(s) listed is not completely closed.
Displays when the liftgate is not completely closed.Liftgate Ajar
Fuel
ActionMessage
An early reminder of a low fuel condition.Fuel Level Low
Displays if the fuel fill inlet is not properly closed.Check Fuel Fill Inlet
Wait for up to 15 seconds while the fuel system depressurizes.Fuel Door Opening
100
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
ActionMessage
The fuel system has finished depressurizing and you can begin
to refuel.
Fuel Door Open
A reminder to close the fuel door.Close Fuel Door
There is an error in attempting to refill your vehicle.Refuel Error See Manual
Hill Start Assist
ActionMessage
Displays when hill start assist is not available. Contact your
authorized dealer. See Hill Start Assist (page 154).
Hill Start Assist Not
Available
Keys and Intelligent Access
ActionMessage
This message is displayed when there is a problem with your
vehicle’s starting system. See your authorized dealer for
service.
Starting System Fault
Displays to remind you that the key is in the luggage
compartment.
Key Inside vehicle
Displays if the key is not detected by the system.Key Not Inside vehicle
Displayed if the key is not detected by the system.No Key Detected
Displayed when the start/stop button is pressed to shut off
the engine and a Intelligent Access Key is not detected inside
the vehicle.
Restart Now or Key is
Needed
Displayed when the vehicle is in the Accessory ignition state.Accessory Power is
Active
Displayed as a reminder to press the brake while starting the
vehicle.
To START Press Brake
Displayed as a reminder to apply the brake and push the start
button to start the vehicle.
Press Brake + Start
Button
Displayed as needed by the system for proper function.Place Key in Backup
Location
101
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
ActionMessage
Displayed during spare key programming, when an intelligent
access key is programmed to the system.
Key Programmed x Keys
Total
Displayed during spare key programming when the maximum
number of keys have been programmed.
Max Number of Keys
Learned
Displayed when an attempt is made to program a spare key
using two existing MyKeys.
Could Not Program
Integrated Key
Informs you that upon exiting your vehicle that the vehicle is
still on.
Vehicle is ON
Maintenance
ActionMessage
Stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible, turn off the engine.
Check the oil level. If the warning stays on or continues to
come on with your engine running, contact your authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
Low Engine Oil Pressure
Displayed when the engine oil life remaining is 10% or less.Change Engine Oil Soon
Displayed when the oil life left reaches 0%.Oil Change Required
Indicates the brake fluid level is low and the brake system
should be inspected immediately. See Brake Fluid Check
(page 221).
Brake Fluid Level Low
Displays when the brake system needs servicing. Stop the
vehicle in a safe place. Contact your authorized dealer.
Check Brake System
Displays when the engine coolant temperature is excessively
high.
Engine Coolant Over
Temperature
Displays when the motor coolant temperature is excessively
high.
Motor Coolant Over
Temperature
Displayed when the kit needs service. See your authorized
dealer.
Service Tire Mobility Kit
Informs the driver that the powertrain needs service due to a
powertrain malfunction.
See Manual
102
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
MyKey
ActionMessage
Displayed during key programming when MyKey cannot be
programmed.
MyKey not Created
Displays when MyKey is active.MyKey Active Drive
Safely
Displays when a MyKey is in use and the MyKey speed limit is
on and the vehicle speed is approaching 80 mph (130 km/h).
Near Vehicle Top Speed
Displays when a MyKey is in use and the MyKey speed limit is
reached.
Vehicle at Top Speed of
MyKey Setting
Displays when MyKey is active.Check Speed Drive
Safely
Displays when a MyKey is in use and Belt-Minder is activated.Buckle Up to Unmute
Audio
Displays when a MyKey is in use and Traction control is
activated.
Traction Control On -
MyKey Setting
Displays when a MyKey is in use and park aid is activated.MyKey Park Aid Cannot
be Deactivated
Park Aid
ActionMessage
Displays when the system has detected a condition that
requires service. Contact your authorized dealer. See Prin-
ciple of Operation (page 159).
Check Park Aid
Displays the park aid status.Rear Park Aid On Off
Displays when the system has detected a condition that
requires attention. See Principle of Operation (page 159).
Check Rear Park Aid
Displays when the system has detected a condition that
requires attention. See Principle of Operation (page 159).
Check Front Park Aid
Displays when the system has detected a condition that
requires service. Contact your authorized dealer. See Prin-
ciple of Operation (page 159).
Park Aid Fault
103
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
Park Brake
ActionMessage
Displays when the parking brake is set, the engine is running
and the vehicle is driven more than 3 mph (5 km/h). If the
warning stays on after the parking brake is released, contact
your authorized dealer.
Park Brake Engaged
Power Steering
ActionMessage
The power steering system has detected a condition that
requires service. See your authorized dealer.
Steering Fault Service
Now
The power steering system is not working. Stop the vehicle
a safe place. Contact your authorized dealer.
Steering Loss Stop
Safely
Remote Start
ActionMessage
Displayed when the remote start system is active.Remote Start Active
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
ActionMessage
Displays when one or more tires on your vehicle have low tire
pressure. See Tire Pressure Monitoring System (page 265).
Tire Pressure Low
Displays when the tire pressure monitoring system is
malfunctioning. If the warning stays on or continues to come
on, contact your authorized dealer. See Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (page 265).
Tire Pressure Monitor
Fault
Displayed when a tire pressure sensor is malfunctioning, or
your spare tire is in use. See Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (page 265). If the warning stays on or continues to
come on, contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Tire Pressure Sensor
Fault
104
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
Traction Control
ActionMessage
The status of the traction control system after you switch it
off or on. See Using Traction Control (page 156).
Traction Control Off /
Traction Control On
Transmission
ActionMessage
Displays as a reminder to shift into park.Transmission Not in Park
105
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL
AUTO: Press to switch on automatic operation. Adjust to select the desired
temperature. Fan speed, air distribution, air conditioning operation, and outside
or recirculated air adjust to heat or cool the vehicle to maintain the desired
temperature. You can also switch off dual zone mode by pressing and holding
for more than two seconds.
A
Fan speed control: Adjusts the volume of air circulated in the vehicle.B
Climate control display: Shows the temperature settings and fan speed.C
Air distribution control: Press to switch air flow from the windshield,
instrument panel, or footwell vents on or off. You can distribute air through any
combination of these vents.
D
Heated rear window: Press to switch the heated rear window on and off. See
Heated Windows and Mirrors (page 108).
E
A/C: Press to switch the air conditioning on or off. Use A/C with recirculated
air to improve cooling performance and efficiency.
F
Note: In certain conditions (for example, maximum defrost), the air conditioning
compressor may continue to operate even though you switch off the air
conditioning.
Passenger temperature control: Adjusts the temperature setting on the
passenger side.
G
Recirculated air: Press to switch between outside air and recirculated air. The
air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates. This may reduce the
time needed to cool the interior (when used with A/C) and reduce unwanted
odors from entering your vehicle.
H
106
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Climate Control
Note: Recirculated air may turn off (or prevent you from switching on) in all air
flow modes except MAX A/C to reduce the risk of fogging. Recirculation may
also turn on and off in Panel or Panel/Floor air flow modes during hot weather
in order to improve cooling efficiency.
Heated seats: Press to switch the heated seats on and off. See Heated Seats
(page 117).
I
MAX A/C: Press for maximum cooling. The driver and passenger settings set
to LO, recirculated air flows through the instrument panel vents, air conditioning
turns on and the fan adjusts to the highest speed.
J
MAX Defrost: Press to switch on defrost. The driver and passenger settings
set to HI, air flows through the windshield vents, and the fan adjusts to the
highest speed. You can also use this setting to defog and clear the windshield
of a thin covering of ice. The heated rear window also turns on when you select
maximum defrost.
K
Note: To prevent window fogging, you cannot select recirculated air when
maximum defrost is on.
Power: Press to switch the system on and off. When the system is off, it
prevents outside air from entering the vehicle.
L
Driver temperature control: Adjusts the temperature setting on the driver
side. This control also adjusts the passenger side temperature when you switch
off dual zone mode.
M
Smart Zone
If there is not an occupant in the front
passenger seat, the climate control system
may default to single zone in order to
improve fuel economy (if you were
previously in dual zone operation). When
this occurs, dual zone turns off and the
passenger set point changes to match the
driver set point.
Press the dual zone button or adjust the
passenger set point normally if you desire
dual zone operation without a passenger
present. The system remains in dual zone
operation until you switch the vehicle off.
You can disable or re-enable the Smart
Zone feature by pressing and holding the
dual zone button. Both set point displays
begin flashing to signify when the feature
disables. The system returns to previous
state after you release the dual zone
button.
To re-enable the Smart Zone feature:
Press and hold the dual zone button for
more than four seconds. Only the driver
set point display begins flashing to signify
when you re-enable the feature. The
climate control system returns to the
previous state after you release the dual
zone button.
107
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Climate Control
HINTS ON CONTROLLING THE
INTERIOR CLIMATE
General Hints
Note: Prolonged use of recirculated air may
cause the windows to fog up.
Note: You may feel a small amount of air
from the footwell air vents regardless of the
air distribution setting.
Note: To reduce humidity build-up inside
your vehicle, do not drive with the system
switched off or with recirculated air always
switched on.
Note: Do not place objects under the front
seats as this may interfere with the airflow
to the rear seats.
Note: Remove any snow, ice or leaves from
the air intake area at the base of the
windshield.
Note: To improve the time to reach a
comfortable temperature in hot weather,
drive with the windows open until you feel
cold air through the air vents.
Automatic Climate Control
Note: Adjusting the settings when your
vehicle interior is extremely hot or cold is
not necessary.
Note: The system adjusts to heat or cool
the interior to the temperature you select
as quickly as possible.
Note: For the system to function efficiently,
the instrument panel and side air vents
should be fully open.
Note: If you select AUTO during cold
outside temperatures, the system directs
air flow to the windshield and side window
vents. In addition, the fan may run at a
slower speed until the engine warms up.
Note: If you select AUTO during hot
temperatures and the inside of the vehicle
is hot, the system uses recirculated air to
maximize interior cooling. Fan speed may
also reduce until the air cools.
Quickly Heating the Interior
1. Press AUTO.
2. Adjust the temperature function to the
desired setting.
Recommended Settings for
Heating
1. Press AUTO.
2. Adjust the temperature function to the
desired setting. Use 72°F (22°C) as a
starting point, then adjust the setting
as necessary.
Quickly Cooling the Interior
1. Press MAX A/C.
Recommended Settings for
Cooling
1. Press AUTO.
2. Adjust the temperature function to the
desired setting. Use 72°F (22°C) as a
starting point, then adjust the setting
as necessary.
Defogging the Side Windows in
Cold Weather
1. Press defrost.
2. Adjust the temperature control to the
desired setting. Use 72°F (22°C) as a
starting point, then adjust the setting
as necessary.
HEATED WINDOWS AND
MIRRORS
Note: Make sure the engine is running
before operating the heated windows.
108
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Climate Control
Heated Rear Window
Press the button to clear the
heated rear window of thin ice
and fog. The heated rear
window turns off after a short period of
time. Press the button again to switch it
off.
Note: Do not use razor blades or other
sharp objects to clean or remove decals
from the inside of the heated rear window.
The vehicle warranty does not cover
damage caused to the heated rear window
grid lines.
Heated Exterior Mirrors (If Equipped)
When you switch the heated rear window
on, the heated exterior mirrors turn on.
Note: Do not remove ice from the mirrors
with a scraper or adjust the mirror glass
when it is frozen in place.
Note: Do not clean the mirror housing or
glass with harsh abrasives, fuel or other
petroleum-based cleaning products.
CABIN AIR FILTER
The cabin air filter is under the instrument
panel in the passenger footwell area or
under the center console on the passenger
side.
The system filters airborne particles such
as dust, spores and pollen in the air
supplied to and recirculated in the interior
of your vehicle.
Make sure you have a cabin air filter
installed at all times. Running the system
without a filter in place could degrade or
damage the system.
Your vehicle cabin air filter gives you and
your passengers the following benefits:
• It improves your driving comfort by
reducing particle concentration.
• It improves the interior compartment
cleanliness.
• It protects the climate control
components from particle deposits.
Change the air filter element at the proper
intervals.
For additional cabin air filter information,
or to replace the filter, see an authorized
dealer.
REMOTE START (If Equipped)
The climate control system adjusts the
cabin temperature during remote start.
You cannot adjust the system during
remote start operation. Switch on the
ignition to return the system to its previous
settings. You can now make adjustments.
You need to switch on certain
vehicle-dependent features, such as:
• Heated seats.
• Heated mirrors.
• Heated rear window.
• Heated steering wheel.
You can adjust the settings using the
information display controls. See
Information Displays (page 92).
Automatic Settings
You can set the climate control to operate
in AUTO mode through the information
display setting: Remote Start > Climate
Control > Heater-A/C > Auto. The climate
control system automatically sets the
interior temperature to 72°F (22°C).
109
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Climate Control
In hot weather, the system is set to 72°F
(22°C). Cooled seats are set to high (if
available, and selected to AUTO in the
information display).
In cold weather, the system is set to 72°F
(22°C). The rear defroster and heated
mirrors automatically turn on.
Last Settings
You can set the climate control to operate
using the last climate control settings
through the information display setting:
Remote Start > Climate Control >
Heater–A/C > Last Settings. The climate
control system automatically uses the
settings last selected before you turned
off the vehicle.
Heated and Cooled Devices
Heated devices typically switch on during
cold weather, and cooled devices during
hot weather.
110
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Climate Control
SITTING IN THE CORRECT
POSITION
WARNINGS
Sitting improperly, out of position or
with the seatback reclined too far
can take weight off the seat cushion
and affect the decision of the passenger
sensing system, resulting in serious injury
or death in the event of a crash. Always sit
upright against your seat back, with your
feet on the floor.
Do not recline the seatback as this
can cause the occupant to slide
under the safety belt, resulting in
serious injury in the event of a crash.
Do not place objects higher than the
seatback to reduce the risk of serious
injury in the event of a crash or during
heavy braking.
When you use them properly, the seat,
head restraint, safety belt and airbags will
provide optimum protection in the event
of a crash.
We recommend that you follow these
guidelines:
• Sit in an upright position with the base
of your spine as far back as possible.
• Do not recline the seatback more than
30 degrees.
• Adjust the head restraint so that the
top of it is level with the top of your
head and as far forward as possible.
Make sure that you remain
comfortable.
• Keep sufficient distance between
yourself and the steering wheel. We
recommend a minimum of 10 in
(25 cm) between your breastbone and
the airbag cover.
• Hold the steering wheel with your arms
slightly bent.
• Bend your legs slightly so that you can
press the pedals fully.
• Position the shoulder strap of the
safety belt over the center of your
shoulder and position the lap strap
tightly across your hips.
Make sure that your driving position is
comfortable and that you can maintain full
control of your vehicle.
HEAD RESTRAINTS
WARNINGS
Fully adjust the head restraint before
you sit in or operate your vehicle. This
will help minimize the risk of neck
injury in the event of a crash. Do not adjust
the head restraint when your vehicle is
moving.
The head restraint is a safety device.
Whenever possible it should be
installed and properly adjusted when
the seat is occupied. Failure to adjust the
head restraint properly could reduce its
effectiveness during certain impacts.
111
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seats
Note: Adjust the seat backrest to an upright
driving position before adjusting the head
restraint. Adjust the head restraint so that
the top of it is level with the top of your head
and as far forward as possible. Make sure
that you remain comfortable. If you are
extremely tall, adjust the head restraint to
its highest position.
Front Seat Head Restraint
Rear Center Seat Head Restraint
The head restraints consist of:
An energy absorbing head
restraint.
A
Two steel stems.B
Guide sleeve adjust and unlock
button.
C
Guide sleeve unlock and remove
button.
D
Adjusting the Head Restraint
Raising the Head Restraint
Pull the head restraint up.
Lowering the Head Restraint
1. Press and hold button C.
2. Push the head restraint down.
Removing the Head Restraint
1. Pull the head restraint up until it
reaches its highest position.
2. Press and hold buttons C and D.
3. Pull the head restraint up.
Installing the Head Restraint
Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves
and push the head restraint down until it
locks.
Rear Seat Outboard Head Restraints
The head restraints consist of:
An energy absorbing head
restraint.
A
Two steel stems.B
Guide sleeve unlock and remove
button.
C
Fold button.D
112
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seats
Removing the Head Restraint
1. Press and hold buttons C.
2. Pull the head restraint up.
Installing the Head Restraint
Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves
and push the head restraint down until it
locks.
Folding the Head Restraint
1. Press and hold button D.
2. Pull the head restraint back up to reset.
Tilting Head Restraints
The front head restraints tilt for extra
comfort. To tilt the head restraint, do the
following:
1. Adjust the seat backrest to an upright
driving or riding position.
2. Pivot the head restraint forward toward
your head to the desired position.
After the head restraint reaches the
forward-most tilt position, pivot it forward
again to release it to the rearward, un-tilted
position.
MANUAL SEATS (If Equipped)
WARNING
Do not adjust the driver seat or seat
backrest when your vehicle is
moving. This may result in sudden
seat movement, causing the loss of control
of your vehicle.
Moving the Seat Backward and
Forward
WARNING
Make sure that the seats and the
seat backrests are secure and fully
locked in their catches.
113
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seats
Recline Adjustment
WARNING
Do not place cargo or any objects
behind the seat backrest before
returning it to the original position.
Pull on the seat backrest to make sure that
it has fully latched after returning the seat
backrest to its original position. An
unlatched seat may become dangerous if
you stop suddenly or have a crash.
POWER SEATS (If Equipped)
WARNINGS
Do not adjust the driver's seat or
seatback when your vehicle is
moving. Adjusting your seatback
while your vehicle is in motion may cause
loss of control of your vehicle.
Do not place cargo or any objects
behind the seatback before returning
it to the original position.
114
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seats
115
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seats
Power Lumbar (If Equipped)
REAR SEATS
Folding the Seat Backrest
1. With the seat empty, press the button
on the outboard side of each rear
outboard head restraint to fold them.
Make sure the rear center head
restraint is in the full down position.
2. Pull the lever up on the outboard side
of the seat to fold the seat.
Unfolding the Seat Backrest
Rotate the seat backrest up until it latches
to return the seat to the upright position.
116
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seats
HEATED SEATS (If Equipped)
WARNING
People who are unable to feel pain
to their skin because of advanced
age, chronic illness, diabetes, spinal
cord injury, medication, alcohol use,
exhaustion or other physical conditions,
must exercise care when using the heated
seat. The heated seat may cause burns
even at low temperatures, especially if
used for long periods of time. Do not place
anything on the seat that insulates against
heat, such as a blanket or cushion. This
may cause the heated seat to overheat.
Do not puncture the seat with pins, needles
or other pointed objects. This may damage
the heating element which may cause the
heated seat to overheat. An overheated
seat may cause serious personal injury.
Do not do the following:
• Place heavy objects on the seat.
• Operate the heated seat if water or any
other liquid is spilled on the seat. Allow
the seat to dry thoroughly.
• Operate the heated seats unless the
engine is running. Doing so can cause
the battery to lose charge.
Press the heated seat symbol to cycle
through the various heat settings and off.
Warmer settings are indicated by more
indicator lights.
REAR SEAT ARMREST
Fold the armrest down to use the armrest
and cupholder.
117
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seats
(If Equipped)
HomeLink Wireless Control
System
WARNINGS
Make sure that the garage door and
security device are free from
obstruction when you are
programming. Do not program the system
with the vehicle in the garage.
Do not use the system with any
garage door opener that does not
have the safety stop and reverse
feature as required by U.S. Federal Safety
Standards (this includes any garage door
opener manufactured before April 1, 1982).
A garage door opener which cannot detect
an object, signaling the door to stop and
reverse, does not meet current federal
safety standards. Using a garage door
opener without these features increases
the risk of serious injury or death.
Note: Make sure you keep the original
remote control transmitter for use in other
vehicles as well as for future system
programming.
Note: We recommend that upon the sale
or lease termination of your vehicle, you
erase the programmed function buttons for
security reasons. See Erasing the Function
Button Codes later in this section.
Note: You can program a maximum of
three devices. To change or replace any of
the three devices after it has been initially
programmed, you must first erase the
current settings. See Erasing the Function
Button Codes.
The universal garage door opener replaces
the common hand-held garage door
opener with a three-button transmitter
integrated into the driver’s sun visor.
The system includes two primary features,
a garage door opener and a platform for
remote activation of devices within the
home. You can program garage doors as
well as entry gate operators, security
systems, entry door locks and home or
office lighting.
Additional system information can be
found online at www.homelink.com,
www.youtube.com/user/HomeLinkGentex
or by calling the toll-free help line at
1-800-355-3515.
In-Vehicle Programming
This process is to program your in-vehicle
HomeLink function button with your
hand-held transmitter.
Note: The programming steps below
assume you will be programming HomeLink
that was not previously programmed. If your
HomeLink was previously programmed, you
may need to erase your HomeLink buttons.
See Erasing the Function Button Codes.
Note: Put a new battery in the hand-held
transmitter. This helps ensure quicker
training and accurate transmission of the
radio-frequency signal.
118
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Universal Garage Door Opener
1. With your vehicle parked outside of the
garage, switch your ignition to the on
position, but do not start your vehicle.
2. Press and release the function button
that you would like to program.
3. Hold your hand-held garage door
transmitter 1– 3 in (2–8 cm) away from
the HomeLink button you want to
program.
4. Press and hold the hand-held
transmitter button you want to
program while watching the indicator
light on HomeLink. Continue to hold
the hand-held button until the
HomeLink indicator light flashes rapidly
or is continuously on.
Note: You may need to use a different
method if you live in Canada or have
difficulties programming your gate operator
or garage door opener. See Gate Operator
/ Canadian Programming.
5. Press and hold the HomeLink button
you programmed for two seconds, then
release. You may need to do this twice
to activate the door. If your garage door
does not operate, watch the HomeLink
indicator light.
If the indicator light stays on, the
programming is complete. Your device
should activate when the HomeLink
button is pressed and released.
If the indicator light flashes rapidly, press
and hold for two seconds and release the
programmed HomeLink button. Repeat
the "press/hold/release" sequence up to
three times to complete the programming
process. If your device still does not
operate, you must program your garage
door. See Programming Your Garage
Door Opener Motor.
To program additional buttons, repeat
Steps 1 – 4.
For questions or comments, please contact
HomeLink at www.homelink.com,
www.youtube.com/user/HomeLinkGentex
or by calling the toll-free help line at
1-800-355-3515.
Programming Your Garage Door
Opener Motor
Note: You may need a ladder to reach the
unit and you may need to remove the cover
or lamp lens on your garage door opener.
1. Press the learn button on the garage
door opener motor and then you have
30 seconds to complete the next two
steps.
2. Return to your vehicle.
119
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Universal Garage Door Opener
3. Press and hold the function button you
want to program for 2 seconds, then
release. Repeat this step. Depending
on your brand of garage door opener,
you may need to repeat this sequence
a third time.
Gate Operator / Canadian
Programming
Canadian radio-frequency laws require
transmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit)
after several seconds of transmission –
which may not be long enough for
HomeLink to pick up the signal during
programming. Similar to this Canadian law,
some U.S. gate operators are designed to
“time-out” in the same manner.
Note: If programming a garage door opener
or gate operator, it is advised to unplug the
device during the “cycling” process to
prevent possible overheating.
1. Press and release, every two seconds,
your hand-held transmitter until the
HomeLink indicator light changes to a
rapidly blinking or continuously on light.
2. Release the hand-held transmitter
button.
3. Continue programing HomeLink. See
In-Vehicle Programming, Step 4.
Erasing the Function Button Codes
Note: You cannot erase individual buttons.
1. Press and hold the outer two function
buttons simultaneously for
approximately 10 seconds until the
indicator light above the buttons
flashes rapidly.
2. When the indicator light flashes,
release the buttons. You erased the
codes for all buttons.
Reprogramming a Single Button
To program a device to a previously trained
button, follow these steps:
1. Press and hold the desired button. Do
NOT release the button.
2. The indicator light begins to flash after
20 seconds. Without releasing the
button, follow Step 1 in the
Programming section.
For questions or comments, contact
HomeLink at www.homelink.com,
www.youtube.com/user/HomeLinkGentex
or by calling the toll-free help line at
1-800-355-3515.
120
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Universal Garage Door Opener
FCC and RSS-210 Industry Canada
Compliance
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry
Canada. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) this device
may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
Note: Changes or modifications to your
device not expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance can void the
user’s authority to operate the equipment.
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment. End Users must
follow the specific operating instructions
for satisfying RF exposure compliance. This
transmitter must be at least 8 in (20 cm)
from the user and must not be co-located
or operating in conjunction with any other
antenna or transmitter.
The term “IC:” before the
certification/registration number only
signifies that Industry Canada technical
specifications were met.
121
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Universal Garage Door Opener
12 Volt DC Power Point
WARNING
Do not plug optional electrical
accessories into the cigar lighter
socket. Incorrect use of the cigar
lighter can cause damage not covered by
the vehicle warranty, and can result in fire
or serious injury.
Note: When you switch the ignition on, you
can use the socket to power 12 volt
appliances with a maximum current rating
of 15 amps.
If the power supply does not work after you
switch the ignition off, switch the ignition
on.
Note: Do not hang any accessory from the
accessory plug.
Note: Do not use the power point over the
vehicle capacity of 12 volt DC 180 watts or
a fuse may blow.
Note: Always keep the power point caps
closed when not in use.
Do not insert objects other than an
accessory plug into the power point. This
damages the power point and may blow
the fuse.
Run the vehicle for full capacity use of the
power point.
To prevent the battery from running out of
charge:
• Do not use the power point longer than
necessary when the vehicle is not
running.
• Do not leave devices plugged in
overnight or when you park your vehicle
for extended periods.
Locations
Power points may be in the following
locations:
• On the instrument panel.
• Inside the center console.
• On the rear of the center console.
110 Volt AC Power Point (If Equipped)
WARNING
Do not keep electrical devices
plugged in the power point whenever
the device is not in use. Do not use
any extension cord with the 110 volt AC
power point, since it will defeat the safety
protection design. Doing so may cause the
power point to overload due to powering
multiple devices that can reach beyond
the 150 watt load limit and could result in
fire or serious injury.
Note: The power point turns off when you
switch the ignition off, or when the battery
voltage drops below 11 volts.
You can use the power point for electric
devices that require up to 150 watts. It is
on the rear of the center console.
Note: Depending on your vehicle, the power
point may open to the right or upward.
122
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Auxiliary Power Points
When the indicator light on the power point
is:
• On: The power point is working, the
ignition is on and a device is plugged
in.
• Off: The power point is off, the ignition
is off or no device is plugged in.
• Flashing: The power point is in fault
mode.
The power outlet temporarily turns off
power when in fault mode if the device
exceeds the 150 watt limit. Unplug your
device and switch the ignition off. Switch
the ignition back on, but do not plug your
device back in. Let the system cool off and
switch the ignition off to reset the fault
mode. Switch the ignition back on and
make sure the indicator light remains on.
Do not use the power point for certain
electric devices, including:
• Cathode-ray, tube-type televisions.
• Motor loads, such as vacuum cleaners,
electric saws and other electric power
tools or compressor-driven
refrigerators.
• Measuring devices, which process
precise data, such as medical
equipment or measuring equipment.
• Other appliances requiring an
extremely stable power supply such as
microcomputer-controlled electric
blankets or touch-sensor lamps.
123
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Auxiliary Power Points
CENTER CONSOLE
Stow items in the cup holder carefully as
items may become loose during hard
braking, acceleration or crashes, including
hot drinks which may spill.
Available console features include:
Cup holder.A
Storage compartment with
auxiliary power point, USB port
and media hub.
B
Auxiliary power point.C
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Press near the rear edge of the door to
open it.
124
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Storage Compartments
GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNINGS
Extended idling at high engine
speeds can produce very high
temperatures in the engine and
exhaust system, creating the risk of fire or
other damage.
Do not park, idle or drive your vehicle
on dry grass or other dry ground
cover. The emission system heats up
the engine compartment and exhaust
system, creating the risk of fire.
Do not start the vehicle in a closed
garage or in other enclosed areas.
Exhaust fumes can be toxic. Always
open the garage door before you start the
vehicle.
If you smell exhaust fumes inside
your vehicle, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized dealer
immediately. Do not drive your vehicle if
you smell exhaust fumes.
If you disconnect the battery, your vehicle
may exhibit some unusual driving
characteristics for approximately 5 mi
(8 km) after you reconnect it. This is
because the engine management system
must realign itself with the engine. You can
disregard any unusual driving
characteristics during this period.
The powertrain control system meets all
Canadian interference-causing equipment
standard requirements regulating the
impulse electrical field or radio noise.
When you start your vehicle, avoid pressing
the accelerator pedal until the ready to
drive indicator illuminates. Only use the
accelerator pedal when you have difficulty
starting your vehicle.
IGNITION SWITCH (If Equipped)
0 (off) - The ignition is off.
Note: When you switch the ignition off and
leave your vehicle, do not leave your key in
the ignition. This could cause your vehicle
battery to lose charge.
I (accessory) - Allows the electrical
accessories, such as the radio, to operate
while the engine is not running.
Note: Do not leave the ignition key in this
position for too long. This could cause your
vehicle battery to lose charge.
II (on) - All electrical circuits are
operational and the warning lamps and
indicators illuminate.
III (start) - starts the vehicle into Ready to
Drive mode (indicated by the green "Ready
to Drive" icon on the instrument cluster).
KEYLESS STARTING (If Equipped)
Note: The keyless starting system may not
function if the key is close to metal objects
or electronic devices such as cellular
phones.
Note: A valid key must be located inside
your vehicle to switch the ignition on and
start the vehicle.
125
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
Ignition Modes
The keyless starting system has three
modes:
• Off: Turns the ignition off.
• Without applying the brake pedal,
press and release the button once
when the ignition is in the on mode,
or when the vehicle is on but not
moving.
• On: All electrical circuits are
operational and the warning lamps and
indicators illuminate.
• Without applying the brake pedal,
press and release the button once.
• Start: Starts your vehicle and places
it in Ready to Drive mode (indicated by
the green "Ready to Drive" icon on the
instrument cluster). The engine may
not start when the vehicle starts.
• Press the brake pedal, and then
press the button until the vehicle
turns on.
STARTING A HYBRID
ELECTRIC VEHICLE SYSTEM
When you start the vehicle, the idle speed
increases. This helps to warm up the
engine. If the engine idle speed does not
slow down automatically, have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Before starting your vehicle, check the
following:
• Make sure all occupants have fastened
their seatbelts.
• Make sure the headlamps and
electrical accessories are off.
• Make sure the parking brake is on.
• Make sure the transmission is in park
(P) or neutral (N).
• Switch the ignition key to position II. If
your vehicle is equipped with a keyless
ignition, see the following instructions.
Vehicles with Keyless Start
Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal.
1. Fully press the brake pedal.
2. Press the button.
Note: The green ready indicator illuminates
letting you know that the vehicle is ready
for driving. Since your vehicle is equipped
with a silent key start, the engine may not
start at the time of the vehicle start. See
Hybrid Vehicle Operation (page 131).
The system does not function if:
• The key frequencies are jammed.
• The key battery has no charge.
If you are unable to start the vehicle, do
the following:
126
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
3-button remote
5-button remote
1. Hold the key next to the steering
column as shown.
2. With the key in this position, you can
use the start button to switch the
ignition on and start your vehicle.
Fast Restart
The fast restart feature allows you to
restart the vehicle within 20 seconds of
switching it off, even if a valid key is not
present.
Within 20 seconds of switching the vehicle
off, press the brake pedal and press the
button. After 20 seconds have expired, you
can no longer restart the vehicle without
the key present inside your vehicle.
Once the vehicle has started, it remains
running until you press the button, even if
the system does not detect a valid key. If
you open and close a door while the vehicle
is running, the system searches for a valid
key. You cannot restart the vehicle if the
system does not detect a valid key within
20 seconds.
Vehicles with an Ignition Key
Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal.
1. Fully press the brake pedal. If your
vehicle is equipped with a manual
transmission, fully press the clutch
pedal.
2. Turn the key to position III to start the
engine.
Switching Off the Vehicle When It
Is Stationary
Vehicles with Keyless Start
1. Move the transmission selector lever
to position P.
2. Press the button once.
3. Apply the parking brake.
Note: This switches off the ignition, all
electrical circuits, warning lamps and
indicators.
Vehicles with an Ignition Key
1. For vehicles with automatic
transmission, shift into park (P). For
vehicles with manual transmission,
shift into neutral (N).
2. Turn the key to position 0.
3. Apply the parking brake.
127
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
Switching Off the Vehicle When It
Is Moving
WARNING
Switching off the engine when your
vehicle is still moving results in a
significant decrease in braking
assistance. Higher effort is required to
apply the brakes and to stop your vehicle.
A significant decrease in steering
assistance could also occur. The steering
does not lock, but higher effort could be
required to steer your vehicle. When you
switch the ignition off, some electrical
circuits, for example airbags, also turn off.
If you unintentionally switch the ignition
off, shift into neutral (N) and restart the
engine.
Vehicles with Keyless Start
1. Move the transmission selector lever
to position N and use the brakes to
bring your vehicle to a safe stop.
2. When your vehicle has stopped, move
the transmission selector lever to
position P.
3. Press and hold the button for one
second, or press it three times within
two seconds.
4. Apply the parking brake.
Vehicles with an Ignition Key
1. Shift into neutral and use the brakes to
bring your vehicle to a safe stop.
2. When your vehicle has stopped, shift
into park (P) or neutral (N) and switch
the ignition off.
3. Apply the parking brake.
Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes
WARNING
Exhaust leaks may result in entry of
harmful and potentially lethal fumes
into the passenger compartment. If
you smell exhaust fumes inside your
vehicle, have your vehicle inspected
immediately. Do not drive if you smell
exhaust fumes.
Important Ventilating Information
If you stop your vehicle and leave it idling
for long periods, we recommend that you
do one of the following:
• Open the windows at least 1 in
(2.5 cm).
• Set your climate control to outside air.
ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (If
Equipped)
WARNINGS
Failure to follow engine block heater
instructions could result in property
damage or serious personal injury.
Do not use your heater with
ungrounded electrical systems or
two-pronged adapters. There is a risk
of electrical shock.
Do not fully close the hood, or allow
it to drop under its own weight when
using the engine block heater. This
could damage the power cable and may
cause an electrical short resulting in fire,
injury and property damage.
Note: The heater is most effective when
outdoor temperatures are below 0°F
(-18°C).
128
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
The heater acts as a starting aid by
warming the engine coolant. This allows
the climate control system to respond
quickly. The equipment includes a heater
element (installed in the engine block) and
a wire harness. You can connect the
system to a grounded 120-volt AC
electrical source.
We recommend that you do the following
for a safe and correct operation:
• Use a 16-gauge outdoor extension cord
that is product certified by
Underwriter’s Laboratory (UL) or
Canadian Standards Association
(CSA). This extension cord must be
suitable for use outdoors, in cold
temperatures, and be clearly marked
Suitable for Use with Outdoor
Appliances. Do not use an indoor
extension cord outdoors. This could
result in an electric shock or become a
fire hazard.
• Use as short an extension cord as
possible.
• Do not use multiple extension cords.
• Make sure that when in operation, the
extension cord plug and heater cord
plug connections are free and clear of
water. This could cause an electric
shock or fire.
• Make sure your vehicle is parked in a
clean area, clear of combustibles.
• Make sure the heater, heater cord and
extension cord are firmly connected.
• Check for heat anywhere in the
electrical hookup once the system has
been operating for approximately 30
minutes.
• Make sure the system is unplugged and
properly stowed before starting and
driving your vehicle. Make sure the
protective cover seals the prongs of the
block heater cord plug when not in use.
• Make sure the heater system is
checked for proper operation before
winter.
Using the Engine Block Heater
Make sure the receptacle terminals are
clean and dry prior to use. Clean them with
a dry cloth if necessary.
The heater uses 0.4 to 1.0 kilowatt-hours
of energy per hour of use. The system does
not have a thermostat. It achieves
maximum temperature after
approximately three hours of operation.
Using the heater longer than three hours
does not improve system performance and
unnecessarily uses electricity.
AUTOMATIC ENGINE
SHUTDOWN
For vehicles with a keyless ignition, this
automatically shuts down your vehicle if
it has been idling for an extended period.
The ignition also turns off to save battery
power. Before your vehicle shuts down, a
message appears in the information
display showing a timer counting down. If
you do not intervene within 30 seconds,
your vehicle shuts down. Start your vehicle
as normal.
Automatic Engine Shutdown Override
Note: You cannot permanently switch off
the automatic shutdown. When you switch
it off temporarily, it turns on at the next
ignition cycle.
129
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
You can stop the shutdown, or reset the
timer, at any point before the 30-second
countdown has expired by doing any of the
following:
• Interacting with your vehicle, for
example pressing the brake or
accelerator pedal.
• Disabling the shutdown using the
information display. See Information
Displays (page 92).
• Pressing the OK or RESET button
during the 30-second countdown.
130
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
HYBRID VEHICLE OPERATION
This hybrid vehicle combines electric and
gasoline propulsion to provide
breakthrough performance and improved
efficiency.
Familiarizing yourself with these unique
characteristics will provide an optimal
driving experience from your new vehicle.
Note: You may notice higher engine speeds
upon start-up. This temporary condition is
normal and necessary to heat up the cabin
and minimize emissions.
Starting:
When you start your vehicle, a
green ready indicator light will
appear in the lower right portion
of the instrument cluster and a ready to
drive message will appear in the middle of
the left cluster screen, letting you know
that your vehicle is ready for driving.
The engine may not start because this
vehicle is equipped with silent key start.
This fuel saving feature allows your vehicle
to be ready–to–drive without requiring the
gas engine to be running. This indicator will
remain on while your vehicle is on, whether
the engine is running or not to indicate your
vehicle is capable of movement (using its
electric motor, engine, or both). Typically,
the engine will not start unless the vehicle
is cold, a climate control change is
requested, or the accelerator is pressed.
Driving:
The gas engine automatically starts and
stops to provide power when needed and
to save fuel when not needed. While
coasting at low speeds, coming to a stop,
or standing, the gas engine normally shuts
down and your vehicle operates in
electric-only mode.
Conditions that may cause the engine to
start up or remain running include:
• Considerable vehicle acceleration.
• Vehicle speed above 85 mph
(137 km/h). However, the maximum
speed for electric-only operation may
be lower while driving in hot
temperatures or on hilly terrain.
• Ascending a hill.
• Charge level of high voltage battery is
low.
• Very high or low outside temperature
(to provide system cooling or heating).
• Engine not warm enough to provide
passenger requested cabin
temperature.
Stopping:
The gas engine may shut off to conserve
fuel as you come to a stop. Restarting your
vehicle is not required. Simply step on the
accelerator when you are ready to drive.
Transmission Operation:
Due to the technologically advanced,
electronically-controlled continuously
variable transaxle, you will not feel shift
changes like those of a non-hybrid vehicle.
Note: Since engine speed is controlled by
the transmission, it may seem elevated at
times. This is normal hybrid operation and
helps deliver fuel efficiency and
performance.
Neutral:
We recommend that you do not idle the
vehicle in neutral (N) for an extended
period of time because this will discharge
your high voltage battery, shut off your air
conditioning and heating, and decrease
fuel economy. The engine will not start or
stop, and cannot provide power to the
hybrid system in neutral (N).
131
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Unique Driving Characteristics
Low:
Low (L) is designed to mimic the enhanced
engine braking available in non-hybrid
vehicles. Low gear will produce high engine
speeds to provide necessary engine
braking. This is normal and will not damage
your vehicle. In low gear, the gas engine
will remain on more often than in drive (D).
Reverse:
In reverse (R), vehicle speed is limited to
22 mph (35 km/h).
Battery:
Your hybrid is equipped with a high voltage
battery. A cool battery maintains battery
life and provides the best possible
performance. The high voltage battery is
cooled by cabin air drawn from vent holes
in the trim panels behind the rear seats.
Avoid placing objects at the vent holes that
block airflow to the high voltage battery.
Engine:
The engine speed in your hybrid is not
directly tied to your vehicle speed. Your
vehicle's engine and transmission are
designed to deliver the power you need at
the most efficient engine speed. During
heavy accelerations, your hybrid may reach
high engine speeds (up to 6000 RPM).
In prolonged mountainous driving, you may
see the engine speed changing without
your input. This is intentional and maintains
the battery charge level. You may also
notice during extended downhill driving
that your engine continues to run instead
of shutting off.
During this engine braking, the engine stays
on, but it is not using any fuel. You may also
hear a slight whine or whistle when
operating your vehicle. This is the normal
operation of the electric generator in the
hybrid system.
During certain events (such as vehicle
servicing) your low voltage 12-volt battery
may become disconnected or disabled.
Once the battery is reconnected and after
driving the vehicle, the engine may
continue to operate for three to five
seconds after the key is turned to off. This
is a normal condition.
Braking:
Your hybrid is equipped with standard
hydraulic braking and regenerative braking.
Regenerative braking is performed by your
transmission and it captures brake energy
and stores it in your high voltage battery.
Driving to Optimize Fuel Economy
Note: Having your engine running is not
always an indication of inefficiency. In some
cases, it is actually more efficient than
driving in electric mode.
Your fuel economy should improve
throughout your hybrid's break-in period.
As with any vehicle, your driving habits and
accessory usage can significantly impact
your fuel economy. For best results, keep
in mind these tips:
• Keep the tires properly inflated and
only use the recommended size.
• Aggressive driving increases the
amount of energy required to move
your vehicle. In general, you can
achieve better fuel economy with mild
to moderate acceleration and
deceleration. Moderate braking is
particularly important since it allows
you to maximize the energy captured
by the regenerative braking system.
Additional Tips:
• Do not carry extra loads.
• Be mindful of adding external
accessories that may increase
aerodynamic drag.
• Observe posted speed limits.
132
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Unique Driving Characteristics
• Perform all scheduled maintenance.
• There is no need to wait for your engine
to warm up. The vehicle is ready to
drive immediately after starting.
ECOSELECT
EcoSelect is a drive mode for non plug-in
vehicles designed to offer the best possible
fuel economy with tradeoffs in vehicle
performance and comfort.
To switch EcoSelect on, press
the ECO button.
A graphic displays on your information
display when EcoSelect is on.
Your vehicle will remember the last
selected mode whenever you start your
vehicle.
EcoSelect allows your vehicle to operate
more efficiently. You will notice:
• Less aggressive cooling.
• Softer acceleration.
• Increased deceleration when coasting.
• Changes in engine behavior.
• ECO cruise control activation.
HYBRID VEHICLE FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
AnswerQuestion
The high voltage battery is electrically isol-
ated from the rest of the vehicle when the
key is off. When you switch the key on, high
voltage contactors inside the battery are
closed to make the electricity available to
the motor and generator and enable the
vehicle to drive. The clicks are the sound of
these contactors as they close and open
during start up and shut down.
What are the series of clicks from the cargo
area when I first turn the key in the ignition?
The vehicle's computer will determine if an
engine start is required at key-on. Silent key
start will start the engine if it is necessary
for cabin heating, windshield defrost, or if
the outside temperature is low.
Why does the engine sometimes start at
key-on?
There are several reasons the engine stays
on for an extended amount of time when
you first start it. One common reason is to
make sure that the emissions components
are warm enough to minimize tailpipe
emissions. As the climate gets cooler, this
engine-on time is extended.
Why does it take a long time before the
engine shuts down?
The engine is required to turn on above this
speed to protect the transmission hard-
ware.
Why does my engine never shut down
above 85 mph (137 km/h)
133
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Unique Driving Characteristics
AnswerQuestion
In order to make sure that the climate
control system can begin heating the cabin
or defrosting the windshield as soon as a
driver requests it, the engine coolant
temperature has to be kept sufficiently hot.
Keeping the engine on is required to main-
tain the correct coolant temperature.
Why does my engine stay on when it is
extremely cold outside?
Your vehicle's engine and transmission are
designed to deliver the power you need at
the most efficient engine speed. This may
be higher than expected during heavy
accelerations, and may fluctuate when
driving at a steady speed. These are charac-
teristics of the Atkinson engine cycle and
the transmission technology that help
maximize your hybrid's fuel economy.
Why does my engine rev up so high some-
times when I accelerate?
The fan noise comes from a fan located
next to the high voltage battery pack. This
fan turns on when the battery requires
cooling air. The fan speed, and associated
noise level, will change according to the
amount of cooling required to maintain
good performance. Maintaining the battery
temperature at optimal conditions also
prolongs the useful life of the battery and
helps to achieve better fuel economy.
What is the fan noise I hear from the rear
of my hybrid?
Change the engine oil every 10,000 mi
(16,000 km) or once per year under normal
operating conditions.
What is the engine oil change service
interval?
Your hybrid vehicle can use E15 (15%
ethanol, 85% gasoline) fuel, but you may
notice slightly reduced fuel economy
because ethanol contains less energy per
gallon than gasoline. Your hybrid vehicle is
not designed to use E85 (85% ethanol).
Can I put E15 or E85 in my vehicle, and how
will it affect my fuel economy?
134
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Unique Driving Characteristics
AnswerQuestion
The high voltage battery system is designed
to last the life of the vehicle and requires
no maintenance.
How long will my high voltage battery last?
Does it need maintenance?
There are no provisions for charging the
high voltage battery from a power supply
external to the vehicle.
Can you charge the battery with a plug into
an A/C outlet?
Yes. Your hybrid vehicle can be flat towed
without modification. See Towing (page
181).
Can I tow the hybrid behind my motor home
with all four wheels down?
135
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Unique Driving Characteristics
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WARNINGS
Do not overfill the fuel tank. The
pressure in an overfilled tank may
cause leakage and lead to fuel spray
and fire.
The fuel system may be under
pressure. If you hear a hissing sound
near the fuel filler inlet, do not refuel
until the sound stops. Otherwise, fuel may
spray out, which could cause serious
personal injury.
Fuels can cause serious injury or
death if misused or mishandled.
Fuel may contain benzene, which is
a cancer-causing agent.
When refueling always shut the
engine off and never allow sparks or
open flames near the fuel tank filler
valve. Never smoke or use a cell phone
while refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely
hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid
inhaling excess fumes.
Follow these guidelines when refueling:
• Extinguish all smoking materials and
any open flames before refueling your
vehicle.
• Always switch the engine off before
refueling.
• Automotive fuels can be harmful or
fatal if swallowed. Fuel is highly toxic
and if swallowed can cause death or
permanent injury. If fuel is swallowed
immediately call a physician, even if no
symptoms are immediately apparent.
The toxic effects of fuel may not be
apparent for hours.
• Avoid inhaling fuel vapors. Inhaling fuel
vapor can lead to eye and respiratory
tract irritation. In severe cases,
excessive or prolonged breathing of
fuel vapor can cause serious illness and
permanent injury.
• Avoid getting fuel in your eyes. If you
splash fuel in your eyes, immediately
remove contact lenses (if worn), flush
with water for 15 minutes and seek
medical attention. Failure to seek
proper medical attention could lead to
permanent injury.
• Fuels can be harmful if absorbed
through the skin. If you splash fuel on
your skin, clothing or both, promptly
remove contaminated clothing and
thoroughly wash your skin with soap
and water. Repeated or prolonged skin
contact causes skin irritation.
• Be particularly careful if you are taking
Antabuse or other forms of Disulfiram
for the treatment of alcoholism.
Breathing fuel vapors could cause an
adverse reaction, serious personal
injury or sickness. Immediately call a
physician if you experience any adverse
reactions.
FUEL QUALITY
Choosing the Right Fuel
Your vehicle is designed to operate on
regular unleaded gasoline with a minimum
pump (R+M)/2 octane rating of 87.
136
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuel and Refueling
Some fuel stations, particularly those in
high altitude areas, offer fuels posted as
regular unleaded gasoline with an octane
rating below 87. We do not recommend
these fuels.
For best overall vehicle and engine
performance, premium fuel with an octane
rating of 91 or higher is recommended. The
performance gained by using premium fuel
is most noticeable in hot weather.
Do not use any fuel other than those
recommended because they could lead to
engine damage that may not be covered
by the vehicle Warranty.
Note: Use of any fuel other than those
recommended can impair the emission
control system and cause a loss of vehicle
performance.
Do not use:
• Diesel fuel.
• Fuels containing kerosene or paraffin.
• Fuel containing more than 15% ethanol
or E85 fuel.
• Fuels containing methanol.
• Fuels containing metallic-based
additives, including manganese-based
compounds.
• Fuels containing the octane booster
additive, methylcyclopentadienyl
manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).
• The use of leaded fuel is prohibited by
law.
The use of fuels with metallic compounds
such as methylcyclopentadienyl
manganese tricarbonyl (commonly known
as MMT), which is a manganese-based
fuel additive, will impair engine
performance and affect the emission
control system.
Do not be concerned if the engine
sometimes knocks lightly. However, if the
engine knocks heavily while using fuel with
the recommended octane rating, contact
an authorized dealer to prevent any engine
damage.
FUEL FILLER FUNNEL
LOCATION
The fuel filler funnel is under the luggage
compartment floor covering.
RUNNING OUT OF FUEL
Running out of fuel can cause damage not
covered by the vehicle Warranty.
If your vehicle runs out of fuel:
• Add a minimum of 1.3 gal (5 L) of fuel
to restart the engine.
• You may need to switch the ignition
from off to on several times after
refueling to allow the fuel system to
pump the fuel from the tank to the
engine. When restarting, cranking time
takes a few seconds longer than
normal.
Note: If your vehicle is on a steep slope,
more fuel may be required.
Filling a Portable Fuel Container
WARNING
Flow of fuel through a fuel pump
nozzle can produce static electricity.
This can cause a fire if you are filling
an ungrounded fuel container.
137
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuel and Refueling
Use the following guidelines to avoid
electrostatic charge build-up, which can
produce a spark, when filling an
ungrounded fuel container:
• Only use an approved fuel container to
transfer fuel to your vehicle. Place the
container on the ground when filling it.
• Do not fill a fuel container when it is
inside your vehicle (including the cargo
area).
• Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact
with the fuel container when filling it.
• Do not use a device that holds the fuel
pump nozzle lever in the fill position.
Adding Fuel From a Portable Fuel
Container
WARNINGS
Do not insert the nozzle of a fuel
container or an aftermarket funnel
into the fuel filler neck. This may
damage the fuel system filler neck or its
seal and cause fuel to run onto the ground.
Do not try to pry open or push open
the capless fuel system with foreign
objects. This could damage the fuel
system and its seal and cause injury to you
or others.
Do not dispose of fuel in the
household refuse or the public
sewage system. Use an authorized
waste disposal facility.
When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from
a fuel container, use the fuel filler funnel
included with your vehicle. See Fuel Filler
Funnel Location (page 137).
Note: Do not use aftermarket funnels as
they may not work with the capless fuel
system and can damage it.
When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from
a fuel container, do the following:
1. Fully open the fuel filler door.
2. Fully insert the fuel filler funnel into the
fuel filler inlet.
3. Add fuel to your vehicle from the fuel
container.
4. Remove the fuel filler funnel.
5. Fully close the fuel filler door.
6. Clean the fuel filler funnel and place it
back in your vehicle or correctly dispose
of it.
Note: Extra funnels can be purchased from
an authorized dealer if you choose to
dispose of the funnel.
REFUELING
WARNINGS
Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel
fire can cause severe injuries.
Read and follow all the instructions
on the pump island.
When refueling always shut the
engine off and never allow sparks or
open flames near the fuel tank filler
valve. Never smoke or use a cell phone
while refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely
hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid
inhaling excess fumes.
138
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuel and Refueling
WARNINGS
Stay outside your vehicle and do not
leave the fuel pump unattended
when refueling your vehicle.
Keep children away from the fuel
pump. Never let children pump fuel.
Wait at least 10 seconds before
removing the fuel pump nozzle to
allow any residual fuel to drain into
the fuel tank.
Stop refueling after the fuel pump
nozzle automatically shuts off for the
second time. Failure to follow this
will fill the expansion space in the fuel tank
and could lead to fuel overflowing.
Do not remove the fuel pump nozzle
from its fully inserted position when
refueling.
The fuel system may be under
pressure. If you hear a hissing sound
near the fuel filler inlet, do not refuel
until the sound stops. Otherwise, fuel may
spray out, which could cause serious
personal injury.
Capless System
Your vehicle has an auto-sealing feature
that locks the fuel tank refueling valve and
the fuel filler door. Before you can refuel
your vehicle, you must press the fuel filler
door release button on the instrument
panel. Pressing the button unlocks the fuel
tank refueling valve and opens the fuel
filler door.
Note: It can take up to fifteen seconds for
the fuel filler door to open.
When refueling the vehicle fuel tank, do
the following:
1. When your vehicle has stopped, shift
into park (P) and switch the ignition
off.
2. Press the button to open the fuel filler
door.
3. Insert the fuel pump nozzle up to the
first notch on the nozzle A. Keep it
resting on the cover of the fuel tank
filler pipe opening.
139
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuel and Refueling
4. Hold the fuel pump nozzle in position
B when refueling. Holding the fuel
nozzle in position A can affect the flow
of fuel and shut off the fuel nozzle
before the fuel tank is full
5. Operate the fuel pump nozzle within
the area shown.
6. Slightly raise the fuel pump nozzle and
then slowly remove it.
7. Fully close the fuel tank filler door.
Note: Do not overfill the fuel tank to the
point that the fuel is able to bypass the fuel
filler nozzle. The overfilled fuel may run
down the drain hole which is below the fuel
filler inlet.
System Warnings
If the fuel filler door fails to open, an
information message appears in the
information display.
Description and ActionMessage
A warning message appears
in the information display
when the fuel system fails
to depressurize or the fuel
filler door fails to open. You
may have to use the fuel
filler door manual override
lever.
Refuel
Error See
Manual
If the information message appears, do the
following:
1. Check the fuel filler door for anything
that may be obstructing its movement,
for example ice or snow.
2. Remove any obstruction from the fuel
filler door.
3. Press the button to open the fuel filler
door.
4. If the fuel filler door fails to open and
the information message remains in
the information display, use the fuel
filler door manual override lever.
Fuel Filler Door Manual Override Lever
The manual fuel filler door release lever is
in the luggage compartment on the right
side behind a panel.
When using the manual fuel filler door
release lever to access the fuel filler inlet,
do the following:
140
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuel and Refueling
1. When your vehicle has stopped, shift
into park (P) and switch the ignition on.
2. Remove the panel located in luggage
compartment on the right side.
3. Locate the manual fuel filler door
release lever.
4. Pull the manual fuel filler door release
lever.
5. Switch the ignition off and refuel your
vehicle within 20 minutes. If more than
20 minutes is required, fully close the
fuel filler door and repeat the
procedure.
FUEL CONSUMPTION
The advertised capacity is the maximum
amount of fuel that you can add to the fuel
tank after running out of fuel. Included in
the advertised capacity is an empty
reserve. The empty reserve is an
unspecified amount of fuel that remains
in the fuel tank when the fuel gauge
indicates empty.
Note: The amount of fuel in the empty
reserve varies and should not be relied upon
to increase driving range.
Fuel Economy
Your vehicle calculates fuel economy
figures through the trip computer average
fuel function.
The first 1,000 mi (1,500 km) of driving is
the break-in period of the engine. A more
accurate measurement is obtained after
2,000 mi (3,000 km).
Impacting Fuel Economy
• Incorrect tire inflation pressures. See
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(page 265).
• Fully loading your vehicle.
• Carrying unnecessary weight.
• Adding certain accessories to your
vehicle such as bug deflectors, rollbars
or light bars, running boards and ski
racks.
• Using fuel blended with alcohol. See
Fuel Quality (page 136).
141
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuel and Refueling
• Fuel economy may decrease with lower
temperatures.
• Fuel economy may decrease when
driving short distances.
• You may get better fuel economy when
driving on flat terrain than when driving
on hilly terrain.
142
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuel and Refueling
EMISSION LAW
WARNING
Do not remove or alter the original
equipment floor covering or
insulation between it and the metal
floor of the vehicle. The floor covering and
insulation protect occupants of the vehicle
from the engine and exhaust system heat
and noise. On vehicles with no original
equipment floor covering insulation, do not
carry passengers in a manner that permits
prolonged skin contact with the metal
floor. Failure to follow these instructions
may result in fire or personal injury.
U.S. federal laws and certain state laws
prohibit removing or rendering inoperative
emission control system components.
Similar federal or provincial laws may
apply in Canada. We do not approve of any
vehicle modification without first
determining applicable laws.
Tampering with emissions
control systems including
related sensors or the Diesel
Exhaust Fluid system can result in reduced
engine power and the illumination of the
service engine soon light.
Tampering With a Noise Control
System
Federal laws prohibit the following acts:
• Removal or rendering inoperative by
any person other than for purposes of
maintenance.
• Repair or replacement of any device or
element of the design incorporated into
a new vehicle for the purpose of noise
control prior to its sale or delivery to
the ultimate purchaser or while it is in
use.
• The use of the vehicle after any person
removes or renders inoperative any
device or element of the design.
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
may presume to constitute tampering as
follows:
• Removal of hood blanket, fender apron
absorbers, fender apron barriers,
underbody noise shields or acoustically
absorptive material.
• Tampering or rendering inoperative the
engine speed governor, to allow engine
speed to exceed manufacturer
specifications.
If the engine does not start, runs rough,
experiences a decrease in engine
performance, experiences excess fuel
consumption or produces excessive
exhaust smoke, check for the following:
• A plugged or disconnected air inlet
system hose.
• A plugged engine air filter element.
• Water in the fuel filter and water
separator.
• A clogged fuel filter.
• Contaminated fuel.
• Air in the fuel system, due to loose
connections.
• An open or pinched sensor hose.
• Incorrect engine oil level.
143
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Engine Emission Control
• Incorrect fuel for climatic conditions.
• Incorrect engine oil viscosity for
climactic conditions.
Note: Some vehicles have a lifetime fuel
filter that is integrated with the fuel tank.
Regular maintenance or replacement is not
needed.
Note: If these checks do not help you
correct the concern, have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible.
Noise Emissions Warranty,
Prohibited Tampering Acts and
Maintenance
On January 1, 1978, Federal regulation
became effective governing the noise
emission on trucks over 10,000 lb
(4,536 kg) Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR). The preceding statements
concerning prohibited tampering acts and
maintenance, and the noise warranty
found in the Warranty Guide, are
applicable to complete chassis cabs over
10,000 lb (4,536 kg) GVWR.
CATALYTIC CONVERTER
WARNINGS
Do not park, idle or drive your vehicle
on dry grass or other dry ground
cover. The emission system heats up
the engine compartment and exhaust
system, creating the risk of fire.
The normal operating temperature
of the exhaust system is very high.
Never work around or attempt to
repair any part of the exhaust system until
it has cooled. Use special care when
working around the catalytic converter.
The catalytic converter heats up to a very
high temperature after only a short period
of engine operation and stays hot after the
engine is switched off.
WARNINGS
Exhaust leaks may result in entry of
harmful and potentially lethal fumes
into the passenger compartment. If
you smell exhaust fumes inside your
vehicle, have your vehicle inspected
immediately. Do not drive if you smell
exhaust fumes.
Your vehicle has various emission control
components and a catalytic converter that
enables it to comply with applicable
exhaust emission standards.
To make sure that the catalytic converter
and other emission control components
continue to work properly:
• Do not crank the engine for more than
10 seconds at a time.
• Do not run the engine with a spark plug
lead disconnected.
• Do not push-start or tow-start your
vehicle. Use booster cables. See Jump
Starting the Vehicle (page 188).
• Use only the specified fuel listed.
• Do not switch the ignition off when your
vehicle is moving.
• Avoid running out of fuel.
• Have the items listed in scheduled
maintenance information performed
according to the specified schedule.
Note: Resulting component damage may
not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.
The scheduled maintenance items listed
in scheduled maintenance information are
essential to the life and performance of
your vehicle and to its emissions system.
If you use anything other than Ford,
Motorcraft or Ford-authorized parts for
maintenance replacements or for service
of components affecting emission control,
such non-Ford parts should be equivalent
to genuine Ford Motor Company parts in
performance and durability.
144
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Engine Emission Control
Illumination of the service engine soon
indicator, charging system warning light or
the temperature warning light, fluid leaks,
strange odors, smoke or loss of engine
power could indicate that the emission
control system is not working properly.
An improperly operating or damaged
exhaust system may allow exhaust to
enter the vehicle. Have a damaged or
improperly operating exhaust system
inspected and repaired immediately.
Do not make any unauthorized changes to
your vehicle or engine. By law, vehicle
owners and anyone who manufactures,
repairs, services, sells, leases, trades
vehicles, or supervises a fleet of vehicles
are not permitted to intentionally remove
an emission control device or prevent it
from working. Information about your
vehicle’ s emission system is on the Vehicle
Emission Control Information Decal
located on or near the engine. This decal
also lists engine displacement.
Please consult your warranty information
for complete details.
On-Board Diagnostics (OBD-II)
Your vehicle has a computer known as the
on-board diagnostics system (OBD-II) that
monitors the engine’s emission control
system. The system protects the
environment by making sure that your
vehicle continues to meet government
emission standards. The OBD-II system
also assists a service technician in properly
servicing your vehicle.
When the service engine soon
indicator illuminates, the OBD-II
system has detected a
malfunction. Temporary malfunctions may
cause the service engine soon indicator to
illuminate. Examples are:
1. Your vehicle has run out of fuel—the
engine may misfire or run poorly.
2. Poor fuel quality or water in the
fuel—the engine may misfire or run
poorly.
3. The fuel fill inlet may not have closed
properly. See Refueling (page 138).
4. Driving through deep water—the
electrical system may be wet.
You can correct these temporary
malfunctions by filling the fuel tank with
good quality fuel, properly closing the fuel
fill inlet or letting the electrical system dry
out. After three driving cycles without these
or any other temporary malfunctions
present, the service engine soon indicator
should stay off the next time you start the
engine. A driving cycle consists of a cold
engine startup followed by mixed city and
highway driving. No additional vehicle
service is required.
If the service engine soon indicator remains
on, have your vehicle serviced at the first
available opportunity. Although some
malfunctions detected by the OBD-II may
not have symptoms that are apparent,
continued driving with the service engine
soon indicator on can result in increased
emissions, lower fuel economy, reduced
engine and transmission smoothness and
lead to more costly repairs.
Readiness for Inspection and
Maintenance (I/M) Testing
Some state and provincial and local
governments may have
Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) programs
to inspect the emission control equipment
on your vehicle. Failure to pass this
inspection could prevent you from getting
a vehicle registration.
If the service engine soon
indicator is on or the bulb does
not work, your vehicle may need
service. See On-Board Diagnostics.
145
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Engine Emission Control
Your vehicle may not pass the I/M test if
the service engine soon indicator is on or
not working properly (bulb is burned out),
or if the OBD-II system has determined
that some of the emission control systems
have not been properly checked. In this
case, the vehicle is not ready for I/M
testing.
If the vehicle’s engine or transmission has
just been serviced, or the battery has
recently run down or been replaced, the
OBD-II system may indicate that the
vehicle is not ready for I/M testing. To
determine if the vehicle is ready for I/M
testing, turn the ignition key to the on
position for 15 seconds without cranking
the engine. If the service engine soon
indicator blinks eight times, it means that
the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing; if
the service engine soon indicator stays on
solid, it means that your vehicle is ready
for I/M testing.
The OBD-II system checks the emission
control system during normal driving. A
complete check may take several days.
If the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing,
you can perform the following driving cycle
consisting of mixed city and highway
driving:
1. 15 minutes of steady driving on an
expressway or highway followed by 20
minutes of stop-and-go driving with at
least four 30-second idle periods.
2. Allow your vehicle to sit for at least
eight hours with the ignition off. Then,
start the vehicle and complete the
above driving cycle. The vehicle must
warm up to its normal operating
temperature. Once started, do not turn
off the vehicle until the above driving
cycle is complete.
If the vehicle is still not ready for I/M
testing, you need to repeat the above
driving cycle.
146
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Engine Emission Control
GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNING
This battery pack should only be
serviced by an authorized electric
vehicle technician. Improper handling
can result in personal injury or death.
Note: The high-voltage battery does not
require regular service maintenance.
Your vehicle consists of various
high-voltage components and wiring. All
of the high-voltage power flows through
specific wiring assemblies labeled as such
or covered with a solid orange convolute,
orange striped tape or both. Do not come
in contact with these components.
The high-voltage battery system is a
high-voltage, lithium-ion battery system.
The pack is located in the rear cargo area.
The high-voltage battery system uses an
air cooled system to regulate the
high-voltage battery temperature and help
maximize high-voltage battery life.
Note: The high-voltage battery is equipped
with air vents in the package tray that help
to regulate its temperature. It is important
to keep these openings free of obstructions.
Do not block the flow of cabin air to this
area.
HIGH-VOLTAGE SERVICE
DISCONNECT
The high-voltage service disconnect turns
off power from the high-voltage battery.
Note: There is a disconnect circuit in your
vehicle. Disconnecting the circuit will
automatically disable the high-voltage
battery.
To disable the battery and stop all
high-voltage electric activity in the vehicle
you can access high-voltage disconnect
circuit. To do this, you must unplug the
circuit from the circuit port connected to
the battery.
147
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
High Voltage Battery
Note: The service disconnect has an outer
lever to aid in the proper seating of the
service disconnect lever. Remove this to
disconnect the high-voltage service
disconnect.
The high-voltage service disconnect is
located behind the rear fold down seats.
Disabling the High-Voltage Battery
1. Fold down the rear seats and remove
the cover panel.
2. Locate the access door and remove
the plastic cover.
3. Pull the outer cover off to expose the
service disconnect lever.
4. Slide the handle on the service
disconnect outboard to the right.
5. Pull the handle toward you and remove
the service disconnect from the vehicle
to disable the high-voltage battery.
Reactivating the High-Voltage Battery
Note: If you have manually disconnected
your high-voltage shut off circuit, you will
need to reconnect the circuit before you can
reactivate it. The system will detect if the
electrical system is safe and turn on
automatically.
148
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
High Voltage Battery
HIGH VOLTAGE BATTERY CUT-
OFF SWITCH
The high-voltage shut off operation shuts
off power from the high-voltage battery
after a collision, or if your vehicle receives
a substantial physical jolt.
Note: During this process, your vehicle will
detect if the electrical system is safe and
reactivate. Once your vehicle determines
the electrical system safe, you can start your
vehicle as you would normally by either
turning the ignition key or by pressing the
brake in combination with the
START/STOP button.
Note: In the event your vehicle does not
reactivate after the third key cycle, contact
an authorized dealer.
Vehicles with an Ignition Key
1. Turn ignition off.
2. Press the brake pedal and turn the
ignition to III (start).
3. If your vehicle is not started after this
sequence, repeat steps 1 and 2 up to
two more times.
Vehicles with Keyless Start
1. Press the START/STOP button to
turn ignition off.
2. Press the brake pedal and press the
START/STOP button.
3. If your vehicle is not powered after this
sequence, repeat steps 1 and 2 up to
two more times.
149
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
High Voltage Battery
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
WARNINGS
Always fully apply the parking brake.
Make sure you shift into park (P) for
vehicles with an automatic
transmission. Switch the ignition off and
remove the key whenever you leave your
vehicle.
Do not apply the brake pedal and
accelerator pedal simultaneously.
Applying both pedals simultaneously
for more than a few seconds will limit
engine performance, which may result in
difficulty maintaining speed in traffic and
could lead to serious injury.
Note: Do not leave your vehicle with the
transmission in neutral (N). Leaving your
vehicle with the transmission in neutral (N)
will drain the battery and you may not be
able to start your vehicle.
Understanding the Shift Positions
of your Automatic Transmission
1. Fully press down the brake pedal.
2. Move the gearshift lever to the desired
gear.
3. When you are finished driving, come to
a complete stop.
4. Move the gearshift lever and securely
latch it in park (P).
Park (P)
This position locks the transmission and
prevents the front wheels from turning.
Come to a complete stop before putting
your vehicle into and out of park (P).
Reverse (R)
With the gearshift lever in reverse (R), your
vehicle will move backward. Always come
to a complete stop before shifting into and
out of reverse (R).
Neutral (N)
With the gearshift lever in neutral (N), you
can start your vehicle which is free to roll,
but the engine will not start while in this
gear position unless it was already running.
Hold the brake pedal down while in this
position.
Drive (D)
Drive (D) is the normal driving position for
the best fuel economy.
Low (L)
• Provides maximum engine braking.
• The transmission may be shifted into
low (L) at any vehicle speed.
• Is not intended for use under extended
or normal driving conditions and results
in lower fuel economy.
Grade assist:
Press the transmission control switch on
the side of the gearshift lever to activate
grade assist.
150
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Transmission
• Provides additional grade braking with
a combination of engine motoring and
high-voltage battery charging to help
maintain vehicle speed when
descending a grade.
• As your vehicle determines the amount
of engine motoring and high-voltage
battery charging, you may notice the
engine speed increasing and
decreasing to help maintain your
vehicle speed when descending a
grade.
• The grade assist lamp in the instrument
cluster is illuminated.
The grade assist lamp will
appear in the instrument cluster
when grade assist is turned on.
Press the transmission control switch
again to return to normal drive (D).
Brake-Shift Interlock Override
WARNINGS
When doing this procedure, you need
to take the transmission out of park
(P) which means your vehicle can
roll freely. To avoid unwanted vehicle
movement, always fully apply the parking
brake prior to doing this procedure. Use
wheels chocks if appropriate.
WARNINGS
If the parking brake is fully released,
but the brake warning lamp remains
illuminated, the brakes may not be
working properly. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible.
Note: Do not drive your vehicle until you
verify that the brake lamps are working.
Note: See your authorized dealer as soon
as possible if this procedure is used.
Note: For some markets this feature will be
disabled.
Use the brake shift interlock lever to move
the gearshift lever from the park position
in the event of an electrical malfunction or
if your vehicle has a dead battery.
Apply the parking brake and turn the
ignition off before performing this
procedure.
1. Remove the shifter boot using a
suitable tool
151
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Transmission
2. Using a screwdriver or similar tool,
depress the white brake shift interlock
override until the blocker moves.
3. Move the transmission selector from
park (P) to neutral (N).
4. Install the shifter boot.
5. Apply the brake pedal, start the vehicle
and release the parking brake.
If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud
or Snow
Note: Do not rock your vehicle if the engine
is not at normal operating temperature or
damage to the transmission may occur.
Note: Do not rock your vehicle for more
than a minute or damage to the
transmission and tires may occur, or the
engine may overheat.
If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow,
it may be rocked out by shifting between
forward and reverse gears, stopping
between shifts in a steady pattern. Press
lightly on the accelerator in each gear.
152
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Transmission
GENERAL INFORMATION
Note: Occasional brake noise is normal. If
a metal-to-metal, continuous grinding or
continuous squeal sound is present, the
brake linings may be worn-out. Have the
system checked by an authorized dealer. If
the vehicle has continuous vibration or
shudder in the steering wheel while braking,
have it checked by an authorized dealer.
Note: Brake dust may accumulate on the
wheels, even under normal driving
conditions. Some dust is inevitable as the
brakes wear and does not contribute to
brake noise. See Cleaning the Wheels
(page 240).
See Warning Lamps and
Indicators (page 87).
Wet brakes result in reduced braking
efficiency. Gently press the brake pedal a
few times when driving from a car wash or
standing water to dry the brakes.
Brake Over Accelerator
In the event the accelerator pedal
becomes stuck or entrapped, apply steady
and firm pressure to the brake pedal to
slow the vehicle and reduce engine power.
If you experience this condition, apply the
brakes and bring your vehicle to a safe
stop. Move the transmission to park (P),
switch the engine off and apply the parking
brake. Inspect the accelerator pedal for
any interference. If none are found and the
condition persists, have your vehicle towed
to the nearest authorized dealer.
Brake Assist
Brake assist detects when you brake
heavily by measuring the rate at which you
press the brake pedal. It provides
maximum braking efficiency as long as you
press the pedal. Brake assist can reduce
stopping distances in critical situations.
Anti-lock Brake System
This system helps you maintain steering
control during emergency stops by keeping
the brakes from locking.
This lamp momentarily
illuminates when you turn the
ignition on. If the light does not
illuminate during start up, remains on or
flashes, the system may be disabled. Have
the system checked by an authorized
dealer. If the anti-lock brake system is
disabled, normal braking is still effective.
If the brake warning lamp
illuminates when you release the
parking brake, have the system
checked by an authorized dealer.
It also illuminates momentarily when you
switch the ignition on to confirm the lamp
is functional. If it does not illuminate when
you switch the ignition on, or begins to
flash at any time, have the system checked
by an authorized dealer.
Regenerative Braking System
This feature is used to simulate the engine
braking of an internal combustion engine
and assist the standard brake system while
recovering some of the energy of motion
and storing it in the battery to improve the
range of your vehicle. The standard brake
system is designed to fully stop the car if
regenerative braking is not available.
During regenerative braking, the motor is
spun as a generator to create electrical
current. This recharges the battery and
slows the vehicle. In effect, once the
accelerator pedal is released, the motor
changes from an energy user to an energy
producer.
153
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Brakes
When the accelerator pedal is released or
the brake pedal is applied, the brake
controller automatically detects the
amount of deceleration requested and
optimizes how much of the deceleration
will be produced by regenerative braking.
The remaining portion is generated by
standard friction braking. When the battery
is almost fully charged, the amount of
regenerative braking is limited to avoid
overcharging, and the requested
deceleration is produced by standard
friction braking alone.
Regenerative braking does not take the
place of the standard friction brakes; it only
assists them. Regenerative braking has
also been designed to interact with the
anti-lock brake system. Regenerative
braking is disabled when the anti-lock
brake system is activated or the battery is
fully charged.
HINTS ON DRIVING WITH
ANTI-LOCK BRAKES
The anti-lock braking system does not
eliminate the risks when:
• You drive too closely to the vehicle in
front of you.
• Your vehicle is hydroplaning.
• You take corners too fast.
• The road surface is poor.
Note: If the system activates, the brake
pedal may pulse and may travel further.
Maintain pressure on the brake pedal. You
may also hear a noise from the system. This
is normal.
PARKING BRAKE
WARNING
Always fully apply the parking brake
and make sure you shift into park (P).
Switch the ignition off and remove
the key whenever you leave your vehicle.
To apply the parking brake:
1. Firmly press the brake pedal.
2. Pull the parking brake lever upward to
its fullest extent.
Note: Do not press the release button when
pulling the parking brake lever upward.
Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and
facing uphill, shift into park (P) and turn the
steering wheel away from the curb.
Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and
facing downhill, shift into park (P) and turn
the steering wheel toward the curb.
To release the parking brake:
1. Firmly press the brake pedal.
2. Slightly pull the parking brake lever
upward.
3. Press the release button and push the
parking brake lever downward.
HILL START ASSIST
WARNINGS
The system does not replace the
parking brake. When you leave your
vehicle, always apply the parking
brake. Failure to leave your vehicle securely
parked may lead to a crash or injury. See
Parking Brake (page 154).
154
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Brakes
WARNINGS
You must remain in your vehicle
when the system turns on. At all
times, you are responsible for
controlling your vehicle, supervising the
system and intervening, if required. Failure
to take care may result in the loss of
control of your vehicle, serious personal
injury or death.
The system will turn off if a
malfunction is apparent or if you rev
the engine excessively. Failure to
take care may result in the loss of control
of your vehicle, serious personal injury or
death.
The system makes it easier to pull away
when your vehicle is on a slope without the
need to use the parking brake.
When the system is active, your vehicle
remains stationary on the slope for two to
three seconds after you release the brake
pedal. This allows time to move your foot
from the brake to the accelerator pedal.
The system releases the brakes
automatically once the engine has
developed sufficient torque to prevent your
vehicle from rolling down the slope. This
is an advantage when pulling away on a
slope, for example from a car park ramp,
traffic lights or when reversing uphill into
a parking space.
Note: The system only functions when you
bring your vehicle to a complete standstill
in an uphill gear (for example, drive (D)
when facing uphill or reverse (R) when
facing downhill).
Note: There is no warning light to indicate
the system is either on or off.
Using Hill Start Assist
1. Press the brake pedal to bring your
vehicle to a complete standstill. Keep
the brake pedal pressed.
2. If the sensors detect that your vehicle
is on a slope, the system activates
automatically.
3. When you remove your foot from the
brake pedal, your vehicle remains on
the slope without rolling away for
about two to three seconds. This hold
time automatically extends if you are
in the process of driving off.
4. Drive off in the normal manner. The
system releases the brakes
automatically.
Note: When you remove your foot from the
brake pedal and press the pedal again when
the system is active, you will experience
significantly reduced brake pedal travel. This
is normal.
Switching the System On and Off
Vehicles with Manual Transmission
You can switch this feature on or off in the
information display. The system
remembers the last setting when you start
your vehicle.
Vehicles with Automatic Transmission
You cannot turn the system on or off.
When you switch the ignition on, the
system automatically turns on.
155
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Brakes
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
The traction control system helps avoid
drive wheel spin and loss of traction.
If your vehicle begins to slide, the system
applies the brakes to individual wheels
and, when needed, reduces engine power
at the same time. If the wheels spin when
accelerating on slippery or loose surfaces,
the system reduces engine power in order
to increase traction.
USING TRACTION CONTROL
WARNING
The stability and traction control
light illuminates steadily if the
system detects a failure. Make sure
you did not manually disable the traction
control system using the information
display controls or the switch. If the
stability control and traction control light
is still illuminating steadily, have the
system serviced by an authorized dealer
immediately. Operating your vehicle with
the traction control disabled could lead to
an increased risk of loss of vehicle control,
vehicle rollover, personal injury and death.
The system automatically turns on each
time you switch the ignition on.
If your vehicle is stuck in mud or snow,
switching traction control off may be
beneficial as this allows the wheels to spin.
Note: When you switch traction control off,
stability control remains fully active.
Switching the System Off
When you switch the system off or on, a
message appears in the information
display showing system status.
You can switch the system off by either
using the information display controls or
the switch.
Using the Information Display
Controls
You can switch this feature off or on in the
information display. See General
Information (page 92).
Using a Switch (If Equipped)
Use the traction control switch on the
instrument panel to switch the system off
or on.
System Indicator Lights and
Messages
The stability and traction control
light:
• Temporarily illuminates on engine
start-up.
• Flashes when a driving condition
activates either of the systems.
• Illuminates if a problem occurs in either
of the systems.
The stability and traction control
off light temporarily illuminates
on engine start-up and stays on
when you switch the traction control
system off.
156
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Traction Control
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNINGS
Vehicle modifications involving
braking system, aftermarket roof
racks, suspension, steering system,
tire construction and wheel and tire size
may change the handling characteristics
of your vehicle and may adversely affect
the performance of the electronic stability
control system. In addition, installing any
stereo loudspeakers may interfere with
and adversely affect the electronic stability
control system. Install any aftermarket
stereo loudspeaker as far as possible from
the front center console, the tunnel, and
the front seats in order to minimize the risk
of interfering with the electronic stability
control sensors. Reducing the
effectiveness of the electronic stability
control system could lead to an increased
risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle
rollover, personal injury and death.
Remember that even advanced
technology cannot defy the laws of
physics. It’s always possible to lose
control of a vehicle due to inappropriate
driver input for the conditions. Aggressive
driving on any road condition can cause
you to lose control of your vehicle
increasing the risk of personal injury or
property damage. Activation of the
electronic stability control system is an
indication that at least some of the tires
have exceeded their ability to grip the road;
this could reduce the operator’s ability to
control the vehicle potentially resulting in
a loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover,
personal injury and death. If your electronic
stability control system activates, SLOW
DOWN.
The system automatically turns on each
time you switch the ignition on.
If a fault occurs in either the stability
control or the traction control system, you
may experience the following conditions:
• The stability and traction control light
illuminates steadily.
• The stability control and traction
control systems do not enhance your
vehicle's ability to maintain traction of
the wheels.
If a driving condition activates either the
stability control or the traction control
system you may experience the following
conditions:
• The stability and traction control light
flashes.
• Your vehicle slows down.
• Reduced engine power.
• A vibration in the brake pedal.
• The brake pedal is stiffer than usual.
• If the driving condition is severe and
your foot is not on the brake, the brake
pedal may move as the system applies
higher brake force.
The stability control system has several
features built into it to help you maintain
control of your vehicle:
Electronic Stability Control
The system enhances your vehicle’s ability
to prevent skids or lateral slides by
applying brakes to one or more of the
wheels individually and, if necessary,
reducing engine power.
Roll Stability Control
The system enhances your vehicle’s ability
to prevent rollovers by detecting your
vehicle’s roll motion and the rate at which
it changes by applying the brakes to one
or more wheels individually.
157
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Stability Control
Traction Control
The system enhances your vehicle’s ability
to maintain traction of the wheels by
detecting and controlling wheel spin. See
Using Traction Control (page 156).
Vehicle without stability control
skidding off its intended route.
A
Vehicle with stability control
maintaining control on a slippery
surface.
B
USING STABILITY CONTROL
The system automatically turns on each
time you switch the ignition on.
You cannot switch the stability control
system off, but when you shift into reverse
(R), the system deactivates.
You can switch the traction control system
off or on. See Using Traction Control
(page 156).
158
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Stability Control
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNINGS
To help avoid personal injury, always
use caution when in reverse (R) and
when using the sensing system.
The system may not detect objects
with surfaces that absorb reflection.
Always drive with due care and
attention. Failure to take care may result
in a crash.
Traffic control systems, inclement
weather, air brakes, external motors
and fans may affect the correct
operation of the sensing system.This may
cause reduced performance or false alerts.
The system may not detect small or
moving objects, particularly those
close to the ground.
Note: If your vehicle is equipped with
MyKey™, the sensing system cannot be
turned off when a MyKey™ is present. See
Principle of Operation (page 52).
Note: Keep the sensors, located on the
bumper or fascia, free from snow, ice and
large accumulations of dirt. If the sensors
are covered, the system’s accuracy can be
affected. Do not clean the sensors with
sharp objects.
Note: If your vehicle sustains damage to
the bumper or fascia, leaving it misaligned
or bent, the sensing zone may be altered
causing inaccurate measurement of
obstacles or false alerts.
Note: Certain add-on devices installed
around the bumper or fascia may create
false alerts. For example, large trailer
hitches, bike or surfboard racks, license plate
brackets, bumper covers or any other device
that may block the normal detection zone
of the system. Remove the add-on device
to prevent false alerts.
Note: When a trailer is connected to your
vehicle, the rear parking aid may detect the
trailer and therefore provide an alert. Disable
the rear parking aid when a trailer is
connected to prevent the alert.
The sensing system warns the driver of
obstacles within a certain range of your
vehicle. The system turns on automatically
whenever you switch the ignition on.
The system can be switched off through
the information display menu or from the
pop-up message that appears once you
shift the transmission into reverse (R). See
General Information (page 92).
If a fault is present in the system, a warning
message appears in the information
display. See Information Messages
(page 99).
REAR PARKING AID (If Equipped)
The rear sensors are only active when the
transmission is in reverse (R). As your
vehicle moves closer to the obstacle, the
rate of the audible warning increases.
When the obstacle is less than 12 in
(30 cm) away, the warning sounds
continuously. If the system detects a
stationary or receding object farther than
12 in (30 cm) from the corners of the
bumper, the tone sounds for only three
seconds. Once the system detects an
object approaching, the warning sounds
again.
159
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Parking Aids
Coverage area of up to 6 ft (1.8 m) from
the rear bumper. There may be decreased
coverage area at the outer corners of the
bumper.
The system detects certain objects while
the transmission is in reverse (R) :
• Your vehicle is moving toward a
stationary object at a speed of 3 mph
(5 km/h) or less.
• Your vehicle is not moving, but a
moving object is approaching the rear
of your vehicle at a speed of 3 mph
(5 km/h) or less.
• Your vehicle is moving at a speed of
less than 3 mph (5 km/h) and a moving
object is approaching the rear of your
vehicle at a speed of less than 3 mph
(5 km/h).
The system provides audio warnings only
when your vehicle is moving or when your
vehicle is stationary and the detected
obstacle is less than 12 in (30 cm) away
from the bumper.
Obstacle Distance Indicator (If
Equipped)
The system provides obstacle distance
indication through the information display.
The distance indicator displays when the
transmission is in reverse (R).
The indicator displays:
• As the distance to the obstacle
decreases the indicator blocks
illuminate and move towards the
vehicle icon.
• If there is no obstacle detected, the
distance indicator blocks are grayed
out.
FRONT PARKING AID (If Equipped)
The front sensors are active when the
transmission is in any position other than
park (P) and your vehicle is traveling at low
speed.
Coverage area of up to 28 in (70 cm) from
the front bumper. The coverage area
decreases at the outer corners.
When your vehicle approaches an object,
a warning tone sounds. When your vehicle
moves closer to an object, the warning
tone repeat rate increases. The warning
tone sounds continuously when an object
is 12 in (30 cm) or less from the front
bumper.
160
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Parking Aids
You can switch the system off through the
information display menu or from the
pop-up message that appears once you
shift the transmission into reverse (R). See
General Information (page 92). If your
vehicle has a parking aid button, you can
switch the system off by pressing the
button.
Obstacle Distance Indicator (If
Equipped)
The system provides obstacle distance
indication through the information display.
The indicator displays:
• As the distance to the obstacle
decreases, the indicator blocks
illuminate and move towards the
vehicle icon.
• If the system does not detect an
obstacle, the distance indicator blocks
are grayed out.
If the transmission is in reverse (R), the
front sensing system provides audio
warnings when your vehicle is moving and
the detected obstacle is moving towards
your vehicle.
ACTIVE PARK ASSIST (If Equipped)
WARNINGS
You must remain in your vehicle
when the system turns on. At all
times, you are responsible for
controlling your vehicle, supervising the
system and intervening, if required. Failure
to take care may result in the loss of
control of your vehicle, serious personal
injury or death.
The system is designed to aid the
driver. It is not intended to replace
your attention and judgment. You are
still responsible to drive with due care and
attention.
WARNINGS
The sensors may not detect objects
in heavy rain or other conditions that
cause interference.
Active park assist does not apply the
brakes under any circumstances.
Note: The blind spot information system
does not detect traffic alongside or behind
your vehicle during an active park assist
maneuver.
The system detects an available parallel
parking space and automatically steers
your vehicle (hands-free) while you control
the accelerator, gearshift and brakes. The
system visually and audibly guides you to
park your vehicle.
If you are uncomfortable with the proximity
to any vehicle or object, you may choose
to override the system by grabbing the
steering wheel or pushing the active park
assist button.
The system may not operate correctly in
any of the following conditions:
• You use a spare tire or a tire
significantly worn more than the other
tires.
• One or more tires are improperly
inflated.
• You try to park on a tight curve.
• Something passes between the front
bumper and the parking space. For
example, a pedestrian or cyclist.
• The edge of the neighboring parking
vehicle is high off the ground. For
example, a bus, tow truck or flatbed
truck.
• The weather conditions are poor. For
example, during heavy rain, snow or
fog.
161
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Parking Aids
Note: Keep the sensors, located on the
fascia, free from now, ice and large
accumulations of dirt. Covered sensors can
affect the systems accuracy. Do not clean
the sensors with sharp objects.
Note: The sensors may not detect objects
with surfaces that absorb ultrasonic waves
or cause ultrasonic interference. For
example, motorcycle exhaust, truck air
brakes or horns.
Note: Following a change in tire size, the
system recalibrates and operation may be
impaired for a short time.
Do not use the system if:
• You have attached a bike rack, trailer
or other object near the sensors on the
front or rear of your vehicle.
• You have attached an overhanging
object to the roof. For example, a
surfboard.
• A foreign object damages or obstructs
the sensors.
• The correct tire size is not in use. For
example, when using a mini-spare tire.
Using Active Park Assist
Press the button to turn the
system on or off.
When driving at a speed less than 22 mph
(35 km/h), the system automatically scans
both sides of your vehicle for an available
parking space. The system displays a
message and a corresponding graphic to
indicate it is searching for a parking space.
Use the direction indicator to select
searching either to the left hand side or
right hand side of your vehicle. If the
direction indicator is not used, the system
defaults to the passenger side of your
vehicle.
When the system finds a suitable space it
displays a message and a tone sounds.
Stop your vehicle and follow the
instructions on the display screen. If your
vehicle is moving very slowly, you may
need to pull forward a short distance
before the system is ready to park.
Note: You can also activate the system
after you drive partially or completely pass
the parking space. To do so, press the active
park assist button and the system informs
you if you recently passed a suitable parking
space.
Note: You must observe that the selected
space remains clear of obstructions at all
times in the maneuver.
162
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Parking Aids
Note: You should drive your vehicle within
5 ft (1.5 m) and as parallel to the other
vehicles as possible while passing a parking
space.
Note: The system always offers the last
detected parking space. For example, if your
vehicle detects multiple spaces while you
are driving, it offers the last detected space.
Note: If driven above approximately 22 mph
(35 km/h), the display screen shows a
message to alert you to reduce your vehicle
speed.
Automatic Steering into Parking
Space
Note: If vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph
(10 km/h) or the maneuver is interrupted,
for example driver input is detected, the
system switches off and you need to take
full control of your vehicle.
When you shift the transmission into
reverse (R), with your hands off the
steering wheel and nothing obstructing its
movement, your vehicle steers itself into
the space. The system displays instructions
to move your vehicle back and forth in the
space.
When you think your vehicle is properly
parked or you hear a solid tone
accompanied by a display message, bring
your vehicle to a complete stop.
When automatic steering is complete, the
system displays a message and a chime
sounds, indicating that the active park
assist process is finished. You are
responsible for checking the parking job
and making any necessary corrections
before leaving your vehicle.
Deactivating the Park Assist
Feature
Manually deactivate the system by:
• Pressing the active park assist button
during an active maneuver.
• Grabbing the steering wheel during an
active maneuver.
• Driving above approximately 22 mph
(35 km/h) for 30 seconds during an
active park search.
• Driving above 6 mph (10 km/h) during
automatic steering.
• Switching off the traction control
system.
Certain vehicle conditions can also
deactivate the system, such as:
• Traction control has activated.
• There is an anti-lock brake system
activation or failure.
163
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Parking Aids
If a problem occurs with the system, a
warning message displays accompanied
by a tone. Occasional system messages
may occur in normal operation. For
recurring or frequent system faults, contact
an authorized dealer to have your vehicle
serviced.
Troubleshooting the System
The system does not look for a space
The traction control system may be off.
The transmission is in reverse (R). Your vehicle must be moving forward to detect a
parking space.
The system does not offer a particular space
The sensors may be covered. For example, with snow, ice or dirt. Covered sensors can
affect the system's functionality
There is not enough room in the parking space for your vehicle to safely park.
There is not enough space for the parking maneuver on the opposite side of the parking
space.
The parking space is farther than 5 ft (1.5 m) or closer than 16 in (40 cm) away.
Your vehicle is going faster than 22 mph (35 km/h).
You may have recently disconnected or replaced the battery. After a battery disconnect,
the vehicle must be driven on a straight road for a short period of time.
The system does not position your vehicle where I want in the space
Your vehicle is rolling in the opposite direction of the transmission. For example, rolling
forward when the transmission is in reverse (R).
An irregular curb along the parking space prevents the system from aligning your vehicle
properly.
Vehicles or objects bordering the space may not be positioned correctly.
Your vehicle was pulled too far past the parking space. The system performs best when
you drive the same distance past the parking space.
The tires may not be installed or maintained correctly. For example, not inflated correctly,
improper size or of a different size.
A repair or alteration has changed detection capabilities.
164
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Parking Aids
The system does not position your vehicle where I want in the space
A parked vehicle has a high attachment. For example, a salt sprayer, snowplow or moving
truck bed.
The parking space length or position of parked objects changed after your vehicle passed.
The temperature around your vehicle changes quickly. For example, when driving from
a heated garage into the cold, or after leaving a car wash.
REAR VIEW CAMERA
WARNINGS
The rear view camera system is a
reverse aid supplement device that
still requires the driver to use it in
conjunction with the interior and exterior
mirrors for maximum coverage.
Objects that are close to either
corner of the bumper or under the
bumper, might not be seen on the
screen due to the limited coverage of the
camera system.
Reverse your vehicle as slow as
possible, higher speeds may limit
your reaction time to stop your
vehicle.
Use caution when the rear cargo door
is ajar. If the rear cargo door is ajar,
the camera will be out of position
and the video image may be incorrect. All
guidelines disappear when the rear cargo
door is ajar. Some vehicles may not come
equipped with guidelines.
Use caution when turning camera
features on or off when the
transmission is not in park (P). Make
sure your vehicle is not moving.
The rear view camera system provides a
video image of the area behind your
vehicle.
During operation, lines appear in the
display which represent your vehicle’ s path
and proximity to objects behind your
vehicle.
The camera is located on the rear cargo
door.
Using the Rear View Camera
System
The rear view camera system displays
what is behind your vehicle when you place
the transmission in reverse (R).
165
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Parking Aids
The system uses three types of guides to
help you see what is behind your vehicle:
• Active guidelines: Show the intended
path of your vehicle when reversing.
• Fixed guidelines: Show the actual path
your vehicle is moving in while reversing
in a straight line. This can be helpful
when backing into a parking space or
aligning your vehicle with another
object behind you.
• Centerline: Helps align the center of
your vehicle with an object (for
example, a trailer).
Note: If the transmission is in reverse (R)
and the rear cargo door is ajar, no rear view
camera features are displayed.
Note: If the image comes on while the
transmission is not in reverse (R), have the
system inspected by your authorized dealer.
Note: When towing, the camera only sees
what is being towed behind your vehicle.
This might not provide adequate coverage
as it usually provides in normal operation
and some objects might not be seen. In
some vehicles, the guidelines may disappear
once the trailer tow connector is engaged.
Note: The camera may not operate
correctly under the following conditions:
• Nighttime or dark areas if one or both
reverse lamps are not operating.
• The camera's view is obstructed by
mud, water or debris. Clean the lens
with a soft, lint-free cloth and
non-abrasive cleaner.
• The rear of your vehicle is hit or
damaged, causing the camera to
become misaligned.
Access the rear view camera system
settings through the information display.
See General Information (page 92).
After changing a system setting, the
display screen shows a preview of the
selected features.
Camera Guidelines
Note: Dynamic guidelines are only available
when the transmission is in reverse (R).
Active guidelinesA
CenterlineB
Fixed guideline: Green zoneC
Fixed guideline: Yellow zoneD
Fixed guideline: Red zoneE
Rear bumperF
Active guidelines are only shown with fixed
guidelines. To use active guidelines, turn
the steering wheel to point the guidelines
toward an intended path. If the steering
wheel position is changed while reversing,
your vehicle might deviate from the original
intended path.
166
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Parking Aids
The fixed and active guidelines fade in and
out depending on the steering wheel
position. The active guidelines are not
shown when the steering wheel position
is straight.
Always use caution while reversing.
Objects in the red zone are closest to your
vehicle and objects in the green zone are
farther away. Objects are getting closer to
your vehicle as they move from the green
zone to the yellow or red zones. Use the
side view mirrors and rear view mirror to
get better coverage on both sides and rear
of your vehicle.
Enhanced Park Aids
Note: The reverse sensing system is not
effective at speeds above 6 mph (10 km/h)
and may not detect certain angular or
moving objects.
The system uses red, yellow and green
highlights that appear on top of the video
image when the sensing systems detect
an object. The alert highlights all objects
detected.
Selectable settings for this feature are ON
and OFF.
Manual Zoom
WARNING
When manual zoom is on, the full
area behind your vehicle may not
show. Be aware of your surroundings
when using the manual zoom feature.
Note: Manual zoom is only available when
the transmission is in reverse (R).
Note: When manual zoom is enabled, only
the centerline is shown.
This allows you to get a closer view of an
object behind your vehicle. The zoomed
image keeps the bumper in the image to
provide a reference. The zoom is only
active while the transmission is in reverse
(R). When the transmission is shifted out
of reverse (R), the feature automatically
turns off and must be reset when it is used
again.
Selectable settings for this feature are +
and -. The default setting for the manual
zoom is OFF.
Rear Camera Delay (If Equipped)
When you shift the transmission out of
reverse (R) and into any gear while the rear
camera delay is active, the camera image
displays until:
• Your vehicle speed sufficiently
increases.
• You shift your vehicle into park (P).
Selectable settings for this feature are ON
and OFF. The default setting for the rear
camera delay is OFF.
167
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Parking Aids
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
Cruise control lets you maintain a set
speed without keeping your foot on the
accelerator pedal. You can use cruise
control when your vehicle speed is greater
than 20 mph (30 km/h).
USING CRUISE CONTROL
WARNINGS
Do not use cruise control on winding
roads, in heavy traffic or when the
road surface is slippery. This could
result in loss of vehicle control, serious
injury or death.
When you are going downhill, your
vehicle speed could increase above
the set speed. The system does not
apply the brakes.
Note: Cruise control disengages if the
vehicle speed decreases more than 10 mph
(16 km/h) below the set speed when driving
uphill.
Note: When you are going downhill while
using cruise control, the battery charging
system and engine work together to help
maintain the set speed. Engine noise may
increase or decrease under these conditions.
The cruise controls are on the steering
wheel.
Switching Cruise Control On
Press ON.
The indicator appears in the
information display.
Setting the Cruise Speed
1. Drive to desired speed.
2. Press SET+ or SET-.
3. Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal.
Note: The indicator changes color.
Changing the Set Speed
Note: If you accelerate by pressing the
accelerator pedal, the set speed will not
change. When you release the accelerator
pedal, your vehicle returns to the speed that
you previously set.
• Press SET+ or SET- to change the set
speed in small increments.
• Press the accelerator or brake pedal
until you reach the desired speed. Press
SET+ or SET-.
• Press and hold SET+ or SET-. Release
the control when you reach the desired
speed.
Canceling the Set Speed
Pull CAN or tap the brake pedal. The set
speed does not erase.
Resuming the Set Speed
Pull RES.
Switching Cruise Control Off
Note: You erase the set speed when you
switch the system off.
168
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Cruise Control
Press OFF when the system is in standby
mode, or switch the ignition off.
Switching to ECO Cruise
Using cruise control with ECO Cruise
switched on may change the operation of
the system. This feature saves vehicle
energy by relaxing acceleration compared
to standard cruise control. For example,
your vehicle may temporarily lose speed
when going uphill.
For Hybrid vehicles, press ECO on the
center console.
For additional information, refer to ECO
Cruise and EcoSelect.
169
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Cruise Control
BLIND SPOT INFORMATION
SYSTEM (If Equipped)
WARNINGS
Do not use the blind spot information
system as a replacement for using
the interior and exterior mirrors or
looking over your shoulder before changing
lanes. The blind spot information system
is not a replacement for careful driving.
The system may not operate
properly during severe weather
conditions, for example snow, ice,
heavy rain and spray. Always drive with
due care and attention. Failure to take care
may result in a crash.
The system is designed to detect vehicles
that may have entered the blind spot zone
(A). The detection area is on both sides of
your vehicle, extending rearward from the
exterior mirrors to approximately 13 ft
(4 m) beyond the rear bumper.
Note: The system does not prevent contact
with other vehicles. It is not designed to
detect parked vehicles, pedestrians, animals
or other infrastructures.
Using the Blind Spot Information
System
Vehicles with Automatic Transmission
The system turns on when all of the
following occur:
• You start your vehicle.
• You shift into drive (D).
• The vehicle speed is greater than
6 mph (10 km/h).
Note: The system does not operate in park
(P) or reverse (R).
Vehicles with Manual Transmission
The system turns on when all of the
following occur:
• You start your vehicle.
• The vehicle speed is greater than
6 mph (10 km/h).
Note: The system does not operate in
reverse (R).
System Lights and Messages
When the system detects a vehicle, an
alert indicator illuminates in the exterior
mirror on the side the approaching vehicle
is coming from. If you turn the direction
indicator on for that side of your vehicle,
the alert indicator flashes.
170
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Driving Aids
Note: The system may not alert you if a
vehicle quickly passes through the detection
zone.
Blocked Sensors
The sensors are behind the rear bumper
on both sides of your vehicle.
Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice
and large accumulations of dirt.
Note: Do not cover the sensors with bumper
stickers, repair compound or other objects.
Note: Blocked sensors could affect system
performance.
If the sensors are blocked, a message may
appear in the information display. See
Information Messages (page 99). The
alert indicators remain illuminated but the
system does not alert you.
System Errors
If the system detects a fault, a warning
lamp illuminates and a message displays.
See Information Messages (page 99).
Switching the System Off and On
You can switch the system off using the
information display. See General
Information (page 92). When you switch
the system off, a warning lamp illuminates
and a message displays. When you switch
the system on or off, the alert indicators
flash twice.
Note: The system remembers the last
setting when you start your vehicle.
Note: The system may not correctly operate
when towing a trailer. For vehicles with a
trailer tow module and tow bar approved
by us, the system turns off when you attach
a trailer. For vehicles with an aftermarket
trailer tow module or tow bar, we
recommend that you switch the system off
when you attach a trailer.
To permanently switch the system off,
contact an authorized dealer.
CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT (If
Equipped)
WARNINGS
Do not use the cross traffic alert
system as a replacement for using
the interior and exterior mirrors or
looking over your shoulder before reversing
out of a parking space. The cross traffic
alert system is not a replacement for
careful driving.
The system may not operate
properly during severe weather
conditions, for example snow, ice,
heavy rain and spray. Always drive with
due care and attention. Failure to take care
may result in a crash.
The system is designed to alert you of
vehicles approaching from the sides when
you shift into reverse (R).
Using the Cross Traffic Alert
System
The system is designed to detect vehicles
that approach with a speed up to 37 mph
(60 km/h). Coverage decreases when the
sensors are partially, mostly or fully
obstructed. Slowly reversing helps increase
the coverage area and effectiveness.
171
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Driving Aids
The system turns on when you start the
engine and you shift into reverse (R). The
system turns off when you shift out of
reverse (R).
The sensor on the left-hand side is only
partially obstructed and zone coverage on
the right-hand side is maximized.
172
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Driving Aids
Zone coverage also decreases when
parking at narrow angles. The sensor on
the left-hand side is mostly obstructed and
zone coverage on that side is severely
reduced.
System Lights, Messages and
Audible Alerts
When the system detects a vehicle, an
indicator illuminates in the exterior mirror
on the side the approaching vehicle is
coming from. A tone sounds and a
message appears in the information
display.
Note: In exceptional conditions, the system
could alert you even when there is nothing
in the detection zone, for example a vehicle
passing in the distance.
Blocked Sensors
The sensors are behind the rear bumper
on both sides of your vehicle.
Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice
and large accumulations of dirt.
Note: Do not cover the sensors with bumper
stickers, repair compound or other objects.
Note: Blocked sensors could affect system
performance.
If the sensors are blocked, a message may
appear in the information display when
you shift into reverse (R). See
Information Messages (page 99).
System Limitations
The system may not correctly operate
when any of the following occur:
• The sensors are blocked.
• Adjacently parked vehicles or objects
are obstructing the sensors.
• Vehicles approach at speeds greater
than 37 mph (60 km/h).
• The vehicle speed is greater than 7 mph
(12 km/h).
• You reverse out of an angled parking
space.
System Errors
If the system detects a fault a message
displays. See Information Messages
(page 99).
Switching the System Off and On
You can temporarily switch the system off
using the information display. See
Information Messages (page 99). When
you switch system off, a message displays.
See Information Messages (page 99).
Note: The system turns on each time you
switch the ignition on and you shift into
reverse (R). If you temporarily switch the
system off, it turns on the next time you
switch the ignition on.
173
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Driving Aids
Note: The system may not correctly operate
when towing a trailer. For vehicles with a
trailer tow module and tow bar approved
by us, the system turns off when you attach
a trailer. For vehicles with an aftermarket
trailer tow module or tow bar, we
recommend that you switch the system off
when you attach a trailer.
To permanently switch the system off,
contact an authorized dealer.
STEERING
Electric Power Steering
WARNINGS
The electric power steering system
has diagnostic checks that
continuously monitor the system. If
a fault is detected, a message displays in
the information display. Stop your vehicle
as soon as it is safe to do so. Switch the
ignition off. After at least 10 seconds,
switch the ignition on and watch the
information display for a steering system
warning message. If a steering system
warning message returns, have the system
checked by an authorized dealer.
If the system detects an error, you
may not feel a difference in the
steering, however a serious condition
may exist. Obtain immediate service from
an authorized dealer, failure to do so may
result in loss of steering control.
Your vehicle has an electric power steering
system. There is no fluid reservoir. No
maintenance is required.
If your vehicle loses electrical power while
you are driving, electric power steering
assistance is lost. The steering system still
operates and you can steer your vehicle
manually. Manually steering your vehicle
requires more effort.
Extreme continuous steering may increase
the effort required for you to steer your
vehicle. This increased effort prevents
overheating and permanent damage to
the steering system. You do not lose the
ability to steer your vehicle manually.
Typical steering and driving maneuvers
allow the system to cool and return to
normal operation.
Steering Tips
If the steering wanders or pulls, check for:
• Correct tire pressures.
• Uneven tire wear.
• Loose or worn suspension
components.
• Loose or worn steering components.
• Improper vehicle alignment.
Note: A high crown in the road or high
crosswinds may also make the steering
seem to wander or pull.
Adaptive Learning
The electronic power steering system
adaptive learning helps correct road
irregularities and improves overall handling
and steering feel. It communicates with
the brake system to help operate
advanced stability control and accident
avoidance systems. Additionally, whenever
the battery is disconnected or a new
battery installed, you must drive your
vehicle a short distance before the system
relearns the strategy and reactivates all
systems.
174
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Driving Aids
REAR UNDER FLOOR
STORAGE
The under floor storage compartments are
located behind the front seats. Lift the
handle to unlatch the lid.
LUGGAGE COVERS
WARNINGS
Make sure that the posts are properly
latched in mounting features. The
cover may cause injury in a sudden
stop or accident if it is not securely
installed.
Do not place any objects on the
cargo area shade. They may obstruct
your vision or strike occupants of
your vehicle in a sudden stop or crash.
Use the cargo shade to cover items in the
cargo area of your vehicle.
Insert the ends of the cargo shade into the
mounting features located behind the rear
seat on the rear trim panels to install the
cargo shade.
To operate the cargo shade:
1. Pull the rear edge of the cargo shade
rearward.
2. Secure both ends of the support rod
into the retention slots located on the
rear quarter trim panels.
Removing the Shade
Press the release lever on each side
forward, and then lift the shade out of the
mounting feature. You will see a red mark
when the lever is unlatched.
175
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Load Carrying
LOAD RETAINING FIXTURES
Luggage Anchor Points
LOAD LIMIT
Vehicle Loading - with and
without a Trailer
This section guides you in the
proper loading of your vehicle,
trailer, or both. Keep your loaded
vehicle weight within its design
rating capability, with or without
a trailer. Properly loading your
vehicle provides maximum return
of vehicle design performance.
Before you load your vehicle,
become familiar with the
following terms for determining
your vehicle’s weight rating, with
or without a trailer, from the
vehicle’s Tire and Loading
Information label or Safety
Compliance Certification label.
Tire and Loading Label Information
Example:
176
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Load Carrying
Payload
Payload is the combined weight
of cargo and passengers that your
vehicle is carrying. The maximum
payload for your vehicle appears
on the Tire and Loading label. The
label is either on the B-pillar or the
edge of the driver door. Vehicles
exported outside the US and
Canada may not have a tire and
loading label. Look for “The
combined weight of occupants
and cargo should never exceed
XXX kg OR XXX lb” for maximum
payload. The payload listed on the
Tire and Loading Information label
is the maximum payload for your
vehicle as built by the assembly
plant. If you install any additional
equipment on your vehicle, you
must determine the new payload.
Subtract the weight of the
equipment from the payload listed
on the Tire and Loading label.
When towing, trailer tongue
weight or king pin weight is also
part of payload.
WARNING
The appropriate loading
capacity of your vehicle can
be limited either by volume
capacity (how much space is
available) or by payload capacity
(how much weight the vehicle
should carry). Once you have
reached the maximum payload of
your vehicle, do not add more
cargo, even if there is space
available. Overloading or
improperly loading your vehicle
can contribute to loss of vehicle
control and vehicle rollover.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight
Rating)
GAWR is the maximum allowable
weight that a single axle (front or
rear) can carry. These numbers
are on the Safety Compliance
Certification label. The label is
located on the door hinge pillar,
door-latch post, or the door edge
that meets the door-latch post,
next to the driver seating position.
177
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Load Carrying
The total load on each axle must
never exceed its Gross Axle
Weight Rating.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating)
GVWR is the maximum allowable
weight of the fully loaded vehicle.
This includes all options,
equipment, passengers and cargo.
It appears on the Safety
Compliance Certification label.
The label is located on the door
hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the
door edge that meets the
door-latch post, next to the driver
seating position.
The gross vehicle weight must
never exceed the Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating.
Safety Compliance Certification Label
Example:
WARNING
Exceeding the Safety
Compliance Certification
label vehicle weight rating limits
could result in substandard
vehicle handling or performance,
engine, transmission and/or
structural damage, serious
damage to the vehicle, loss of
control and personal injury.
Maximum Loaded Trailer
Weight
Maximum loaded trailer weight is
the highest possible weight of a
fully loaded trailer the vehicle can
tow. Consult an authorized dealer
(or the RV and Trailer Towing
Guide available at an authorized
dealer) for more detailed
information.
GCWR (Gross Combined
Weight Rating)
GCWR is the maximum allowable
weight of the vehicle and the
loaded trailer, including all cargo
and passengers, that the vehicle
can handle without risking
damage. (Important: The towing
vehicle’s braking system is rated
for operation at Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating, not at Gross
Combined Weight Rating.)
Separate functional brakes should
178
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Load Carrying
be used for safe control of towed
vehicles and for trailers where the
Gross Combined Weight of the
towing vehicle plus the trailer
exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating of the towing vehicle.
The gross combined weight must
never exceed the Gross Combined
Weight Rating.
Note: For trailer towing
information refer to the RV and
Trailer Towing Guide available at
an authorized dealer.
WARNINGS
Do not exceed the GVWR or
the GAWR specified on the
Safety Compliance Certification
label.
Do not use replacement tires
with lower load carrying
capacities than the original tires
because they may lower your
vehicle’s GVWR and GAWR
limitations. Replacement tires
with a higher limit than the original
tires do not increase the GVWR
and GAWR limitations.
Exceeding any vehicle weight
rating limitation could result
in serious damage to your vehicle,
personal injury or both.
Steps for determining the
correct load limit:
1. Locate the statement "The
combined weight of occupants
and cargo should never exceed
XXX kg or XXX lb." on your
vehicle’s placard.
2. Determine the combined
weight of the driver and
passengers that will be riding
in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight
of the driver and passengers
from XXX kg or XXX lb.
4. The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For
example, if the “XXX” amount
equals 1,400 lb. and there will
be five 150 lb. passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of
available cargo and luggage
load capacity is 650 lb.
(1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lb.)
5. Determine the combined
weight of luggage and cargo
being loaded on the vehicle.
That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo and
luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a
trailer, load from your trailer
will be transferred to your
vehicle. Consult this manual to
determine how this reduces the
available cargo and luggage
load capacity of your vehicle.
179
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Load Carrying
Helpful examples for calculating
the available amount of cargo
and luggage load capacity
Suppose your vehicle has a
1400-pound (635-kilogram) cargo
and luggage capacity. You decide
to go golfing. Is there enough load
capacity to carry you, four of your
friends and all the golf bags? You
and four friends average 220
pounds (99 kilograms) each and
the golf bags weigh approximately
30 pounds (13.5 kilograms) each.
The calculation would be: 1400 -
(5 x 220) - (5 x 30) = 1400 - 1100
- 150 = 150 pounds. Yes, you have
enough load capacity in your
vehicle to transport four friends
and your golf bags. In metric units,
the calculation would be: 635
kilograms - (5 x 99 kilograms) -
(5 x 13.5 kilograms) = 635 - 495 -
67.5 = 72.5 kilograms.
Suppose your vehicle has a
1400-pound (635-kilogram) cargo
and luggage capacity. You and
one of your friends decide to pick
up cement from the local home
improvement store to finish that
patio you have been planning for
the past two years. Measuring the
inside of the vehicle with the rear
seat folded down, you have room
for twelve 100-pound
(45-kilogram) bags of cement. Do
you have enough load capacity to
transport the cement to your
home? If you and your friend each
weigh 220 pounds (99 kilograms),
the calculation would be: 1400 -
(2 x 220) - (12 x 100) = 1400 - 440
- 1200 = - 240 pounds. No, you do
not have enough cargo capacity
to carry that much weight. In
metric units, the calculation would
be: 635 kilograms - (2 x 99
kilograms) - (12 x 45 kilograms) =
635 - 198 - 540 = -103 kilograms.
You will need to reduce the load
weight by at least 240 pounds
(104 kilograms). If you remove
three 100-pound (45-kilogram)
cement bags, then the load
calculation would be:1400 - (2 x
220) - (9 x 100) = 1400 - 440 -
900 = 60 pounds. Now you have
the load capacity to transport the
cement and your friend home. In
metric units, the calculation would
be: 635 kilograms - (2 x 99
kilograms) - (9 x 45 kilograms) =
635 - 198 - 405 = 32 kilograms.
The above calculations also
assume that the loads are
positioned in your vehicle in a
manner that does not overload
the front or the rear gross axle
weight rating specified for your
vehicle on the Safety Compliance
Certification label.
Special Loading Instructions
for Owners of Pick-up Trucks
and Utility-type Vehicles
WARNING
Loaded vehicles may handle
differently than unloaded
vehicles. Take extra precautions,
such as slower speeds and
increased stopping distance, when
driving a heavily loaded vehicle.
180
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Load Carrying
TOWING A TRAILER
WARNING
Your vehicle is not approved
for trailer towing. Never tow
a trailer with your vehicle.
TOWING THE VEHICLE ON
FOUR WHEELS
Emergency Towing
WARNING
If your vehicle has a steering wheel
lock make sure the ignition is in the
accessory or on position when being
towed.
If your vehicle becomes inoperable
(without access to wheel dollies,
car-hauling trailer, or flatbed transport
vehicle), it can be flat-towed (all wheels
on the ground, regardless of the powertrain
and transmission configuration) under the
following conditions:
• Tow only in the forward direction.
• The transmission is in neutral (N). If
you cannot move the transmission into
neutral (N), you may need to override
it. See Automatic Transmission
(page 150).
• Maximum speed is 35 mph (56 km/h).
• Maximum distance is 50 mi (80 km).
Recreational Towing
Note: Put your climate control system in
recirculated air mode to prevent exhaust
fumes from entering the vehicle. See
Climate Control (page 106).
Follow these guidelines if you have a need
for recreational (RV) towing. An example
of recreational towing would be towing
your vehicle behind a motorhome. We
designed these guidelines to prevent
damage to your transmission.
You can tow your vehicle with all four
wheels on the ground or with the front
wheels off the ground by using a tow dolly.
If you are using a tow dolly follow the
instructions specified by the equipment
provider.
If you tow your vehicle with all four wheels
on the ground:
• Tow only in the forward direction.
• Release the parking brake.
• Shift the transmission into neutral (N).
Vehicles with Push Button Start
1. Start the vehicle by pressing the brake
pedal, and then pressing the ENGINE
START/STOP button until the vehicle
starts.
2. Press the brake pedal and shift the
transmission into neutral (N).
3. Turn the vehicle off by pressing the
ENGINE START/STOP button once.
(Trip Summary appears in the left
instrument cluster screen when the
vehicle is off.)
Note: You can remove the key fob from the
vehicle while towing.
Vehicles with Ignition Key
1. Start the vehicle by pressing the brake
pedal, and then turning the ignition key
until the vehicle starts.
2. Press the brake pedal and shift the
transmission into neutral (N).
181
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Towing
3. Turn the vehicle off by turning the
ignition key past the accessory position.
The key position is between the
accessory and off positions. See
Ignition Switch (page 125). (Trip
Summary appears in the left
instrument cluster screen when the
vehicle is off.)
Note: If your vehicle is equipped with an
ignition key, you cannot remove the key from
the ignition cylinder when the transmission
is in neutral (N) and your vehicle is off.
All Vehicles
• Do not exceed 70 mph (113 km/h).
• Place the transmission in park (P), start
the vehicle, and allow the engine to run
for one minute at the beginning of each
day (you may need to press the
accelerator pedal in order to start the
engine). After allowing the vehicle to
run, place the transmission back into
neutral (N) and the ignition in the off
position.
Note: A SHIFT TO PARK or
TRANSMISSION NOT IN PARK message
may appear in the information display when
the transmission is in neutral (N) and the
ignition is in the off position.
182
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Towing
BREAKING-IN
You need to break in new tires for
approximately 300 mi (480 km). During
this time, your vehicle may exhibit some
unusual driving characteristics. The engine
also needs to break in. Avoid hard
accelerations and driving too fast for the
first 1,000 mi (1,600 km). If possible, avoid
carrying heavy loads up steep grades
during the break-in period.
ECONOMICAL DRIVING
Your fuel economy depends on:
• How you drive your vehicle.
• How you maintain your vehicle.
• The conditions you drive your vehicle
in.
You may improve your fuel economy by
keeping these in mind:
• Drive your vehicle at reasonable
speeds. Traveling at 65 mph
(105 km/h) uses about 15% less fuel
than traveling at 75 mph (121 km/h).
• Drive at steady speeds without
stopping.
• Anticipate stops. Slowing down your
vehicle may eliminate the need to stop.
• Keep the tires properly inflated and use
only the recommended size.
• Switch off the heater if you do not need
it. When you have the heater on, keep
it at the lowest blower and
temperature setting necessary to be
comfortable.
• When it is cold outside, park in a sunny
location or a climate-controlled
environment. This may save fuel by
reducing the energy needed to heat the
cabin.
• Switch off the air conditioning if you do
not need it. When you have the air
conditioning on, keep it at the lowest
blower and highest temperature
setting necessary to be comfortable.
• When it is hot or sunny outside, parking
in a shaded or climate-controlled
environment will save fuel by reducing
the energy needed to cool the cabin.
• Switch off the heated seats if you are
not using them.
• Switch off the defroster when you no
longer need it for visibility.
• Shift into low gear (L) when enhanced
engine braking is needed. Otherwise,
use drive gear (D) shift position.
• Combine errands and minimize
stop-and-go driving. A warmed up
engine works more efficiently. When
running errands, go to the farthest
destination first and then work your
way back home.
• Close the windows for high-speed
driving.
• Use the recommended engine oil. See
Capacities and Specifications (page
270).
• Perform all regularly scheduled
maintenance. See Scheduled
Maintenance (page 415).
• Use the coach and brake coach display
to get feedback on your economical
drive style. See Information Displays
(page 92).
Avoid these actions because they reduce
your fuel economy:
• Avoid sudden or hard accelerations and
decelerations. Accelerate and slow
down in a smooth, moderate fashion.
• Avoid revving the engine before
switching off your vehicle.
• Avoid long idle periods.
183
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Driving Hints
• Do not warm up your vehicle on cold
mornings.
• Do not rest your foot on the brake
pedal while driving.
• Avoid carrying unnecessary weight.
Approximately 1 mi (1.6 km) per gallon
or 0.2 mi (0.4 km) per liter is lost for
every 400 lb (180 kg) of weight carried.
• Avoid adding accessories that increase
aerodynamic drag to your vehicle such
as bug deflectors, car top carriers and
ski or bike racks.
• Avoid driving with the wheels out of
alignment.
Things to keep in mind when you refuel
your vehicle:
• Fuel generates fewer vapors when it is
cool and dark outside. Refuel your
vehicle in the early morning or late
evening.
• Use the recommended octane-rated
fuel. Using fuel below the
recommended rating will lower your
fuel economy.
DRIVING THROUGH WATER
WARNING
Do not drive through flowing or deep
water as you may lose control of your
vehicle.
Note: Driving through standing water can
cause vehicle damage.
Note: Engine damage can occur if water
enters the air filter.
Before driving through standing water,
check the depth. Never drive through water
that is higher than the bottom of the front
rocker area of your vehicle.
When driving through standing water, drive
very slowly and do not stop your vehicle.
Your brake performance and traction may
be limited. After driving through water and
as soon as it is safe to do so:
• Lightly press the brake pedal to dry the
brakes and to check that they work.
• Check that the horn works.
• Check that the exterior lights work.
• Turn the steering wheel to check that
the steering power assist works.
FLOOR MATS
WARNINGS
Use a floor mat designed to fit the
footwell of your vehicle that does not
obstruct the pedal area. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
Pedals that cannot move freely can
cause loss of vehicle control and
increase the risk of serious personal
injury.
184
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Driving Hints
WARNINGS
Secure the floor mat to both
retention devices so that it cannot
slip out of position and interfere with
the pedals. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
Do not place additional floor mats
or any other covering on top of the
original floor mats. This could result
in the floor mat interfering with the
operation of the pedals. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in the loss of
control of your vehicle, personal injury or
death.
Always make sure that objects
cannot fall into the driver foot well
while your vehicle is moving. Objects
that are loose can become trapped under
the pedals causing a loss of vehicle control.
To install the floor mats, position the floor
mat eyelet over the retention post and
press down to lock in position.
To remove the floor mat, reverse the
installation procedure.
Note: Regularly check the floor mats to
make sure they are secure.
185
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Driving Hints
ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE
Vehicles Sold in the United States:
Getting Roadside Assistance
To fully assist you should you have a
vehicle concern, Ford Motor Company
offers a complimentary roadside
assistance program. This program is
separate from the New Vehicle Limited
Warranty.
The service is available:
• 24 hours a day, seven days a week.
• For the coverage period listed on the
Roadside Assistance Card included in
your Owner's Manual portfolio.
Roadside Assistance covers:
• A flat tire change with a good spare
(except vehicles supplied with a tire
inflation kit).
• Battery jump start.
• Lock-out assistance (key replacement
cost is the customer's responsibility).
• Fuel delivery — independent service
contractors, if not prohibited by state,
local or municipal law, shall deliver up
to 2 gal (8 L) of gasoline or 5 gal (20 L)
of diesel fuel to a disabled vehicle.
Roadside Assistance limits fuel delivery
service to two no-charge occurrences
within a 12-month period.
• Winch out — available within 100 ft
(30 m) of a paved or county
maintained road, no recoveries.
• Towing — independent service
contractors, if not prohibited by state,
local or municipal law, shall tow Ford
eligible vehicles to an authorized dealer
within 35 mi (56 km) of the
disablement location or to the nearest
authorized dealer. If a member
requests a tow to an authorized dealer
that is more than 35 mi (56 km) from
the disablement location, the member
shall be responsible for any mileage
costs in excess of 35 mi (56 km).
• Roadside Assistance includes up to
$200 for a towed trailer if the disabled
eligible vehicle requires service at the
nearest authorized dealer. If the towing
vehicle is operational but the trailer is
not, then the trailer does not qualify for
any roadside services.
Vehicles Sold in the United States:
Using Roadside Assistance
Complete the roadside assistance
identification card and place it in your
wallet for quick reference. This card is in
the owner's information portfolio in the
glove compartment.
United States vehicle customers who
require Roadside Assistance, call
1-800-241-3673.
If you need to arrange roadside assistance
for yourself, Ford Motor Company
reimburses a reasonable amount for
towing to the nearest dealership within
35 mi (56 km). To obtain reimbursement
information, United States vehicle
customers call 1-800-241-3673.
Customers need to submit their original
receipts.
186
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Roadside Emergencies
Vehicles Sold in Canada: Getting
Roadside Assistance
To fully assist you should you have a
vehicle concern, Ford Motor Company of
Canada, Limited offers a complimentary
roadside assistance program. This
program is eligible within Canada or the
continental United States.
This program is separate from the New
Vehicle Limited Warranty, but the coverage
is concurrent with the powertrain coverage
period of your vehicle.
Canadian customers who require roadside
assistance, call 1-800-665-2006.
Vehicles Sold in Canada: Using
Roadside Assistance
Complete the roadside assistance
identification card and place it in your
wallet for quick reference.
In Canada, this card is found in the
Warranty Guide in the glove compartment
of your vehicle.
Vehicles Sold in Canada: Roadside
Assistance Program Coverage
The service is available 24 hours a day,
seven days a week.
Canadian roadside coverage and benefits
may differ from the U.S. coverage.
If you require more information, please
refer to the coverage section of your
warranty guide, call us in Canada at
1-800-665-2006, or visit our website at
www.ford.ca.
HAZARD FLASHERS
Note: The hazard flashers operate when
the ignition is in any position, or if the key is
not in the ignition. If used when the vehicle
is not running, the battery loses charge. As
a result, there may be insufficient power to
restart your vehicle.
The flasher control is on the
instrument panel. Use your
hazard flashers when your
vehicle is creating a safety hazard for other
motorists.
• Press the flasher control and all front
and rear direction indicators flash.
• Press the button again to switch them
off.
FUEL SHUTOFF
WARNING
If your vehicle has been involved in a
crash, have the fuel system checked.
Failure to follow this instruction
could result in fire, personal injury or death.
Note: When you try to restart your vehicle
after a fuel shutoff, the vehicle makes sure
that various systems are safe to restart.
Once the vehicle determines the systems
are safe, then the vehicle allows you to
restart.
Note: In the event that your vehicle does
not restart after your third attempt, contact
a qualified technician.
The fuel pump shutoff stops the flow of
fuel to the engine in the event of a
moderate to severe crash. Not every
impact causes a shutoff.
Should your vehicle shut off after a crash,
you may restart your vehicle.
187
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Roadside Emergencies
If your vehicle has a key system:
1. Switch off the vehicle.
2. Switch on the vehicle.
3. Check the information display for the
Ready to Drive light as the gasoline
engine may not start, but the electric
motor may be running. If you do not see
the Ready to Drive light, repeat Steps
1 and 2 up to two more times.
If your vehicle has a push button start
system:
1. Press START/STOP to switch off your
vehicle.
2. Press the brake pedal and
START/STOP to switch on your
vehicle.
3. Check the information display for the
Ready to Drive light as the gasoline
engine may not start, but the electric
motor may be running. If you do not see
the Ready to Drive light, repeat Steps
1 and 2 up to two more times.
JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE
WARNINGS
Batteries normally produce explosive
gases which can cause personal
injury. Therefore, do not allow
flames, sparks or lighted substances to
come near the battery. When working near
the battery, always shield your face and
protect your eyes. Always provide correct
ventilation.
WARNINGS
Keep batteries out of reach of
children. Batteries contain sulfuric
acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or
clothing. Shield your eyes when working
near the battery to protect against possible
splashing of acid solution. In case of acid
contact with skin or eyes, flush
immediately with water for a minimum of
15 minutes and get prompt medical
attention. If acid is swallowed, call a
physician immediately.
Preparing Your Vehicle
Do not attempt to push-start your
automatic transmission vehicle.
Note: Attempting to push-start a vehicle
with an automatic transmission may cause
transmission damage.
Note: Use only a 12-volt supply to start your
vehicle.
Note: Do not disconnect the battery of the
disabled vehicle as this could damage the
vehicle electrical system.
Park the booster vehicle close to the hood
of the disabled vehicle, making sure the
two vehicles do not touch.
If you see any corrosion on the battery or
terminals, remove the cables from the
terminals and clean with a wire brush.
Switch the heater fan on in both vehicles
to protect from any electrical surges.
Switch all other accessories off.
Connecting the Jumper Cables
WARNINGS
Do not connect the end of the
second cable to the negative (-)
terminal of the battery to be jumped.
A spark may cause an explosion of the
gases that surround the battery.
188
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Roadside Emergencies
WARNINGS
Do not use fuel lines, engine valve
covers, windshield wiper arms, the
intake manifold, or hood latch as
ground points.
Your vehicle has a 12-volt battery that has
two prongs accessible from under the
hood. Your vehicle can be jumped the
same way conventional vehicles can by
using these prongs. The illustration below
shows the two connector prongs used for
jump-starting your vehicle.
Positive prong (+).A
Negative prong (-).B
Note: In the illustration, the bottom vehicle
represents the booster vehicle.
1. Remove the red cap from the positive
prong (A) on your vehicle before
connecting the cables.
2. Connect the positive (+) jumper cable
to the positive (+) terminal of the
discharged battery.
3. Connect the other end of the positive
(+) cable to the positive (+) terminal
of the booster vehicle battery.
4. Connect the negative (-) cable to the
negative (-) terminal of the booster
vehicle battery.
189
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Roadside Emergencies
5. Make the final connection of the
negative (-) cable to an exposed metal
part of the stalled vehicle's engine,
away from the battery and the fuel
injection system, or connect the
negative (-) cable to a ground
connection point if available.
Make sure that the cables are clear of fan
blades, belts, the moving parts of both
engines, or any fuel delivery system parts.
Jump Starting
1. Start the booster vehicle and press the
accelerator pedal moderately.
2. Start the disabled vehicle. Check the
instrument cluster for the Ready to
Drive light as the gasoline engine may
not start, but the electric motor may
be running.
3. Once you start the disabled vehicle, run
both vehicles for an additional three
minutes before disconnecting the
jumper cables.
Removing the Jumper Cables
Remove the jumper cables in the reverse
order that they were connected.
1. Remove the negative (-) jumper cable
from the disabled vehicle.
2. Remove the jumper cable on the
negative (-) terminal of the booster
vehicle battery.
3. Remove the jumper cable from the
positive (+) terminal of the booster
vehicle battery.
4. Remove the jumper cable from the
positive (+) terminal of the disabled
vehicle battery.
After disconnecting the jumper cables, let
the disabled vehicle sit in Ready to Drive
mode for several minutes to charge the
12V battery. The disabled vehicle can
charge the 12V battery even if the gasoline
engine is off. The 12V battery receives
power from the high-voltage battery.
190
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Roadside Emergencies
COLLISION, DAMAGE OR FIRE
EVENT
Guidance for Ford Motor Company
Electric and Hybrid-Electric
Vehicles Equipped With High
Voltage Batteries
(Vehicle Owner/Operator/General
Public)
Electric and Hybrid-Electric Vehicle
Considerations
In the event of damage or fire involving an
electric vehicle or hybrid-electric vehicle:
• Always assume the high-voltage
battery and associated components
are energized and fully charged.
• Exposed electrical components, wires,
and high-voltage batteries present
potential high-voltage shock hazards.
• Venting high-voltage battery vapors
are potentially toxic and flammable.
• Physical damage to the vehicle or
high-voltage battery may result in
immediate or delayed release of toxic,
flammable gases and fire.
Vehicle information and general safety
practices:
• Know the make and model of your
vehicle.
• Review the owner’s manual and
become familiar with your vehicle’s
safety information and recommended
safety practices.
• Do not attempt to repair damaged
electric and hybrid-electric vehicles
yourself.
Contact an authorized dealer.
Crashes
A crash or impact significant enough to
require an emergency response for
conventional vehicles would also require
the same response for an electric or
hybrid-electric vehicle.
If possible:
• Move your vehicle to a safe, nearby
location and remain on the scene.
• Roll down the windows before
switching your vehicle off.
• Place your vehicle in park (P), set the
parking brake, switch off the vehicle,
activate the hazard warning flashers
and move your key(s) at least 15 ft
(5 m) away from the vehicle.
Always:
• Call emergency assistance if needed
and advise that an electric or
hybrid-electric vehicle is involved.
• Exposed electrical components, wires,
and high-voltage batteries present
potential high-voltage shock hazards.
• Avoid contact with leaking fluids and
gases, and remain out of the way of
oncoming traffic until emergency
responders arrive.
• When emergency responders arrive,
tell them that the vehicle involved is an
electric vehicle or hybrid-electric
vehicle.
Fires
As with any vehicle, call emergency
assistance immediately if you see sparks,
smoke or flames coming from the vehicle.
Remain a safe distance from the vehicle
and try to stay clear of the smoke.
• Exit the vehicle immediately.
• Advise emergency assistance that an
electric or hybrid-electric vehicle is
involved.
191
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Roadside Emergencies
• As with any vehicle fire, do not inhale
smoke, vapors or gas from the vehicle,
as they may be hazardous.
• Stay out of the roadway and stay out
of the way of any oncoming traffic
while awaiting the arrival of emergency
responders.
Post-Incident
• Do not store a severely damaged
vehicle with a lithium-ion battery inside
a structure or within 49 ft (15 m) of any
structure or vehicle.
• Make sure that passenger and luggage
compartments remain ventilated.
• Call emergency assistance if you
observe leaking fluids, sparks, smoke
or flames, or hear gurgling or bubbling
from the high-voltage battery.
POST-CRASH ALERT SYSTEM
The system flashes the direction indicators
and sounds the horn (intermittently) in the
event of a serious impact that deploys an
airbag (front, side, side curtain or Safety
Canopy) or the seatbelt pretensioners.
The horn and indicators turn off when:
• You press the hazard control button.
• You press the panic button on the
remote entry transmitter (if equipped).
• Your vehicle runs out of power.
TRANSPORTING THE VEHICLE
If you need to have your vehicle towed,
contact a professional towing service or,
if you are a member of a roadside
assistance program, your roadside
assistance service provider.
We recommend the use of a wheel lift and
dollies or flatbed equipment to tow your
vehicle. Do not tow with a slingbelt. Ford
Motor Company has not approved a
slingbelt towing procedure. Vehicle
damage may occur if towed incorrectly, or
by any other means.
Ford Motor Company produces a towing
manual for all authorized tow truck
operators. Have your tow truck operator
refer to this manual for proper hook-up
and towing procedures for your vehicle.
192
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Roadside Emergencies
It is acceptable to have your front-wheel
drive vehicle towed from the front if using
proper wheel lift equipment to raise the
front wheels off the ground. When towing
in this manner, the rear wheels can remain
on the ground.
Front-wheel drive vehicles must have the
front wheels placed on a tow dolly when
towing your vehicle from the rear using
wheel lift equipment. This prevents
damage to the transmission.
Towing an all-wheel or four-wheel drive
vehicle requires that all wheels be off the
ground, such as using a wheel lift and
dollies or flatbed equipment. This prevents
damage to the transmission, all-wheel or
four-wheel drive system and vehicle.
193
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Roadside Emergencies
GETTING THE SERVICES YOU
NEED
Warranty repairs to your vehicle must be
performed by an authorized dealer. While
any authorized dealer handling your vehicle
line will provide warranty service, we
recommend you return to your selling
authorized dealer who wants to ensure
your continued satisfaction.
Please note that certain warranty repairs
require special training and equipment, so
not all authorized dealers are authorized
to perform all warranty repairs. This means
that, depending on the warranty repair
needed, you may have to take your vehicle
to another authorized dealer.
A reasonable time must be allowed to
perform a repair after taking your vehicle
to the authorized dealer. Repairs will be
made using Ford or Motorcraft® parts, or
remanufactured or other parts that are
authorized by Ford.
Away From Home
If you are away from home when your
vehicle needs service, contact the Ford
Customer Relationship Center or use the
online resources listed below to find the
nearest authorized dealer.
In the United States:
Mailing address
Ford Motor Company
Customer Relationship Center
P.O. Box 6248
Dearborn, MI 48126
Telephone
1-800-392-3673 (FORD)
(TDD for the hearing impaired:
1-800-232-5952)
Additional information and resources are
available online:
Website
www.owner.ford.com
These are some of the items that can be
found online:
• U.S. dealer locator by Dealer Name,
City/State or Zip Code.
• Owner Manuals.
• Maintenance Schedules.
• Recalls.
• Ford Extended Service Plans.
• Ford Genuine Accessories.
• Service specials and promotions.
In Canada:
Mailing address
Customer Relationship Centre
Ford Motor Company of Canada, Limited
P.O. Box 2000
Oakville, Ontario L6K 0C8
Telephone
1-800-565-3673 (FORD)
Website
www.ford.ca
Twitter
@FordServiceCA (English Canada)
@FordServiceQC (Quebec)
Additional Assistance
If you have questions or concerns, or are
unsatisfied with the service you are
receiving, follow these steps:
1. Contact your Sales Representative or
Service Advisor at your selling or
servicing authorized dealer.
194
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Customer Assistance
2. If your inquiry or concern remains
unresolved, contact the Sales Manager,
Service Manager or Customer Relations
Manager.
3. If you require assistance or clarification
on Ford Motor Company policies,
please contact the Ford Customer
Relationship Center.
In order to help us serve you better, please
have the following information available
when contacting a Customer Relationship
Center:
• Vehicle Identification Number.
• Your telephone number (home and
business).
• The name of the authorized dealer and
city where located.
• The vehicle’s current odometer reading.
In some states within the United States,
you must directly notify Ford in writing
before pursuing remedies under your
state's warranty laws, and Ford is also
allowed a final repair attempt.
Additionally, in some states within the
United States, a consumer has the option
of submitting a warranty dispute to the
BBB Auto Line before taking action under
the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, or to
the extent allowed by state law, before
pursuing replacement or repurchase
remedies provided by certain state laws.
This dispute handling procedure is not
required prior to enforcing state created
rights or other rights which are independent
of the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act or
state replacement or repurchase laws.
IN CALIFORNIA (U.S. ONLY)
California Civil Code Section 1793.2(d)
requires that, if a manufacturer or its
representative is unable to repair a motor
vehicle to conform to the vehicle’s
applicable express warranty after a
reasonable number of attempts, the
manufacturer shall be required to either
replace the vehicle with one substantially
identical or repurchase the vehicle and
reimburse the buyer in an amount equal to
the actual price paid or payable by the
consumer (less a reasonable allowance
for consumer use). The consumer has the
right to choose whether to receive a refund
or replacement vehicle.
California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b)
presumes that the manufacturer has had
a reasonable number of attempts to
conform the vehicle to its applicable
express warranties if, within the first 18
months of ownership of a new vehicle or
the first 18,000 mi (29,000 km), whichever
occurs first:
1. Two or more repair attempts are made
on the same non-conformity likely to
cause death or serious bodily injury OR
2. Four or more repair attempts are made
on the same nonconformity (a defect
or condition that substantially impairs
the use, value or safety of the vehicle)
OR
3. The vehicle is out of service for repair
of nonconformities for a total of more
than 30 calendar days (not necessarily
all at one time).
In the case of 1 or 2 above, the consumer
must also notify the manufacturer of the
need for the repair of the nonconformity
at the following address:
Ford Motor Company
16800 Executive Plaza Drive
Mail Drop 3NE-B
Dearborn, MI 48126
195
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Customer Assistance
You are required to submit your warranty
dispute to BBB AUTO LINE before asserting
in court any rights or remedies conferred
by California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b).
You are also required to use BBB AUTO
LINE before exercising rights or seeking
remedies created by the Federal
Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C.
sec. 2301 et seq. If you choose to seek
redress by pursuing rights and remedies
not created by California Civil Code Section
1793.22(b) or the Magnuson-Moss
Warranty Act, resort to BBB AUTO LINE is
not required by those statutes.
THE BETTER BUSINESS
BUREAU (BBB) AUTO LINE
PROGRAM (U.S. ONLY)
Your satisfaction is important to Ford
Motor Company and to your dealer. If a
warranty concern has not been resolved
using the three-step procedure outlined
earlier in this chapter in the Getting the
Services you need section, you may be
eligible to participate in the BBB AUTO
LINE program.
The BBB AUTO LINE program consists of
two parts – mediation and arbitration.
During mediation, a representative of the
BBB will contact both you and Ford Motor
Company to explore options for settlement
of the claim. If an agreement is not reached
during mediation or you do not want to
participate in mediation, and if your claim
is eligible, you may participate in the
arbitration process. An arbitration hearing
will be scheduled so that you can present
your case in an informal setting before an
impartial person. The arbitrator will
consider the testimony provided and make
a decision after the hearing.
Disputes submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE
program are usually decided within forty
days after you file your claim with the BBB.
You are not bound by the decision, and
may reject the decision and proceed to
court where all findings of the BBB Auto
Line dispute, and decision, are admissible
in the court action. Should you choose to
accept the BBB AUTO LINE decision, Ford
is then bound by the decision, and must
comply with the decision within 30 days
of receipt of your acceptance letter.
BBB AUTO LINE Application: Using the
information provided below, please call or
write to request a program application.
You will be asked for your name and
address, general information about your
new vehicle, information about your
warranty concerns, and any steps you have
already taken to try to resolve them. A
Customer Claim Form will be mailed that
will need to be completed, signed and
returned to the BBB along with proof of
ownership. Upon receipt, the BBB will
review the claim for eligibility under the
Program Summary Guidelines.
You can get more information by
calling BBB AUTO LINE at
1-800-955-5100, or writing to:
BBB AUTO LINE
3033 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 600
Arlington, Virginia 22201
BBB AUTO LINE applications can also be
requested by calling the Ford Motor
Company Customer Relationship Center
at 1-800-392-3673.
Note: Ford Motor Company reserves the
right to change eligibility limitations, modify
procedures, or to discontinue this process
at any time without notice and without
obligation.
196
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Customer Assistance
UTILIZING THE
MEDIATION/ARBITRATION
PROGRAM (CANADA ONLY)
For vehicles delivered to authorized
Canadian dealers. In those cases where
you continue to feel that the efforts by Ford
of Canada and the authorized dealer to
resolve a factory-related vehicle service
concern have been unsatisfactory, Ford of
Canada participates in an impartial third
party mediation/arbitration program
administered by the Canadian Motor
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP).
The CAMVAP program is a straight forward
and relatively speedy alternative to resolve
a disagreement when all other efforts to
produce a settlement have failed. This
procedure is without cost to you and is
designed to eliminate the need for lengthy
and expensive legal proceedings.
In the CAMVAP program, impartial
third-party arbitrators conduct hearings at
mutually convenient times and places in
an informal environment. These impartial
arbitrators review the positions of the
parties, make decisions and, when
appropriate, render awards to resolve
disputes. CAMVAP decisions are fast, fair,
and final as the arbitrator’s award is
binding on both you and Ford of Canada.
CAMVAP services are available in all
Canadian territories and provinces. For
more information, without charge or
obligation, call your CAMVAP Provincial
Administrator directly at 1-800-207-0685
or visit www.camvap.ca.
GETTING ASSISTANCE
OUTSIDE THE U.S. AND
CANADA
Before exporting your vehicle to a foreign
country, contact the appropriate foreign
embassy or consulate. These officials can
inform you of local vehicle registration
regulations and where to find unleaded
fuel or petrol/gas engines or the proper
sulfur fuel for diesel engines.
If you cannot find the proper fuel
recommended for your vehicle, contact
our Customer Relationship Center.
The use of improper fuels in your vehicle
without proper conversion may damage
the effectiveness of your emission control
system and may cause engine knocking or
serious engine damage. Ford Motor
Company or Ford of Canada is not
responsible for any damage caused by use
of improper fuel. Using improper fuels may
also result in difficulty importing your
vehicle back into the United States.
If your vehicle must be serviced while you
are traveling or living in Asia-Pacific Region,
Sub-Saharan Africa, U.S. Virgin Islands
and/or Puerto Rico , Central America, the
Caribbean, and Israel and the Middle East,
contact the nearest authorized dealer. If
the authorized dealer cannot help you,
contact the corresponding Ford Customer
Assistance Center:
FORD MOTOR COMPANY
Customer Relationship Centers in:
197
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Customer Assistance
E-mailFaxPhone
Customer Relation-
ship Center
apemcrc@ford.comN/AN/AAsia Pacific
expcac@ford.com-+1 313 594 4857
Caribbean and
Central America
menacac@ford.com971 4 3327 266
Ford
Middle East
80004443673
Lincoln
80004441067
UAE
80004441066
Saudi Arabia
8008443673
Mobily and Zain cell
phone users in Saudi
800850078
prcac@ford.comN/A+1-800-841-3673
Puerto Rico and U.S.
Virgin Islands
ssacrc@ford.comN/A+1-313-594-4857Sub-Saharan Africa
infokr1@ford.com or
infokr@lincoln.com
N/A+63-2-717-6410South Korea
If you buy your vehicle in North America
and then relocate to any of the above
locations, register your vehicle
identification number (VIN) and new
address with Ford Global Trade Services
by emailing, expcso@ford.com.
If you are in another foreign country,
contact the nearest authorized dealer. In
the event your inquiry is unresolved,
communicate your concern with the
dealership’s Sales Manager, Service
Manager or Customer Relations Manager.
If you require additional assistance or
clarification, please contact the respective
Customer Relationship Center as
previously listed.
Customers in the U.S. should call
1-800-392-3673.
ORDERING ADDITIONAL
OWNER'S LITERATURE
To order the publications in this portfolio,
contact Helm, Incorporated at:
HELM, INCORPORATED
47911 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, Michigan 48170
Attention: Customer Service
Or to order a free publication catalog, call
toll free: 1-800-782-4356
Monday-Friday 8:00 a.m. - 6:00 p.m. EST
198
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Customer Assistance
Helm, Incorporated can also be reached
by their website:
www.helminc.com
(Items in this catalog may be purchased
by credit card, check or money order.)
Obtaining a French Owner’s
Manual
French Owner’s Manual can be obtained
from your authorized dealer or by
contacting Helm, Incorporated using the
contact information listed previously in this
section.
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
(U.S. ONLY)
If you believe that your vehicle has
a defect which could cause a
crash or could cause injury or
death, you should immediately
inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying
Ford Motor Company.
If NHTSA receives similar
complaints, it may open an
investigation, and if it finds that a
safety defect exists in a group of
vehicles, it may order a recall and
remedy campaign. However,
NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between
you, your dealer, or Ford Motor
Company.
To contact NHTSA, you may call
the Vehicle Safety Hotline
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:
1-800-424-9153); go to
http://www.safercar.gov; or write
to:
Administrator
1200 New Jersey Avenue,
Southeast
Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other
information about motor vehicle
safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
(CANADA ONLY)
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect
which could cause a crash or could cause
injury or death, you should immediately
inform Transport Canada and Ford of
Canada.
199
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Customer Assistance
Transport Canada Contact Information
http://www.tc.gc.ca/eng/motorvehiclesafety/reporting-defects-motor-
vehicles.html (English)
Website
http://www.tc.gc.ca/fra/securiteautomobile/signaler-defauts-vehicules-
automobiles.html (French)
Website
1–800–333–0510Phone
Ford of Canada Contact Information
www.ford.caWebsite
1–800–565-3673Phone
200
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Customer Assistance
FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART
Pre-Fuse Box
Your vehicle has a pre-fuse box attached
to the power distribution box. There is a
second pre-fuse box attached to the
12-volt battery terminal in the rear of your
vehicle. They contain high-current fuses.
If you need to replace one of these fuses,
see an authorized dealer.
Power Distribution Box
WARNINGS
Always disconnect the battery before
servicing high current fuses.
WARNINGS
To reduce risk of electrical shock,
always replace the cover to the
power distribution box before
reconnecting the battery or refilling fluid
reservoirs.
The power distribution box is located in
the engine compartment. It has
high-current fuses that protect your
vehicle's main electrical systems from
overloads.
If you disconnect and reconnect the
battery, you will need to reset some
features. See Changing the 12V Battery
(page 222).
Lift the release lever at the rear of the cover
to remove it.
201
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuses
Protected componentsFuse amp ratingFuse or relay number
Cooling fan module.50A MidiF1
Electric water pump.50A MidiF2
Body control module supply 1.50A MidiF3
Body control module supply 2.50A MidiF4
Not used.—F5
Not used.—F6
Anti-lock brake system pump.
40A
1
F7
Anti-lock brake system valve.
30A
1
F8
Vacuum pump.
40A
1
F9
Heater blower motor.
40A
1
F10
Engine management.
30A
1
F11
Not used.—F12
Powertrain control module relay.
25A
1
F13
Rear wiper.
20A
1
F14
Body control module KL30 supply.
30A
1
F15
Body control module 15 feed.
20A
1
F16
Not used (spare).
20A
1
F17
Front wiper motor.
20A
1
F18
Anti-lock brake system.
5A
2
F19
Electronic stability program module.
Horn.
15A
2
F20
Stop light switch.
5A
2
F21
Vacuum pump monitoring.
5A
2
F22
202
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuses
Protected componentsFuse amp ratingFuse or relay number
Engine control module 15.
5A
2
F23
Powertrain control module 15.
Transmission oil pump 15.
Relay coils.
5A
2
F24
Light switch module.
Motor electronic cooling pump.
10A
2
F25
Electronic power assist steering module
15.
5A
2
F26
Mass air flow sensor.
5A
2
F27
Powertrain control module.
15A
2
F28
Electronic air conditioning compressor.
10A
2
F29
Positive temperature coefficient heater.
Engine control module.
10A
2
F30
Powertrain control module.
Not used (spare).
5A
2
F31
Vehicle power 2.
20A
2
F32
Vehicle power 4.
15A
2
F33
Injectors.
10A
2
F34
Vehicle power 3.
10A
2
F35
Vehicle power 1.
20A
2
F36
Vacuum pump.Micro relayR1
Horn.Micro relayR2
Hybrid powertrain control.Micro relayR3
Front wiper.Micro relayR4
Vacuum pump.Micro relayR5
Front and rear wiper high-low.Micro relayR6
Not used.—R7
203
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuses
Protected componentsFuse amp ratingFuse or relay number
Ignition feed.Power relayR8
Not used.—R9
Not used.—R10
Not used.—R11
Cooling fan.Power relayR12
Heater blower.Mini relayR13
Engine control relay.Mini relayR14
1
Cartridge fuse.
2
Mini fuse.
Passenger Compartment Fuse
Panel
The fuse panel is located on the right-hand
side below the glove box. You may need
to remove a trim panel to access it.
204
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuses
Protected componentsFuse amp ratingFuse or relay number
Fuel pump supply.20AF56
Not used.—F57
Not used (spare).5AF58
Passive anti-theft system.5AF59
Interior light.10AF60
Driver door switch pack.
Glove box illumination.
Overhead console switch bank.
205
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuses
Protected componentsFuse amp ratingFuse or relay number
Cigar lighter.20AF61
Second row power point.
Autowiper module.5AF62
Autodimming rear view mirror.
Not used (spare).10AF63
Not used.—F64
Liftgate release.10AF65
Driver door unlock supply.20AF66
Multi-function display.7.5AF67
GPS module.
Sync.
Not used (spare).15AF68
Instrument cluster.5AF69
Central lock and unlock supply.20AF70
Climate control module.7.5AF71
Steering wheel module.7.5AF72
Data link connector.7.5AF73
OBD II supply.
Headlamp supply.15AF74
Fog lamp supply.15AF75
Reversing lamp supply.10AF76
Washer pump.20AF77
Ignition switch, Start button.5AF78
Radio.15AF79
Hazard light switch.
Not used (spare).20AF80
Power sun shade.5AF81
Remote receiver antenna.
Washer pump ground.20AF82
Central locking ground.20AF83
206
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuses
Protected componentsFuse amp ratingFuse or relay number
Drive door unlock ground.20AF84
Electronic 15 feed.7.5AF85
Restraints control module.10AF86
Passenger air bag deactivation indicator.
Not used (spare).15AF87
Not used (spare).25AF88
Not used.—F89
Luggage Compartment Fuse Panel
The fuse panel is located in the luggage
compartment behind the left side wheel
well. Remove the fuse panel cover to gain
access to the fuses.
Protected componentsFuse amp ratingFuse or relay number
Hands-free liftgate entry module.
5A
1
F1
Keyless vehicle module.
10A
1
F2
Keyless vehicle door handles.
5A
1
F3
Door control unit front left.
25A
1
F4
207
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuses
Protected componentsFuse amp ratingFuse or relay number
Door control unit front right.
25A
1
F5
Door control unit rear left.
25A
1
F6
Door control unit rear right.
25A
1
F7
Passenger seat motor.
25A
1
F8
Driver seat motor.
25A
1
F9
Heated rear window.
25A
1
F10
Ignition relay.
5A
1
F11
Battery electronics control module.
15A
1
F12
Not used.—F13
Not used (spare).
10A
1
F14
Not used.—F15
Not used.—F16
Battery electronics control module.
10A
1
F17
Battery electronics control module — fan.
15A
1
F18
Not used (spare).
15A
1
F19
Not used.—F20
Smart datalink connector.
15A
1
F21
Active noise cancellation.
10A
1
F22
Not used.—F23
DC/AC power converter.
30A
2
F24
Power liftgate.
25A
2
F25
Not used (spare).
40A
2
F26
208
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuses
Protected componentsFuse amp ratingFuse or relay number
Luggage compartment outlet.
20A
2
F27
Not used.—F28
Blind spot detection.
5A
1
F29
Parking aid module.
5A
1
F30
Rear view camera.
5A
1
F31
DC/AC power converter.
5A
1
F32
Not used.—F33
Driver seat heater.
20A
1
F34
Passenger seat heater.
20A
1
F35
Not used.—F36
Power sun shade.
20A
1
F37
Not used.—F38
Not used.—F39
Not used.—F40
Not used.—F41
Not used.—F42
Not used.—F43
Not used.—F44
Not used.-F45
Fuel system.
10A
1
F46
Rear 15 relay.Power relayR1
Heated rear window.Mini relayR2
Not used (spare).Micro relayR3
Not used.—R4
209
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuses
Protected componentsFuse amp ratingFuse or relay number
Not used.—R5
Rear wiper.Micro relayR6
1
Mini fuse.
2
J case fuse.
CHANGING A FUSE
Fuses
WARNING
Always replace a fuse with one that
has the specified amperage rating.
Using a fuse with a higher amperage
rating can cause severe wire damage and
could start a fire.
If electrical components in the vehicle are
not working, a fuse may have blown. Blown
fuses are identified by a broken wire within
the fuse. Check the appropriate fuses
before replacing any electrical
components.
Fuse Types
210
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuses
Fuse TypeCallout
Micro 2A
Micro 3B
MaxiC
MiniD
M CaseE
J CaseF
J Case Low ProfileG
211
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuses
GENERAL INFORMATION
Have your vehicle serviced regularly to help
maintain its roadworthiness and resale
value. There is a large network of
authorized dealers that are there to help
you with their professional servicing
expertise. We believe that their specially
trained technicians are best qualified to
service your vehicle properly and expertly.
They are supported by a wide range of
highly specialized tools developed
specifically for servicing your vehicle.
If your vehicle requires professional service,
an authorized dealer can provide the
necessary parts and service. Check your
warranty information to find out which
parts and services are covered.
Use only recommended fuels, lubricants,
fluids and service parts conforming to
specifications. Motorcraft® parts are
designed and built to provide the best
performance in your vehicle.
Precautions
• Do not work on a hot engine.
• Make sure that nothing gets caught in
moving parts.
• Do not work on a vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed space,
unless you are sure you have enough
ventilation.
• Keep all open flames and other burning
material (such as cigarettes) away
from the battery and all fuel related
parts.
Working with the Engine Off
1. Set the parking brake and shift to park
(P).
2. Switch off the engine.
3. Block the wheels.
Working with the Engine On
WARNING
To reduce the risk of vehicle damage
and/or personal burn injuries, do not
start your engine with the air cleaner
removed and do not remove it while the
engine is running.
1. Set the parking brake and shift to park
(P).
2. Block the wheels.
OPENING AND CLOSING THE
HOOD
Opening the Hood
1. Inside the vehicle, pull the hood release
handle located under the left-hand
side of the instrument panel.
2. Slightly lift the hood.
3. Release the hood latch by pushing the
secondary release lever to your
left-hand side.
212
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
4. Open the hood. Support the hood with
the strut.
Closing the Hood
1. Remove the hood strut from the catch
and secure it correctly after use.
2. Lower the hood and allow it to drop
under its own weight for the last 8-12
in (20-30 cm).
Note: Make sure that the hood is correctly
closed.
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW
WARNING
The inverter system controller
contains various high-voltage
components that can cause serious
bodily harm or death. The inverter system
controller is not serviceable and should
never be touched, probed, or tampered
with.
Note: Do not attempt to service any of the
high-voltage components or wiring. For
easier identification, the high-voltage wiring
insulation is color coated orange.
213
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
Engine coolant reservoir cap. See Engine Coolant Check (page 216).A
Engine oil filler cap. See Engine Oil Check (page 215).B
Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 215).C
Engine air filter cover. See Changing the Engine Air Filter (page 232).D
Inverter system controller.E
Brake fluid reservoir cap. See Brake Fluid Check (page 221).F
Power distribution box. See Fuses (page 201).G
Inverter system controller coolant reservoir cap.H
Windshield washer fluid reservoir cap. See Washer Fluid Check (page 221).I
214
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK
MINA
MAXB
ENGINE OIL CHECK
Check the level before starting the engine
and make sure that the level is between
the MIN and the MAX marks.
1. Make sure that your vehicle is on level
ground.
2. Switch the engine off and wait 10
minutes for the oil to drain into the oil
pan.
3. Remove the dipstick and wipe it with
a clean, lint-free cloth. Replace the
dipstick and remove it again to check
the oil level.
If the oil level is at the minimum mark, add
oil immediately.
Adding Engine Oil
Note: Do not remove the filler cap when
the engine is running.
Note: Do not add oil further than the MAX
mark. Oil levels above the MAX mark may
cause engine damage.
Only use oils certified for gasoline engines
by the American Petroleum Institute (API).
An oil with this trademark symbol
conforms to the current engine and
emission system protection standards and
fuel economy requirements of the
International Lubricants Specification
Advisory Council (ILSAC), comprised of
U.S. and Japanese automobile
manufacturers.
1. Remove the filler cap.
2. Add engine oil that meets the Ford
specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 270).
3. Wipe off any spilled oil.
4. Replace the filler cap. Turn it until you
feel a strong resistance.
Operating in Cold Climates and
Short Driving Cycles
Some gasoline engines may experience a
buildup of moisture in the engine oil if
repeatedly operated in cold weather and
short driving cycles that do not fully warm
the engine.
When you see a thick milky substance
under the oil cap, this indicates moisture
is present.
This condition can be more prevalent in
gas electric hybrid vehicles that run the gas
engine for very short driving cycles.
215
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
To prevent engine damage under these
conditions customers should follow these
steps:
• Drive your vehicle at full engine
temperature for 15 to 30 minutes.
• Drive your vehicle at highway speeds.
• Drive your vehicle with the defroster
(hybrid vehicles) at full.
We recommend frequent oil changes.
Follow severe duty cycle in the
maintenance guide. This helps remove the
moisture contaminated oil from the engine.
Cold Weather Operation
To determine if the shortened oil change
interval or warming of the engine is
sufficient, clean and check the oil fill cap
on a regular basis. This will confirm that
the thick milky substance is not returning.
When extreme cold weather and sub-zero
conditions exist, fuel may be found in the
engine oil. This is caused by the engine not
reaching its full engine temperature.
In this situation, carry out the above steps
to prevent engine damage.
OIL CHANGE INDICATOR
RESET (If Equipped)
Resetting the Oil Life Monitoring
System
Only reset the oil life monitoring system
after changing the engine oil and oil filter.
1. Switch the ignition on. Do not start the
engine.
2. Press the accelerator and brake pedals
at the same time.
3. Keep the accelerator and brake pedals
fully pressed.
4. After three seconds, a message
confirming that the reset is in progress
displays.
5. After 25 seconds, a message
confirming that the reset is complete
displays.
6. Release the accelerator and brake
pedals.
7. The message confirming that the reset
is complete no longer displays.
8. Switch the ignition off.
ENGINE COOLANT CHECK
WARNINGS
Never remove the coolant reservoir
cap when the engine is running or
hot.
Do not put coolant in the windshield
washer reservoir. If sprayed on the
windshield, coolant could make it
difficult to see through the windshield.
To reduce the risk of personal injury,
make sure the engine is cool before
unscrewing the coolant pressure
relief cap. The cooling system is under
pressure. Steam and hot liquid can come
out forcefully when you loosen the cap
slightly.
Do not add coolant further than the
MAX mark.
Your vehicle has two separate cooling
systems. One for cooling the engine and a
separate system for cooling the inverter
system controller that is specific to the
hybrid operating system. The two systems
operate similarly, with the inverter system
controller cooling system generally
operating at a lower temperature and
pressure.
When the engine is cold, check the
concentration and level of the coolant at
the intervals listed in the scheduled
maintenance information. See Scheduled
Maintenance (page 415).
216
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
Note: Make sure that the coolant level is
between the MIN and the MAX marks on
the coolant reservoir.
Note: Coolant expands when it is hot. The
level may extend beyond the MAX mark.
Maintain coolant concentration within
48% to 50%, which equates to a freeze
point between -30°F (-34°C) and -34°F
(-37°C). Coolant concentration should be
checked using a refractometer. We do not
recommend the use of hydrometers or
coolant test strips for measuring coolant
concentration.
Adding Coolant
WARNINGS
Do not add engine coolant when the
engine is hot. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal
injury.
Never remove the coolant reservoir
cap when the engine is running or
hot.
Note: Automotive fluids are not
interchangeable. Do not use coolant or
windshield washer fluid outside of its
specified function and vehicle location.
Note: Do not use stop leak pellets, cooling
system sealants, or non-specified additives
as they can cause damage to the engine
cooling or heating systems. Resulting
component damage may not be covered by
the vehicle Warranty.
It is very important to use prediluted
coolant approved to the correct
specification in order to avoid plugging the
small passageways in the engine cooling
system. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 274). Do not mix
different colors or types of coolant in your
vehicle. Mixing of engine coolants or using
an incorrect coolant may harm the engine
or cooling system components and may
not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.
Note: If prediluted coolant is not available,
use the approved concentrated coolant
diluting it to 50/50 with distilled water. See
Capacities and Specifications (page 270).
Using water that has not been deionized
may contribute to deposit formation,
corrosion and plugging of the small cooling
system passageways.
Note: Coolants marketed for all makes and
models may not be approved to Ford
specifications and may cause damage to
the cooling system. Resulting component
damage may not be covered by the vehicle
Warranty.
If the coolant level is at or below the
minimum mark, add prediluted coolant
immediately.
To top up the coolant level do the
following:
1. Unscrew the cap slowly. Any pressure
escapes as you unscrew the cap.
2. Add prediluted coolant approved to
the correct specification. See
Capacities and Specifications (page
270).
3. Add enough prediluted coolant to
reach the correct level.
4. Replace the coolant reservoir cap, turn
it clockwise until you feel a strong
resistance.
217
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
5. Check the coolant level in the coolant
reservoir the next few times you drive
your vehicle. If necessary, add enough
prediluted engine coolant to bring the
coolant level to the correct level.
If you have to add more than 1.1 qt (1 L) of
engine coolant per month, have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Operating an engine with a low level of
coolant can result in engine overheating
and possible engine damage.
Note: During normal vehicle operation, the
coolant may change color from orange to
pink or light red. As long as the coolant is
clear and uncontaminated, this color change
does not indicate the coolant has degraded
nor does it require the coolant to be drained,
the system to be flushed, or the coolant to
be replaced.
In case of emergency, you can add a large
amount of water without engine coolant
in order to reach a vehicle service location.
In this instance, qualified personnel:
1. Must drain the cooling system.
2. Chemically clean the cooling system.
3. Refill with prediluted coolant as soon
as possible.
Water alone, without coolant, can cause
engine damage from corrosion,
overheating or freezing.
Do not use the following as a coolant
substitute:
• Alcohol.
• Methanol.
• Brine.
• Any coolant mixed with alcohol or
methanol antifreeze.
Alcohol and other liquids can cause engine
damage from overheating or freezing.
Do not add extra inhibitors or additives to
the coolant. These can be harmful and
compromise the corrosion protection of
the coolant.
Recycled Coolant
We do not recommend the use of recycled
coolant as an approved recycling process
is not yet available.
Dispose of used engine coolant in an
appropriate manner. Follow your
community's regulations and standards
for recycling and disposing of automotive
fluids.
Severe Climates
If you drive in extremely cold climates:
• It may be necessary to increase the
coolant concentration above 50%.
• A coolant concentration of 60%
provides improved freeze point
protection. Coolant concentrations
above 60% decrease the overheat
protection characteristics of the
coolant and may cause engine
damage.
If you drive in extremely hot climates:
• You can decrease the coolant
concentration to 40%.
• Coolant concentrations below 40%
decrease the freeze and corrosion
protection characteristics of the
coolant and may cause engine
damage.
Vehicles driven year-round in non-extreme
climates should use prediluted coolant for
optimum cooling system and engine
protection.
218
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
Coolant Change
At specific mileage intervals, as listed in
the scheduled maintenance information,
the coolant should be changed. Add
prediluted coolant approved to the correct
specification. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 270).
Fail-Safe Cooling
Fail-safe cooling allows you to temporarily
drive your vehicle before any incremental
component damage occurs. The fail-safe
distance depends on ambient
temperature, vehicle load and terrain.
How Fail-Safe Cooling Works
If the engine begins to overheat, the
coolant temperature gauge moves toward
the red zone:
A warning lamp illuminates and
a message may appear in the
information display.
If the engine reaches a preset
over-temperature condition, the engine
automatically switches to alternating
cylinder operation. Each disabled cylinder
acts as an air pump and cools the engine.
When this occurs, your vehicle still
operates, however:
• Engine power is limited.
• The air conditioning system turns off.
Continued operation increases the engine
temperature, causing the engine to
completely shut down. Your steering and
braking effort increases in this situation.
When the engine temperature cools, you
can re-start the engine. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible to minimize
engine damage.
When Fail-Safe Mode Is Activated
WARNINGS
Fail-safe mode is for use during
emergencies only. Operate your
vehicle in fail-safe mode only as long
as necessary to bring your vehicle to rest
in a safe location and seek immediate
repairs. When in fail-safe mode, your
vehicle will have limited power, will not be
able to maintain high-speed operation, and
may completely shut down without
warning, potentially losing engine power,
power steering assist, and power brake
assist, which may increase the possibility
of a crash resulting in serious injury.
Never remove the coolant reservoir
cap when the engine is running or
hot.
Your vehicle has limited engine power
when in the fail-safe mode, drive your
vehicle with caution. Your vehicle does not
maintain high-speed operation and the
engine may operate poorly.
Remember that the engine is capable of
automatically shutting down to prevent
engine damage. In this situation:
1. Pull off the road as soon as safely
possible and switch the engine off.
2. If you are a member of a roadside
assistance program, we recommend
that you contact your roadside
assistance service provider.
3. If this is not possible, wait a short
period for the engine to cool.
4. Check the coolant level. If the coolant
level is at or below the minimum mark,
add prediluted coolant immediately.
5. When the engine temperature cools,
you can re-start the engine. Have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible to
minimize engine damage.
219
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
Note: Driving your vehicle without repair
increases the chance of engine damage.
Engine Coolant Temperature
Management (If Equipped)
WARNING
To reduce the risk of crash and injury,
be prepared that the vehicle speed
may reduce and the vehicle may not
be able to accelerate with full power until
the coolant temperature reduces.
If you tow a trailer with your vehicle, the
engine may temporarily reach a higher
temperature during severe operating
conditions, for example ascending a long
or steep grade in high ambient
temperatures.
At this time, you may notice the coolant
temperature gauge moves toward the red
zone and a message may appear in the
information display.
You may notice a reduction in vehicle
speed caused by reduced engine power in
order to manage the engine coolant
temperature. Your vehicle may enter this
mode if certain high-temperature and
high-load conditions take place. The
amount of speed reduction depends on
vehicle loading, grade and ambient
temperature. If this occurs, there is no need
to pull off the road. You can continue to
drive your vehicle.
The air conditioning may automatically
turn on and off during severe operating
conditions to protect the engine from
overheating. When the coolant
temperature decreases to the normal
operating temperature, the air conditioning
turns on.
If the coolant temperature gauge moves
fully into the red zone, or if the coolant
temperature warning or service engine
soon messages appear in your information
display, do the following:
1. Pull off the road as soon as safely
possible and shift the transmission into
park (P).
2. Leave the engine running until the
coolant temperature gauge needle
returns to the normal position. If the
temperature does not drop after
several minutes, follow the remaining
steps.
3. Switch the engine off and wait for it to
cool. Check the coolant level.
4. If the coolant level is at or below the
minimum mark, add prediluted coolant
immediately.
5. If the coolant level is normal, restart
the engine and continue.
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
FLUID CHECK
If required, have an authorized dealer check
and change the transmission fluid at the
correct service interval. See Scheduled
Maintenance (page 415).
The automatic transmission does not have
a transmission fluid dipstick. Your
transmission does not consume fluid.
An authorized dealer should check the
fluid:
• If the transmission is not working
properly.
• If you notice signs of fluid leakage.
Do not use supplemental transmission
fluid additives, treatments or cleaning
agents. The use of these materials may
affect transmission operation and result
in damage to internal transmission
components.
220
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
BRAKE FLUID CHECK
WARNINGS
Do not use any fluid other than the
recommended brake fluid as this will
reduce brake efficiency. Use of
incorrect fluid could result in the loss of
vehicle control, serious personal injury or
death.
Only use brake fluid from a sealed
container. Contamination with dirt,
water, petroleum products or other
materials may result in brake system
damage or failure. Failure to adhere to this
warning could result in the loss of vehicle
control, serious personal injury or death.
Do not allow the fluid to touch your
skin or eyes. If this happens, rinse the
affected areas immediately with
plenty of water and contact your physician.
A fluid level between the MAX and
MIN lines is within the normal
operating range and there is no need
to add fluid. A fluid level not in the normal
operating range could compromise the
performance of the system. Have your
vehicle checked immediately.
To avoid fluid contamination, the reservoir
cap must remain in place and fully tight,
unless you are adding fluid.
Only use fluid that meets Ford
specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 270).
POWER STEERING FLUID
CHECK
Your vehicle is equipped with an electric
power steering (EPS) system. There is no
fluid reservoir to check or fill.
WASHER FLUID CHECK
WARNING
If you operate your vehicle in
temperatures below 41.0°F (5°C),
use washer fluid with antifreeze
protection. Failure to use washer fluid with
antifreeze protection in cold weather could
result in impaired windshield vision and
increase the risk of injury or accident.
Note: The front and rear washer systems
are supplied from the same reservoir.
Add fluid to fill the reservoir if the level is
low. Only use a washer fluid that meets
Ford specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 270).
State or local regulations on volatile
organic compounds may restrict the use
of methanol, a common windshield washer
antifreeze additive. Washer fluids
containing non-methanol antifreeze
agents should be used only if they provide
cold weather protection without damaging
the vehicle’s paint finish, wiper blades or
washer system.
FUEL FILTER
Your vehicle is equipped with a lifetime
fuel filter that is integrated with the fuel
tank. Regular maintenance or replacement
is not needed.
221
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
CHANGING THE 12V BATTERY
WARNINGS
Batteries normally produce explosive
gases which can cause personal
injury. Therefore, do not allow
flames, sparks or lighted substances to
come near the battery. When working near
the battery, always shield your face and
protect your eyes. Always provide correct
ventilation.
When lifting a plastic-cased battery,
excessive pressure on the end walls
could cause acid to flow through the
vent caps, resulting in personal injury and
damage to the vehicle or battery. Lift the
battery with a battery carrier or with your
hands on opposite corners.
Keep batteries out of reach of
children. Batteries contain sulfuric
acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or
clothing. Shield your eyes when working
near the battery to protect against possible
splashing of acid solution. In case of acid
contact with skin or eyes, flush
immediately with water for a minimum of
15 minutes and get prompt medical
attention. If acid is swallowed, call a
physician immediately.
Battery posts, terminals and related
accessories contain lead and lead
compounds. Wash hands after
handling.
Your vehicle has a Motorcraft®
maintenance-free battery which normally
does not require additional water during
its life of service.
Note: If your vehicle's battery has a cover
or shield, make sure it is reinstalled after the
battery has been cleaned or replaced.
Note: See an authorized dealer for low
voltage battery access, testing, or
replacement.
When a low voltage battery replacement
is necessary, see an authorized dealer to
replace the low voltage battery with a Ford
recommended replacement low voltage
battery that matches the electrical
requirements of the vehicle.
To ensure proper operation of the battery
management system (BMS), do not allow
a technician to connect any electrical
device ground connection directly to the
low voltage battery negative post. A
connection at the low voltage battery
negative post can cause inaccurate
measurements of the battery condition
and potential incorrect system operation.
Note: If a person adds electrical or
electronic accessories or components to the
vehicle, the accessories or components may
adversely affect the low voltage battery
performance and durability and may also
affect the performance of other electrical
systems in the vehicle.
For longer, trouble-free operation, keep the
top of the battery clean and dry. Also,
make certain the battery cables are always
tightly fastened to the battery terminals.
If you see any corrosion on the battery or
terminals, remove the cables from the
terminals and clean with a wire brush. You
can neutralize the acid with a solution of
baking soda and water.
When a battery replacement is required,
the battery should only be replaced with
a Ford recommended replacement battery
that matches the electrical requirements
of the vehicle.
Because your vehicle’s engine is
electronically-controlled by a computer,
some engine control settings are
maintained by power from the low voltage
battery. Some engine computer settings,
like the idle trim and fuel trim strategy,
optimize the driveability and performance
of the engine. Some other computer
settings, like the clock and radio station
222
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
presets, are also maintained in memory by
power from the low voltage battery. When
a technician disconnects and connects the
low voltage battery, these settings are
erased. Complete the following procedure
in order to restore the settings:
1. With the vehicle at a complete stop,
set the parking brake.
2. Shift into park (P).
3. Switch off all accessories.
4. Fully press the brake pedal and start
the vehicle.
5. Run the engine until it reaches normal
operating temperature. While the
engine is warming up, complete the
following: Reset the clock. See Audio
System (page 277). Reset the power
windows bounce-back feature. See
Windows and Mirrors (page 79).
Reset the radio station presets. See
Audio System (page 277).
6. Allow the engine to idle for at least one
minute. If the engine turns off, press
the accelerator pedal to start the
engine.
7. While the engine is running, press the
brake pedal and shift into neutral (N).
8. Allow the engine to run for at least one
minute by pressing on the accelerator
pedal.
9. Drive the vehicle at least 12 mi (20 km)
to completely relearn the idle and fuel
trim strategy.
Note: If you do not allow the engine to
relearn the idle and fuel trim strategy, the
idle quality of your vehicle may be adversely
affected until the engine computer
eventually relearns the idle trim and fuel
trim strategy.
Make sure that you dispose of old batteries
in an environmentally friendly way. Seek
advice from your local authority about
recycling old batteries.
CHECKING THE WIPER
BLADES
Run the tip of your fingers over the edge of
the blade to check for roughness.
Clean the wiper blades with washer fluid
or water applied with a soft sponge or
cloth.
CHANGING THE WIPER
BLADES
Replace the wiper blades at least annually
for optimum performance.
You can improve poor wiper quality by
cleaning the wiper blades and the
windshield.
Note: The windshield wiper blades are
different in length. If you install wiper
blades of the wrong length, the wiper blades
can clash damaging the wiper system.
Service Position
Set the windshield wipers in the service
position to change the wiper blades.
Note: You can use the service position to
provide easier access to the wiper blades
for freeing them from snow and ice.
Note: Make sure the windshield is free from
snow and ice before you switch the ignition
on.
1. Switch the ignition on.
2. Switch the ignition off.
223
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
3. Press and hold the wiper lever in
position A within three seconds.
4. Release the wiper lever when the
windshield wipers reach the service
position.
Note: The wipers remain in the service
position when you switch the ignition on.
Press and release the wiper lever to return
them to the park position.
Changing the Windshield Wiper
Blades
Note: Do not hold the wiper blade when
lifting the wiper arm.
Note: Make sure that the wiper arm does
not spring back against the glass when the
wiper blade is not attached.
Note: Make sure the windshield is clean
before using new wiper blades.
1. Lift the wiper arm and then press the
wiper blade locking buttons together.
2. Slightly rotate the wiper blade.
3. Remove the wiper blade.
4. Install in the reverse order.
Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks
into place.
Changing the Rear Window Wiper
Blade
Note: Do not hold the wiper blade when
lifting the wiper arm.
Note: Make sure that the wiper arm does
not spring back against the glass when the
wiper blade is not attached.
1. Lift the wiper arm.
224
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
2. Slightly rotate the wiper blade.
3. Disengage the wiper blade from the
wiper arm.
4. Remove the wiper blade.
5. Install in the reverse order.
Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks
into place.
ADJUSTING THE HEADLAMPS
Vertical Aim Adjustment
The headlamps on your vehicle are
properly aimed at the assembly plant. If
your vehicle has been in an accident, the
alignment of your headlamps should be
checked by your authorized dealer.
8 feet (2.4 meters)A
Center height of lamp to groundB
25 feet (7.6 meters)C
Horizontal reference lineD
1. Park the vehicle directly in front of a
wall or screen on a level surface,
approximately 25 feet (7.6 meters)
away.
Note: To see a clearer light pattern for
adjusting, you may want to block the light
from one headlamp while adjusting the
other.
2. Measure the height of the headlamp
bulb center from the ground and mark
an 8 foot (2.4 meter) horizontal
reference line on the vertical wall or
screen at this height.
3. Turn on the low beam headlamps to
illuminate the wall or screen and open
the hood.
225
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
4. On the wall or screen you will observe
a flat zone of high intensity light
located at the top of the right hand
portion of the beam pattern. If the top
edge of the high intensity light zone is
not at the horizontal reference line, the
headlamp will need to be adjusted.
5. Locate the vertical adjuster on each
headlamp. Using a Phillips #2
screwdriver, turn the adjuster either
clockwise or counterclockwise in order
to aim the headlamp. The horizontal
edge of the brighter light should touch
the horizontal reference line.
6. Close the hood and turn off the lamps.
Horizontal Aim Adjustment
Horizontal aim is not required for this
vehicle and is non-adjustable.
REMOVING A HEADLAMP
1. Switch all of the lamps and the ignition
off.
2. Remove the screws that secure the
lamp assembly.
3. Pull the headlamp toward the front of
your vehicle to disengage it from its
locating points and then lift the
headlamp up.
4. Disconnect the electrical connector.
CHANGING A BULB
Replacing Headlamp Bulbs
WARNING
Handle a halogen headlamp bulb
carefully and keep out of children’s
reach. Grasp the bulb by only its
plastic base and do not touch the glass.
The oil from your hand could cause the
bulb to break the next time the headlamps
are operated.
Note: If the bulb is accidentally touched, it
should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol
before being used.
226
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
Locating the headlamp bulbs:
Direction indicator lamp.A
Low beam headlamp.B
High beam headlamp.C
Replacing the High Beam Headlamp
Bulb:
1. Remove the headlamp assembly.
2. Remove service cap.
3. Disconnect the electrical connector.
4. Remove bulb from the headlamp
assembly by turning it
counterclockwise, then pull it straight
out.
Replacing the Low Beam Headlamp
Bulb:
1. Remove the headlamp assembly.
2. Remove service cap.
3. Disconnect the electrical connector.
4. Remove bulb from the headlamp
assembly by turning it
counterclockwise, then pull it straight
out.
Install the new bulbs in reverse order.
Replacing Side Marker Bulbs:
1. Remove the headlamp assembly.
2. Remove service cap.
3. Remove the bulb holder.
4. Remove bulb from the headlamp
assembly.
Install the new bulb in reverse order.
227
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
Replacing Fog, Park and Direction
Indicator Bulbs
Note: You cannot separate the fog lamp
bulb from the bulb holder.
1. Remove the fog lamp cover.
2. Remove the 2 screws.
3. Remove the lamp.
4. Disconnect the electrical connector.
5. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise
and remove it.
6. Install the new bulb in reverse order.
Replacing Tail, Brake and Direction
Indicator Bulbs
228
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
1. Make sure the headlamp control is in
the off position.
2. Open the liftgate.
3. Remove the trim panel cover.
4. Disconnect the electrical connector.
5. Remove the wing nut.
6. Gently pull the lamp assembly away
from the vehicle.
7. Remove the bulb holder.
8. Gently press the bulb into the bulb
holder, then turn the bulb
counterclockwise and remove the bulb.
(A) Taillamp and brake lamp. (B)
Direction indicator lamp.
Install the new bulb in reverse order.
Replacing Reverse Lamp and Tail
Lamp Bulbs
1. Make sure the lighting control is in the
off position.
2. Open the liftgate.
3. Remove the trim panel cover.
4. Remove the wing nut.
5. Gently pull the lamp assembly away
from the vehicle.
229
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
6. Disconnect the electrical connector.
7. Remove the bulb holder.
8. Gently press the bulb into the bulb
holder, turn the bulb counterclockwise,
and remove the bulb. (A) Reverse
lamp. (B) Tail lamp.
9. Install the new bulb in reverse order.
Replacing License Plate Lamp Bulb
1. Carefully release the spring clip.
2. Remove the lamp.
3. Remove the bulb.
Reverse steps to reinstall bulb.
Replacing the Center High
Mounted Brake Lamp Bulbs
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Detach the clips above the inboard side
of the rear window.
3. Insert a suitable tool into the holes.
4. Carefully pull the lamp towards the
front of the vehicle in order to release
the spring clips.
230
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
5. Gently pull the lamp assembly away
from the vehicle.
6. Remove the bulb holder.
7. Remove the bulb.
BULB SPECIFICATION CHART
Replacement bulbs are specified in the
chart below. Headlamp bulbs must be
marked with an authorized “D.O.T.” for
North America to ensure lamp
performance, light brightness and pattern
and safe visibility. The correct bulbs will
not damage the lamp assembly or void the
lamp assembly warranty and will provide
quality bulb burn time.
Trade numberFunction
9005LLHeadlamps high beam (Halogen)
H11LLHeadlamp low beam (Halogen)
168Sidemarker - front
194Park lamp - front
W21WTurn lamp - front
H10 (9145)Fog lamps
3157KTail/brake lamp
T20Turn lamp - rear
921Backup lamp
W5WLicense plate lamp
W5W* High-mount brake lamp
LED* Interior lamps
* To replace these lamps - see your authorized dealer.
To replace all instrument panel lights - see your authorized dealer
231
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
CHANGING THE ENGINE AIR
FILTER
WARNING
To reduce the risk of vehicle damage
and personal burn injuries, do not
start your engine with the air cleaner
removed and do not remove it while the
engine is running.
Change the air filter element at the correct
interval.
Note: When changing the air filter element,
use only the air filter element listed. See
Capacities and Specifications (page 270).
Note: Failure to use the correct air filter
element may result in severe engine
damage. Resulting component damage
may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.
Note: Failure to re-install the air cleaner
assembly properly by fully seating on the
mounting studs in five places and securing
with the two bolts may result in air cleaner
assembly dislodgement from engine and
damage to the air cleaner assembly and
other engine components. Therefore we
recommend that the air filter be serviced at
a Ford dealer.
Air Cleaner Assembly Components
232
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
Air cleaner assembly.A
Air cleaner cover.B
Air cleaner outlet tube.C
Positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) tube.D
Air cleaner intake tube.E
Removing the Engine Air Filter
Element
1. Loosen the hose clamps for air cleaner
outlet tube (C). Disconnect the tube
from the air cleaner assembly (A).
2. Release the tabs and disconnect the
PCV tube (D) from the air cleaner
outlet tube (C) and remove the tube.
3. Disconnect the air cleaner intake tube
(E) from the air cleaner assembly (A).
4. Remove the bolts from each side of the
air cleaner assembly (A) as shown with
arrows.
5. Lift the air cleaner assembly (A) from
the mounting studs, then rotate and
pull it toward the front of the vehicle.
6. Remove the 5 bolts from the air cleaner
cover (B).
7. Remove the air cleaner cover (B) from
the air cleaner assembly (A).
233
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
Installing the Engine Air Filter
Element
Note: Clean the inside of the air cleaner
assembly before installing a new air filter
element.
1. Install the new air filter element into
the engine air cleaner assembly.
2. Install the air cleaner cover (B) and
tighten the 5 bolts.
3. Position the air cleaner assembly (A)
onto the engine and make sure the
assembly is aligned with the studs.
4. Install and tighten the bolts to each
side of the air cleaner assembly (A) as
shown with arrows.
5. Attach the air cleaner intake tube (E)
to the air cleaner assembly (A).
6. Connect the PCV tube (D) to the air
cleaner outlet tube (C).
7. Connect the air cleaner intake tube (E)
to the air cleaner assembly (A).
234
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
GENERAL INFORMATION
Your dealer has many quality products
available to clean your vehicle and protect
its finishes.
CLEANING PRODUCTS
Materials
For best results, use the following products
or products of equivalent quality:
SpecificationName
Motorcraft® Bug and Tar Remover ZC-42 (U.S. & Canada)
ESR-M5B194-BMotorcraft® Custom Bright Metal Cleaner ZC-15 (U.S. & Canada)
ESR-M14P4-AMotorcraft® Detail Wash ZC-3-A (U.S. & Canada)
ESR-M14P3-AMotorcraft® Engine Shampoo and Degreaser ZC-20 (U.S.)
Motorcraft® Engine Shampoo CXC-66-A (Canada)
WSS-M99P43-BMotorcraft® Leather and Vinyl Cleaner ZC-56 (U.S. & Canada)
Motorcraft® Multi-Purpose Cleaner CXC-101 (Canada)
WSS-M14P19-AMotorcraft® Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with Bitterant
ZC-32-B2 (U.S.)
WSS-M14P19-AMotorcraft® Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid CXC-37-
A/B/D/F (Canada)
Motorcraft® Professional Strength Carpet & Upholstery Cleaner
ZC-54 (U.S. & Canada)
ESR-M14P5-AMotorcraft® Premium Glass Cleaner CXC-100 (Canada)
Motorcraft® Spot and Stain Remover ZC-14 (U.S.)
ESR-M14P5-AMotorcraft® Ultra-Clear Spray Glass Cleaner ZC-23 (U.S.)
Motorcraft® Wheel and Tire Cleaner ZC-37-A (U.S. & Canada)
CLEANING THE EXTERIOR
Note: If you use a car wash with a waxing
cycle, make sure that you remove the wax
from the windshield and the wiper blades.
Note: Prior to using a car wash facility
check the suitability of it for your vehicle.
Note: Some car washes use water at high
pressure. Due to this, water droplets may
enter inside your vehicle and could also
damage certain parts of your vehicle.
Note: Remove the aerial before using an
automatic car wash.
Note: Switch the heater blower off to
prevent contamination of the fresh air filter.
235
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Vehicle Care
We recommend that you wash your vehicle
with a sponge and lukewarm water
containing a car shampoo.
Cleaning the Headlamps
Note: Do not scrape the headlamp lenses
or use abrasives, alcoholic solvents or
chemical solvents to clean them.
Note: Do not wipe the headlamps when
they are dry.
Cleaning the Rear Window
Note: Do not scrape the inside of the rear
window or use abrasives or chemical
solvents to clean it.
Use a clean, lint free cloth or a damp
chamois leather to clean the inside of the
rear window.
Cleaning the Chrome Trim
Note: Do not use abrasives or chemical
solvents. Use soapy water.
Note: Do not apply cleaning product to hot
surfaces and do not leave cleaning product
on chrome surfaces for a period of time
exceeding that which is recommended.
Note: Industrial-strength (heavy-duty)
cleaners, or cleaning chemicals, may cause
damage over a period of time.
Cleaning Stripes or Graphics (If
Equipped)
Hand washing your vehicle is preferred
however, pressure washing may be used
under the following conditions:
• Do not use water pressure higher than
2,000 psi (14,000 kPa).
• Do not use water hotter than 179°F
(82°C).
• Use a spray with a 40° wide spray
angle pattern.
• Keep the nozzle at a 12 in (305 mm)
distance and 90° angle to your
vehicle's surface.
Note: Holding the pressure washer nozzle
at an angle to the vehicle's surface may
damage graphics and cause the edges to
peel away from the vehicle's surface.
Body Paintwork Preservation
We recommend that you wax the
paintwork once or twice a year.
Note: Do not polish your vehicle in strong
sunshine.
Note: Do not allow polish to touch plastic
surfaces. It could be difficult to remove.
Note: Do not apply polish to the windshield
or rear window. This could cause the wipers
to become noisy and they may not clear the
window properly.
WAXING
Regular waxing is necessary to protect your
car's paint from the elements. We
recommend that you wash and wax the
painted surface once or twice a year.
When washing and waxing, park your
vehicle in a shaded area out of direct
sunlight. Always wash your vehicle before
applying wax.
• Use a quality wax that does not contain
abrasives.
• Follow the manufacturer’ s instructions
to apply and remove the wax.
• Apply a small amount of wax in a
back-and-forth motion, not in circles.
236
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Vehicle Care
• Do not allow wax to come in contact
with any non-body (low-gloss black)
colored trim. The wax will discolor or
stain the parts over time.
• Roof racks.
• Bumpers.
• Grained door handles.
• Side moldings.
• Mirror housings.
• Windshield cowl area.
• Do not apply wax to glass areas.
• After waxing, your car's paint should
feel smooth, and be free of streaks and
smudges.
CLEANING THE ENGINE
Engines are more efficient when they are
clean because grease and dirt buildup keep
the engine warmer than normal.
When washing:
• Take care when using a power washer
to clean the engine. The high-pressure
fluid could penetrate the sealed parts
and cause damage.
• Do not spray a hot engine with cold
water to avoid cracking the engine
block or other engine components.
• Spray Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and
Degreaser on all parts that require
cleaning and pressure rinse clean. In
Canada, use Motorcraft Engine
Shampoo.
• Never wash or rinse the engine while it
is hot or running; water in the running
engine may cause internal damage.
• Never wash or rinse any ignition coil,
spark plug wire or spark plug well, or
the area in and around these locations.
• Cover the battery, power distribution
box, and air filter assembly to prevent
water damage when cleaning the
engine.
CLEANING THE WINDOWS AND
WIPER BLADES
Car wash chemicals and environmental
fallout can result in windshield and wiper
blade contamination. Dirty windshield and
wipers will result in poor windshield wiper
operation. Keep the windshield and wiper
blades clean to maintain windshield wiper
performance.
To clean the windshield and wiper blades:
• Clean the windshield with a
non-abrasive glass cleaner. When
cleaning the interior of the windshield,
avoid getting any glass cleaner on the
instrument panel or door panels. Wipe
any glass cleaner off these surfaces
immediately.
• For windshields contaminated with
tree sap, chemicals, wax or bugs, clean
the entire windshield using steel wool
(no greater than 0000 grade) in a
circular motion and rinse with water.
• Clean the wiper blades with isopropyl
rubbing alcohol or windshield washer
concentrate.
Note: Do not use razor blades or other
sharp objects to clean or remove decals
from the inside of the heated rear window.
The vehicle warranty does not cover
damage caused to the heated rear window
grid lines.
237
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Vehicle Care
CLEANING THE INTERIOR
Note: Do not allow air fresheners and hand
sanitizers to spill on interior surfaces. If a
spill occurs, wipe off immediately. Damage
may not be covered by your warranty.
Note: Do not use household cleaning
products or glass cleaners, which can stain
and discolor the fabric and affect the flame
retardant abilities of the seat materials.
Note: We recommend distilled water when
cleaning.
Fabric, Carpets, Cloth Seats,
Headliners and Floor Mats
Note: Avoid soaking any surface. Do not
use excessive amounts of water to clean
the vehicle interior.
Note: To avoid spots or discoloration, clean
the entire surface.
To clean:
• Remove dust and loose dirt with a
vacuum cleaner or brush.
• Wipe the surface with a soft, damp
cloth and a mild soap and water
solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft
cloth.
• If a ring forms on the fabric after spot
cleaning, clean the entire area
immediately, but do not soak or the
ring will set.
Seatbelts
WARNINGS
Do not use cleaning solvents, bleach
or dye on the vehicle's seatbelts, as
these actions may weaken the belt
webbing.
WARNINGS
On vehicles equipped with
seat-mounted airbags, do not use
chemical solvents or strong
detergents. Such products could
contaminate the side airbag system and
affect performance of the side airbag in a
crash.
Note: Do not use abrasives, or chemical
solvents to clean them.
Note: Do not allow moisture to penetrate
the seatbelt retractor mechanism.
Cleaning may safely be carried out using
mild soap and water. Let them dry
naturally, away from artificial heat.
Leather Interior (If Equipped)
Follow the same procedure as cleaning
leather seats for cleaning leather
instrument panels and leather interior trim
surfaces.
Suede Micro Fiber Fabric (If Equipped)
Note: Do not steam clean.
Note: To avoid spots or discoloration, clean
the entire surface.
Do not use the following products:
• Leather care products.
• Household cleaners.
• Alcoholic solutions.
• Spot removers.
• Shoe polish.
238
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Vehicle Care
To clean:
• Remove dust and loose dirt with a
vacuum cleaner.
• Wipe the surface with a soft, damp
cloth and a mild soap and water
solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft
cloth.
• If a ring forms on the fabric after spot
cleaning, clean the entire area
immediately, but do not soak or the
ring will set.
Instrument Cluster Screens, LCD
Screens and Radio Screens
Note: Do not use abrasives, alcoholic
solvents or chemical solvents to clean the
instrument cluster screens, LCD screens or
radio screens. These cleaning products can
damage the screens.
Clean the instrument panel and cluster
lens with a clean, damp and soft cloth,
then use a clean, dry and soft cloth to dry
these areas.
Do not spray any liquid directly onto the
screens.
Do not use a microfiber cloth to clean the
bezel around the display screens as it could
damage the surface.
Rear Windows
Note: Do not use any abrasive materials to
clean the interior of the rear windows.
Note: Do not install stickers or labels to the
interior of the rear windows.
Storage Compartments, Cup
Holders and Ashtrays
To clean:
• Take out any removable inserts.
• Wipe the surface with a soft, damp
cloth and a mild soap and water
solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft
cloth.
CLEANING THE INSTRUMENT
PANEL AND INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER LENS
WARNING
Do not use chemical solvents or
strong detergents when cleaning the
steering wheel or instrument panel
to avoid contamination of the airbag
system.
Note: Follow the same procedure as
cleaning leather seats for cleaning leather
instrument panels and leather interior trim
surfaces. See Cleaning Leather Seats
(page 240).
Clean the instrument panel and cluster
lens with a clean, damp and soft cloth,
then use a clean, dry and soft cloth to dry
these areas.
• Avoid cleaners or polishes that increase
the gloss of the upper portion of the
instrument panel. The dull finish in this
area helps protect you from
undesirable windshield reflection.
• Do not use any household cleaning
products or glass cleaners as these
may damage the finish of the
instrument panel, interior trim and
cluster lens.
• Wash or wipe your hands clean if you
have been in contact with certain
products such as insect repellent and
suntan lotion to avoid possible damage
to the interior painted surfaces.
• Do not allow air fresheners and hand
sanitizers to spill onto interior surfaces.
If a spill occurs, wipe off immediately.
Your warranty may not cover these
damages.
If a staining liquid like coffee or juice has
been spilled on the instrument panel or on
interior trim surfaces:
239
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Vehicle Care
1. Wipe up spilled liquid using a clean,
soft cloth as quickly as possible.
2. Use Motorcraft Premium Leather and
Vinyl Cleaner or a commercially
available leather cleaning product for
automotive interiors. Test any cleaner
or stain remover on an inconspicuous
area.
3. Alternatively, wipe the surface with a
clean, soft cloth and a mild soap and
water solution. Dry the area with a
clean, soft cloth.
4. If necessary, apply more soap and
water solution or cleaning product to
a clean, soft cloth and press it onto the
soiled area. Allow this to set at room
temperature for 30 minutes.
5. Remove the soaked cloth, then with a
clean, damp cloth, use a rubbing
motion for 60 seconds on the soiled
area.
6. Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth.
CLEANING LEATHER SEATS (If
Equipped)
Note: Follow the same procedure as
cleaning leather seats for cleaning leather
instrument panels and leather interior trim
surfaces.
For routine cleaning, wipe the surface with
a soft, damp cloth and a mild soap and
water solution. Dry the area with a clean,
soft cloth.
For cleaning and removing stains such as
dye transfer, use Motorcraft Premium
Leather and Vinyl Cleaner or a
commercially available leather cleaning
product for automotive interiors.
Note: Test any cleaner or stain remover on
an inconspicuous area.
You should:
• Remove dust and loose dirt with a
vacuum cleaner.
• Clean and treat spills and stains as
soon as possible.
Do not use the following products as these
may damage the leather:
• Oil and petroleum or silicone-based
leather conditioners.
• Household cleaners.
• Alcohol solutions.
• Solvents or cleaners intended
specifically for rubber, vinyl and
plastics.
REPAIRING MINOR PAINT
DAMAGE
You should repair paintwork damage
caused by stones from the road or minor
scratches as soon as possible. A choice of
products are available from an authorized
dealer.
Remove particles such as bird droppings,
tree sap, insect deposits, tar spots, road
salt and industrial fallout before repairing
paint chips.
Always read and follow the manufacturer’ s
instructions before using the products.
CLEANING THE WHEELS
Note: Do not apply a cleaning chemical to
warm or hot wheel rims and covers.
Note: Industrial-strength (heavy-duty)
cleaners, or cleaning chemicals, in
combination with brush agitation to remove
brake dust and dirt, could wear away the
clear coat finish over a period of time.
Note: Do not use hydrofluoric acid-based
or high caustic-based wheel cleaners, steel
wool, fuels or strong household detergent.
240
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Vehicle Care
Note: If you intend parking your vehicle for
an extended period after cleaning the
wheels with a wheel cleaner, drive your
vehicle for a few minutes before doing so.
This will reduce the risk of increased
corrosion of the brake discs, brake pads and
linings.
Note: Some automatic car washes may
cause damage to the finish on your wheel
rims and covers.
Alloy wheels and wheel covers are coated
with a clear coat paint finish. To maintain
their condition we recommend that you:
• Clean them weekly with the
recommended wheel and tire cleaner.
• Use a sponge to remove heavy
deposits of dirt and brake dust
accumulation.
• Rinse them thoroughly with a
pressurized stream of water when you
have completed the cleaning process.
We recommend that you use Ford service
wheel cleaner. Make sure that you read
and follow the manufacturer’s instructions.
Using other non-recommended cleaning
products can result in severe and
permanent cosmetic damage.
VEHICLE STORAGE
If you plan on storing your vehicle for 30
days or more, read the following
maintenance recommendations to make
sure your vehicle stays in good operating
condition.
We engineer and test all motor vehicles
and their components for reliable, regular
driving. Under various conditions,
long-term storage may lead to degraded
engine performance or failure unless you
use specific precautions to preserve engine
components.
General
• Store all vehicles in a dry, ventilated
place.
• Protect from sunlight, if possible.
• If vehicles are stored outside, they
require regular maintenance to protect
against rust and damage.
Body
• Wash your vehicle thoroughly to
remove dirt, grease, oil, tar or mud from
exterior surfaces, rear-wheel housing
and the underside of front fenders.
• Periodically wash your vehicle if it is
stored in exposed locations.
• Touch-up exposed or primed metal to
prevent rust.
• Cover chrome and stainless steel parts
with a thick coat of auto wax to prevent
discoloration. Re-wax as necessary
when you wash your vehicle.
• Lubricate all hood, door and luggage
compartment hinges and latches with
a light grade oil.
• Cover interior trim to prevent fading.
• Keep all rubber parts free from oil and
solvents.
Engine
• Change the engine oil and filter prior to
storage because used engine oil
contains contaminates which may
cause engine damage.
• Start the engine every 15 days for a
minimum of 15 minutes. Run at fast idle
with the climate controls set to defrost
until the engine reaches normal
operating temperature.
241
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Vehicle Care
• With your foot on the brake, shift
through all the gears while the engine
is running.
• We recommend that you change the
engine oil before you use your vehicle
again.
Fuel system
• Fill the fuel tank with high-quality fuel
until the first automatic shutoff of the
fuel pump nozzle.
Cooling system
• Protect against freezing temperatures.
• When removing your vehicle from
storage, check coolant fluid level.
Confirm that there are no cooling
system leaks and that fluid is at the
recommended level.
Battery
• Check and recharge as necessary. Keep
connections clean.
• If storing your vehicle for more than 30
days without recharging the battery,
we recommend that you disconnect
the battery cables to maintain battery
charge for quick starting.
Note: It is necessary to reset memory
features if battery cables are disconnected.
Brakes
• Make sure the brakes and parking brake
release fully.
Tires
• Maintain recommended air pressure.
Miscellaneous
• Make sure all linkages, cables, levers
and pins under your vehicle are covered
with grease to prevent rust.
• Move vehicles at least 25 ft (7.5 m)
every 15 days to lubricate working parts
and prevent corrosion.
Removing Vehicle From Storage
When your vehicle is ready to come out of
storage, do the following:
• Wash your vehicle to remove any dirt
or grease film build-up on window
surfaces.
• Check windshield wipers for any
deterioration.
• Check under the hood for any foreign
material that may have collected
during storage such as mice or squirrel
nests.
• Check the exhaust for any foreign
material that may have collected
during storage.
• Check tire pressures and set tire
inflation per the Tire Label.
• Check brake pedal operation. Drive
your vehicle 15 ft (4.5 m) back and
forth to remove rust build-up.
• Check fluid levels (including coolant,
oil and gas) to make sure there are no
leaks, and fluids are at recommended
levels.
• If you remove the battery, clean the
battery cable ends and check for
damage.
Contact an authorized dealer if you have
any concerns or issues.
242
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Vehicle Care
BODY STYLING KITS
The distance between the underside of
your vehicle and the ground is less than
that of other models. Drive with extreme
care to avoid damage to your vehicle.
243
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Vehicle Care
TIRE SEALANT AND INFLATOR
KIT
Note: The temporary mobility kit contains
enough sealant compound in the canister
for one tire repair only. See an authorized
Ford dealer for replacement sealant
canisters.
The kit is located under the front-row
passenger seat. Loosen the Velcro strap
to access the kit.
The kit consists of an air compressor to
reinflate the tire and a canister of sealing
compound that will effectively seal most
punctures caused by nails or similar
objects. This kit provides a temporary tire
repair, allowing you to drive your vehicle
up to 120 mi (200 km) at a maximum
speed of 50 mph (80 km/h) to reach a tire
service location.
Air compressor (inside).A
Selector switch.B
On and off button.C
Air pressure gauge.D
Sealant bottle and canister.E
Dual purpose hose: air and
repair.
F
Tire valve connector.G
Accessory power plug.H
Casing and housing.I
Bike/raft/sports ball adapters.J
244
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
General Information
WARNING
Failure to follow these guidelines
could result in an increased risk of
loss of vehicle control, injury or death.
Note: Make sure you regularly check the
expiry date on the sealant bottle.
Note: Do not use the kit if you have severely
damaged a tire. Only seal punctures located
within the tire tread with the kit.
Do not attempt to repair punctures larger
than ¼ inch (6 millimeters) or damage to
the tire's sidewall. The tire may not
completely seal.
Loss of air pressure may adversely affect
tire performance. For this reason:
Note: Do not drive the vehicle above
50 mph (80 km/h).
Note: Do not drive further than 120 mi
(200 km). Drive only to the closest
authorized Ford dealer or tire repair shop to
have your tire inspected.
• Drive carefully and avoid abrupt
steering maneuvers.
• Periodically monitor tire inflation
pressure in the affected tire; if the tire
is losing pressure, have the vehicle
towed.
• Read the information in the Tips for
Use of the Kit section to make sure safe
operation of the kit and your vehicle.
Tips for Use of the Kit
To ensure safe operation of the kit:
• Read all instructions and cautions fully.
• Before operating the kit, make sure
your vehicle is safely off the road and
away from moving traffic. Switch on
the hazard lights.
• Always set the parking brake to make
sure the vehicle does not move
unexpectedly.
• Do not remove any foreign objects,
such as nails or screws, from the tire.
• When using the kit, leave the engine
running (only if the vehicle is outdoors
or in a well-ventilated area) so the
compressor does not drain the
vehicle's battery.
• Do not allow the compressor to
operate continuously for more than 15
minutes. This will help prevent the
compressor from overheating.
• Never leave the kit unattended during
operation.
• Sealant compound contains latex.
Those with latex sensitivities should
use appropriate precautions to avoid
an allergic reaction.
• Keep the kit away from children.
• Only use the kit when the ambient
temperature is between -22°F (-30°C)
and 158°F (70°C).
• Only use the sealing compound before
the use-by date. The use-by date is on
a label on the sealant canister, which
you can see through the rectangular
viewing window on the bottom of the
compressor. Check the use-by date
regularly and replace the canister after
four years of non-use.
• Do not store the kit unsecured inside
the passenger compartment of the
vehicle as it may cause injury during a
sudden stop or crash. Always store the
kit in its original location.
• After sealant use, an authorized Ford
dealer must replace the tire pressure
monitoring system sensor and valve
stem on the wheel.
• Operating the kit could cause an
electrical disturbance in radio, CD and
DVD player operation.
245
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
* When inflation only is required
for a tire or other objects, the
selector must be in the Air
position.
What to Do When a Tire Is
Punctured
Repair a tire puncture within the tire's tread
area in two stages with the kit.
• In the first stage, inflate the tire with a
sealing compound and air. After you
inflate the tire, you will need to drive
the vehicle a short distance 4 mi
(6 km) to distribute the sealant in the
tire.
• In the second stage, check the tire
pressure and adjust, if necessary, to the
vehicle's specified tire inflation
pressure.
First Stage: Inflating the Tire with
Sealing Compound and Air
WARNINGS
Do not stand directly over the kit
while inflating the tire. If you notice
any unusual bulges or deformations
in the tire's sidewall during inflation, stop
and call roadside assistance.
If the tire does not inflate to the
recommended tire pressure within
15 minutes, stop and call roadside
assistance.
Do not run the engine when
operating the air compressor unless
the vehicle is outdoors or in a
well-ventilated area.
Preparation: Park the vehicle in a safe, level
and secure area, away from moving traffic.
Switch the hazard lights on. Apply the
parking brake and switch the engine off.
Inspect the flat tire for visible damage.
Sealant compound contains latex. Use
appropriate precautions to avoid any
allergic reactions.
Do not remove any foreign object that has
pierced the tire. If a puncture is located in
the tire sidewall, stop and call roadside
assistance.
1. Remove the valve cap from the tire
valve.
2. Unwrap the dual purpose hose (black
tube) from the back of the compressor
housing.
3. Fasten the hose to the tire valve by
turning the connector clockwise.
Tighten the connection securely.
4. Plug the power cable into the 12-volt
power point in the vehicle.
246
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
5. Remove the warning sticker found near
the air pressure gauge and place it on
the top of the instrument panel or the
center of the dash.
6. Start the vehicle and leave the engine
running so the compressor does not
drain the vehicle’s battery.
7. Turn dial (A) clockwise to the sealant
position. Switch the kit on by pressing
the on/off button (B).
8. Inflate the tire to the pressure listed on
the tire label located on the driver door
or the door jamb area. The initial air
pressure gauge reading may indicate
a value higher than the label pressure
while you pump the sealing compound
into the tire. This is normal and should
be no reason for concern. The pressure
gauge reading will indicate the tire
inflation pressure after about 30
seconds of operation. You should
check the final tire pressure with the
compressor turned OFF in order to get
an accurate pressure reading.
9. When the tire reaches the
recommended tire pressure, switch off
the kit, unplug the power cable, and
disconnect the hose from the tire valve.
Re-install the valve cap on the tire
valve and return the kit to the stowage
area.
10. Immediately and cautiously, drive the
vehicle 4 mi (6 km) to distribute the
sealant evenly inside the tire. Do not
exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
11. After 4 mi (6 km), stop and check the
tire pressure. See Second Stage:
Checking Tire Pressure.
247
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
Note: If you experience any unusual
vibration, ride disturbance or noise while
driving, reduce your speed until you can
safely pull off to the side of the road to call
for roadside assistance.
Note: Do not proceed to the second stage
of this operation.
Second Stage: Checking Tire
Pressure
Note: If you are proceeding from the First
stage: Re–inflating the tire with sealing
compound and air section and have injected
sealant in the tire and the pressure is below
20 psi (1.4 bar), stop and call roadside
assistance. If tire pressure is above 20 psi
(1.4 bar), continue to the next step.
WARNING
The power plug may get hot after use
and should be handled carefully
when unplugging.
Check the air pressure of your tires as
follows:
1. Remove the valve cap from the tire
valve.
2. Firmly screw the air compressor hose
onto the valve stem by turning
clockwise.
3. Push and turn the dial clockwise to the
air position.
4. Use the pressure gauge to check the
inflation pressure of the repaired tire.
5. If required, switch on the compressor
and re-adjust the tire to the
recommended inflation pressure
shown on the tire label located on the
driver's door or door jamb area. You
should check the tire pressure with the
compressor turned OFF in order to get
an accurate pressure reading.
6. Unplug the hoses, re-install the valve
cap on the tire and return the kit to the
stowage area.
What to Do After the Tire has Been
Sealed
After using the kit to seal your tire, you will
need to replace the sealant canister.
Sealant canister and hose service kits can
be obtained at an authorized Ford dealer.
Empty sealant canisters may be disposed
of at home. However, canisters still
containing liquid sealant should be
disposed of by your local authorized Ford
dealer or tire dealer, or in accordance with
local waste disposal regulations.
Note: After you use the sealing compound,
the maximum vehicle speed is 50 mph
(80 km/h) and the maximum driving
distance is 120 mi (200 km). Inspect the
sealed tire immediately.
Check the tire pressure any time within the
120 mi (200 km) by performing the steps
listed previously in the Second Stage:
Checking Tire Pressure procedure.
248
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
Removal of the Sealant Canister from
the Kit
1. Unwrap the dual purpose hose (black
tube) from the compressor housing.
2. Unwrap the power cord.
3. Remove the back cover.
4. Rotate the sealant canister up 90
degrees and pull away from
casing/housing to remove.
Installation of the Sealant Canister to
the Kit
1. With the canister held perpendicular
to the housing, insert the canister
nozzle into the connector and push
until seated.
2. Rotate the canister 90 degrees down
into the housing/casing.
3. Snap the back cover back into place.
249
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
4. Wrap the dual purpose hose (black
tube) around the channel on the
bottom of the housing/casing.
5. Wrap the power cord around the
housing and stow the accessory power
plug into its storage area.
Note: If you experience any difficulties
when you remove or install the sealant
canister, contact your authorized Ford dealer
for assistance.
Make sure you check the sealant
compound’s use-by date regularly. The
use-by date is on a label located on the
sealant canister, which you can see
through the rectangular viewing window
on the bottom of the kit. Replace the
sealant canister after four years of
non-use.
TIRE CARE
Information About Uniform
Tire Quality Grading
Tire Quality Grades apply to new
pneumatic passenger car tires.
The Tire Quality Grades can be
found where applicable on the tire
sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width. For
example: Treadwear 200
Traction AA Temperature A.
These Tire Quality Grades are
determined by standards that the
United States Department of
Transportation has set.
Tire Quality Grades apply to new
pneumatic passenger car tires.
They do not apply to deep tread,
winter-type snow tires,
space-saver or temporary use
spare tires, light truck or LT type
tires, tires with nominal rim
diameters of 10 to 12 inches or
limited production tires as defined
in Title 49 Code of Federal
Regulations Part 575.104 (c)(2).
250
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
U.S. Department of
Transportation Tire quality
grades: The U.S. Department of
Transportation requires Ford
Motor Company to give you the
following information about tire
grades exactly as the government
has written it.
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a
comparative rating based on the
wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a
specified government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150
would wear 1 ½ times as well on
the government course as a tire
graded 100. The relative
performance of tires depends
upon the actual conditions of their
use, however, and may depart
significantly from the norm due to
variations in driving habits, service
practices, and differences in road
characteristics and climate.
Traction AA A B C
WARNING
The traction grade assigned
to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction
tests, and does not include
acceleration, cornering,
hydroplaning or peak traction
characteristics.
The traction grades, from highest
to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The
grades represent the tire’s ability
to stop on wet pavement as
measured under controlled
conditions on specified
government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire
marked C may have poor traction
performance.
Temperature A B C
WARNING
The temperature grade for
this tire is established for a
tire that is properly inflated and
not overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive
loading, either separately or in
combination, can cause heat
buildup and possible tire failure.
The temperature grades are A
(the highest), B and C,
representing the tire’s resistance
to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when
tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel. Sustained high
temperature can cause the
material of the tire to degenerate
and reduce tire life, and excessive
temperature can lead to sudden
tire failure. The grade C
corresponds to a level of
performance which all passenger
car tires must meet under the
251
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standard No. 139. Grades B and A
represent higher levels of
performance on the laboratory
test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
Glossary of Tire Terminology
*Tire label: A label showing the
original equipment tire sizes,
recommended inflation pressure
and the maximum weight the
vehicle can carry.
*Tire Identification Number
(TIN): A number on the sidewall
of each tire providing information
about the tire brand and
manufacturing plant, tire size and
date of manufacture. Also referred
to as DOT code.
*Inflation pressure: A measure
of the amount of air in a tire.
*Standard load: A class of
P-metric or Metric tires designed
to carry a maximum load at set
pressure. For example: for
P-metric tires 35 psi (2.4 bar) and
for Metric tires 36 psi (2.5 bar).
Increasing the inflation pressure
beyond this pressure will not
increase the tire’s load-carrying
capability.
*Extra load: A class of P-metric
or Metric tires designed to carry a
heavier maximum load at 42 psi
(2.9 bar). Increasing the inflation
pressure beyond this pressure will
not increase the tire’s
load-carrying capability.
*kPa: Kilopascal, a metric unit of
air pressure.
*PSI: Pounds per square inch, a
standard unit of air pressure.
*Cold tire pressure: The tire
pressure when the vehicle has
been stationary and out of direct
sunlight for an hour or more and
prior to the vehicle being driven for
1 mile (1.6 kilometers).
*Recommended inflation
pressure: The cold inflation
pressure found on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label
(affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door
edge that meets the door-latch
post, next to the driver's seating
position) or Tire Label located on
the B-Pillar or the edge of the
driver’s door.
* B-pillar: The structural member
at the side of the vehicle behind
the front door
*Bead area of the tire: Area of
the tire next to the rim.
* Sidewall of the tire: Area
between the bead area and the
tread.
*Tread area of the tire: Area of
the perimeter of the tire that
contacts the road when mounted
on the vehicle.
*Rim: The metal support (wheel)
for a tire or a tire and tube
assembly upon which the tire
beads are seated.
252
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
Information Contained on the
Tire Sidewall
Both United States and Canada
Federal regulations require tire
manufacturers to place
standardized information on the
sidewall of all tires. This
information identifies and
describes the fundamental
characteristics of the tire and also
provides a U.S. DOT Tire
Identification Number for safety
standard certification and in case
of a recall.
Information on P Type Tires
P215/65R15 95H is an example of
a tire size, load index and speed
rating. The definitions of these
items are listed below. (Note that
the tire size, load index and speed
rating for your vehicle may be
different from this example.)
A. P: Indicates a tire, designated
by the Tire and Rim Association,
that may be used for service on
cars, sport utility vehicles,
minivans and light trucks. Note: If
your tire size does not begin with
a letter this may mean it is
designated by either the European
Tire and Rim Technical
Organization or the Japan Tire
Manufacturing Association.
B. 215: Indicates the nominal
width of the tire in millimeters
from sidewall edge to sidewall
edge. In general, the larger the
number, the wider the tire.
C. 65: Indicates the aspect ratio
which gives the tire's ratio of
height to width.
D. R: Indicates a radial type tire.
E. 15: Indicates the wheel or rim
diameter in inches. If you change
your wheel size, you will have to
purchase new tires to match the
new wheel diameter.
F. 95: Indicates the tire's load
index. It is an index that relates to
how much weight a tire can carry.
You may find this information in
your owner’s manual. If not,
contact a local tire dealer.
Note: You may not find this
information on all tires because it
is not required by federal law.
253
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
G. Indicates the tire's speed rating.
The speed rating denotes the
speed at which a tire is designed
to be driven for extended periods
of time under a standard condition
of load and inflation pressure. The
tires on your vehicle may operate
at different conditions for load
and inflation pressure. These
speed ratings may need to be
adjusted for the difference in
conditions. The ratings range from
81 mph (130 km/h) to 186 mph
(299 km/h). These ratings are
listed in the following chart.
Note: You may not find this
information on all tires because it
is not required by federal law.
Speed ratingLetter
rating
81 mph (130 km/h)M
87 mph (140 km/h)N
99 mph (159 km/h)Q
106 mph (171 km/h)R
112 mph (180 km/h)S
118 mph (190 km/h)T
124 mph (200 km/h)U
130 mph (210 km/h)H
149 mph (240 km/h)V
Speed ratingLetter
rating
168 mph (270 km/h)W
186 mph (299 km/h)Y
Note: For tires with a maximum
speed capability over 149 mph
(240 km/h), tire manufacturers
sometimes use the letters ZR. For
those with a maximum speed
capability over 186 mph (299
km/h), tire manufacturers always
use the letters ZR.
H. U.S. DOT Tire Identification
Number (TIN): This begins with
the letters DOT and indicates that
the tire meets all federal
standards. The next two numbers
or letters are the plant code
designating where it was
manufactured, the next two are
the tire size code and the last four
numbers represent the week and
year the tire was built. For
example, the numbers 317 mean
the 31st week of 1997. After 2000
the numbers go to four digits. For
example, 2501 means the 25th
week of 2001. The numbers in
between are identification codes
used for traceability. This
information is used to contact
customers if a tire defect requires
a recall.
I. M+S or M/S: Mud and Snow, or
AT: All Terrain, or
AS: All Season.
254
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
J. Tire Ply Composition and
Material Used: Indicates the
number of plies or the number of
layers of rubber-coated fabric in
the tire tread and sidewall. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate
the ply materials in the tire and the
sidewall, which include steel,
nylon, polyester, and others.
K. Maximum Load: Indicates the
maximum load in kilograms and
pounds that can be carried by the
tire. See the Safety Compliance
Certification Label (affixed to
either the door hinge pillar,
door-latch post, or the door edge
that meets the door-latch post,
next to the driver's seating
position), for the correct tire
pressure for your vehicle.
L. Treadwear, Traction and
Temperature Grades:
*Treadwear The treadwear grade
is a comparative rating based on
the wear rate of the tire when
tested under controlled conditions
on a specified government test
course. For example, a tire graded
150 would wear one and one-half
times as well on the government
course as a tire graded 100.
*Traction: The traction grades,
from highest to lowest are AA, A,
B, and C. The grades represent the
tire's ability to stop on wet
pavement as measured under
controlled conditions on specified
government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire
marked C may have poor traction
performance.
*Temperature: The temperature
grades are A (the highest), B and
C, representing the tire's
resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate
heat when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified indoor
laboratory test wheel.
M. Maximum Inflation
Pressure: Indicates the tire
manufacturer's maximum
permissible pressure, or the
pressure at which the maximum
load can be carried by the tire. This
pressure is normally higher than
the vehicle manufacturer's
recommended cold inflation
pressure, which can be found on
the Safety Compliance
Certification Label (affixed to
either the door hinge pillar,
door-latch post, or the door edge
that meets the door-latch post,
next to the driver's seating
position), or Tire Label which is
located on the B-Pillar or the edge
of the driver’s door. The cold
inflation pressure should never be
set lower than the recommended
pressure on the vehicle label.
255
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
The tire suppliers may have
additional markings, notes or
warnings such as standard load
or radial tubeless.
Additional Information
Contained on the Tire Sidewall
for LT Type Tires
Note: Tire Quality Grades do not
apply to this type of tire.
LT type tires have some additional
information beyond those of P
type tires. These differences are
described below.
A. LT: Indicates a tire, designated
by the Tire and Rim Association,
that is intended for service on light
trucks.
B. Load Range and Load
Inflation Limits: Indicates the
tire's load-carrying capabilities
and its inflation limits.
C. Maximum Load Dual lb (kg)
at psi (kPa) cold: Indicates the
maximum load and tire pressure
when the tire is used as a dual,
defined as four tires on the rear
axle (a total of six or more tires on
the vehicle).
D. Maximum Load Single lb
(kg) at psi (kPa) cold: Indicates
the maximum load and tire
pressure when the tire is used as
a single, defined as two tires
(total) on the rear axle.
Information on T Type Tires
T145/80D16 is an example of a
tire size.
Note: The temporary tire size for
your vehicle may be different from
this example. Tire Quality Grades
do not apply to this type of tire.
256
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
T type tires have some additional
information beyond those of P
type tires. These differences are
described below.
A. T: Indicates a type of tire,
designated by the Tire and Rim
Association, that is intended for
temporary service on cars,
sport-utility vehicles, minivans and
light trucks.
B. 145: Indicates the nominal
width of the tire in millimeters
from sidewall edge to sidewall
edge. In general, the larger the
number, the wider the tire.
C. 80: Indicates the aspect ratio,
which gives the tire's ratio of
height to width. Numbers of 70 or
lower indicate a short sidewall.
D. D: Indicates a diagonal type tire.
R: Indicates a radial type tire.
E. 16: Indicates the wheel or rim
diameter in inches. If you change
your wheel size, you will have to
purchase new tires to match the
new wheel diameter.
Location of the Tire Label
You will find a Tire Label
containing tire inflation pressure
by tire size and other important
information located on the B-Pillar
or the edge of the driver’s door.
Inflating Your Tires
Safe operation of your vehicle
requires that your tires are
properly inflated. Remember that
a tire can lose up to half of its air
pressure without appearing flat.
Every day before you drive, check
your tires. If one looks lower than
the others, use a tire gauge to
check pressure of all tires and
adjust if required.
At least once a month and before
long trips, inspect each tire and
check the tire pressure with a tire
gauge (including spare, if
equipped). Inflate all tires to the
inflation pressure recommended
by Ford Motor Company.
257
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
You are strongly urged to buy a
reliable tire pressure gauge, as
automatic service station gauges
may be inaccurate. Ford
recommends the use of a digital
or dial-type tire pressure gauge
rather than a stick-type tire
pressure gauge.
Use the recommended cold
inflation pressure for optimum tire
performance and wear.
Under-inflation or over-inflation
may cause uneven treadwear
patterns
WARNING
Under-inflation is the most
common cause of tire failures
and may result in severe tire
cracking, tread separation or
blowout, with unexpected loss of
vehicle control and increased risk
of injury. Under-inflation increases
sidewall flexing and rolling
resistance, resulting in heat
buildup and internal damage to
the tire. It also may result in
unnecessary tire stress, irregular
wear, loss of vehicle control and
accidents. A tire can lose up to
half of its air pressure and not
appear to be flat!
Always inflate your tires to the
Ford recommended inflation
pressure even if it is less than the
maximum inflation pressure
information found on the tire. The
Ford recommended tire inflation
pressure is found on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label
(affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door
edge that meets the door-latch
post, next to the driver's seating
position), or Tire Label which is
located on the B-Pillar or the edge
of the driver’s door. Failure to
follow the tire pressure
recommendations can cause
uneven treadwear patterns and
adversely affect the way your
vehicle handles
Maximum Inflation Pressure is
the tire manufacturer's maximum
permissible pressure and the
pressure at which the maximum
load can be carried by the tire. This
pressure is normally higher than
the manufacturer’s recommended
cold inflation pressure, which can
be found on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label
(affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door
edge that meets the door-latch
post, next to the driver's seating
position), or Tire Label which is
located on the B-Pillar or the edge
of the driver’s door. The cold
inflation pressure should never be
set lower than the recommended
pressure on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label or
Tire Label.
258
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
When weather temperature
changes occur, tire inflation
pressures also change. A 10°F
(6°C) temperature drop can
cause a corresponding drop of
1 psi (7 kPa) in inflation pressure.
Check your tire pressures
frequently and adjust them to the
proper pressure which can be
found on the Safety Compliance
Certification Label or Tire Label.
To check the pressure in your
tire(s):
1. Make sure the tires are cool,
meaning they are not hot from
driving even a mile.
Note: If you are checking tire
pressure when the tire is hot, (for
example, driven more than 1 mile
[1.6 kilometers], never bleed or
reduce air pressure. The tires are
hot from driving and it is normal for
pressures to increase above
recommended cold pressures. A
hot tire at or below recommended
cold inflation pressure could be
significantly under-inflated.
Note: If you have to drive a
distance to get air for your tire(s),
check and record the tire pressure
first and add the appropriate air
pressure when you get to the
pump. It is normal for tires to heat
up and the air pressure inside to go
up as you drive.
2. Remove the cap from the valve
on one tire, then firmly press the
tire gauge onto the valve and
measure the pressure.
3. Add enough air to reach the
recommended air pressure.
Note: If you overfill the tire, release
air by pressing on the metal stem
in the center of the valve. Then
recheck the pressure with your tire
gauge.
4. Replace the valve cap.
5. Repeat this procedure for each
tire, including the spare.
Note: Some spare tires operate at
a higher inflation pressure than the
other tires. For T type mini-spare
tires, see the Dissimilar Spare
Wheel and Tire Assembly section.
Store and maintain at 60 psi
(4.15 bar). For full-size and
dissimilar spare tires, see the
Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire
Assembly Information section.
Store and maintain at the higher of
the front and rear inflation pressure
as shown on the Tire Label.
6. Visually inspect the tires to
make sure there are no nails or
other objects embedded that
could poke a hole in the tire and
cause an air leak.
7. Check the sidewalls to make
sure there are no gouges, cuts or
bulges.
259
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
Inspecting Your Tires and
Wheel Valve Stems
Periodically inspect the tire treads
for uneven or excessive wear and
remove objects such as stones,
nails or glass that may be wedged
in the tread grooves. Check the tire
and valve stems for holes, cracks,
or cuts that may permit air
leakage and repair or replace the
tire and replace the valve stem.
Inspect the tire sidewalls for
cracking, cuts, bruises and other
signs of damage or excessive
wear. If internal damage to the tire
is suspected, have the tire
demounted and inspected in case
it needs to be repaired or replaced.
For your safety, tires that are
damaged or show signs of
excessive wear should not be used
because they are more likely to
blow out or fail.
Improper or inadequate vehicle
maintenance can cause tires to
wear abnormally. Inspect all your
tires, including the spare,
frequently, and replace them if
one or more of the following
conditions exist:
Tire Wear
When the tread is worn down to
one sixteenth of an inch (2
millimeters), tires must be
replaced to help prevent your
vehicle from skidding and
hydroplaning. Built-in treadwear
indicators, or wear bars, which
look like narrow strips of smooth
rubber across the tread will
appear on the tire when the tread
is worn down to one sixteenth of
an inch (2 millimeters)
When the tire tread wears down
to the same height as these wear
bars, the tire is worn out and must
be replaced.
Damage
Periodically inspect the tire treads
and sidewalls for damage (such
as bulges in the tread or sidewalls,
cracks in the tread groove and
separation in the tread or
sidewall). If damage is observed
260
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
or suspected have the tire
inspected by a tire professional.
Tires can be damaged during
off-road use, so inspection after
off-road use is also
recommended.
Age
WARNINGS
Tires degrade over time
depending on many factors
such as weather, storage
conditions, and conditions of use
(load, speed, inflation pressure)
the tires experience throughout
their lives.
In general, tires should be
replaced after six years
regardless of tread wear or even
if they have not been used.
However, heat caused by hot
climates or frequent high-load
conditions can accelerate the
aging process and may require you
to replace tires more frequently.
You should replace your
spare tire when you replace
the road tires or after six years due
to aging even if it has not been
used.
U.S. DOT Tire Identification
Number
Both United States and Canada
Federal regulations require tire
manufacturers to place
standardized information on the
sidewall of all tires. This
information identifies and
describes the fundamental
characteristics of the tire and also
provides a U.S. DOT Tire
Identification Number for safety
standard certification and in case
of a recall.
This begins with the letters DOT
and indicates that the tire meets
all federal standards. The next
two numbers or letters are the
plant code designating where it
was manufactured, the next two
are the tire size code and the last
four numbers represent the week
and year the tire was built. For
example, the numbers 317 mean
the 31st week of 1997. After 2000
the numbers go to four digits. For
example, 2501 means the 25th
week of 2001. The numbers in
between are identification codes
used for traceability. This
information is used to contact
customers if a tire defect requires
a recall.
Tire Replacement
Requirements
Your vehicle is equipped with tires
designed to provide a safe ride
and handling capability.
261
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
WARNINGS
Only use replacement tires
and wheels that are the same
size, load index, speed rating and
type (such as P-metric versus
LT-metric or all-season versus
all-terrain) as those originally
provided by Ford. The
recommended tire and wheel size
may be found on either the Safety
Compliance Certification Label
(affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door
edge that meets the door-latch
post, next to the driver's seating
position), or the Tire Label which
is located on the B-Pillar or edge
of the driver's door. If this
information is not found on these
labels, then you should contact
your authorized dealer as soon as
possible. Use of any tire or wheel
not recommended by Ford can
affect the safety and performance
of your vehicle, which could result
in an increased risk of loss of
vehicle control, vehicle rollover,
personal injury and death.
To reduce the risk of serious
injury, when mounting
replacement tires and wheels, you
should not exceed the maximum
pressure indicated on the sidewall
of the tire to set the beads without
additional precautions listed
below. If the beads do not seat at
the maximum pressure indicated,
re-lubricate and try again.
WARNINGS
When inflating the tire for
mounting pressures up to
20 psi (1.38 bar) greater than the
maximum pressure on the tire
sidewall, the following
precautions must be taken to
protect the person mounting the
tire:
1. Make sure that you have the
correct tire and wheel size.
2. Lubricate the tire bead and
wheel bead seat area again.
3. Stand at a minimum of 12 ft
(3.66 m) away from the
wheel and tire assembly.
4. Use both eye and ear
protection.
For a mounting pressure
more than 20 psi (1.38 bar)
greater than the maximum
pressure, a Ford dealer or other
tire service professional should do
the mounting.
Always inflate steel carcass
tires with a remote air fill with
the person inflating standing at a
minimum of 12 ft (3.66 m) away
from the wheel and tire assembly.
Important: Remember to replace
the wheel valve stems when the
road tires are replaced on your
vehicle
The two front tires or two rear tires
should generally be replaced as a
pair.
262
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
The tire pressure sensors mounted
in the wheels (originally installed
on your vehicle) are not designed
to be used in aftermarket wheels.
The use of wheels or tires not
recommended by Ford Motor
Company may affect the
operation of your tire pressure
monitoring system.
If the tire pressure monitoring
system indicator is flashing, the
system is malfunctioning. Your
replacement tire might be
incompatible with your tire
pressure monitoring system, or
some component of the system
may be damaged.
Safety Practices
WARNINGS
If your vehicle is stuck in
snow, mud or sand, do not
rapidly spin the tires; spinning the
tires can tear the tire and cause
an explosion. A tire can explode in
as little as three to five seconds.
Do not spin the wheels at
over 34 mph (55 km/h). The
tires may fail and injure a
passenger or bystander.
Driving habits have a great deal
to do with your tire mileage and
safety.
*Observe posted speed limits
*Avoid fast starts, stops and turns
*Avoid potholes and objects on
the road
*Do not run over curbs or hit the
tire against a curb when parking
Highway Hazards
No matter how carefully you drive
there’s always the possibility that
you may eventually have a flat tire
on the highway. Drive slowly to the
closest safe area out of traffic.
This may further damage the flat
tire, but your safety is more
important.
If you feel a sudden vibration or
ride disturbance while driving, or
you suspect your tire or vehicle
has been damaged, immediately
reduce your speed. Drive with
caution until you can safely pull
off the road. Stop and inspect the
tires for damage. If you cannot
detect a cause, have the vehicle
towed to the nearest repair facility
or tire dealer to have the vehicle
inspected.
Tire and Wheel Alignment
A bad jolt from hitting a curb or
pothole can cause the front end
of your vehicle to become
misaligned or cause damage to
your tires. If your vehicle seems to
pull to one side when you’re
driving, the wheels may be out of
alignment. Have an authorized
dealer check the wheel alignment
periodically.
263
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
Wheel misalignment in the front
or the rear can cause uneven and
rapid treadwear of your tires and
should be corrected by an
authorized dealer. Front-wheel
drive vehicles and those with an
independent rear suspension may
require alignment of all four
wheels.
The tires should also be balanced
periodically. An unbalanced tire
and wheel assembly may result in
irregular tire wear.
Tire Rotation
Note: If your tires show uneven
wear ask an authorized dealer to
check for and correct any wheel
misalignment, tire imbalance or
mechanical problem involved
before tire rotation.
Note: Your vehicle may be
equipped with a dissimilar spare
wheel and tire assembly. A
dissimilar spare wheel and tire
assembly is defined as a spare
wheel and tire assembly that is
different in brand, size or
appearance from the road tires and
wheels. If you have a dissimilar
spare wheel and tire assembly it is
intended for temporary use only
and should not be used in a tire
rotation.
Note: After having your tires
rotated, inflation pressure must be
checked and adjusted to the
vehicle requirements.
Rotating your tires at the
recommended interval (as
indicated in the scheduled
maintenance information) will
help your tires wear more evenly,
providing better tire performance
and longer tire life. Sometimes
irregular tire wear can be
corrected by rotating the tires.
USING SNOW CHAINS
WARNING
Snow tires must be the same size,
load index, speed rating as those
originally provided by Ford. Use of
any tire or wheel not recommended by
Ford can affect the safety and
performance of your vehicle, which could
result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle
control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and
death. Additionally, the use of
non-recommended tires and wheels could
cause steering, suspension, axle, transfer
case or power transfer unit failure.
The tires on your vehicle have all-weather
treads to provide traction in rain and snow.
Snow chains have not been approved for
use on your vehicle.
264
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
Consult your authorized dealer for
information on other Ford Motor Company
approved methods of traction control.
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM
WARNING
The tire pressure monitoring system
is not a substitute for manually
checking tire pressures. You should
periodically check tire pressures using a
pressure gauge. Failure to correctly
maintain tire pressures could increase the
risk of tire failure, loss of control, vehicle
rollover and personal injury.
Note: You should only use tire sealants in
roadside emergencies as they may cause
damage to the tire pressure monitoring
system sensor.
Note: If the tire pressure monitoring system
sensor becomes damaged, it may not
function.
Each tire, including the spare (if
provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated
to the inflation pressure recommended by
the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle
placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If
your vehicle has tires of a different size
than the size indicated on the vehicle
placard or tire inflation pressure label, you
should determine the proper tire inflation
pressure for those tires).
As an added safety feature, your vehicle
has been equipped with a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS) that
illuminates a low tire pressure telltale
when one or more of your tires is
significantly under-inflated. Accordingly,
when the low tire pressure telltale
illuminates, you should stop and check
your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
them to the proper pressure. Driving on a
significantly under-inflated tire causes the
tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure.
Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency
and tire tread life, and may affect the
vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire maintenance, and
it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation
has not reached the level to trigger
illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure
telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with
a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate
when the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is
combined with the low tire pressure
telltale. When the system detects a
malfunction, the telltale will flash for
approximately one minute and then remain
continuously illuminated. This sequence
will continue upon subsequent vehicle
start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be able
to detect or signal low tire pressure as
intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur
for a variety of reasons, including the
installation of replacement or alternate
tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more tires or
wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the
replacement or alternate tires and wheels
allow the TPMS to continue to function
properly.
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with License exempt RSS
Standards of Industry Canada. Operation
is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
265
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
Note: Changes or modifications not
expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC:" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
Changing Tires With a Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
Note: Each road tire is equipped with a tire
pressure sensor located inside the wheel
and tire assembly cavity. The pressure
sensor is attached to the valve stem. The
pressure sensor is covered by the tire and is
not visible unless the tire is removed. Take
care when changing the tire to avoid
damaging the sensor.
You should always have your tires serviced
by an authorized dealer.
Check the tire pressure periodically (at
least monthly) using an accurate tire
gauge. See Inflating Your Tires in this
chapter.
Understanding Your Tire Pressure
Monitoring System
The tire pressure monitoring system
measures pressure in your four road tires
and sends the tire pressure readings to
your vehicle. The low tire pressure warning
light will turn on if the tire pressure is
significantly low. Once the light is
illuminated, your tires are under-inflated
and need to be inflated to the
manufacturer’s recommended tire
pressure. Even if the light turns on and a
short time later turns off, your tire pressure
still needs to be checked.
When Your Temporary Spare Tire is
Installed
When one of your road tires needs to be
replaced with the temporary spare, the
system will continue to identify an issue to
remind you that the damaged road wheel
and tire assembly needs to be repaired and
put back on your vehicle.
To restore the full function of the tire
pressure monitoring system, have the
damaged road wheel and tire assembly
repaired and remounted on your vehicle.
When You Believe Your System is Not
Operating Properly
The main function of the tire pressure
monitoring system is to warn you when
your tires need air. It can also warn you in
the event the system is no longer capable
of functioning as intended. See the
following chart for information concerning
your tire pressure monitoring system:
266
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
Customer action requiredPossible causeLow tire pressure
warning light
Make sure tires are at the proper pres-
sure. See Inflating your tires in this
chapter. After inflating your tires to the
manufacturer’s recommended pressure
as shown on the Tire Label (located on
the edge of driver’s door or the B-Pillar),
the vehicle must be driven for at least
two minutes over 20 mph (32 km/h)
before the light turns off.
Tire(s) under-inflatedSolid warning light
Repair the damaged road wheel and tire
assembly and reinstall it on the vehicle
to restore system function. For a
description on how the system functions,
see When your temporary spare tire
is installed in this section.
Spare tire in use
If the tires are properly inflated and the
spare tire is not in use but the light
remains on, contact your authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
TPMS malfunction
Repair the damaged road wheel and tire
assembly and reinstall it on the vehicle
to restore system function. For a
description on how the system functions,
see When your temporary spare tire
is installed in this section.
Spare tire in useFlashing warning
light
If the tires are properly inflated and the
spare tire is not in use but the light
remains on, contact your authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
TPMS malfunction
When Inflating Your Tires
When putting air into your tires (such as at
a gas station or in your garage), the tire
pressure monitoring system may not
respond immediately to the air added to
your tires.
It may take up to two minutes of driving
over 20 mph (32 km/h) for the light to turn
off after you have filled your tires to the
recommended inflation pressure.
267
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
How Temperature Affects Your Tire
Pressure
The tire pressure monitoring system
monitors tire pressure in each pneumatic
tire. While driving in a normal manner, a
typical passenger tire inflation pressure
may increase about 2–4 psi (14–28 kPa)
from a cold start situation. If the vehicle is
stationary overnight with the outside
temperature significantly lower than the
daytime temperature, the tire pressure may
decrease about 3 psi (21 kPa) for a drop of
30°F (17°C) in ambient temperature. This
lower pressure value may be detected by
the tire pressure monitoring system as
being significantly lower than the
recommended inflation pressure and
activate the system warning light for low
tire pressure. If the low tire pressure
warning light is on, visually check each tire
to verify that no tire is flat. If one or more
tires are flat, repair as necessary. Check
the air pressure in the road tires. If any tire
is under-inflated, carefully drive the vehicle
to the nearest location where air can be
added to the tires. Inflate all the tires to
the recommended inflation pressure.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Wheel Lug Nut Torque Specifications
WARNING
When a wheel is installed, always remove any corrosion, dirt or foreign materials
present on the mounting surfaces of the wheel or the surface of the wheel hub,
brake drum or brake disc that contacts the wheel. Make sure that any fasteners
that attach the rotor to the hub are secured so they do not interfere with the mounting
surfaces of the wheel. Installing wheels without correct metal-to-metal contact at the
wheel mounting surfaces can cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel to come off
while your vehicle is in motion, resulting in loss of control.
Ib-ft (Nm)
*
Bolt size
100 (135)M12 x 1.5
*
Torque specifications are for nut and bolt threads free of dirt and rust. Use only Ford
recommended replacement fasteners.
Retighten the lug nuts to the specified torque within 100 miles (160 kilometers) after any
wheel disturbance (such as tire rotation, changing a flat tire, wheel removal).
268
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
Tighten lug nuts in the order shown.
Wheel pilot boreA
Inspect the wheel pilot bore and
mounting surface prior to installation.
Remove any visible corrosion or loose
particles.
269
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS
2.0L ATK iVCT EngineEngine
122Cubic inches
Minimum 87 octaneRequired fuel
1-3-4-2Firing order
Coil on plug (COP)Ignition system
12.3:1Compression ratio
0.051 in. ± 0.002 in. (1.3 mm ± 0.05 mm)Spark plug gap
270
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
MOTORCRAFT PARTS
2.0L ATK iVCT engineComponent
FA-1911Air filter element
FL-910-SOil filter
BXT-67RLow-Voltage Battery
SP-530Spark plugs
FP70Cabin air filter
WW-29 (driver side)Windshield wiper blade
WW-25 (passenger side)
WW-12Rear wiper blade
We recommend Motorcraft replacement parts available at your Ford dealer or at
fordparts.com for scheduled maintenance. These parts meet or exceed Ford Motor
Company’s specifications and are engineered for your vehicle. Use of other parts may
impact vehicle performance, emissions and durability. Your warranty may be void for any
damage related to use of other parts.
If a Motorcraft oil filter is not available, use an oil filter that meets industry performance
specification SAE/USCAR-36.
For spark plug replacement, contact an authorized dealer. Replace the spark plugs at the
appropriate intervals.
271
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER
The vehicle identification number is
located on the left-hand side of the
instrument panel.
Please note that in the graphic, XXXX is
representative of your vehicle identification
number.
The Vehicle Identification Number contains
the following information:
World manufacturer identifierA
Brake system, Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating, Restraint Devices
and their locations
B
Make, vehicle line, series, body
type
C
Engine typeD
Check digitE
Model yearF
Assembly plantG
Production sequence numberH
272
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
VEHICLE CERTIFICATION
LABEL
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration Regulations require that a
Safety Compliance Certification Label be
affixed to a vehicle and prescribe where
the Safety Compliance Certification Label
may be located. The Safety Compliance
Certification Label shall be affixed to either
the door hinge pillar, the door latch post,
or the edge of the door near the door latch,
next to the driver's seating position.
TRANSMISSION CODE
DESIGNATION
The transmission code is on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label. The
following table shows the transmission
code along with the transmission
description.
CodeDescription
JElectronic continuously variable transmis-
sion (HF35 eCVT)
273
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
CAPACITIES AND SPECIFICATIONS
Capacities
WARNING
The air conditioning refrigerant system contains refrigerant under high pressure.
Only qualified personnel should service the air conditioning refrigerant system.
Opening the air conditioning refrigerant system can cause personal injury.
CapacityItem
4.5 qt (4.3 L)Engine oil
8.2 qt (7.8 L)Engine coolant
1.1 qt (1 L)Inverter system controller coolant
Between MIN and MAX on brake fluid
reservoir
Brake fluid
4.8 qt (4.5 L)Automatic transmission fluid*
Fill as requiredWindshield washer fluid
14 gal (53 L)Fuel tank
1.63 lb (0.74 kg)A/C Refrigerant
5.2 fl oz (153.8 ml)A/C Refrigerant Compressor Oil
*Approximate dry fill capacity. Actual amount may vary during fluid changes.
Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C947-AMotor oil:
Motorcraft® SAE 0W-20 Synthetic Blend Motor Oil
XO-0W20-QSP
WSS-M97B44-D2Engine coolant (U.S.):
Motorcraft® Orange Prediluted Antifreeze/Coolant
VC-3DIL-B
WSS-M97B44-D2Engine coolant (Canada):
Motorcraft® Orange Prediluted Antifreeze/Coolant
CVC-3DIL-B
274
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
SpecificationName
WSS-M6C65-A2Brake fluid:
Motorcraft® DOT 4 Low Viscosity (LV) High Performance
Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid
PM-20
WSS-M2C938-AAutomatic transmission fluid (U.S.):
MERCON LVMotorcraft® MERCON LV Automatic Transmission Fluid
XT-10-QLVC
WSS-M2C938-AAutomatic transmission fluid (Canada):
MERCON LVMotorcraft® MERCON LV Automatic Transmission Fluid
CXT-10-LV12
WSS-M14P19-AWindshield washer fluid (U.S.):
Motorcraft® Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate
with Bitterant
ZC-32-B2
WSS-M14P19-AWindshield washer fluid (Canada):
Motorcraft® Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid
CXC-37-(A, B, D, F)
WSH-M17B19-AA/C refrigerant (U.S.):
Motorcraft® R-134a Refrigerant
YN-19
WSH-M17B19-AA/C refrigerant (Canada):
Motorcraft® R-134a Refrigerant
CYN-16-R
-A/C refrigerant compressor oil:
Motorcraft® Electric A/C Compressor Oil
YN-32
ESB-M1C93-BMulti-purpose grease:
Motorcraft® Multi-Purpose Grease Spray
XL-5-A
-Lock cylinders (U.S.):
Penetrating and Lock Lubricant
XL-1
-Lock cylinders (Canada):
Penetrating Fluid
CXC-51-A
275
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
If you use oil and fluids that do not meet
the defined specification and viscosity
grade, this may lead to:
• Component damage which is not
covered by the vehicle warranty.
• Longer engine cranking periods.
• Increased emission levels.
• Reduced engine performance.
• Reduced fuel economy.
• Degraded brake performance.
Motor oils of the recommended viscosity
grade that display the API Certification
Mark for gasoline engines are also
acceptable. Do not use oil labeled with
API SN service category unless the label
also displays the API certification mark.
An oil that displays this symbol conforms
to current engine, emission system and
fuel economy performance standards of
ILSAC.
Do not use supplemental engine oil
additives because they are unnecessary
and could lead to engine damage that may
not be covered by your vehicle warranty.
Note: Ford recommends using DOT 4 Low
Viscosity (LV) High Performance Brake Fluid
or equivalent meeting WSS-M6C65-A2. Use
of any fluid other than the recommended
fluid may cause degraded brake
performance and not meet the Ford
performance standards. Keep brake fluid
clean and dry. Contamination with dirt,
water, petroleum products or other
materials may result in brake system
damage and possible failure.
Note: Automatic transmissions that require
MERCON® LV transmission fluid should
only use MERCON® LV transmission fluid.
The use of any other fluid may cause
transmission damage.
276
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
GENERAL INFORMATION
Radio Frequencies and Reception
Factors
AM and FM frequencies are established by
the Federal Communications Commission
(FCC) and the Canadian Radio and
Telecommunications Commission (CRTC).
Those frequencies are:
• AM: 530, 540-1700, 1710 kHz
• FM: 87.9-107.7, 107.9 MHz
Radio Reception Factors
The further you travel from an AM or FM station, the
weaker the signal and the weaker the reception.
Distance and strength
Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway
overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and
thunderstorms can interfere with the reception.
Terrain
When you pass a ground-based broadcast repeating
tower, a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and
result in the audio system muting.
Station overload
CD and CD Player Information
Note: CD units play commercially pressed
5 in (12 cm) audio compact discs only. Due
to technical incompatibility, certain
recordable and re-recordable compact discs
may not function correctly when used in
Ford CD players.
Note: Do not insert CDs with homemade
paper (adhesive) labels into the CD player
as the label may peel and cause the CD to
become jammed. You should use a
permanent felt tip marker rather than
adhesive labels on your homemade CDs.
Ballpoint pens may damage CDs. Please
contact an authorized dealer for further
information.
Note: Do not use any irregularly shaped
discs or discs with a scratch protection film
attached.
Always handle discs by their edges only.
Clean the disc with an approved CD
cleaner only. Wipe it from the center of
the disc toward the edge. Do not clean in
a circular motion.
Do not expose discs to direct sunlight or
heat sources for extended periods.
MP3 and WMA Track and Folder
Structure
Audio systems capable of recognizing and
playing MP3 and WMA individual tracks
and folder structures work as follows:
• There are two different modes for MP3
and WMA disc playback: MP3 and
WMA track mode (system default) and
MP3 and WMA folder mode.
• MP3 and WMA track mode ignores any
folder structure on the MP3 and WMA
disc. The player numbers each MP3
and WMA track on the disc (noted by
the MP3 or WMA file extension) from
T001 to a maximum of T255. The
maximum number of playable MP3 and
WMA files may be less depending on
the structure of the CD and exact
model of radio present.
277
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
• MP3 and WMA folder mode represents
a folder structure consisting of one
level of folders. The CD player numbers
all MP3 and WMA tracks on the disc
(noted by the MP3 or WMA file
extension) and all folders containing
MP3 and WMA files, from F001 (folder)
T001 (track) to F253 T255.
• Creating discs with only one level of
folders helps with navigation through
the disc files.
If you are burning your own MP3 and WMA
discs, it is important to understand how
the system reads the structures you create.
While various files may be present (files
with extensions other than MP3 and
WMA), only files with the MP3 and WMA
extension are played; other files are
ignored by the system. This enables you to
use the same MP3 and WMA disc for a
variety of tasks on your work computer,
home computer and your in-vehicle
system.
In track mode, the system displays and
plays the structure as if it were only one
level deep (all MP3 and WMA files play,
regardless of being in a specific folder). In
folder mode, the system only plays the
MP3 and WMA files in the current folder.
AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH:
AM/FM/CD/SYNC
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Note: Depending on your vehicle options,
your system may look different from what
you see here.
278
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
Vol and Power: Turn to adjust the volume. Press to switch the system on and
off.
A
Function buttons: Select different functions of the audio system depending
on which mode you are in (such as Radio mode or CD mode).
B
CD slot: Insert a CD.C
Eject: Press to eject a CD.D
Number block: In radio mode, you can store your favorite radio stations. To
store a radio station, tune to the station, then press and hold a preset button
until sound returns. In CD mode, select a track. In phone mode, enter a phone
number.
E
279
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
Tune and Play or Pause: In radio mode, press to search through the radio
frequency band. In media mode, turn to select a new track. Press to either play
or pause a track. This button also mutes the radio sources.
F
Phone: Press to access the phone features of the SYNC system. See your SYNC
information.
G
Menu: Press to access different audio system features.H
Clock: Press to access the clock setting. Use the center arrow controls to change
the hours and minutes. You can also set the clock by pressing MENU and
scrolling to Clock Settings. If not in phone mode, press to display the clock.
I
Seek, Fast Forward and Reverse: In radio mode, select a frequency band
and press either button. The system stops at the first station it finds in that
direction. In CD mode, press to select the next or previous track. Press and hold
to move quickly forward or backward through the current track.
J
OK and cursor arrows: Press the up and down arrow buttons to select the
various settings. When you make your selection, press the left and right arrow
buttons to change the settings. Press OK to set, or press MENU to exit.
K
Sound: Press to access settings for Treble, Midrange, Bass, Fade and Balance.
Use the up and down arrow buttons to select the various settings. When you
make your selection, press the left and right arrow buttons to change the
settings. Press OK to set or press MENU to exit. Sound settings can be set for
each audio source independently.
L
Radio: Press to listen to the radio or change radio stations. Press the function
buttons below the radio screen to select different radio functions.
M
Media: Press to open the media source menu. You can press this multiple times
to change to CD or to a SYNC-Media device or scroll through the media sources
using the arrow buttons. Press OK to select a source.
N
280
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH:
AM/FM/CD/SYNC/
TOUCHSCREEN DISPLAY
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Note: Some features, such as SIRIUS
satellite radio, may not be available in your
location. Check with an authorized dealer.
Note: The touchscreen system controls
most of the audio features. See your SYNC
information.
TUNE: In radio mode, press to search through the radio frequency band. In
SIRIUS mode, press to find the previous or next available satellite radio station.
A
CD slot: Insert a CD.B
Vol and Power: Turn to adjust the volume. Press to switch the system on and
off.
C
SOURCE: Press to access different audio modes, for example AM, FM and CD.D
281
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
Eject: Press to eject a CD.E
DISP: Press to switch the display screen on and off.F
SOUND: Press to access settings for Treble, Midrange, Bass, Fade or Balance.G
Seek, Fast Forward and Reverse: In radio mode, select a frequency band
and press either button. The system stops at the first station it finds in that
direction. In SIRIUS mode, press to select the next or previous satellite radio
station. If you select a specific category (such as jazz, rock or news), press to
find the next or previous station in the category you select. In CD mode, press
to select the next or previous track. Press and hold to move quickly forward or
backward through the current track.
H
AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH:
AM/FM/CD/SATELLITE RADIO
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Note: Some features, such as SIRIUS
satellite radio, may not be available in your
location. Check with an authorized dealer.
Note: Depending on your vehicle option
package, your system may look different
from what you see here.
282
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
Vol and Power: Turn to adjust the volume. Press to switch the system on and
off.
A
Function buttons: Select different functions of the audio system depending
on which mode you are in (such as Radio mode or CD mode).
B
CD slot: Insert a CD.C
Eject: Press to eject a CD.D
Number block: In radio mode, store and recall your favorite radio stations. To
store a radio station, tune to the station, then press and hold a preset button
until sound returns. In CD mode, select a track. In phone mode, enter a phone
number.
E
283
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
TUNE and Play or Pause: In radio mode, press to search through the radio
frequency band. In SIRIUS mode, press to find the previous or next available
satellite radio station. Press to either play or pause a track. This button also
mutes the radio sources.
F
Clock: Press to access the clock setting. Use the center arrow controls to change
the hours and minutes. You can also set the clock by pressing MENU and
scrolling to Clock Settings. If not in phone mode, press to display the clock.
G
PHONE: Press to access the phone features of the SYNC system. See your
SYNC information.
H
MENU: Press to access different audio system features. See Menu Structure.I
SOUND: Press to access settings for Treble, Midrange, Bass, Fade and Balance.
Use the up and down arrow buttons to select the various settings. When you
make your selection, press the left and right arrow buttons to change the
settings. Press OK to set or press MENU to exit. Sound settings can be set for
each audio source independently.
J
Seek, Fast Forward and Reverse: In radio mode, select a frequency band
and press either button. The system stops at the first station it finds in that
direction. In SIRIUS mode, press to select the next or previous satellite radio
station. If you select a specific category (such as jazz, rock or news), press to
find the next or previous station in the category you select. In CD mode, press
to select the next or previous track. Press and hold to move quickly forward or
backward through the current track.
K
OK and cursor arrows: Press the up and down arrow buttons to select the
various settings. When you make your selection, press the left and right arrow
buttons to change the settings. Press OK to set, or press MENU to exit.
L
SIRIUS: Press to listen to SIRIUS satellite radio.M
RADIO: Press to listen to the radio or change radio stations. Press the function
buttons below the radio screen to select different radio functions.
N
MEDIA: Press to open the media source menu. You can press this multiple
times to change to CD or to a SYNC-Media device or scroll through the media
sources using the arrow buttons. Press OK to select a source.
O
Menu Structure
Note: Depending on your system, some
options may appear slightly different.
Press MENU.
Press the up and down arrow buttons to
scroll through the options.
Press the right arrow to enter a menu.
Press the left arrow to exit a menu.
Press OK to confirm a selection.
284
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
Radio
Use the left and right arrows to go up or down the
frequency band.
Manual Tune
Select for a brief sampling of all available channels.Scan
Select to store the six strongest local stations on the AM-
AST and FM-AST frequency bands.
AST
Select to have the system search by certain music
categories (such as Rock, Pop or Country).
Set Category for Seek/Scan
Select to view additional broadcast data, if available. This
feature defaults to off. RBDS must be on for you to set a
category.
RDS Text Display
SIRIUS
Select for a brief sampling of all available channels.Scan
Select to view your satellite radio electronic serial number
(ESN). You need this number when communicating with
SIRIUS to activate, modify or track your account.
Electronic Serial Number
(ESN)
Select to view available satellite radio channels. Press OK
to open a list of the following options for this channel.
Once you skip or lock a channel, you can only access it by
pressing Direct Tune and entering the channel number.
Locking or unlocking a channel requires your PIN.
Check Channel Guide
Select to view channel categories (such as Pop, Rock or
News). If you select a category, seek and scan functions
only stop on channels in that category.
Set Category for Seek/Scan
Select to switch alerts on or off for songs, artists or teams.
The system alerts you when the selection is playing on
another channel. Save up to 20 alerts.
Alerts
Use your PIN to unlock previously locked stations.Unlock All Stations
Use to restore any channels you previously skipped.Skip No Stations
Select to create a PIN, which allows you to lock or unlock
channels. Your initial PIN is 1234.
Parental Lockout
285
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
Audio Settings
Adjusts the volume to compensate for speed and wind
noise. You can set the system between 0 and +7.
Speed Compensated
Volume
Select to adjust settings for Treble, Midrange, Bass, Fade
or Balance.
Sound
Select to optimize sound quality for the chosen seating
position.
Occupancy Mode
Choose between the stereo modes.DSP
CD Settings
Select to scan all disc selections.Scan All
Select to scan all music in the current MP3 folder.Scan Folder
Select to bring soft and loud passages together for a more
consistent listening level.
CD Compression
Clock Settings
Select to set the time and calendar date.Set Date and Time
Select to view clock time in a 12-hour mode or 24-hour
mode.
24 Hour
Display Settings
Select to change display brightness.Brightness
Select to display the language in English, French or
Spanish.
Language
Select to display the outside temperature in Fahrenheit
or Celsius.
Temp. Setting
286
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH:
SONY AUDIO SYSTEM
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Note: Some features, such as SIRIUS
satellite radio, may not be available in your
location. Check with an authorized dealer.
Note: The touchscreen system controls
most of the audio features. See your SYNC
information.
Note: The CD slot is directly above the
touchscreen.
Power: Press to switch the system on and off.A
SOURCE: Press to access different audio modes, for example AM, FM, Media,
and Satellite Radio.
B
287
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
Seek, Fast Forward and Reverse: In radio mode, select a frequency band
and press either button. The system stops at the first station it finds in that
direction. In SIRIUS mode, press to select the next or previous satellite radio
station. If you select a specific category (such as jazz, rock or news), press to
find the next or previous station in the category you select. In CD mode, press
to select the next or previous track. Press and hold to move quickly forward or
backward through the current track.
C
TUNE: In radio mode, press to search through the radio frequency band. In
SIRIUS mode, press to find the previous or next available satellite radio station.
D
Volume: Turn to adjust the volume.E
SOUND: Press to access settings for Treble, Midrange, Bass, Fade or Balance.F
Eject: Press to eject a CD.G
DIGITAL RADIO (If Equipped)
Note: HD Radio broadcasts are not
available in all markets.
HD Radio technology is the digital
evolution of analog AM/FM radio. Your
system has a special receiver that allows
it to receive digital broadcasts (where
available) in addition to the analog
broadcasts, it already receives. Digital
broadcasts provide a better sound quality
than analog broadcasts with free,
crystal-clear audio and no static or
distortion. For more information, and a
guide to available stations and
programming, please visit
www.hdradio.com.
When HD Radio is on and you tune to a
station broadcasting HD Radio technology,
you may notice the HD Radio logo on your
screen. When this logo is available, you
may also see Title and Artist fields
on-screen.
The multicast indicator appears in FM
mode (only) if the current station is
broadcasting multiple digital broadcasts.
The highlighted numbers signify available
digital channels where new or different
content is available. HD1 signifies the main
programming status and is available in
analog and digital broadcasts. Other
multicast stations (HD2 through HD7) are
only available digitally.
When HD Radio broadcasts are active, you
can access the following functions:
• Memory presets allow you to save an
active channel as a memory preset.
Touch and hold a memory preset slot
until the sound returns. There is a brief
mute while the radio saves the station.
Sound returns when finished. When
switching to an HD2 or HD3 memory
preset, the sound mutes before the
digital audio plays, because the system
has to reacquire the digital signal.
Note: As with any saved radio station, you
cannot access the saved station if your
vehicle is outside the station’s reception
area.
288
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
HD Radio Reception and Station Troubleshooting
Potential reception issues
If you are listening to a multicast station and you are on
the fringe of the reception area, the station may mute due
to weak signal strength.
Reception area
If you are listening to HD1, the system switches back to
the analog broadcast until the digital broadcast is available
again. However, if you are listening to any of the possible
HD2-HD7 multicast channels, the station mutes and stays
muted unless it is able to connect to the digital signal
again.
When the system first receives a station (aside from HD2-
HD7 multicast stations), it first plays the station in the
analog version. Once the receiver verifies the station is an
HD Radio station, it shifts to the digital version. Depending
on the station quality, you may hear a slight sound change
when the station changes from analog to digital. Blending
is the shift from analog to digital sound or digital back to
analog sound.
Station blending
In order to provide the best possible
experience, use the contact form to report
any station issues found while listening to
a station broadcasting with HD Radio
technology. Independent entities own and
operate each station. These stations are
responsible for ensuring all audio streams
and data fields are accurate.
289
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
Potential station issues
ActionCauseIssues
No action required. This is a
broadcast issue.
This is poor time alignment
by the radio broadcaster.
Echo, stutter, skip or repeat
in audio.
Increase or decrease in
audio volume.
No action required. The
reception issue may clear up
as you continue to drive.
The radio is shifting between
analog and digital audio.
Sound fading or blending in
and out.
No action required. This is
normal behavior. Wait until
the audio is available.
The digital multicast is not
available until the HD Radio
broadcast is decoded. Once
decoded, the audio is avail-
able.
There is an audio mute
delay when selecting HD2 or
HD3, multicast preset or
Direct Tune.
No action required. The
station is not available in
your current location.
The previously stored
multicast preset or direct
tune is not available in your
current reception area.
Cannot access HD2 or HD3
multicast channel when
recalling a preset or from a
direct tune.
Fill out the station issue
form at website listed
below.
*
Data service issue by the
radio broadcaster.
Text information does not
match currently playing
audio.
Fill out the station issue
form at website listed
below.
*
Data service issue by the
radio broadcaster.
There is no text information
shown for currently selected
frequency.
*
http://hdradio.com/stations/feedback
HD Radio Technology manufactured under
license from DTS U.S. and foreign patents.
HD Radio and the HD and HD Radio logos
are proprietary trademarks of DTS Ford
Motor Company and DTS are not
responsible for the content sent using HD
Radio technology. Content may be
changed, added or deleted at any time at
the station owner's discretion.
SATELLITE RADIO (If Equipped)
SiriusXM® broadcasts a variety of music,
news, sports, weather, traffic and
entertainment satellite radio channels. For
more information and a complete list of
SiriusXM satellite radio channels, visit
www.siriusxm.com in the United States,
www.siriusxm.ca in Canada, or call
SiriusXM at 1-888-539-7474.
290
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
Note: This receiver includes the eCos
real-time operating system. eCos is
published under the eCos License.
Satellite Radio Reception Factors
Potential satellite radio reception issues
For optimal reception performance, keep the antenna
clear of snow and ice build-up and keep luggage and other
material as far away from the antenna as possible.
Antenna obstructions
Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway
overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and
thunderstorms can interfere with your reception.
Terrain
When you pass a ground-based broadcast-repeating
tower, a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and
the audio system may mute.
Station overload
Your display may show ACQUIRING . . . to indicate the
interference and the audio system may mute.
Satellite radio signal interfer-
ence
SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service
Note: SiriusXM reserves the unrestricted
right to change, rearrange, add or delete
programming including canceling, moving
or adding particular channels, and its prices,
at any time, with or without notice to you.
Ford Motor Company shall not be
responsible for any such programming
changes.
SiriusXM satellite radio is a
subscription-based satellite radio service
that broadcasts a variety of music, sports,
news, weather, traffic and entertainment
programming. Your factory-installed
SiriusXM satellite radio system includes
hardware and a limited subscription term,
which begins on the date of sale or lease
of your vehicle. See an authorized dealer
for availability.
For more information on extended
subscription terms (a service fee is
required), the online media player and a
complete list of SiriusXM satellite radio
channels, and other features, please visit
www.siriusxm.com in the United States,
www.siriusxm.ca in Canada, or call
SiriusXM at 1-888-539-7474.
Satellite Radio Electronic Serial
Number (ESN)
You need your ESN to activate, modify or
track your satellite radio account. When in
satellite radio mode, tune to channel 0.
291
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
Troubleshooting
ActionConditionMessage
No action required. This
message should disappear
shortly.
Radio requires more than
two seconds to produce
audio for the selected
channel.
Acquiring…
If this message does not
clear shortly, or with an igni-
tion key cycle, your receiver
may have a fault. See an
authorized dealer for service.
There is an internal module
or system failure present.
Satellite antenna fault
SIRIUS system failure
Tune to another channel or
choose another preset.
The channel is no longer
available.
Invalid Channel
Contact SiriusXM at 1-888-
539-7474 to subscribe to
the channel, or tune to
another channel.
Your subscription does not
include this channel.
Unsubscribed Channel
The signal is blocked. When
you move into an open area,
the signal should return.
The signal is lost from the
SiriusXM satellite or Siri-
usXM tower to your vehicle
antenna.
No Signal
No action required. The
process may take up to
three minutes.
Update of channel
programming in progress.
Updating…
Contact SiriusXM at 1-888-
539-7474 to resolve
subscription issues.
Your satellite service is no
longer available.
Questions? Call
1-888-539-7474
Use the channel guide to
turn off the Lock or Skip
function on that station.
All the channels in the
selected category are either
skipped or locked.
None found
Check Channel Guide
No action required.SiriusXM has updated the
channels available for your
vehicle.
Subscription Updated
292
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
USB PORT
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Type One
Type Two
The USB port allows you to plug in media
playing devices, memory sticks and charge
devices (if supported). See your SYNC
information.
293
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
GENERAL INFORMATION
SYNC is an in-vehicle communications
system that works with your
Bluetooth-enabled cellular phone and
portable media player. This allows you to:
• Make and receive calls.
• Access and play music from your
portable music player.
• Use 911 Assist and applications, such
as Spotify and Glympse, via SYNC
AppLink.
*
• Access phonebook contacts and music
using voice commands.
• Stream music from your connected
phone.
• Text message.
• Use the advanced voice recognition
system.
• Charge your USB device (if your device
supports this).
*
These features are not available in all
markets and may require activation.
Available AppLink enabled apps vary by
market.
Make sure that you review your device's
manual before using it with SYNC.
Support
The SYNC support team is available to
help you with any questions you cannot
answer on your own.
Monday-Saturday, 8:30am-9:00pm EST.
294
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
Sunday, 10:30am-7:30pm EST.
In the United States, call 1-800-392-3673.
In Canada, call 1-800-565-3673.
Times are subject to change due to
holidays.
SYNC Owner Account
Why do I need a SYNC owner account?
• Essential for keeping up with the latest
software downloads available for
SYNC.
• Access to customer support for any
questions you may have.
Driving Restrictions
For your safety, certain features are
speed-dependent and restricted when your
vehicle is traveling over 3 mph (5 km/h).
Safety Information
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
When using SYNC:
• Do not operate playing devices if the
power cords or cables are broken, split
or damaged. Place cords and cables
out of the way, so they do not interfere
with the operation of pedals, seats,
compartments or safe driving abilities.
• Do not leave playing devices in your
vehicle during extreme conditions as it
could cause them damage. See your
device's manual for further information.
• Do not attempt to service or repair the
system. See an authorized dealer.
Privacy Information
When a cellular phone is connected to
SYNC, the system creates a profile within
your vehicle that is linked to that cellular
phone. This profile is created in order to
offer you more cellular features and to
operate more efficiently. Among other
things, this profile may contain data about
your cellular phone book, text messages
(read and unread), and call history,
including history of calls when your cellular
phone was not connected to the system.
In addition, if you connect a media device,
the system creates and retains an index of
supported media content. The system also
records a short development log of
approximately 10 minutes of all recent
system activity. The log profile and other
system data may be used to improve the
system and help diagnose any problems
that may occur.
The cellular profile, media device index,
and development log will remain in the
vehicle unless you delete them and are
generally accessible only in the vehicle
when the cellular phone or media player
is connected. If you no longer plan to use
the system or the vehicle, we recommend
you perform a Master Reset to erase all
stored information.
295
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
System data cannot be accessed without
special equipment and access to the
vehicle's SYNC module. Ford Motor
Company and Ford of Canada will not
access the system data for any purpose
other than as described absent consent, a
court order, or where required by law
enforcement, other government
authorities, or other third parties acting
with lawful authority. Other parties may
seek to access the information
independently of Ford Motor Company and
Ford of Canada. For further privacy
information, see the section on 911 Assist.
See SYNC™ Applications and Services
(page 310).
USING VOICE RECOGNITION
This system helps you control many
features using voice commands. This
allows you to keep your hands on the
wheel and focus on what is around you.
Initiating a Voice Session
Press the voice button. A list of
available voice commands
appears in the display.
Global Voice Commands
These voice commands are always
available. You can say them at any time.
Global voice commands
This command ends the voice session. You
can also cancel a session by holding the
voice button for two or more seconds.
(cancel | exit)
This command provides you with hints,
examples and instructions.
help
This command restarts the voice session
from the initial starting point.
(main menu | start again)
You can say any of the voice commands that appear within open and close brackets that
are separated by |. For example, where; (cancel | exit) appears you say; cancel or exit.
Helpful Hints
• Make sure the interior of your vehicle is
as quiet as possible. Wind noise from
open windows and road vibrations may
prevent the system from correctly
recognizing spoken commands.
• Before giving a voice command, wait
for the system announcement to finish,
followed by a single tone. Any
command spoken before this does not
register with the system.
• Speak naturally, without long pauses
between words.
• You can interrupt the system at any
time while it is speaking by pressing the
voice button. You can cancel a voice
session by pressing and holding the
voice button.
296
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
System Interaction and Feedback
The system provides feedback through
audible tones, prompts, questions and
spoken confirmations depending on the
situation and the chosen level of
interaction. You can customize the voice
recognition system to provide more or less
instruction and feedback.
The default setting is to a higher level of
interaction in order to help you learn to use
the system. You can change these settings
at any time.
Adjusting the Interaction Level
Press the voice button. When
prompted, say:
Action and DescriptionVoice Command
voice settings
Then either of the following:
Provides more detailed interaction and
guidance. (Recommended for first time
users.)
interaction mode novice
Provides less audible interaction and guid-
ance.
interaction mode advanced
Confirmation Prompts
Confirmation prompts are short questions
the system asks when it is not sure of your
request or when there is more than one
possible response to your request.
To adjust this setting press the voice button, when prompted say:
Action and DescriptionVoice Command
voice settings
Then either of the following:
Make a best guess from the command; you
may still occasionally be asked to confirm
settings.
confirmation prompts off
Clarify your voice command with a short
question.
confirmation prompts on
Phone Confirmation
Using phone confirmations the system
asks you to verify before placing any calls.
297
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
To adjust this setting press the voice button, when prompted say:
Action and DescriptionVoice Command
voice settings
Then any of the following:
When enabled, this feature will prompt you
to confirm any voice initiated call command
prior to the call being placed.
phone confirmation on
The system will make a best guess; you
may still occasionally be asked to confirm
settings.
phone confirmation off
Changing the Voice Settings
In addition to using voice commands to
change the voice settings, you can also use
the menu in the audio display.
To change the voice settings press the
Menu button then select:
Menu Item
SYNC-Settings
Voice settings
Note: Depending on the current climate
control settings, the fan speed may
automatically go down while issuing voice
commands or while making and receiving
phone calls via SYNC to reduce the amount
of background noise in the vehicle. The fan
speed will automatically return to normal
operation once the voice session ends. Fan
speed can also be adjusted normally during
a voice session, simply press fan buttons (or
turn fan knob) to increase or decrease fan
speed to desired setting.
To disable this automatic fan speed
reduction feature during voice sessions,
press and hold the climate control AC and
Recirculated air buttons simultaneously,
release and then increase fan speed within
2 seconds. To re-enable this feature, repeat
the above sequence.
USING SYNC™ WITH YOUR
PHONE
Hands-free calling is one of the main
features of SYNC. While the system
supports a variety of features, many are
dependent on your cellular phone's
functionality. At a minimum, most cellular
phones with Bluetooth wireless technology
support the following functions:
• Answering an incoming call.
• Ending a call.
• Using privacy mode.
• Dialing a number.
• Redialing.
• Call waiting notification.
• Caller ID.
298
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
Other features, such as text messaging
using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook
download, are phone-dependent features.
To check your phone's compatibility, see
your phone's manual and visit
www.SYNCMyRide.com,
www.SYNCMyRide.ca or
www.syncmaroute.ca.
Pairing a Phone for the First Time
Wirelessly pairing your phone with SYNC
allows you to make and receive hands-free
calls.
Note: SYNC can support downloading up
to approximately 4000 entries per
Bluetooth-enabled cellular phone.
Note: Make sure to switch on the ignition
and the radio. Shift the transmission into
park (P) for automatic transmission or first
gear for manual transmission.
Using the Audio System
Note: To scroll through the menus, press
the up and down arrows on your audio
system.
1. Make sure to switch on your phone's
Bluetooth feature before starting the
search. See your device's manual if
necessary.
2. Press the PHONE button. When the
audio display indicates there is no
paired phone, select the option to add.
3. When a message to begin pairing
appears in the audio display, search for
SYNC on your phone to start the pairing
process.
4. When prompted on your cell phone’s
display, confirm that the PIN provided
by SYNC matches the PIN displayed
on your cell phone. Your phone is now
paired and the display indicates that
the pairing was successful. If you are
prompted to enter a PIN on your device,
enter the PIN displayed on the screen.
The display indicates when the pairing
is successful.
Depending on your phone's capability and
your market, the system may prompt you
with questions, such as setting the current
phone as the primary phone (the phone
SYNC automatically tries to connect with
first upon vehicle start-up) and
downloading your phonebook.
Using Voice Commands
Make sure to switch on your
phone's Bluetooth feature
before starting the search. See
your device's manual if necessary.
Press the voice and when prompted
say:
Action and Descrip-
tion
Voice Command
Follow the instruc-
tions on the audio
display.
(pair ([Bluetooth]
device | phone |
Bluetooth audio) |
add phone)
You can say any of the voice commands
that appear within open and close brackets
that are separated by |. For example,
where; (what's | what is) appears you say;
what's or what is.
The commands that have [ ] around the
word means that the word is optional.
299
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
Depending on your phone's capability and
your market, the system may prompt you
with questions, such as setting the current
phone as the primary phone (the phone
SYNC automatically tries to connect with
first upon vehicle start-up) and
downloading your phonebook.
Pairing Subsequent Phones
Note: Make sure to switch on the ignition
and the radio. Shift the transmission into
park (P) for automatic transmission or first
gear for manual transmission.
Note: To scroll through the menus, press
the up and down arrows on your audio
system.
1. Make sure to switch on your phone's
Bluetooth feature before starting the
search. See your device's manual if
necessary.
2. Press the PHONE button.
3. Select the option for Bluetooth
Devices.
4. Press the OK button.
5. Select the option to add. This starts
the pairing process.
6. When a message to begin pairing
appears in the audio display, search for
SYNC on your device.
7. When prompted on your cell phone’s
display, confirm that the PIN provided
by SYNC matches the PIN displayed
on your cell phone. Your phone is now
paired and the display indicates that
the pairing was successful. If you are
prompted to enter a PIN on your device,
enter the PIN displayed on the screen.
The display indicates when the pairing
is successful.
SYNC may prompt you with more cell
phone options. Your cell phone may also
prompt you to give SYNC permission to
access information. For more information
on your cell phone’s capability, see your
cell phone’s manual and visit the website.
Phone Voice Commands
Press the voice button. When
prompted, say any of the
following:
Voice Command
(phone | Blackberry | iPhone)
Then say any of the following:
call (___)
call ___ at home
call ___ ((in|at) [the] office | at work)
call ___ on (cell | mobile)
call ___ on other
1
dial [[a] number]
2
([go to] privacy | transfer to phone
| privacy on)
2
(hold call [on] | place call on hold)
2
join (calls | call)
2
mute call [on]
2
(mute call off | un-mute call)
(turn ringer on | silent mode off)
(turn ringer off | silent mode [on])
300
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
Voice Command
3
[text] (messages | message)
help
___ is a dynamic listing that should be the
name of a contact in your phonebook. For
example you could say "Call Home".
1
See Dial table below.
2
These commands are only valid while in
a phone call.
3
See the text message table below.
Dial Commands
Press the voice button and when prompted
say any of the following commands:
Voice Commands
411 (four-one-one), 911 (nine-one-one)
700 (seven hundred)
800 (eight hundred)
900 (nine hundred)
Clear (deletes all entered digits)
Delete (deletes last set of digits entered)
Number <0-9>
Plus
Pound (#)
Star (*)
Note: To exit dial mode, press and hold the
phone button or press any button on the
audio system.
To access text messages say:
Voice Command
[text] (messages | message)
Then say any of the following:
(listen to | read) ([text] message)
forward (text | [text] message)
reply to (text | [text] message)
call [sender]
Phonebook Hints
To hear how the SYNC system speaks a
name browse phonebook, select a contact
and press:
Menu Item
Hear it
Changing Devices Using Voice
Commands
Using SYNC, you can easily access multiple
phones, ipods, or USB devices. to switch
devices say:
301
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
Voice Command
You can state the name of
the desired device, such as
“My iPhone”,“My Galaxy”
or“My iPod”. SYNC may
ask you to confirm the type
of device (Phone, USB, or
Bluetooth Audio).
(connect |
device) ___
Making Calls
Press the voice button. When
prompted, say:
Voice Command
call [[a] name]
SYNC prompts you to say
the numbers that you wish
to dial. After you say the
numbers, the system
confirms it. You can then
say:
dial [[a]
number]
When the system has stated the
number, you say any of the following:
Voice Command
This initiates the call.(dial | send)
This erases the spoken
digits.
(delete |
correct)
To end the call, press the end call button
on the steering wheel or select the end call
option in the audio display.
Receiving Calls
Accepting calls
When receiving a call, you can answer the
call by pressing the accept call button on
the steering wheel or use the screen.
To use the screen to accept a call
select:
Menu Item
Accept
Rejecting Calls
When receiving a call, you can reject the
call by pressing the reject call button on
the steering wheel or use the screen.
To use the screen to reject a call select:
Menu Item
Reject
Ignore the call by doing nothing.
Phone Options during an Active
Call
During an active call, you have more menu
features that become available, such as
putting a call on hold or joining calls.
To access this menu, choose one of the
options available at the bottom of the
audio display or select More to choose
from the following options:
302
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
Description and actionMenu Item
Switch your vehicle's microphone off. To switch the
microphone on, select the option again.
Mic. off
Switch a call from an active hands-free environment to
your cellular phone for a more private conversation. When
selected, the audio display indicates the call is private.
Privacy
Put an active call on hold. When selected, the audio display
indicates the call is on hold.
Hold
Enter numbers using the audio system's numeric keypad
(for example, numbers for passwords).
Dial a number
Join two separate calls. The system supports a maximum
of three callers on a multiparty or conference call.
Join calls
1. Select the More option.
2. Access the desired contact through the system or use
voice commands to place the second call. Once actively
in the second call, select the More option.
3. Scroll to the option to join calls and press the OK button.
Access your phonebook contacts.Phonebook
1. Select the More option.
2. Scroll to the option for phonebook and press the OK
button.
3. Scroll through your phonebook contacts.
4. Press the OK button again when the desired contact
appears in the audio display.
5. Press the OK button or dial button to call the selection.
Access your call history log.Call History
1. Select the More option.
2. Scroll to the option for call history and press the OK
button.
3. Scroll through your call history options (incoming,
outgoing or missed).
4. Press the OK button again when the desired selection
appears in the audio display.
5. Press the OK button or dial button to call the selection.
Accessing Features through the
Phone Menu
You can access your call history,
phonebook, sent text messages, as well
as access phone and system settings.
1. Press the PHONE button to enter the
phone menu.
2. Select one of the options available.
303
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
Description and actionDisplay
Enter numbers using the audio system's numeric keypad.Dial a number
Access your downloaded phonebook.Phonebook
1. Press the OK button to confirm and enter. You can use
the options at the bottom of the screen to access an
alphabetical category quickly. You can also use the letters
on the audio system's numeric keypad to jump in the list.
2. Scroll through your phonebook contacts.
3. Press the OK button again when the desired selection
appears in the audio display.
4. Press the OK button or dial button to call the selection.
Access any previously dialed, received or missed calls.Call History
1. Press the OK button to select.
2. Scroll to select incoming, outgoing or missed calls. Press
the OK button to make your selection.
3. Press the OK button or dial button to call the selection.
Select 1 of 10 speed dial entries. To set a speed dial entry,
go to the phonebook and then press and hold one of the
numbers on the audio system's numeric keypad.
Speed Dial
Send, download and delete text messages.Text messaging
Access the option for Bluetooth Device menu listings (add,
connect, set as primary, on or off, delete).
BT Devices
View various settings and features on your phone.Phone settings
Text Messaging
Note: This is a phone-dependent feature.
SYNC allows you to receive, send,
download and delete text messages. The
system can also read incoming text
messages to you so that you do not have
to take your eyes off the road.
Receiving a Text Message
Note: This is a phone-dependent feature.
Your phone must support downloading text
messages using Bluetooth to receive
incoming text messages.
Note: This is a speed-dependent feature
and is only available when your vehicle is
traveling at 3 mph (5 km/h) or less.
When a new message arrives, an audible
tone sounds and the audio display
indicates you have a new message.
To hear the message you can say:
Description and
action
Voice command
Select this option
to have the system
read the message
to you.
(listen to | read)
([text] message)
304
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
Using the screen you also have the following options:
Description and actionMenu
Item
Select this option, or do nothing, and the message goes into your text message
inbox.
Ignore
Select the view option to open the text message. Once selected, you have
the ability to have the message read to you, to view other messages. For
additional options select:
View
If you select this option, use the arrow button to scroll through the
following options:
More...
Press the OK button to access, and then scroll
through a list of pre-defined messages to send.
Reply to
sender
Press the OK button to call the sender of the
message.
Call sender
Press the OK button to forward the message to
anyone in your phonebook or call history. You can
also choose to enter a number.
Forward
msg.
Sending, Downloading and Deleting
Your Text Messages
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Select the text messaging option, and
then press the OK button.
Choose from the following options:
Description and actionMenu
Item
Allows you to send a new text message based on a pre-defined set of 15
messages.
New
Allows you to read the full message and, in addition, provides the option to
have the system read the message to you. To go to the next message, select
the More option. This allows you to reply to the sender, call the sender or
forward the message.
View
Allows you to delete current text messages from the system (not your cellular
phone). The audio display indicates when the system has deleted all your
text messages.
Delete
Allows you to delete all messages or manually trigger a download of all
unread messages from your cellular phone.
More...
305
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
Sending a Text Message
Note: You can only send a text message to
one recipient at a time.
1. Select the send option when the
desired selection highlights in the audio
display.
2. Select the confirmation option when
the contact appears.
3. Press the OK button again to confirm
when the system asks if you want to
send the message. A pre-defined
signature appears on each text
message.
Note: You can send text messages either
by choosing a contact from the phonebook
and selecting the text option from the audio
display or by replying to a received message
in the inbox.
Accessing Your Phone Settings
These are phone-dependent features. Your
phone settings allow you to access and
adjust features such as your ring tone and
text message notification, modify your
phonebook, and set up automatic
download.
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Scroll until the phone settings option
appears, and then press the OK button.
Scroll to select from the following options:
Description and actionMenu Item
If this option is checked, the system uses the cellular phone
as the master when there is more than one cellular phone
paired to the system. This option can be changed for all
cellular phones (not only the active phone) using the
Bluetooth Devices menu.
Set as master
See the cellular phone name, provider name, cellular
phone number, and signal level. When done, press the left
arrow buttons to return to the phone status menu.
Phone status
Select which ringtone sounds during an incoming call (one
of the system's tones or your cellular phone's). If your
phone supports in-band ringing, your phone's ringtone
sounds when you choose the cellular phone ringtone
option.
Set ringtone
1. Press the OK button to select and scroll to hear each
ringtone.
2. Press the OK button to select a ringtone.
Have the option of hearing an audible tone to notify you
when a text message arrives. Press the OK button to
switch the audible tone off or on.
Text msg notify
Modify the contents of your phonebook (such as add,
delete or download). Press the OK button to select and
scroll between the choices in the phonebook preferences
table below.
Phonebook pref.
306
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
Phonebook preferencesMenu Item
Push the desired contacts on your cellular phone. See your
device's manual on how to push contacts. Press the OK
button to add more contacts from your phonebook.
Add contacts
When a message asking you to delete appears, select the
option to confirm. Press the OK button to delete the
current phonebook and call history. The system takes you
back to the menu for phone settings.
Delete
Press the OK button to select and download your phone-
book to the system.
Download now
When automatic download is on, the system deletes any
changes (additions or deletions) saved in the system since
your last download.
Auto-download
When automatic download is off, the system does not
download your phonebook when your cellular phone
connects to SYNC.
You can only access your phonebook, call history and text
messages when your paired cellular phone connects to
the system. Check or uncheck this option to download
your phonebook automatically each time your phone
connects to the system. Download times are phone-
dependent and quantity-dependent.
Enabling this feature allows you to select how your
contacts are displayed. You can select:
Sorting Pref.
Last/First nameFirst/Last name
Bluetooth Devices
The Bluetooth Devices menu allows you
to add, connect and delete devices as well
as set a phone as primary.
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Scroll until Bluetooth Devices appears,
and then press the OK button.
Select from the following options:
Description and actionMenu Item
Pair additional phones to the system.Add
1. Select the option to add to start the pairing process.
307
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
Description and actionMenu Item
2. When a message to begin pairing appears in the audio
display, search for SYNC on your phone. See your phone's
manual if necessary.
3. When prompted on your cell phone’s display, confirm
that the PIN provided by SYNC matches the PIN displayed
on your cell phone. Skip the next step. If you are prompted
to enter a PIN on your device, it does not support Secure
Simple Pairing. To pair, enter the PIN displayed on the
screen. The display indicates when the pairing is
successful.
4. When the option to set the phone as primary appears,
select either yes or no.
5. SYNC may prompt you with more cell phone options.
Your cell phone may also prompt you to give SYNC
permission to access information. For more information
on your cell phone’s capability, see your cell phone’s
manual and visit the website.
Select the delete option and confirm when the system
asks to delete the selected device. After deleting a phone
from the list, you have to repeat the pairing process to pair
it again.
Delete
The system attempts to connect with the primary cellular
phone each time you switch on the ignition. When you
select a cellular phone as primary, it appears first in the
list, marked with an asterisk. Set a previously paired phone
as master by selecting the master option and confirming
it as the primary.
Master
Connect a previously connected phone. You can only have
one phone connected at a time to use the phone's func-
tionality. When you connect another phone, the previous
phone disconnects from the telephone services. The
system allows you to use different Bluetooth devices for
the cellular phone functionality and the Bluetooth audio
music playback feature at the same time.
Conn.
Disconnects the selected cellular phone. Select this option
and confirm when asked. After disconnecting a phone,
you can reconnect it again without repeating the full pairing
process.
Discon.
System Settings
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Select the SYNC settings option, and
then press the OK button.
308
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
Scroll to select from the following options:
Description and actionDisplay
Check or uncheck this option to switch the system's
Bluetooth interface off or on. Select this option, and then
press the OK button to change the option's status.
Bluetooth on
Return to the factory default settings without erasing your
indexed information (such as phonebook, call history, text
messages and paired devices). Select this option and
confirm when prompted in the audio display.
Set defaults
Completely erase all information stored in the system
(such as phonebook, call history, text messages and paired
devices) and return to factory default settings.
Master reset
Install downloaded applications or software updates.
Select this option and confirm when prompted in the audio
display. There must be a valid SYNC application or update
available on the USB drive in order to finish an installation
successfully.
Install on SYNC
Display the system's version numbers as well as its serial
number. Press the OK button to select.
System info
The voice settings submenu contains various options. See
Using Voice Recognition (page 296).
Voice settings
Browse the actual menu structure of the connected USB
device. Press the OK button and use the up and down
arrow buttons to scroll through the folders and files. Use
the left or right arrow buttons to enter or leave a folder.
You can select media content for playback from this menu.
Browse USB
309
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
SYNC™ APPLICATIONS AND
SERVICES (If Equipped)
In order for the following features to work,
your cellular phone must be compatible
with SYNC. To check your phone's
compatibility, visit www.SYNCMyRide.com,
www.SYNCMyRide.ca or
www.syncmaroute.ca.
• 911 Assist: Can alert 911 in the event of
an emergency.
• SYNC AppLink: Allows you to connect
to and use certain applications such as
Spotify and Glympse (if your phone is
compatible).
These features may require activation.
Available AppLink enabled apps vary by
market.
911 Assist
WARNINGS
Unless the 911 Assist setting is set on
before a crash, the system will not
dial for help which could delay
response time, potentially increasing the
risk of serious injury or death after a crash.
Do not wait for 911 Assist to make an
emergency call if you can do it
yourself. Dial emergency services
immediately to avoid delayed response
time which could increase the risk of
serious injury or death after a crash. If you
do not hear 911 Assist within five seconds
of the crash, the system or phone may be
damaged or non-functional.
Always place your phone in a secure
location in your vehicle so it does not
become a projectile or get damaged
in a crash. Failure to do so may cause
serious injury to someone or damage the
phone which could prevent 911 Assist from
working properly.
Note: The SYNC 911 Assist feature must be
set on before the incident.
Note: The SYNC 911 Assist feature only
operates in the U.S., Canada or in a territory
in which 911 is the emergency number.
Note: Before setting this feature on, make
sure that you read the 911 Assist Privacy
Notice later in this section for important
information.
Note: If any user switches 911 Assist to on
or off, that setting applies for all paired
phones. If 911 Assist is switched off, either
a voice message plays or a display message
or an icon comes on when your vehicle is
started and after a previously paired phone
connects.
Note: Every phone operates differently.
While SYNC 911 Assist works with most
cellular phones, some may have trouble
using this feature.
If a crash deploys an airbag (excluding
knee airbags and rear inflatable safety
belts [if equipped]) or activates the fuel
pump shut-off, your SYNC-equipped
vehicle may be able to contact emergency
services by dialing 911 through a paired and
connected Bluetooth-enabled phone. You
can learn more about the 911 Assist
feature, visit www.SYNCMyRide.com,
www.SYNCMyRide.ca or
www.syncmaroute.ca.
See Supplementary Restraints System
(page 38). Important information about
airbag deployment is in this chapter.
See Roadside Emergencies (page 186).
Important information about the fuel pump
shut-off is in this chapter.
310
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
Setting 911 Assist On or Off
Press Menu then select
Action and DescriptionMenu
Item
SYNC-Applications
Select the desired option, on
or off.
911 Assist
If you choose not to activate this
feature you will have the following
options:
Action and DescriptionMenu
Item
Provides a display and voice
reminder at phone connection
at vehicle start.
Voice
Reminder
ON
Provides a display reminder
only without a voice reminder
at phone connection.
Voice
Reminder
OFF
To make sure that 911 Assist works
properly:
• SYNC must be powered and working
properly at the time of the incident and
throughout feature activation and use.
• The 911 Assist feature must be set on
before the incident.
• You must pair and connect a
Bluetooth-enabled and compatible
cell phone to SYNC.
• A connected Bluetooth-enabled phone
must have the ability to make and
maintain an outgoing call at the time
of the incident.
• A connected Bluetooth-enabled phone
must have adequate network coverage,
battery power and signal strength.
• The vehicle must have battery power
and be located in the U.S., Canada or
in a territory in which 911 is the
emergency number.
In the Event of a Crash
Not all crashes deploy an airbag or activate
the fuel pump shut-off (the triggers for 911
Assist). If a connected cell phone sustains
damage or loses its connection to SYNC
during a crash, SYNC searches for and tries
to connect to a previously paired cell
phone; SYNC then attempts to call the
emergency services.
Before making the call:
• SYNC provides a short window of time
(about 10 seconds) to cancel the call.
If you fail to cancel the call, SYNC
attempts to dial 911.
• SYNC says the following, or a similar
message: "SYNC will attempt to call
911, to cancel the call, press Cancel on
your screen or press and hold the
phone button on your steering wheel".
If you do not cancel the call, and SYNC
makes a successful call, a pre-recorded
message plays for the 911 operator, and
then the occupant(s) in your vehicle is able
to talk with the operator. Be prepared to
provide your name, phone number and
location immediately, because not all 911
systems are capable of receiving this
information electronically.
911 Assist May Not Work If
• Your cellular phone or 911 Assist
hardware sustains damage in a crash.
• The vehicle's battery or the SYNC
system has no power.
• The phone(s) thrown from your vehicle
are the ones paired and connected to
the system.
311
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
911 Assist Privacy Notice
When you switch on 911 Assist, it may
disclose to emergency services that your
vehicle has been in a crash involving the
deployment of an airbag or activation of
the fuel pump shut-off. Certain versions or
updates to 911 Assist may also be capable
of electronically or verbally disclosing to
911 operators your vehicle location or other
details about your vehicle or crash to assist
911 operators to provide the most
appropriate emergency services. If you do
not want to disclose this information, do
not switch the feature on.
SYNC Mobile Apps
The system enables voice and steering
wheel control of SYNC AppLink enabled
smartphone apps. When an app is running
through AppLink, you can control main
features of the app through voice
commands and steering wheel controls.
Note: You must pair and connect your
smartphone to SYNC to access AppLink.
Note: iPhone users need to connect the
phone to the USB port.
Note: Android users need to connect the
phone to SYNC using Bluetooth.
Note: For information on available apps,
supported smartphone devices and
troubleshooting tips please visit the Ford
website.
Availability of SYNC AppLink enabled Apps
will vary by region.
Note: Make sure you have an active account
for the app that you have downloaded.
Some apps work automatically with no
setup. Other apps want you to configure
your personal settings and personalize your
experience by creating stations or favorites.
We recommend you do this at home or
outside of your vehicle.
Note: AppLink is not available if your
vehicle is equipped with the MyFordTouch
system.
To Access Using the SYNC Menu
Press the MENU button to access the
menu on-screen. Then select:
Action and DescriptionMenu
Item
SYNC-Apps
Scroll through the list of
available applications and
select a particular app or
select:
Mobile
Apps
Find New Apps
Note: If you cannot find a compatible SYNC
AppLink app, make sure the required app is
running on the mobile device.
Accessing an App's Menu
When an app is running through SYNC,
press the right arrow button on the steering
wheel control to access the app menu.
You can access various app features from
here, for example thumbs up and thumbs
down.
Press the left arrow button on the steering
wheel control to exit the app menu.
312
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
To Access Using Voice Commands
Press the voice button then when prompted say:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Say the name of the application after the tone.
The app should start. When an app is running through SYNC, you
can press the voice button and speak commands specific to the
app, for example "Play Playlist Road Trip".
mobile (apps |
applications)
Use this command to discover the available voice commands.help
SYNC Mobile App Voice Commands
The following voice commands are always available:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
SYNC prompts you to say the name of an
app to start it on SYNC.
mobile (apps | applications)
SYNC lists all of the currently available
mobile apps.
list [mobile] (apps | applications)
Searches your connected mobile device for
SYNC-compatible mobile apps.
find [new] [mobile] (apps | applications)
help
You can say the name of a mobile app at any time to start the mobile app on SYNC.
App Permissions
App permissions are organized by groups.
You can grant these group permissions
individually. You can change a permission
group status any time when not driving, by
using the settings menu.
When you launch an app using SYNC, the
system may ask you to grant certain
permissions, for example:
• To allow your vehicle to provide vehicle
information to the app such as, but not
limited to: Fuel level, fuel economy, fuel
consumption, engine speed, rain
sensor, odometer, VIN, external
temperature, gear position, tire
pressure, and head lamp status.
• To allow your vehicle to provide driving
characteristic information such as, but
not limited to: MyKey, seat belt status,
engine revolutions per minute, gear
position, braking events, steering wheel
angle, and accelerator pedal position.
313
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
• To allow your vehicle to provide
location information, including: GPS
and speed.
• To allow the app to send push
notifications using the vehicle display
and voice capabilities while running in
a background state. Push notifications
may be particularly useful for news or
location based apps.
Note: You only need to grant permissions
the first time you use an app with SYNC.
Note: Ford is not responsible or liable for
any damages or loss of privacy relating to
usage of an app, or dissemination of any
vehicle data that you approve Ford to
provide to an app.
Enabling and Disabling App Permissions Using the SYNC Menu
Press the MENU button to access the SYNC menu then select:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
SYNC-Apps
Mobile Apps
You can also select a specific app.
If the app supports push notifications, this
setting is listed. Select to enable or disable
the feature as required.
All Apps
Enabling SYNC Mobile Apps
In order to enable mobile apps, SYNC
requires user consent to send and receive
app authorization information and updates
using the data plan associated with the
connected device.
Data is sent to Ford in the United States
through the connected device. The
information is encrypted and includes your
VIN, SYNC module number, anonymous
usage statistics and debugging
information. Updates may take place
automatically.
Note: You must enable mobile apps for
each connected device the first time you
select a mobile app using the system.
Note: Standard data rates apply. Ford is
not responsible for any additional charges
you may receive from your service provider,
when your vehicle sends or receives data
through the connected device. This includes
any additional charges incurred due to
driving in areas when roaming out of a home
network.
App Status
You can view the current status of an app
in the settings menu.
314
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
There are three possible statuses:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
The system has detected a new app
requiring authorization or a general
permissions update is required.
Update Needed
No update is required.Up-To-Date
The system is trying to receive an update.Updating...
Update settings
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Select this option from the settings menu
to manually preform a needed update.
Request Update
Select this option from the settings menu
to disable automatic updates.
Disable Updates
Doing so also disables the use of Mobile
Apps on SYNC.
USING SYNC™ WITH YOUR
MEDIA PLAYER
You can access and play music from your
digital music player over your vehicle's
speaker system using the system's media
menu or voice commands. You can also
sort and play your music by specific
categories, such as artist and album.
Note: The system is capable of indexing up
to 15,000 songs.
SYNC is capable of hosting nearly any
digital media player including: iPod, Zune,
plays from device players, and most USB
drives. SYNC also supports audio formats,
such as MP3, WMA, WAV and ACC.
Confirm that the USB device has been
formatted correctly and has the following
specifications:
• USB 2.0.
• File format must be FAT16/32.
The format of the audio files on the USB
device must be:
• MP3.
• Non DRM protected WMA.
• WAV.
• AAC.
Connecting Your Digital Media
Player to the USB Port
Note: If your digital media player has a
power switch, make sure you switch it on
before plugging it in.
315
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
To Connect Using Voice Commands
Plug the device into one of the vehicle's
USB ports.
Press the voice button and when
prompted, say:
Action and Descrip-
tion
Voice Command
You can now play
music by saying any
of the appropriate
voice commands.
See the media
voice commands.
(USB [stick] | iPod
| MP3 [player])
Words in brackets [ ] are optional and do
not have to be spoken for the system to
understand the command. For example,
for where (USB [stick] | iPOD | MP3
[player]) appears, you can say USB or USB
stick.
To Connect Using the System Menu
1. Plug the device into one of the vehicle's
USB ports.
2. Press the MEDIA button and select
either USB 1 or USB 2 from the media
source list in the audio display.
To view USB content select:
Description and ActionMessage
Depending on how many media files are on your connected
device, an indexing message may appear in the display. When
indexing is complete, the selected source starts to playback
audio automatically.
Browse USB
You can browse the files on the USB
device in categories. Select BROWSE
from the buttons at the bottom of the
audio display and choose from the
following:
Message
Play all
Playlists
Songs
Artists
Message
Albums
Genres
Browse USB
Reset USB
Media Voice Commands
Press the voice button and when
prompted say:
316
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
Description and ActionVoice Command
You can now play music by saying any of the appropriate
voice commands.
(USB [stick] | iPod | MP3
[player])
You can say any of the voice commands that appear within open and close brackets that
are separated by |. For example, where; (what's | what is) appears you say; what's or
what is.
You must say any of the voice commands that appear outside of open and close brackets.
For example, where; (what's | what is) playing, you must say either "what's playing" or
"what is playing".
Description and ActionCommand
Pauses device playback.pause
Resumes device playback.play
play [album] ___
Play all media on the device from the first
track to the last.
play all
play [artist] ___
play [genre] ___
play [playlist] ___
Plays the next track on the current media.next [track | title | song | file | podcast |
chapter | episode]
Plays the previous track on current media.previous [track | title | song | file |
podcast | chapter | episode]
Creates a playlist with a similar genre to the
one currently playing.
[play] (similar music | more like this)
play [song | track | title | file] ___
repeat off
Repeats the current track.repeat (one | track) [on]
317
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
Description and ActionCommand
Plays the current playlist in a random order.
(Not all devices support this command.)
shuffle [all] [on]
shuffle off
At any time during playback, you can press
the voice button and ask the system what is
playing. The system reads the metadata tags
(if populated) of the current track.
((who's | who is) this | who plays this |
(what's | what is) playing [now] | (what
| which) (song | track | artist) is this |
(who's | who is) playing | (what's | what
is) this)
___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that it
could be the name of anything, such as a
group, artist or song. For example you
could say "Play artist The Beatles".
Examples of USB Commands
SYNC provides the user with many intuitive
ways to find and play a song using voice.
For example, if we have a song called
"Penny Lane" from the album "Magical
Mystery Tour" we can say the following to
play this song:
• Play song "Penny Lane".
• Play "Penny Lane".
If we wanted to play the entire album, we
can say:
• Play album "Magical Mystery Tour".
• Play "Magical Mystery Tour".
Bluetooth Audio
The system is also capable of playing
music from your cellular phone through
Bluetooth.
To switch the Bluetooth Audio on, press
the MEDIA button and select:
Menu Item
BT audio
Then any of the following:
Voice Command
pause
play
next [track | title | song | file | podcast | chapter | episode]
previous [track | title | song | file | podcast | chapter | episode]
Media Menu Features
The media menu allows you to select how
to play your music (such as by artist, genre,
shuffle or repeat), find similar music or
reset the index of your USB devices.
Press the MEDIA button and select either
USB 1 or USB 2 from the media source list
in the audio display to start USB playback.
318
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
Description and ActionMessage
This will enter the media menu.Options
Then any of the following:
Description and ActionMessage
Choose to shuffle or repeat your music. Once you make your
choice, it remains on until you switch it off.
Shuffle
Choose to shuffle or repeat your music. Once you make your
choice, it remains on until you switch it off.
Repeat track
You can play similar types of music to the current playlist
from the USB port. The system uses the metadata informa-
tion of each track to compile a playlist. The system then
creates a new list of similar tracks and then begins playing.
Each track must have the metadata tags populated for this
feature. With certain playing devices, if your metadata tags
Similar music
are not populated, the tracks will not be available in voice
recognition, the play menu or this option. However, if you
place these tracks onto your playing device in mass storage
device mode they are available in voice recognition, the play
menu or this option. The system places unknowns into any
unpopulated metadata tag.
Resets the USB index. After the new indexing is complete
you can choose what to play from the USB song library.
Reset USB
Accessing Your USB Song Library
1. Plug the device into your vehicle's USB
port.
2. Press the MEDIA button (next to the
audio display) to select USB playback.
Description and ActionMessage
This menu allows you to select and play your media files by
artist, album, genre, playlist or track.
Browse USB
If there are no media files to access, the
display indicates there is no media.
319
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
If there are media files, you have the following options:
Description and ActionDisplay
Play all indexed media files from your device one at a time
in numerical order.
*
Play all
Press the OK button to select. The first track title appears
in the display.
Access your playlists (from formats like ASX, M3U, WPL,
or MTP).
*
Playlists
1. Press the OK button to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired playlist, and then press the
OK button.
Search for and play a specific indexed track.
*
Songs
1. Press the OK button to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired track, and then press the OK
button.
Sort all indexed media files by artist. The system then lists
and plays all artists and tracks alphabetically.
*
Artists
1. Press the OK button to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired artist, and then press the OK
button.
Sort all indexed media files by album.
*
Albums
1. Press the OK button to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired album, and then press the
OK button.
Sort all indexed media files by genre (category) type.
*
Genres
1. Press the OK button to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired genre, and then press the
OK button.
Browse all supported media files on your media player
connected to the USB port. You can only view media files
that are compatible with SYNC. (Other files are not
visible.)
Browse USB
1. Press the OK button to select.
320
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
Description and ActionDisplay
2. Scroll to browse indexed media files on the device, and
then press the OK button.
Resets the USB index. After the new indexing is complete,
you can choose what to play from the USB song library.
Reset USB
*
You can use the buttons at the bottom of the audio display to jump to a certain
alphabetical category quickly. You can also use the letters on the audio system's numeric
keypad to jump in the list.
Using Voice Commands
You can access and view your USB songs
using voice commands.
Plug the device into your vehicle's USB
port.
Press the voice button and when
prompted, say any of the following
commands:
Accessing and Viewing USB Media
(browse | search | show) all (album |
albums)
(browse | search | show) all (artist |
artists)
(browse | search | show) all (genre |
genres)
(browse | search | show) all (playlist |
playlists)
(browse | search | show) all (song | songs
| title | titles | file | files | track | tracks)
(browse | search | show) album ___
(browse | search | show) artist ___
(browse | search | show) genre ___
(browse | search | show) playlist ___
USB 2 (If Equipped)
Your vehicle may come equipped with an
additional USB port. If so, USB 1 is located
at the front of the vehicle at the bottom of
the instrument panel. USB 2 is located
inside the storage compartment of the
vehicle's center console.
You can plug in an additional USB device
into the second USB port.
You can access both USB devices by using
voice commands.
To access a USB device press the voice
button and when prompted say:
Voice command
USB 1
USB 2
Note: SYNC only supports one connected
iOS (Apple) devices at a time (whichever
one you plug in first). When you connect a
second iOS device, the systems charges it,
but does not support playback from it.
Bluetooth Devices and System
Settings
You can access these menus using the
audio display. See Using SYNC™ With
Your Phone (page 298).
321
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
Voice Commands for Audio
Sources
Your voice system allows you to change
audio sources with a simple voice
command.
Press the voice button and when
prompted say:
Voice Command
(music | audio | entertainment) [system]
Below are a few examples of voice
commands you can use.
[tune [to]] AM
[tune [to]] AM1
[tune [to]] AM (autostore | AST |
autoset)
[tune [to]] AM 2
Bluetooth (audio | stereo)
(disc | CD [player]) play
[tune [to]] FM
[tune [to]] FM1
[tune [to]] FM (autostore | AST |
autoset)
[tune [to]] FM 2
Radio
*
tune [to] SAT
*
Sirius
(USB [stick] | iPod | MP3 [player])
Voice Command
((who's | who is) this | who plays this |
(what's | what is) playing [now] | (what
| which) (song | track | artist) is this |
(who's | who is) playing | (what's | what
is) this)
help
*
If equipped.
Radio Voice Commands
If you are listening to the radio,
press the voice button, and then
say any of the commands in the
following table.
If you are not listening to the radio,
press the voice button and, after the
tone, say:
Voice Command
Radio
You can then say any of the following
commands.
[tune [to]] AM
[tune [to]] AM1
[tune [to]] AM (autostore | AST |
autoset)
[tune [to]] AM 2
[tune [to]] (AM ___ | ___ [AM])
[tune [to]] AM preset ___
[tune [to]] AM1 preset ___
[tune [to]] FM
[tune [to]] FM1
[tune [to]] FM (autostore | AST |
autoset) preset ___
322
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
Voice Command
[tune [to]] FM 2
[tune [to]] (FM ___ | ___ [FM])
[tune [to]] FM preset ___
*
FM ___ HD ___
[tune [to]] FM 2 preset ___
*
HD ___
[tune [to]] preset ___
Tune
help
*
If equipped.
Sirius Satellite Radio Voice Commands
(If equipped)
To listen to Sirius satellite radio,
press the voice button and, after
the tone, say:
Voice Commands
Sirius
When you are listening to Sirius
satellite radio, you can press the voice
button, and say any of the commands
in the following table.
Voice Commands
tune [to] SAT
[tune [to]] SAT 1
[tune [to]] SAT 2
[tune [to]] SAT 3
[tune [to]] preset ___
[tune [to]] SAT 1 preset ___
Voice Commands
[tune [to]] SAT 2 preset ___
[tune [to]] SAT 3 preset ___
tune [to] [Sirius]
Help
You can say the
channel number (0-
233) to listen to that
Sirius station.
[tune [to]] Sirius
[channel] ___
CD Voice Commands
If you are listening to a CD, press
the voice button, and then say
any of the commands in the
following table.
If you are not listening to a CD, press
the voice button and, after the tone,
say:
Voice Command
(disc | CD [player]) play
You can then say any of the following
commands.
pause
play
[play] next track
[play] previous track
[play | change to] track [number] ___
repeat (track | song) [on]
repeat folder [on]
repeat off
(shuffle | random | mix) [on | (tracks |
songs) [on]]
323
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
Voice Command
(shuffle | random | mix) (CD [player] |
disc) [on]
(shuffle | random | mix) folder [on]
shuffle off
SYNC™ TROUBLESHOOTING
Your SYNC system is easy to use. However,
should questions arise, see the tables
below.
Use the website at any time to check your
phone's compatibility, register your
account and set preferences as well as
access a customer representative via an
online chat (during certain hours). Visit
www.SYNCMyRide.com,
www.SYNCMyRide.ca or
www.syncmaroute.ca for more
information.
Phone issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
Review your phone's manual
about audio adjustments.
The audio control settings
on your phone may be
affecting SYNC perform-
ance.
There is excessive back-
ground noise during a phone
call.
Try turning off the device,
resetting the device,
removing the device's
battery, then trying again.
This may be a possible
phone malfunction.
During a call, I can hear the
other person but they
cannot hear me.
Go to the website to review
your phone's compatibility.
This is a phone-dependent
feature.
SYNC is not able to down-
load my phonebook.
Try turning off the device,
resetting the device or
removing the device's
battery, then trying again.
Try pushing your phonebook
contacts to SYNC by using
the Add Contacts feature.
This may be a possible
phone malfunction.
Use the SYNCmyphone
feature available on the
website.
Try pushing your phonebook
contacts to SYNC by using
the Add Contacts feature.
This may be a limitation on
your phone's capability.
The system says Phonebook
Downloaded but the
phonebook in SYNC is
empty or missing contacts.
324
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
Phone issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
If the missing contacts are
stored on your SIM card, try
moving them to the device
memory.
Remove any pictures or
special ring tones associ-
ated with the missing
contact.
Depending upon your phone,
you may have to grant SYNC
permission to access your
phonebook contacts. Make
sure to confirm when
prompted by your phone
during the phonebook
download.
Go to the website to review
your phone's compatibility.
This is a phone-dependent
feature.
I am having trouble
connecting my phone to
SYNC.
Try turning off the device,
resetting the device or
removing the device's
battery, then trying again.
Try deleting your device
from SYNC, deleting SYNC
from your device and trying
again.
Check the security and auto
accept and prompt always
settings relative to the SYNC
Bluetooth connection on
your phone.
This may be a possible
phone malfunction.
Update your device's firm-
ware.
325
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
Phone issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
Turn off the Auto phone-
book download setting.
Go to the website to review
your phone's compatibility.
This is a phone-dependent
feature.
Text messaging is not
working on SYNC.
Try turning off the device,
resetting the device or
removing the device's
battery, then trying again.
This may be a possible
phone malfunction.
USB and media issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
Try turning off the device,
resetting the device,
removing the device's
battery, then trying again.
This may be a possible
device malfunction.
I am having trouble
connecting my device.
Make sure you are using the
manufacturer's cable.
Make sure you insert the
USB cable correctly into the
device and the USB port.
Make sure that the device
does not have an auto-
install program or active
security settings.
Make sure you are not
leaving the device in your
vehicle during very hot or
cold temperatures.
This is a device limitation.
SYNC does not recognize
my device when I turn on the
car.
Review the device compatib-
ility chart on the SYNC
website to confirm your
phone supports the
Bluetooth audio streaming
function.
This is a phone-dependent
feature.
Bluetooth audio does not
stream.
326
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
USB and media issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
Make sure you correctly
connect the device to SYNC,
and that you have pressed
play on your device.
The device is not connected.
Make sure that all song
details are populated.
Your music files may not
contain the correct artist,
song title, album or genre
information.
SYNC does not recognize
music that is on my device.
The file may be corrupted.
Some devices require you to
change the USB settings
from mass storage to MTP
class.
The song may have copy-
right protection, which does
not allow it to play.
Voice command issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
Review the phone voice
commands and the media
voice commands at the
beginning of their respective
sections.
You may be using the wrong
voice commands.
SYNC does not understand
what I am saying.
After pressing the voice icon,
wait until after the tone
sounds and Listening
appears before saying a
command. Any command
spoken before this does not
register with the system.
You may be speaking too
soon or at the wrong time.
Review the media voice
commands at the beginning
of the media section.
You may be using the wrong
voice commands.
SYNC does not understand
the name of a song or artist.
327
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
Voice command issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
Say the song or artist
exactly as listed. If you say
"Play Artist Prince", the
system does not play music
by Prince and the Revolution
or Prince and the New
Power Generation.
You may be saying the
name differently than the
way you saved it.
Make sure you are saying the
complete title, such as
"California remix featuring
Jennifer Nettles".
If the song titles are in all
CAPS, you have to spell
them. LOLA requires you to
say "L-O-L-A".
The system may not be
reading the name the same
way you are saying it.
Do not use special charac-
ters in the title. The system
does not recognize them.
Review the Phone voice
commands at the beginning
of the phone section.
You may be using the wrong
voice commands.
SYNC does not understand
or is calling the wrong
contact when I want to
make a call.
Make sure you are saying the
contacts exactly as they are
listed. For example, if you
save a contact as Joe
Wilson, say "Call Joe
Wilson".
Using the SYNC phone
menu, open the phonebook
and scroll to the name
SYNC is having trouble
understanding. SYNC will
read the name to you, giving
you some idea of the
pronunciation SYNC is
expecting.
You may be saying the
name differently than the
way you saved it.
328
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
Voice command issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
The system works better if
you list full names, such as
"Joe Wilson" rather than
"Joe".
The system may not be
reading the name the same
way you are saying it.
Do not use special charac-
ters, such as 123 or ICE, as
the system does not recog-
nize them.
Contacts in your phonebook
may be very short and
similar, or they may contain
special characters.
If a contact is in CAPS, you
have to spell it. JAKE
requires you to say "Call J-
A-K-E".
Your phonebook contacts
may be in CAPS.
AppLink issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
Ensure you have a compat-
ible smartphone; an Android
with OS 2.3 or higher or an
iPhone 3GS or newer with
iOS 5.0 or higher. Addition-
ally, ensure your phone is
An AppLink capable phone
is not connected to SYNC.
AppLink Mobile Applica-
tions: When I select "Find
New Apps," SYNC does not
find any applications.
paired and connected to
SYNC in order to find
AppLink-capable apps on
your device. iPhone users
must also connect to
SYNC's USB port with an
Apple USB cable.
Ensure you have down-
loaded and installed the
latest version of the app
from your phone's app store.
Ensure the app is running on
your phone. Some apps
AppLink-enabled apps are
not installed and running on
your mobile device.
My phone is connected, but
I still cannot find any apps.
require you to register or
329
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
AppLink issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
login on the app on the
phone before using them
with AppLink. Also, some
may have a "Ford SYNC"
setting, so check the app's
settings menu on the phone.
Closing and restarting apps
may help SYNC find the
application if you cannot
discover it inside the vehicle.
On an Android device, if
apps have an "Exit' or 'Quit'
Sometime apps do not
properly close and re-open
their connection to SYNC,
over ignition cycles, for
example.
My phone is connected, my
app(s) are running, but I still
cannot find any apps.
option, select that then
restart the app. If the app
does not have that option,
you can also manually
"Force Close" the app by
going to the phone's settings
menu, selecting 'Apps.' then
finding the particular app
and choosing 'Force stop.'
Don't forget to restart the
app afterwards, then select
"Find New Apps" on SYNC.
On an iPhone with iOS7+, to
force close an app, double
tab the home button then
swipe up on the app to close
it. Tab the home button
again, then select the app
again to restart it. After a
few seconds, the app should
then appear in SYNC's
Mobile App's Menu.
Reset the Bluetooth on your
phone by turning it off and
then turning Bluetooth back
on. If you are in your vehicle,
SYNC should be able to
automatically re-connect to
your phone if you press the
"Phone" button.
There is a Bluetooth bug on
some older versions of the
Android operating system
that may cause apps that
were found on your previous
vehicle drive to not be found
again if you have not turned
off Bluetooth.
My Android phone is
connected, my app(s) are
running, I restarted them,
but I still cannot find any
apps.
330
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
AppLink issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
Unplug the USB cable from
the phone, wait a moment,
and plug the USB cable
back in to the phone. After a
few seconds, the app should
appear in SYNC's Mobile
Apps Menu. If not, "Force
Close" the application and
restart it.
The USB connection to
SYNC may need to be reset.
My iPhone phone is
connected, my app is
running, I restarted the app
but I still cannot find it on
SYNC.
Try increasing the Bluetooth
volume of the device by
using the device's volume
control buttons which are
most often found on the
side of the device.
The bluetooth volume on
the phone may be low.
I have an Android phone. I
found and started my media
app on SYNC, but there is no
sound or the sound is very
low.
Force close or uninstall the
apps you do not want SYNC
to find. If the app has a "Ford
SYNC" setting, disable that
setting in the app's settings
menu on the phone.
Some Android devices have
a limited number of
bluetooth ports apps can
use to connect. If you have
more AppLink apps on your
phone than the number of
available Bluetooth ports,
you will not see all of your
apps listed in SYNC's mobile
apps menu.
I can only see some of the
AppLink apps running on my
phone listed in SYNC's
Mobile Apps Menu.
SYNC System Reset
The SYNC system in your vehicle has System Reset feature that can be performed if
the function of a SYNC feature is lost. This reset is intended to restore functionality and
will not erase any information previously stored in the system (Such as paired devices,
phonebook, call history, text messages, or user settings). To perform a System Reset,
press and hold the Seek Up (>>) button while pressing and holding the Radio Power
button. Release both buttons after 2-3 seconds. Please allow a few minutes for the
reset to complete. After a few minutes has passed you can resume using the SYNC
system.
331
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Getting to Know Your System
The SYNC 3 system allows you to interact
with a variety of features using the
touchscreen and voice commands. By
integrating with your Bluetooth enabled
phone, the touchscreen provides easy
interaction with audio, multimedia, climate
control, navigation, and your phone's SYNC
3 compatible apps.
Using the Touchscreen
To operate the touchscreen, you can
simply touch the item or option that you
want to select. The button changes color
when you select it.
The SYNC 3 layout allows you to quickly
select the feature you wish to use.
332
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Action and DescriptionMenu ItemItem
This bar displays icons and messages pertaining to current
system activities including climate settings, voice
commands and phone functions such as text messages.
Status BarA
This button is available on the main screens. Pressing it
takes you to the home screen view.
HomeB
This shows the current time. You can set the clock manually
or have it controlled by the vehicle's GPS location. See
Settings (page 383).
ClockC
This displays the current outside temperature.Outside
Temperature
D
You can touch any of the buttons on this bar to select a
feature.
Feature BarE
The touchscreen allows you quick access
to all of your comfort, navigation,
communication and entertainment
options. Using the status and feature bar
you can quickly select the feature you want
to use.
Note: Your system is equipped with a
feature that allows you to access and
control audio features for 10 minutes after
you switch the ignition off (and no doors
open).
The Status Bar
Additional icons also display in the status
bar depending on market, vehicle options
and current operation. If a feature is not
active, the icon does not display. Certain
icons may move to the left or right
depending on what options are active.
333
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
DescriptionItemCallout
This icon displays when your phone's microphone is
muted. A caller cannot hear you.
Microphone MuteA
This icon displays when the audio system is muted.MuteB
This icon displays when SYNC 3 has received a soft-
ware update. Pressing the icon will show more details
about the new software.
DownloadC
This icon appears if a Wi-Fi network is connected.Wi-FiD
This icon displays when an available Wi-Fi network
is within range.
Wi-Fi in RangeE
This icon displays when your cell phone is roaming.RoamingF
This icon displays when you receive a text message
on your phone.
Text MessageG
334
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
DescriptionItemCallout
This icon displays when 911 Assist is set to off and
your phone is connected to SYNC.
911 Assist OffH
This icon displays when there is an active Bluetooth
alert.
Bluetooth AlertI
This icon displays to show an active Bluetooth
connection.
BluetoothJ
Messages may also appear in the status
bar to provide you with notifications. You
can select the message to view the
associated feature.
Feature Bar
FunctionsFeature Bar Item
Allows you to control the media playing in
your vehicle. You can control all audio
features including AM, FM and satellite
radio, CDs, and media streaming over a
Bluetooth device or through a USB
connection.
Audio
Allows you to make calls, receive calls, and
access the phonebook of your connected
device.
Phone
Allows you to see your vehicle's location on
a virtual road map, get driving directions to
your destination and find points of interest
along your route.
Navigation
(If equipped)
Connect and control SYNC 3 compatible
apps running on your iphone or android
device. Also, access built-in additional
features such as SiriusXM Traffic and Travel
Link (if equipped).
Apps
This is where you find the Hybrid vehicle
Power Flow information.
You can customize your system with
various settings for the touchscreen display,
feature preferences, and how you want to
interact with your vehicle.
Settings
335
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
FunctionsFeature Bar Item
For plug-in vehicles, this is where you find
the Charge Settings information.
Cleaning the Touchscreen
You can remove fingerprints with a dry,
clean, soft cloth.
If dirt or fingerprints are still on the screen,
apply a small amount of alcohol to the
cloth and try to clean it again.
Note: Do not use detergent or any type of
solvent to clean the touchscreen.
Note: Do not pour or spray alcohol onto the
touchscreen.
Using Voice Recognition
Using voice commands allows you to keep
your hands on the wheel and focus on
what is in front of you. The system provides
feedback through audible tones, prompts,
questions and spoken confirmations
depending on the situation and the chosen
level of interaction (voice settings).
The system also asks short questions
(confirmation prompts) when it is not sure
of your request or when there are multiple
possible responses to your request.
When using voice commands, words and
icons may appear in the status bar
indicating the status of the voice command
session. See Using Voice Recognition
(page 346).
Accessing and Adjusting Modes
Through Your Vehicle Information
Display (If Equipped)
Depending on your vehicle and options you
select, you may be able to control some of
the SYNC 3 features on your information
display. The features are visible in the
right-hand display (A) .
336
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
You can make the following adjustments
using the information display SYNC 3
screen:
InformationOption
Information for current audio playing.Audio
Select source.
View current road and speed limit (if information is available).Naviga-
tion
View current route, next turn, time to your destination (depending on cluster
level), distance to destination (depending on cluster level) and ability to
cancel route.
If you do not have an active navigation route programed, the compass is
shown.
If you are not on a call, a call can be made by selecting: *Phone
337
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
InformationOption
Missed callsOutgoing callsIncoming callsAll callsQuick
dial
If you are on a call, the call information displays on the information display.
If you receive a call, you can accept it by selecting OK on the right-hand
steering wheel controls.
* Depending on your vehicle options, all of these choices may not display.
Use the OK and arrow buttons on the right
side of your steering wheel to scroll
through the available modes.
The selection menu expands and different
options appear.
• Press the up and down arrows to scroll
through the modes.
• Press the right arrow to enter the mode,
use the left arrow to exit the mode.
• Press the up and down arrows to make
adjustments within the chosen mode.
• Press OK to confirm your selection.
Note: If your vehicle does not have
navigation, compass appears in the display
instead of navigation. If you press the right
arrow to go into the compass menu, you can
see the compass graphic. The compass
displays the direction in which the vehicle
is traveling, not true direction (for example,
if the vehicle is traveling west, the middle
of the compass graphic displays west; north
displays to the left of west, though its true
direction is to the right of west).
Using the Controls on the Steering
Wheel
Depending on your vehicle and option
package, you can use different controls on
your steering wheel to interact with the
touchscreen system in different ways.
VOL: Control the volume of audio output.
Mute: Mute the audio output.
Voice: Press to start a voice session. Press
again to stop the voice prompt and
immediately begin speaking. Press and
hold to end a voice session.
SEEK NEXT:
• While in radio mode, press to seek
between memory presets.
• While in USB, Bluetooth Audio or CD
mode, press to seek between songs or
press and hold to fast seek.
SEEK PREVIOUS:
• While in radio mode, press to seek
between memory presets.
• While in USB, Bluetooth Audio or CD
mode, press to seek between songs or
press and hold to fast seek.
PHONE ACCEPT: Press to answer a call
or switch between calls.
PHONE REJECT: Press to end a call or
reject an incoming call.
Note: On some models, SEEK NEXT may
be combined with PHONE REJECT and
SEEK PREVIOUS may be combined with
PHONE ACCEPT.
M:Touch the control repeatedly to switch
between media sources (modes).
See Steering Wheel (page 68).
Using Your Bezel Controls
Depending on your vehicle and option
package, you may also have these controls
on your instrument panel:
338
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
• Power: Switch the audio system on
and off.
• VOL: Control the volume of playing
audio.
• Seek and Tune: se as you normally
would in audio modes.
• Eject: Eject a CD from the audio
system.
• SOURCE or MEDIA: Press repeatedly
to advance through available media
modes.
• SOUND: Press to access the Sound
menu where you can adjust sound and
other audio settings.
• 1-6: Press and hold to store or press to
select an AM, FM or SIRIUS memory
preset. See Audio System (page 277).
• DISP: Switch the display on or off. You
can also touch the screen to switch the
display back on.
• Temperature, fan and climate
control buttons: Control the
temperature, fan speed or settings of
the climate control system. See
Climate Control (page 106).
911 Assist
WARNINGS
Unless the 911 Assist setting is set on
before a crash, the system will not
dial for help which could delay
response time, potentially increasing the
risk of serious injury or death after a crash.
Do not wait for 911 Assist to make an
emergency call if you can do it
yourself. Dial emergency services
immediately to avoid delayed response
time which could increase the risk of
serious injury or death after a crash. If you
do not hear 911 Assist within five seconds
of the crash, the system or phone may be
damaged or non-functional.
WARNINGS
Always place your phone in a secure
location in your vehicle so it does not
become a projectile or get damaged
in a crash. Failure to do so may cause
serious injury to someone or damage the
phone which could prevent 911 Assist from
working properly.
Note: The SYNC 911 Assist feature must be
set on before the incident.
Note: The SYNC 911 Assist feature only
operates in the U.S., Canada or in a territory
in which 911 is the emergency number.
Note: Before setting this feature on, make
sure that you read the 911 Assist Privacy
Notice later in this section for important
information.
Note: If any user sets 911 Assist to on or off,
that setting applies for all paired phones. If
911 Assist is switched off and the phone is
connected to SYNC, an icon displays on the
status bar.
Note: Every phone operates differently.
While SYNC 911 Assist works with most
cellular phones, some may have trouble
using this feature.
If a crash deploys an airbag (excluding
knee airbags and rear inflatable safety
belts [if equipped]) or activates the fuel
pump shut-off, your SYNC-equipped
vehicle may be able to contact emergency
services by dialing 911 through a paired and
connected Bluetooth enabled phone. You
can learn more about the 911 Assist
feature, by visiting:
Website
www.owner.ford.com
www.syncmyride.ca
339
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Website
www.syncmaroute.ca
For important information about airbag
deployment and the fuel pump shut-off
please see the Supplementary Restrains
and Roadside Emergencies sections of
your owner manual.
To switch 911 Assist on and off please view
the settings information. See Settings
(page 383).
To make sure that 911 Assist works
correctly:
• SYNC must be powered and working
properly at the time of the incident and
throughout feature activation and use.
• The 911 Assist feature must be set on
before the incident.
• You must pair and connect a Bluetooth
enabled and compatible cell phone to
SYNC.
• A connected Bluetooth enabled phone
must have the ability to make and
maintain an outgoing call at the time
of the incident.
• A connected Bluetooth enabled phone
must have adequate network coverage,
battery power and signal strength.
• The vehicle must have battery power
and be located in the U.S., Canada or
in a territory in which 911 is the
emergency number.
In the Event of a Crash
Not all crashes will deploy an airbag or
activate the fuel pump shut-off (the
triggers for 911 Assist). If a connected cell
phone sustains damage or loses its
connection to SYNC during a crash, SYNC
will search for and try to connect to a
previously paired cell phone; SYNC will
then attempt to call the emergency
services.
Before making the call:
• SYNC provides a short window of time
(about 10 seconds) to cancel the call.
If you fail to cancel the call, SYNC
attempts to dial 911.
• SYNC says the following, or a similar
message: "SYNC will attempt to call
911, to cancel the call, press Cancel on
your screen or press and hold the
phone button on your steering wheel."
If you do not cancel the call, and SYNC
makes a successful call, a pre-recorded
message plays for the 911 operator, and
then the occupant(s) in your vehicle is able
to talk with the operator. Be prepared to
provide your name, phone number and
location immediately, because not all 911
systems are capable of receiving this
information electronically.
911 Assist May Not Work If
• Your cellular phone or 911 Assist
hardware sustains damage in a crash.
• The vehicle's battery or the SYNC
system has no power.
• The phone(s) thrown from your vehicle
are the ones paired and connected to
the system.
911 Assist Privacy Notice
When you switch on 911 Assist, it may
disclose to emergency services that your
vehicle has been in a crash involving the
deployment of an airbag or activation of
the fuel pump shut-off. Certain versions or
updates to 911 Assist may also be capable
of electronically or verbally disclosing to
911 operators your vehicle location or other
details about your vehicle or crash to assist
911 operators to provide the most
appropriate emergency services. If you do
not want to disclose this information, do
not switch the feature on.
340
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Safety Information
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
• Do not attempt to service or repair the
system. Have an authorized dealer
check your vehicle.
• Do not operate playing devices if the
power cords or cables are broken, split
or damaged. Place cords and cables
out of the way, so they do not interfere
with the operation of pedals, seats,
compartments or safe driving abilities.
• Do not leave playing devices in your
vehicle during extreme conditions as it
could cause them damage. See your
device's user guide for further
information.
• For your safety, some SYNC 3 functions
are speed-dependent. Their use is
limited to when your vehicle is traveling
at speeds under 3 mph (5 km/h). Make
sure that you review your device's
manual before using it with SYNC 3.
Speed-restricted Features
Some features of this system may be too
difficult to use while your vehicle is moving
so they are restricted from use unless your
vehicle is stationary.
• Screens crowded with information,
such as Point of Interest reviews and
ratings, SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link
sports scores, movie times or ski
conditions.
• Any action that requires you to use a
keyboard is restricted, such as entering
a navigation destination or editing
information.
• All lists are limited so the user can view
fewer entries (such as phone contacts
or recent phone call entries).
See the following table for more specific
examples.
Restricted features
Pairing a Bluetooth phone.Cellular Phone
Browsing of list entries is limited for phone contacts and
recent phone calls.
Editing the keypad code.System Functionality
Enabling Valet Mode.
Editing settings while the rear view camera or active park
assist are active.
341
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Restricted features
Editing Wi-Fi settings.Wi-Fi
Editing the list of wireless networks.
Connecting to a new Wi-Fi network.
Viewing received text messages.Text Messages
Using the keyboard to enter a destination.Navigation
Adding or editing Navigation Favorites entries or Avoid
Areas.
Creating a SYNC Owner Account
Why do I need a SYNC owner account?
• Essential for keeping up with the latest
software and connected features.
• Access to customer support for any
questions you may have.
• Maintain account permissions.
Visit the website to sign up and register.
Website
www.owner.ford.com
www.syncmyride.ca
www.syncmaroute.ca
MyFord Mobile™ with Embedded
Modem (If Equipped)
Connect to your vehicle using the MyFord
Mobile app on your smartphone. The
embedded modem in your vehicle
communicates with the app and allows
you to start, lock, unlock and locate your
vehicle remotely. The app also connects
you with other vehicle resources like a
parking locator, roadside assistance, dealer
locations and Ford Support. MyFord Mobile
is supported by Android and iPhone and it
is available through the App Store and
Google Play. The MyFord mobile app is
available through a free download.
Services included for four years. Text and
data rates apply to usage.
Updating Your System
You can choose to download the update
onto a USB drive or use Wi-Fi to deliver
automatic updates.
USB Updates
To use the USB update you need to log
into your owner account and visit the SYNC
software update page.
Website
www.owner.ford.com
www.syncmyride.ca
www.syncmaroute.ca
The website notifies you if an update is
available. You can then select to download
the update.
342
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
You will need an empty USB drive. Please
check the website for minimum
requirements. Once you have inserted the
USB drive into your computer, choose to
start the download. Follow the instructions
provided to download the files to the USB
drive.
The installation of most files occurs in the
background, and does not interrupt your
use of the system. Navigation updates
cannot be installed in the background,
because the files are too large.
To install the update in your vehicle,
remove anything that is plugged in the USB
ports on the media hub and plug in the
USB drive containing the update. When
the USB drive is plugged in, the installation
should begin immediately. After a
successful installation, the update is
available the next time the vehicle is
started.
Please refer to the website for any further
actions.
Updating Over Wi-Fi
To update your System over Wi-Fi your
vehicle must be within the range of a Wi-Fi
access point. Data rates may apply.
To connect your system to Wi-Fi,
select:
Menu Item
Settings
Wi-Fi
You can then select your
Wi-Fi network. You may
have to enter the security
code if the network is
secured. The system
confirms when it has
connected to the network.
Available
Wi-Fi
Networks
You must also give the system permission
to update automatically. Upon vehicle
delivery, the System asks you if you would
like to use the automatic update feature.
If you agree to automatic updates, you can
press OK to confirm. If this selection does
not appear upon vehicle delivery you can
access it through the General Settings. See
Settings (page 383). You can also perform
a master reset. See SYNC™ 3
Troubleshooting (page 397).
If you would like to switch this feature
on later, select:
Menu Item
Settings
General
From this menu, you can
enable automatic updates.
If you have not done so
already, the system
prompts you to set up a
Wi-Fi connection when you
enable this feature.
Automatic
System
Updates
When Wi-Fi and automatic updates are
enabled, your system checks for software
updates periodically. If a new version is
available, it downloads at that time.
Software downloads can take place for up
to 30 minutes after you have switched your
vehicle off. The updates do not interrupt
the normal use of your SYNC 3 system. If
a download does not complete for any
reason, the download continues where it
left off at the next Wi-Fi connected
opportunity. Upon activation of an update,
a banner displays on the touchscreen
indicating the system update. Select the
icon to see more detail. This icon displays
for two ignition cycles.
343
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
To switch this feature off:
Menu Item
Settings
General
In this menu selection, you
can change the selection
for automatic updates to
OFF.
Automatic
System
Updates
Customer Assistance
The SYNC support team is available to
help you with any questions you are not
able to answer on your own.
Monday-Saturday, 8:30am-8:00pm EST.
United States: 1-800-392-3673.
Canada: 1-800-565-3673.
Times are subject to change due to
holidays.
Privacy Information
When you connect a cellular phone to
SYNC 3, the system creates a profile within
your vehicle that links to that cellular
phone. This profile helps in offering you
more cellular features and operating more
efficiently. Among other things, this profile
may contain data about your cellular
phone book, text messages (read and
unread), and call history, including history
of calls when your cell phone was not
connected to the system. In addition, if you
connect a media device, the system
creates and retains an index of supported
media content. The system also records a
short diagnostic log of approximately 10
minutes of all recent system activity. The
log profile and other system data may be
used to improve the system and help
diagnose any problems that may occur.
The cellular profile, media device index,
and diagnostic log remain in your vehicle
unless you delete them and are generally
accessible only in your vehicle when the
cellular phone or media player is
connected.
If you no longer plan to use the system or
your vehicle, we recommend you perform
a Master Reset to erase all stored
information. You can find more information
about the Master Reset in General
Settings. See Settings (page 383). System
data cannot be accessed without special
equipment and access to your vehicle's
SYNC 3 module. Ford Motor Company and
Ford of Canada do not access the system
data for any purpose other than as
described absent consent, a court order,
or where required by law enforcement,
other government authorities, or other third
parties acting with lawful authority. Other
parties may seek to access the information
independently of Ford Motor Company and
Ford of Canada.
344
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
HOME SCREEN
Home screen displayTileItem
Shows the active media source.AudioA
If your vehicle does not have navigation, this space contains the
compass.
The name of the connected phone appears on the screen. The
status of the phone features also appear. This includes signal
strength, battery charge, 911 assist setting state (On or Off),
text messaging and roaming.
PhoneB
This map displays your current location or current route in real
time.
*
NavigationC
When you have navigation active, you also see the next turn
and the length of time and distance to your destination.
345
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Home screen displayTileItem
If your vehicle does not have navigation, this space contains the
audio information.
*
If equipped.
You can touch any of the feature displays
to access that feature.
Anytime you select the home button, the
system returns you to this screen.
USING VOICE RECOGNITION
The SYNC 3 system allows you to use voice
commands, to control features like audio
and climate controls. By using voice
commands, you can keep your hands on
the wheel and your eyes on the road.
You can access each feature controlled by
SYNC 3 through a variety of commands.
To activate the SYNC 3 voice
commands push the voice
button on the steering wheel and
wait for the prompt.
___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that it can
be the name of anything, such as artist, the
name of contact or number. The context
and the description of the command tell
you what to say for this dynamic option.
There are some commands that work for
every feature, these commands are:
Action and DescriptionVoice Command
Brings you to the main menu.Main Menu
Returns you to the previous screen.Go back
Ends the voice session.Cancel
Gives you a list of possible voice commands.List of Commands
You can name any feature and the system gives a list of
commands available for the feature. For example, you could
say:
___ List of Commands
Phone List of Commands
Navigation List of Commands
You can use this command to view the next page of options on
any screen where multiple pages of choices are given.
Next Page
You can use this command to view the previous page of options
on any screen where multiple pages of choices are given.
Previous Page
Gives you available commands you can use on the current
screen.
Help
346
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Included here are some of the most
popular commands for each SYNC 3
feature.
Audio Voice Commands
___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that for
audio voice commands it can be the name
of a Sirius channel or a channel number, a
radio frequency number, or the name of an
artist, album, song or a genre.
To control the media features, press the voice button and when prompted, say:
DescriptionVoice command
You can say the Sirius channel name or number
such as "Sirius channel 16".
1
Sirius Channel ___
You can also turn to a Sirius channel by saying the channel's name, such as "The Pulse".
Allows you to tune to a specific FM or AM
frequency such as "FM 88.7" or "AM 1580".
AM ___
FM ___
Allows you to tune to a specific HD frequency
such as “FM 88.7 HD 1”.
1
FM ___ HD ___
Allows you to listen to music on your Bluetooth-
connected device.
Bluetooth Audio
Allows you to listen to music on your USB
connected device.
USB
For USB audio only, you can say the name of an
artist, album, song or a genre to listen to that
selection. Your system must finish indexing
before this option is available. For example, you
could say "Play artist, The Beatles" or "Play song,
Penny Lane".
Play Genre ___
Play Playlist ___
Play Artist ___
Play Album ___
Play Podcast ___
Play Song ___
Play Audiobook ___
For USB audio only, you can say the name of an
artist, album, or a genre to browse by that selec-
tion. Your system must finish indexing before this
option is available. For example you can say
"Browse The Beatles" or "Browse folk".
Browse ___
1
This option may not be available in all markets or may require a subscription.
347
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Climate Voice Commands
You can control the temperature of the
vehicle using voice commands.
___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that for
climate voice commands it can be the
desired degrees for the temperature
setting.
To adjust the temperature, say:
DescriptionVoice command
Adjust the temperature between 60–85°F
(15.5–29.5°C).
Climate Set Temperature ___
Phone Voice Commands
Pairing a Phone
You can use voice commands to connect
your Bluetooth-enabled phone to the
system.
To pair your phone, press the voice button and when prompted, say:
DescriptionVoice command
Follow the on-screen instructions to complete the pairing
process. See Settings (page 383).
Pair Phone
Making Calls
___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that for
phone voice commands it can be the name
of the contact you wish to call or the digits
you want to dial.
Press the voice button and say a command similar to the following:
DescriptionVoice command
Allows you to call a specific contact from your phonebook
such as "Call Jenny".
Call ___
Allows you to call a specific contact from your phonebook
at a specific location such as "Call Jenny at Home".
Call ___ at ___
Allows you to dial a specific number such as “Dial 867-5309” .Dial ___
348
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Please make sure that you are saying the
contact name exactly as it appears in your
contact list.
Once you have provided the digits of the phone number, you can say the following
commands:
DescriptionVoice Command
If the full number was not entered with the first command, you
can continue saying the number.
<0-9>
Tells SYNC 3 to make the phone call.Dial
Tells SYNC 3 to erase the last block of digits stated.Delete
Tells SYNC 3 to erase the entire number.Clear
Text Message Voice Commands
To access text message options, press the voice button and say:
DescriptionVoice command
Listen to Message
You can say the number of the message you
would like to hear.
Listen to text message ___
Reply to Message
Navigation Voice Commands (If
Equipped)
Setting a Destination
You can use any of the following
commands to set a destination or find a
point of interest.
___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that for
navigation voice commands it can be a POI
category or a major brand name, where
major brand name is a chain with more
than 20 locations
349
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
You can find an address, a point of interest (POI), or search for points of interest
by category:
DescriptionVoice command
Allows you to enter the address search functionality. You can
also search for an address in a specific state or province.
Find an Address
State the name of the POI category or major brand name you
would like to search for such as "Find restaurants".
Find a ___
Allows you to enter the POI search functionality.Find POI
Allows you to enter the intersection search functionality.Find Intersection
State the name of a POI category or major brand name you would
like to search for.
Destination Nearest
___
Allows you to see a list of your previous destinations.Destination Previous
Destination
Allows you to see a list of your favorite destinations.Favorite Destinations
Allows you to route to your home address.Destination Home
Allows you to route to your work address.Destination My Work
In addition, you can say these commands when a route is active:
DescriptionVoice command
Cancels the current route.Cancel Route
Allows you to select an alternate route.Detour
Repeats the last guidance prompt.Repeat Instruction
Displays the active route.Show Route
Displays the list of upcoming maneuvers.Route Summary
Provides current location.Where Am I
Allows you to zoom in on the map.Zoom in
Allows you to zoom out from the map.Zoom out
350
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Mobile App Voice Commands (If Equipped)
The following voice commands are always available:
DescriptionVoice command
SYNC 3 will prompt you to say the name of an app to start it on
SYNC 3.
Mobile Apps
SYNC 3 will list all of the currently available Mobile Apps.List Mobile Apps
SYNC 3 will search and connect to compatible app(s) running on
your mobile device.
Find Mobile Apps
There are also voice commands that you can use when app(s) are connected to
SYNC 3:
DescriptionVoice command
At any time, you can say the name of a mobile app to start the
mobile app on SYNC 3.
Say the name of an
app
SYNC 3 will list the available voice commands for the specified
app if the app is running on SYNC 3.
Say the name of an
app, followed by
help
SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link
Voice Commands (If Equipped)
SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link may not
be available in all markets. Activation and
a subscription are required.
You can say the following commands to access SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link:
DescriptionVoice command
Displays a list of traffic incidents.Show Traffic
Displays the current weather map.Show Weather Map
Displays a list of fuel prices.Show Fuel Prices
Displays the 5 day weather forecast.Show 5 Day Fore-
cast
Help
351
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Voice Settings Commands
You can say the following commands to access the voice settings:
DescriptionVoice command
Allows you to enter the voice settings functionality.Voice Settings
Sets standard prompting with longer prompts.Interaction Mode
Standard
Sets advanced prompting with shorter prompts.Interaction Mode
Advanced
Allows the system to confirm before making a phone call.Phone Confirmation On
The system does not confirm before placing a call.Phone Confirmation Off
The system displays a short list of available commands.Voice Command Lists On
The system does not display the list of commands.Voice Command Lists Off
You can use the volume control to adjust
the volume of the system voice prompts.
While prompt is active, adjust the volume
control up or down to your desired setting.
Note: Depending on the current climate
control settings, the fan speed may
automatically go down while issuing voice
commands or while making and receiving
phone calls via SYNC to reduce the amount
of background noise in the vehicle. The fan
speed will automatically return to normal
operation once the voice session ends. Fan
speed can also be adjusted normally during
a voice session, simply press fan buttons (or
turn fan knob) to increase or decrease fan
speed to desired setting.
To disable this automatic fan speed
reduction feature during voice sessions,
press and hold the climate control AC and
Recirculated air buttons simultaneously,
release and then increase fan speed within
2 seconds. To re-enable this feature, repeat
the above sequence.
352
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
ENTERTAINMENT
Message and descriptionMessage
SourcesA
Direct TuneB
PresetsC
You can access these options using the
touchscreen or voice commands.
Sources
Press this button to select the source of
media you want to listen to.
Menu item
AM
FM
*SIRIUS
CD
The name of the USB that is plugged in displays here.USB
353
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Menu item
Bluetooth Stereo
If you have SYNC 3 compatible apps on your connected smart phone, they
display here as individual source selections.
Apps
* This feature may not be available in all markets and requires an active subscription.
AM/FM Radio
Tuning a Station
You can use the tune or seek controls on
the radio bezel to select a station.
To tune a station using the
touchscreen, select:
Menu item
Direct Tune
A pop up appears, allowing you to type in
the frequency of a station. You can only
enter a valid station for the source you are
currently listening to.
You can press the backspace button to
delete the previously entered number.
Once you have entered the station's
call numbers, you can select:
Action and descrip-
tion
Menu item
Press to begin
playing the station
you have entered.
Enter
Press to exit
without changing
the station.
Cancel
Presets
To set a new preset, tune to the station
and then press and hold one of the
memory preset buttons. The audio mutes
briefly while the system saves the station
and then returns.
There are two preset banks available for
AM and three banks for FM. To access
additional presets, tap the preset button.
The indicator on the preset button shows
which bank of presets you are currently
viewing.
SiriusXM® Satellite Radio (If
Activated)
Note: This feature may not be available in
all markets and requires an active
subscription.
354
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
SiriusXM satellite radio is a
subscription-based satellite radio service
that broadcasts a variety of music, sports,
news, weather, traffic and entertainment
programming. Your factory-installed
SiriusXM satellite radio system includes
hardware and a limited subscription term
that begins on the date of sale or lease of
your vehicle. See an authorized dealer for
availability.
For more information on extended
subscription terms (a service fee is
required), the online media player and a
list of SiriusXM satellite radio channels,
and other features, please visit
www.siriusxm.com in the United States,
www.siriusxm.ca in Canada, or call
SiriusXM at 1-888-539-7474.
Note: SiriusXM reserves the unrestricted
right to change, rearrange, add or delete
programming. This includes canceling,
moving or adding particular channels, and
its prices, at any time, with or without notice
to you. Ford Motor Company shall not be
responsible for any such programming
changes.
Note: This receiver includes the eCos
real-time operating system. eCos is
published under the eCos License.
The following buttons are available for SiriusXM:
Action and descriptionMenu item
Touch this button to see a list of available stations.Browse
A pop-up appears, allowing you to type in the call numbers of
a station.
Direct Tune
Once you enter the stations call numbers, you can select:
The system tunes to the station you select.Enter
You exit the pop-up and the current station
continues to play.
Cancel
You can press the backspace button to delete the previous
number.
355
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Action and descriptionMenu item
Replay audio on the current channel. You can replay approx-
imately 45 minutes of audio as long as you remain tuned to
the current station. Changing stations erases the previous
audio.
Replay
When you are in replay mode, you are not
able to select a different preset until you
return to live audio. Pressing this button
returns you to the live broadcast.
Live
Save the current song, artist, or team as a favorite. The system
alerts you when it plays again on any channel.
ALERT
Selecting this button allows you to enable and edit alerts. See
Settings (page 383).
Memory Presets
To set a preset, tune to the station then
press and hold one of the memory preset
buttons. The audio mutes briefly while the
system saves the station and returns once
the station is stored.
There are three preset banks available for
SiriusXM. To access additional presets, tap
the preset button. The indicator on the
preset button shows which bank of presets
you are currently viewing.
Satellite Radio Electronic Serial
Number (ESN)
You need your ESN to activate, modify or
track your satellite radio account. See
Settings (page 383).
SiriusXM Satellite Radio Reception Factors and Troubleshooting
Potential reception issues
For optimal reception performance, keep the antenna clear
of snow and ice build-up and keep luggage and other
materials as far away from the antenna as possible.
Antenna obstructions
Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway
overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and thunder-
storms can interfere with your reception.
Terrain
When you pass a ground-based broadcast-repeating tower,
a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and the audio
system may mute.
Station overload
Your display may show ACQUIRING... to indicate the interfer-
ence and the audio system may mute.
Satellite radio signal
interference
356
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Troubleshooting tips
ActionCauseMessage
No action required. This
message should disappear
shortly.
Radio requires more than two
seconds to produce audio for
the selected channel.
Acquiring Signal
If this message does not clear
shortly, or with an ignition key
cycle, your receiver may have
a fault. See an authorized
dealer for service.
There is an internal module or
system failure present.
Satellite antenna fault
SIRIUS system failure
Tune to another channel or
choose another preset.
The channel is no longer avail-
able.
Invalid Channel
Contact SiriusXM at 1-888-
539-7474 to subscribe to the
channel, or tune to another
channel.
Your subscription does not
include this channel.
Unsubscribed Channel
The signal is blocked. When
you move into an open area,
the signal should return.
The signal is lost from the Siri-
usXM satellite or SiriusXM
tower to your vehicle antenna.
Satellite acquiring
signal…
No action required. The
process may take up to three
minutes.
Update of channel program-
ming in progress.
Updating…
Contact SiriusXM at 1-888-
539-7474 to resolve subscrip-
tion issues.
Your satellite service is no
longer available.
Questions? Call 1-
888-539-7474
Use the channel guide to turn
off the Lock or Skip function on
that station.
All the channels in the selected
category are either skipped or
locked.
None found. Check
channel guide.
No action required.SiriusXM has updated the
channels available for your
vehicle.
SIRIUS Subscription
updated
HD Radio™ Information (If
Available)
Note: This feature may not be available in
all markets.
To activate HD radio, please see the Radio
Settings in the Settings Chapter. See
Settings (page 383).
Note: HD Radio broadcasts are not
available in all markets.
357
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
HD Radio technology is the digital
evolution of analog AM/FM radio. Your
system has a special receiver that allows
it to receive digital broadcasts (where
available) in addition to the analog
broadcasts, it already receives. Digital
broadcasts provide a better sound quality
than analog broadcasts with free,
crystal-clear audio and no static or
distortion. For more information, and a
guide to available stations and
programming, please visit:
Website
www.hdradio.com
When HD Radio is on and you tune to a
station broadcasting HD Radio technology,
you may notice the following indicators on
your screen:
The HD logo is grey when acquiring a digital
station, and then changes to orange when
digital audio is playing. When this logo is
available, you may also see Title and Artist
fields on-screen.
The multicast indicator appears in FM
mode (only) if the current station is
broadcasting multiple digital broadcasts.
The highlighted numbers signify available
digital channels where new or different
content is available. HD1 signifies the main
programming status and is available in
analog and digital broadcasts. Other
multicast stations (HD2 through HD7) are
only available digitally.
Note: There is also an additional feature
for stations that have more than 1 HD
multicast (For example, HD1 or HD2). The
HD logo and Radio text appears as a button.
Pressing this button allows you to cycle
through all of the HD stations on that
specific frequency. For example, if you are
on 101.1 and it has HD1, HD2, HD3, pressing
the button repeatedly causes the radio to
cycle through the HD stations in a cyclic
increasing order.
When HD Radio broadcasts are active, you can access the following functions:
Action and descriptionMessage
Allows you to save an active channel as a memory preset.
Touch and hold a memory preset slot until the sound returns.
There is a brief mute while the radio saves the station. Sound
returns when the channel saves. When switching to an HD2
or HD3 memory preset, the sound mutes before the digital
audio plays, because the system has to reacquire the digital
signal.
Presets
Note: As with any station you save, you cannot access the saved station if your vehicle is
outside the station’s reception area.
358
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
HD Radio Reception and Station Troubleshooting
Potential reception issues
If you are listening to a multicast station and you are on the
fringe of the reception area, the station may mute due to
weak signal strength.
Reception area
If you are listening to HD1, the system changes back to the
analog broadcast until the digital broadcast is available again.
However, if you are listening to any of the possible HD2-HD7
multicast channels, the station mutes and stays muted unless
it is able to connect to the digital signal again.
When the system first receives a station (aside from HD2-
HD7 multicast stations), it first plays the station in the analog
version. Once the receiver verifies the station is an HD Radio
station, it shifts to the digital version. Depending on the station
quality, you may hear a slight sound change when the station
changes from analog to digital. Blending is the shift from
analog to digital sound or digital back to analog sound.
Station blending
In order to provide the best possible
experience, use the contact form to report
any station issues found while listening to
a station broadcasting with HD Radio
technology. Independent entities own and
operate each station. These stations are
responsible for ensuring all audio streams
and data fields are accurate.
Potential station issues
ActionCauseIssues
No action required. This is a
broadcast issue.
This is poor time alignment by
the radio broadcaster.
Echo, stutter, skip or
repeat in audio.
Increase or decrease in
audio volume.
No action required. The recep-
tion issue may clear up as you
continue to drive.
The radio is shifting between
analog and digital audio.
Sound fading or
blending in and out.
No action required. This is
normal behavior. Wait until the
audio is available.
The digital multicast is not
available until the HD Radio
broadcast is decoded. Once
decoded, the audio is available.
There is an audio mute
delay when selecting
HD2 or HD3, multicast
preset or Direct Tune.
359
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Potential station issues
ActionCauseIssues
No action required. The station
is not available in your current
location.
The previously stored multicast
preset or direct tune is not
available in your current recep-
tion area.
Cannot access HD2 or
HD3 multicast channel
when recalling a preset
or from a direct tune.
Fill out the station issue form.
*
Data service issue by the radio
broadcaster.
Text information does
not match currently
playing audio.
Fill out the station issue form.
*
Data service issue by the radio
broadcaster.
There is no text
information shown for
currently selected
frequency.
HD Radio Technology manufactured under
license from DTS Inc. U.S. and foreign
patents. HD Radio and the HD and HD
Radio logos are proprietary trademarks of
DTS Inc. Ford Motor Company and DTS
Inc. are not responsible for the content sent
using HD Radio technology. Content may
be changed, added or deleted at any time
at the station owner's discretion.
* You can find the form here:
Website
http://hdradio.com/stations/feedback
CD
Once you select this option, the system
returns you to the main audio screen.
The current audio information appears on
the screen.
The following buttons are also available:
FunctionButton
You can use the browse button to select a track.Browse
Select this button and a small number one displays to indicate
the track is set to repeat.
Repeat
For MP3 CDs, this button allows you to toggle through repeat
off, repeat one track (a small number one displays), and repeat
current folder (a small folder displays).
Select the shuffle symbol to have the audio on the disk play
in random order.
Shuffle
You can use the forward, reverse, pause or
play buttons to control the audio playback.
360
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Bluetooth Stereo or USB
Bluetooth Stereo and USB allow you to
access media that you store on your
Bluetooth device or USB device such as
music, audio books or podcasts.
The following buttons are available for Bluetooth and USB:
FunctionButton
Pressing the repeat button toggles the repeat setting through
three modes: repeat off (button not highlighted), repeat all
(button highlighted) and repeat track (button highlighted with
a small number one).
Repeat
Play the tracks in random order.Shuffle
You can use the forward, reverse, pause or
play buttons to control the audio playback.
To get more information about the
currently playing track, press the cover art
or Info button.
For some devices, SYNC 3 is able to
provide 30-second skip buttons when you
listen to audio books or podcasts. These
buttons allow you to skip forward or
backward within a track.
While playing audio from a USB device you
can look for certain music by selecting the
following:
FunctionButton
If available, displays the list of tracks in the
Now Playing playlist.
Browse
This option, which is available under
browse, allows you to play all tracks or to
filter the available media into one of the
below categories.
New Search
Play All
Playlists
Artists
Albums
Songs
Genres
Podcasts
Audio books
361
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
FunctionButton
Composers
This button allows you to choose a specific
letter to view within the category you are
browsing.
A-Z Jump
If available, this allows you to browse the
folders and files on your USB device.
Explore Device
USB Ports
The USB ports are in the center console or
behind a small access door in the
instrument panel.
This feature allows you to plug in USB
media devices, memory sticks, flash drives
or thumb drives, and charge devices if they
support this feature.
Select this option to play audio from your
USB device.
Apps
The system supports the use of certain
audio apps such as Pandora or iHeartRadio
through a USB or Bluetooth enabled
device.
Each app gives you different on-screen
options depending on the app's content.
See Apps (page 380).
Supported Media Players, Formats
and Metadata Information
The system is capable of hosting nearly
any digital media player, including iPod,
iPhone, and most USB drives.
Supported audio formats include MP3,
WMA, WAV, AAC, and FLAC.
Supported audio file extensions include
MP3, WMA, WAV, M4A, M4B, AAC, and
FLAC.
Supported USB file systems include: FAT,
exFAT, and NTFS.
SYNC 3 is also able to organize the media
from your USB device by metadata tags.
Metadata tags, which are descriptive
software identifiers embedded in the
media files, provide information about the
file.
If your indexed media files contain no
information embedded in these metadata
tags, SYNC 3 may classify the empty
metadata tags as unknown.
SYNC 3 is capable of indexing up to
50,000 songs per USB device, for up to 10
devices.
362
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
PHONE
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Hands-free calling is one of the main
features of the system. Once you pair your
cell phone, you can access many options
using the touchscreen or voice commands.
While the system supports a variety of
features, many are dependent on your cell
phone’s functionality.
Pairing Your Cell Phone for the
First Time
Pair your Bluetooth enabled phone with
the system before using the functions in
hands-free mode.
Switch on Bluetooth on your device to
begin pairing. See your phone’s manual if
necessary.
To add a phone, select:
Menu Item
Add Phone
1. Follow the on-screen instructions.
2. A prompt alerts you to search for the
system on your phone.
3. Select your vehicle's make and model
as it displays on your phone.
4. Confirm that the six-digit number
appearing on your phone matches the
six-digit number on the touchscreen.
5. The touchscreen indicates when the
pairing is successful.
6. Your phone may prompt you to give
the system permission to access
information. To check your phone’s
compatibility, see your phone’ s manual
or visit the website.
Alternatively, to add a phone, select:
Menu Item
Add Phone
Then select:
Discover Other Bluetooth Devices
1. Follow the on-screen instructions.
2. Select your phone's name when it
appears on the touchscreen.
3. Confirm that the six-digit number
appearing on your phone matches the
six-digit number on the touchscreen.
4. The touchscreen indicates when the
pairing is successful.
5. Your phone may prompt you to give
the system permission to access
information. To check your phone’s
compatibility, see your phone’ s manual
or visit the website.
At a minimum, most cell phones with
Bluetooth wireless technology support the
following functions:
• Answering an incoming call.
• Ending a call.
• Dialing a number.
• Call waiting notification.
• Caller identification.
363
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Other features, such as text messaging
using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook
download, are phone-dependent features.
To check your phone’s compatibility,
see your phone’s manual or visit the
website:
Websites
owner.ford.com
Websites
www.syncmyride.ca
www.syncmaroute.ca
Phone Menu
This menu becomes available after pairing
a phone.
Action and DescriptionMenu ItemItem
Displays your recent calls.Recent
Call List
A
You can place a call by selecting an entry from this list.
364
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Action and DescriptionMenu ItemItem
You can also sort the calls by selecting the drop down
menu at the top of the screen. You can choose:
MissedOutgoingIncomingAll
All of your contacts from your phone display in alphabet-
ical order.
ContactsB
Selecting this button allows
you to choose a specific letter
to view.
A-Z Jump
Displays the name of your phone and takes you to the
phone settings options.
Phone
Settings
C
From this menu, you can pair subsequent devices, set ring
tones and alerts.
Gives you access to the list of paired or connected
Bluetooth devices allowing you to change or select a
device.
Change
Device
D
Displays all recent text messages.Text
Messages
E
Use this keypad to dial in a phone number.Phone
Keypad
F
Use the backspace button to delete numbers.
Press this button to begin a
call.
Call
Touch this button to reject all incoming calls automatic-
ally. Text message notifications do not display on the
screen. All ringtones and alerts are set to silent.
Do Not
Disturb
G
Users with phones having voice services
may see a button to access the feature.
For example, iPhone users see a Siri button.
A press and hold of the voice button on the
steering wheel also accesses this feature.
Making Calls
There are many ways to make calls from
the SYNC 3 system, including using voice
commands. See Using Voice
Recognition (page 346). You can use the
touchscreen to place calls as well.
365
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
To call a number in your contacts,
select:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
You can then select the
name of the contact you
want to call. Any numbers
stored for that contact
display along with any
stored contact photos. You
can then select the
number that you want to
call. The system begins the
call.
Contacts
To call a number from your recent calls,
select:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
You can then select an
entry that you want to call.
The system begins the call.
Recent Call
List
To call a number that is not stored in
your phone, select:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Select the digits of the
number you wish to call.
Phone
Keypad
The system begins the call.Call
Pressing the backspace button deletes the
last digit you typed.
Receiving Calls
During an incoming call, an audible tone
sounds. Caller information appears in the
display if it is available.
To accept the call, select:
Menu Item
Accept
Note: You can also accept the call by
pressing the phone button on the steering
wheel.
To reject the call, select:
Menu Item
Reject
Note: You can also reject the call by
pressing the phone button on the steering
wheel.
Ignore the call by doing nothing. SYNC 3
logs it as a missed call.
During a Phone Call
During a phone call, the contacts name
and number display on the screen along
with the call duration.
The phone status items are also visible:
• Signal Strength.
• Battery.
• 911 Assist (United States and Canada
only). See Settings (page 383).
You can select any of the following during
an active phone call:
366
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Item
Immediately end a
phone call. You can
also press the
button on the
steering wheel.
End Call
Press this to access
the phone keypad.
Keypad
You can switch the
microphone off so
the caller does not
hear you.
Mute
Item
Privacy Transfer the call to
the cell phone or
back to SYNC 3.
Text Messaging
Note: Downloading and sending text
messages using Bluetooth are cell
phone-dependent features.
Note: Certain features in text messaging
are speed-dependent and not available
when your vehicle is traveling at speeds over
3 mph (5 km/h).
Receiving a Text Message
When a new message arrives, an audible tone sounds and the screen displays a
pop-up with the caller name and ID, if supported by your cell phone. You can select:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Have SYNC 3 read the message to you.Hear It
View the text on the touchscreen.View
To call the sender.Call
You can select from 15 preset messages. Press the message
that you would like to use and confirm to send the message.
SYNC 3 confirms when the message is sent successfully.
Reply
To exit the screen.Close
Smartphone Connectivity (If Equipped)
SYNC 3 allows you to use Apple CarPlay
and Android Auto to access your phone.
When you use Apple CarPlay or Android
Auto, you can:
• Make calls.
• Send and receive messages.
• Listen to music.
• Use your phone's voice assistant.
Apple CarPlay and Android Auto disable
some SYNC 3 features.
Most Apple CarPlay and Android Auto
features use mobile data.
Apple CarPlay
Apple CarPlay requires an iPhone 5 or
newer with iOS 7.1 or newer. Updating to
the latest iOS version is recommended.
1. Plug your phone into a USB port. See
USB Port (page 293).
367
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
2. Follow the prompts on the
touchscreen.
3. Follow the prompts that appear on
your phone to allow access to Apple
CarPlay.
After completing the setup, your phone
connects to CarPlay automatically when
plugged into a USB port.
To disable this feature from the
Settings screen, select:
Menu Item
Apple CarPlay Preferences
Your device is listed if SYNC detects
Apple CarPlay. Select the name of your
device and select:
Disable
To return to SYNC 3, go to the Apple
CarPlay home screen and select the SYNC
app.
Note: Contact Apple for Apple CarPlay
support.
Android Auto
Android Auto is compatible with most
devices with Android 5.0 or newer.
1. Download the Android Auto app to
your device from Google Play to
prepare your device (this may require
mobile data usage).
Note: The Android Auto App may not be
available within your current market.
2. Plug your device into a USB port. See
USB Port (page 293).
3. To switch this feature on from the
Settings screen, scroll left on the
screen and select:
Menu Item
Android Auto Preferences
Enable Android Auto
Note: Android Auto must be switched on
after plugging in your device.
To disable this feature from the
Settings screen, select:
Menu Item
Android Auto Preferences
Your device is listed if SYNC detects
Android Auto. Select the name of your
device and select:
Disable
Note: You may need to slide your Settings
screen to the left to select Apple CarPlay
Preferences or Android Auto Preferences.
To return to SYNC 3, select the
speedometer icon in the Android Auto
menu bar at the bottom of the
touchscreen, and then touch the option to
return to SYNC.
Note: Contact Google for Android Auto
support.
NAVIGATION
Your navigation system is comprised of
two main features, destination mode and
map mode.
368
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Map Mode
Map mode shows advanced viewing
comprised of 2D city maps, 3D landmarks
and 3D city models (when available). 2D
city maps show detailed outlines of
buildings, visible land use, landscape
features, and detailed railroad
infrastructure for the most essential cities
around the globe.
3D landmarks appear as clear, visible
objects that are typically recognizable and
have a certain tourism value.
3D city models are complete 3D models
of entire city areas including navigable
roads, parks, rivers and rendered buildings.
3D landmarks and city models appear in
3D map mode only. Coverage of these
varies and improves with updated map
releases.
Select the zoom in icon to see a
closer view of the map.
Select the zoom out icon to see
a farther away view of the map.
You can adjust the view in preset
increments. You can also pinch to zoom in
or out of the map.
The information bar tells you the names
of streets, cities or landmarks as you hover
over them with the crosshair curser.
You can change your view of the map by
tapping on the location indicator icon on
the right hand side of the screen. You can
choose from the following options:
Heading up (2D map) This
always shows the direction of
forward travel to be upward on
the screen. This view is available
for map scales up to 3 mi (5 km).
North up (2D map) always
shows the northern direction to
be upward on the screen.
3D map mode provides an
elevated perspective of the map.
Adjust this viewing angle and
rotate the map 180 degrees by
touching the map twice, and
then dragging your finger along the shaded
bar with arrows at the bottom of the map.
Re-center the map by pressing
this icon whenever you scroll the
map away from your vehicle’s
current location.
Mute: Press to mute the audio
navigation guidance. Press the
button again to un-mute the
guidance.
Points of Interest (POI)
grouping icon: You can choose
up to three POI icons to display
on the map. If the chosen POIs
are located close together or are
at the same location a box is used to
display a single category icon instead of
repeating the same icon, in order to reduce
clutter. When you select the box on the
map, a pop-up appears indicating how
many POIs are in this location. Select the
pop up to see a list of the available POIs.
You can scroll through and select POIs
from this list.
If your vehicle is low on charge or fuel,
station icons automatically display on the
map.
369
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
If you have subscribed to SiriusXM Traffic
and Travel Link (where available), traffic
flow will be indicated on the map by green
(clear), yellow (slowing), and red
(stopped) road highlights. Traffic flow is
indicated where the information is
available and varies across the US.
You can choose to display traffic icons on
the map representing twelve different
types of incidents. See Settings (page
383).
You can set a destination by hovering
above a location and selecting:
Button
Start
Destination Mode
To set a destination, press:
DescriptionMenu Item
Destination
Enter a navigation destination in any of the following formats:
Street AddressSearch
(number, street, city, state)
For example "12 Mainstreet Dearborn MI"
Partial Address
(number, street) if searching in current state
(number, street and zip code (or postal code in Canada)) if searching
out of state
You can enter unique addresses that contain door number prefixes
with or without the prefix. For example, you could enter "6N340
Fairway Lane" or "340 Fairway Lane".
City
(name or zip code)
Point of Interest
(name or category)
Intersection
(street 1 / street 2)
(street 1 and street 2)
(street 1 & street 2)
(street 1 @ street 2)
(street 1 at street 2)
370
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
DescriptionMenu Item
Latitude and Longitude
(##.###### , ##.######)
This is in a decimal degrees format, one to six decimal places are
accepted.
You are given autocomplete options below the address bar to select
as you type.
If you do not give an exact destination, a menu displays with your
possible selections.
Collections of your last 40 navigation destinations display here.Previous Destina-
tions You can select any option from the list to select it as your destination.
Select this option to remove all previous destinations.Delete
All
Select to navigate to your set Home destination.Home
The time it takes to travel from your current location to Home displays.
To set your Home, press:
A prompt appears asking if you would like to create a
favorite for home. Select:
Home
Enter a location into the search bar and press:Yes
Save
Select to navigate to your set Work destination.Work
The time it takes to travel from your current location to Work displays.
To set your Work:
A prompt appears asking if you would like to create a
favorite for work. Select:
Work
Enter a location into the search bar and press:Yes
Save
Favorites include any location you have previously saved.Favorites
To add Favorites:
Select this button and enter a location into the destination
bar.
Add a
Favorite
Select this option to have the system locate the address
you have entered.
Search
Select this button when the address you have entered
appears on the screen.
Save
371
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
DescriptionMenu Item
The address saves as a favorite and you see the favorites screen. You
can now select this address from the favorites screen.
POI categories that may display (based on market and vehicle
configuration):
Point of Interest
(POI) Categories
Food
Fuel
Hotel
ATM
Press to view additional categories. Once you have selected
a category, follow the menus to find what you are looking
for.
See All
Inside of these categories you can search by:
Nearby
Along Route
Near Destination
In a City
Once you have chosen your destination, press:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
This saves the destination to your favorites.Save
This shows you a map of your entire route. You can then choose your
route from three different options.
Start
Uses the fastest moving roads
possible.
Fastest
Uses the shortest distance possible.Shortest
Uses the most fuel-efficient route.Economical Route
The time and distance for each route also displays.
On the route screen, you can choose to cancel the current navigation.
The system asks for confirmation then returns you to the map mode
screen.
Cancel
372
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Once you have chosen you destination, press:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
The system uses a variety of screens and prompts to guide you to your
destination.
Start
During Route guidance, you can press the maneuver arrow icon on the
map if you want the system to repeat route guidance instructions.
When the system repeats the last guidance instruction, it updates the
distance to the next guidance instruction, since it detects that the
vehicle is moving.
The navigation map shows your estimated time of arrival, remaining
travel time and the distance to your destination.
SYNC 3 may not always announce vehicle arrival at the exact point
of your destination and you may have to cancel a route manually.
Navigation Menu
In map mode and during active navigation
you can access the navigation menu.
During active navigation, touch the bottom
of the screen to view the menu and other
buttons.
To access the Navigation menu, press:
Button
Menu
You can then select:
A full screen map displays during navigation.Full MapScreen View
Highway exit information displays on the right hand side
of the screen during navigation.
Highway
Exit Info
Points of interest icons display for restaurants, hotels,
fuel stations and ATMs when they are present at the
exit. You can select the POI icons to receive a listing of
specific locations. You can select the POI location as a
waypoint or destination if desired.
Only available during an active route. Displays all of the
turns on the current route.
Turn List
You can choose to avoid any road on the turn list by
selecting the road from the list. A screen then appears
and you can press:
Avoid
The system calculates a new route and displays a new
turn list.
373
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Button
You can find the SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link information by
pressing this button. This information requires an active subscription
to SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link.
Traffic List
When a route is not active, a list of nearby traffic incidents displays
(if any are present).
When a route is active, you can choose to display a list of traffic nearby
or on the route.
Press this button to adjust your preferences. See Settings (page 383).Navigation
Settings
Provides your current location city and the nearest road.Where Am I?
The following are only available on the menu during an active navigation route:
The system asks for confirmation and then returns you to the map
mode screen.
Cancel Route
Press this to see a map of the full route.View Route
An alternate route displays in comparison with the current route.Detour
Only available if you have an active waypoint on your route. See
Waypoints later in this section for information on how to set
waypoints.
Edit Waypoints
Use this button to re-order or remove your waypoints.
Optimize OrderYou can
also have
the system
set the
order for
you by
pressing:
GoTo return to
your route
press:
Waypoints
You can add a waypoint to a navigation
route as a destination along your route.
To add a waypoint:
1. Select the search icon (magnifying
glass) while on an active route. This
brings up the destination menu.
2. Set your destination using any of the
given methods. Once the destination
has been selected, the screen allows
you to set the destination as a
waypoint by selecting:
374
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Menu Item
The waypoint list then appears and you are
able to re-order all of your waypoints by
selecting the menu icon on the right hand
side of the location. You can select up to
five waypoints.
Add Waypoint
Optimize OrderYou can also have the system set the order
for you by pressing:
GoTo return to your route, press:
SYNC AppLink
The AppLink app allows you to use some
SYNC 3 navigation features on your phone.
First Mile Navigation
When you switch your ignition off, the
location of your vehicle is recorded and
sent to your SYNC AppLink app. The
location of your vehicle can be viewed
within the app. You can also view walking
directions to your vehicle.
Last Mile Navigation
When you park near your destination, the
system provides walking directions to your
destination.
POI Search
Your paired phone can be used to access
additional points of interest (POI). These
points of interest can only be access when
your phone is paired.
Send To Car
You can send destinations to your
navigation system using a computer or
phone using AppLink.
cityseeker (If Equipped)
Note: cityseeker point of interest (POI)
information is limited to approximately 1,110
cities (1,049 in the United States, 36 in
Canada and 15 in Mexico).
cityseeker, when available, is a service that
provides more information about certain
points of interest such as restaurants,
hotels and attractions.
When you have selected a point of interest,
the location and information appear, such
as address, phone number and a star
rating.
Press More Information to see a photo,
a review, a list of services and facilities, the
average room or meal price and the web
address. This screen displays the point of
interest icons.
375
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
For restaurants, cityseeker can provide
information such as star rating, average
cost, review, handicap access, hours of
operation, and website address.
For hotels, cityseeker can provide
information such as star rating, price
category, review, check-in and checkout
times, hotel service icons and website
address. Hotel service icons include:
• Restaurant
• Business center
• Handicap facilities
• Laundry
• Refrigerator
• 24 hour room service
• Fitness center
• Internet access
• Pool
• Wi-Fi
Attractions include nearby landmarks,
amusement parks, historic buildings and
more. cityseeker can provide information
such as star rating, reviews, hour of
operation and admission price.
SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link
SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link is available
on vehicles equipped with navigation and
only in select markets. You must activate
and subscribe to receive SiriusXM Traffic
and Travel Link information. It helps you
locate the best gas prices, find movie
listings, get current traffic alerts, view the
weather map, get accurate ski conditions
and see current sports scores. See Apps
(page 380).
The system calculates a reasonable
efficient route based on available speed
limits, traffic, and road conditions. You may
know a local short cut that is more efficient
at a given time than the route provided by
SYNC 3, but you should expect a slight
difference in minutes or miles with the
SYNC 3 route.
Navigation Map Updates
Annual navigation map updates are
available for purchase through your
dealership, by calling 1-866-462-8837 in
the United States and Canada or
01-800-557-5539 in Mexico. You can also
visit:
Website
www.navigation.com/sync
You need to specify the make and model
of your vehicle to determine if there is an
update available.
HERE is the digital map provider for the
navigation application. If you find map data
errors, you may report them directly to
HERE by going to
www.here.com/mapcreator. HERE
evaluates all reported map errors and
responds with the result of their
investigation by e-mail.
Map coverage includes the USA (including
Puerto Rico and the US Virgin Islands),
Canada and Mexico.
ELECTRIC VEHICLE
INFORMATION
Power Flow
The power flow information for
your Hybrid vehicle is available
through the Apps section of the
touch screen.
376
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
DescriptionItemCallout
This indicates which mode is active within the vehicle
system.
Power FlowA
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
The electric motor and
gasoline engine are
powering the vehicle.
Status: Hybrid Drive
The hybrid system is storing
power in the high-voltage
battery.
Status: Charging HV
Battery
The vehicle is either at rest,
or sharing very little power
between the electric system
parts.
Status: Idle
377
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
DescriptionItemCallout
The vehicle is driving in
electric mode (the power is
coming from the electric
motor). The gasoline engine
is off in this mode.
Status: Electric Drive
Shows the direction of power flow between the
wheels and the electric motor.
Motor-to-Wheel FlowB
Represents the hybrid electric motor. The higher the
motor power is, the larger the circle around this node.
Any time the vehicle is ready to be driven, the motor
node illuminates.
Electric MotorC
Shows the direction of power flow between the high-
voltage battery and the electric motor. Flow toward
the motor indicates the battery is providing power to
accelerate the vehicle (discharging the battery). Flow
toward the battery indicates the electric motor is
providing power to the battery (charging the battery).
1
Battery-to-
Motor Flow
D
Includes all power usage from the low voltage
accessories such as the climate control fan, head-
lights and heated seats. The higher the power usage
is from these accessories, the larger the circle around
the node. This node illuminates anytime the vehicle
is on since there is always some low level power in
use.
2
OtherE
Includes the power usage from the high-voltage
climate control components such as the electric A/
C compressor. The higher the power usage is from
these components, the larger the circle around this
node.
2,3
ClimateF
Represents your high-voltage battery. A circle illumin-
ates around the node when the high-voltage battery
is receiving power from regenerative braking or engine
charging. The higher the power going into the high-
voltage battery, the larger the circle around this node.
BatteryG
Represents the fuel tank in the vehicle.FuelH
378
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
DescriptionItemCallout
Shows flow from the fuel tank to the engine when
the engine is on and using fuel (there are some cases
where the engine is on, but not using any fuel). When
the engine is on, but not using fuel, the engine node
is active, but the fuel flow path is off. An example of
this is when your foot is off the accelerator pedal and
the vehicle is traveling at a high speed.
Fuel-to-Engine FlowI
Provides you with the reason(s) the gasoline engine
is on. When the gasoline engine is off, this display
does not appear. Engine On due to reasons
displayed by the system are in a chart following this
list.
Engine On due to:J
Shows the direction of power flow between the
engine and the electric motor. The direction indicates
if the engine is providing power to the high-voltage
electrical system, or if the high-voltage electrical
system is providing power to control or start the
engine.
Motor-to-Engine FlowK
Represents the gasoline engine. It illuminates only
when the gasoline engine is on. The higher the engine
power is, the larger the circle around this node.
EngineL
Shows the direction of the power flow between the
engine and the wheels.
Engine-to-Wheels FlowM
Represents the power going to the wheels. The higher
the wheel power is, the larger the circle around this
node. When the engine is off, drive power displays in
blue. When the engine is on, drive power displays in
grey.
DriveN
1
The battery-to-motor flow includes
battery power the vehicle is using for
acceleration. It does not include energy the
vehicle is using for accessories (such as air
conditioning, headlights and radio). This
screen displays accessories and climate
usage separately.
2
Accessories indicates electrical power
demands from your vehicle’s accessory
systems. Accessories use power but do not
contribute to making the vehicle move. The
power flow displays power usage from the
climate control system and other
accessories separately.
3
The climate control system may
determine A/C is necessary even when you
turn it off. In this case, you may see some
climate power when the A/C is off.
379
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Engine On due to
The engine is on because of the heater setting. Reduce
or turn off the heater setting to return to electric mode.
Heater Setting
The engine is on because the vehicle speed exceeds
the level for electric mode operation. Reduce the speed
to return to electric mode.
High Speed
The engine is on when applying pressure to the acceler-
ator pedal or switching on the speed control. Reduce
pressure on the accelerator pedal or switch off the
speed control to return to full electric mode.
Drive Power
The engine is on because the vehicle is in neutral gear.
Shift out of neutral gear to return to electric mode.
Neutral Gear
The engine is on because the vehicle is in low gear. Shift
out of low gear to return to electric mode.
Low Gear
The engine is on to charge the high-voltage battery. The
vehicle returns to electric mode once the battery is
charged.
Battery Charging
The engine is on to optimize vehicle operation. The
vehicle returns to electric mode when possible.
Normal Operation
The engine is on to provide increased powertrain
braking. This can occur when you turn on the grade
assist feature, when speed control is on or when driving
with your foot off the accelerator pedal. Turning off
grade assist or speed control may allow the vehicle to
return to electric mode.
Engine Braking Active
APPS
The system enables voice, steering wheel,
and touch screen control of SYNC 3
AppLink enabled smartphone apps.
Once an app is running through AppLink,
you can control main features of the app
through voice commands and steering
wheel controls.
Note: Available AppLink enabled apps will
vary by market.
Note: You must pair and connect your
smartphone via Bluetooth to SYNC 3 to
access AppLink.
Note: iPhone users need to connect the
phone to the USB port.
Note: For information on available apps,
supported smartphone devices and
troubleshooting tips please visit:
Websites
owner.ford.com
www.syncmyride.ca
380
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Websites
www.syncmaroute.ca
Note: Make sure you have an active account
for the app that you have downloaded.
Some apps will work automatically with no
setup. Other apps will want you to configure
your personal settings and personalize your
experience by creating stations or
favorites.We recommend you do this at
home or outside of your vehicle.
Note: We encourage you to review the
smartphone app’s terms of service and
privacy policies because Ford is not
responsible for your app or its use of data.
Note: AppLink is a native SYNC system
feature. Accessing mobile apps through
AppLink is only possible when Android Auto
or Apple CarPlay are disabled. Some apps
may only be accessible in the car through
AppLink and others only through Android
Auto or Apple CarPlay. Please refer to the
Smartphone Connectivity information to
disable Android Auto or Apple CarPlay.
Note: In order to use an app with SYNC 3,
the app needs to be running in the
background of your phone. If you shut down
the app on your phone, it shuts down the
app on SYNC 3 as well.
Note: If a SYNC 3 AppLink compatible app
is not shown in the Apps Domain, make sure
the required app is running on the mobile
device.
Action and Descrip-
tion
Menu Item
SYNC 3 will search
and connect to
compatible app(s)
running on your
mobile device.
Find Mobile Apps
Enabling SYNC 3 Mobile Apps
In order to enable mobile apps, SYNC 3
requires user consent to send and receive
app authorization information and updates
using the data plan associated with the
connected device.
The connected device sends data to Ford
in the United States. The information is
encrypted and includes your VIN, SYNC 3
module number, odometer, usage
statistics and debugging information. We
retain this data for only as long as
necessary to provide this service,
troubleshoot, and improve products and
services and to offer you products and
services that may interest you where
allowed by law.
Note: You must enable mobile apps for
each connected device the first time you
select a mobile app using the system.
Note: Ford reserves the right to limit
functionality or deactivate mobile apps at
any time.
Note: Standard data rates apply. Ford is
not responsible for any additional charges
you may receive from your service provider,
when your vehicle sends or receives data
through the connected device. This includes
any additional charges incurred due to
driving in areas when roaming out of a home
network.
You can enable and disable apps through
settings. See Settings (page 383).
381
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
App Permissions
The system organizes the App permissions
into groups. You can grant these group
permissions individually. You can change
a permission group status any time when
not driving, by using the settings menu.
While in the settings menu, you can also
see the data included in each group.
When you launch an app using SYNC 3,
the system may ask you to grant certain
permissions, for example Vehicle
information, Driving characteristics, GPS
and Speed, and/or Push notifications. You
can enable all groups or none of them
during the initial app permissions prompts.
The settings menu offers individual group
permission control.
Note: You are only prompted to grant
permissions the first time you use an app
with SYNC 3.
Note: If you disable group permissions,
apps will still be enabled to work with SYNC
3 unless you deactivate All Apps in the
settings menu.
SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link (If
Equipped)
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Note: SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link may
not be available in all markets.
Note: In order to use SiriusXM Traffic and
Travel Link, your vehicle must have
navigation.
Note: A paid subscription is required to
access and use these features. Go to
www.siriusxm.com/travellink for more
information.
Note: Visit www.siriusxm.com/traffic and
click on Coverage map and details for a
complete listing of all traffic areas covered
by SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link.
Note: Neither Sirius nor Ford is responsible
for any errors or inaccuracies in the SiriusXM
Traffic and Travel Link services or its use in
vehicles.
When you subscribe to SiriusXM Traffic
and Travel Link, it can help you locate the
best gas prices, find movie listings, get
current traffic alerts, view the current
weather map, get accurate ski conditions
and see scores to current sports games.
382
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Touch these buttons to identify traffic incidents on your route,
near your vehicle’ s current location or near any of your favorite
places, if programmed.
Traffic on Route
Traffic Nearby
Touch this button to view fuel prices at stations close to your
vehicle’s location or on an active navigation route.
Fuel Prices
Touch this button to view nearby movie theaters and their
show times, if available.
Movie Listings
Touch this button to view the nearby weather, current weather,
or the five-day forecast for the chosen area.
Weather
Select to see the weather map,
which can show storms, radar
information, charts and winds.
Map
Select to choose from a listing of
weather locations.
Area
Touch this button to view scores and schedules from a variety
of sports. You can also save up to 10 favorite teams for easier
access. The score automatically refreshes when a game is in
progress.
Sports Info
Touch this button to view ski conditions for a specific area.Ski Conditions
SETTINGS
Under this menu, you can access and
adjust the settings for many of the system
features. To access additional settings,
swipe the screen left or right.
Sound
Pressing this button allows you to adjust
the following:
Sound Settings
Returns Treble, Midrange, and Bass sound settings to factory levels.Reset All
Adjusts the high frequency level.Treble
Adjusts the middle frequency level.Midrange
Adjusts the low frequency level.Bass
Adjusts the sound ratio from side to side or front to back.Balance / Fade
383
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Sound Settings
Adjusts the amount the audio system volume increases with speed,
or turns the feature off.
Speed
Compensated
Vol.
Optimizes the sound based on the location of the listeners.Occupancy Mode
StereoSound Settings
Surround
Your vehicle might not have all of these features.
Media Player
This button is available when a media
device such as a Bluetooth Stereo or USB
device is the active audio source. Pressing
the button allows you to access the
following options for active devices only.
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
For some USB devices, SYNC 3 can adjust the playback speed of
podcasts. When a podcast is playing, you can choose:
Podcast Speed
FasterNormalSlower
For some USB devices, SYNC 3 can adjust the playback speed of
audiobooks. When an audiobook is playing, you can choose:
Audiobook Speed
FasterNormalSlower
Cover art displays from your device’s music
files. If no cover art for the files exists on the
device, then the Gracenote Database provides
cover art.
Media PlayerCover Art Priority
The Gracenote Database supplied cover art is
used for your music files. This overrides any
cover art from your device.
Gracenote®
Switches on and off Gracenote® to provide metadata information
such as genre, artist, album.
Gracenote®
Management
384
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
This allows you to view the version level of the Gracenote Database.Gracenote® Data-
base Info
This allows you to view the manufacturer and model number of your
media device.
Device Informa-
tion
Erase the stored in media information in order to re-index.Update Media
Index
Clock
To adjust the time, select the up and down
arrows on either side of the screen. The
arrows on the left adjust the hour and
arrows on the right adjust the minute. You
can then select AM or PM.
You can adjust the following features:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Select how time displays.Clock Format
When active, the clock adjusts to time zone changes.Auto Time Zone
Update This feature is only available in vehicles with navigation.
When selected, the vehicle clock resets to GPS satellite time.Reset Clock to
GPS Time
The system automatically saves any
updates you make to the settings.
Bluetooth
Pressing this button allows you to access
the following:
ActionMenu Item
Turning Bluetooth off disconnects all devices and does not permit
new connections.
Bluetooth
You must activate Bluetooth to pair a
Bluetooth enabled device.
The processes of pairing a Bluetooth
device is the same as pairing a phone. See
Pairing a Device in Phone settings for how
to pair a device and the available options.
Phone
Pair your Bluetooth enabled phone with
the system before using the functions in
hands-free mode.
Switch on Bluetooth on your device to
begin pairing. See your phone’s manual if
necessary.
385
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
To add a phone, select:
Menu Item
Add Phone
1. Follow the on-screen instructions.
2. A prompt alerts you to search for the
system on your phone.
3. Select your vehicle's make and model
as it displays on your phone.
4. Confirm that the six-digit number
appearing on your phone matches the
six-digit number on the touchscreen.
5. The touchscreen indicates when the
pairing is successful.
6. Your phone may prompt you to give
the system permission to access
information. To check your phone’s
compatibility, see your phone’ s manual
or visit the website.
Alternatively, to add a phone, select:
Menu Item
Add Phone
Then select:
Discover Other Bluetooth Devices
1. Follow the on-screen instructions.
2. Select your phone's name when it
appears on the touchscreen.
3. Confirm that the six-digit number
appearing on your phone matches the
six-digit number on the touchscreen.
4. The touchscreen indicates when the
pairing is successful.
5. Your phone may prompt you to give
the system permission to access
information. To check your phone’s
compatibility, see your phone’ s manual
or visit the website.
Other features, such as text messaging
using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook
download, are phone-dependent features.
To check your phone’s compatibility,
see your phone’s manual or visit the
website:
Website
owner.ford.com
www.syncmyride.ca
www.syncmaroute.ca
Once you have paired a device you can
adjust the following options.
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
View Devices
You can then select:
You can add a Bluetooth enabled device by following the steps in
the previous table.
Add a Bluetooth
Device
You can select a phone by touching the name of the phone on the screen. You then
have the following options:
Depending on the status of the device, you can select either of these
options to interact with the selected device.
Connect
386
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Disconnect
Allows you to select this device to be your preferred device.Make Primary
Removes the selected device from the system.Delete
Pressing the info icon next to the device
name allows you to see phone and device
information
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Manage Contacts
You can then select:
Enable this option to have SYNC 3 periodically re-download your
phonebook to keep your contact list up to date.
Auto-Download
Contacts
Choose how you would like the system to display your contacts. You
can choose:
Sort By:
Last NameFirst Name
Select this option to re-download your contact list manually.Re-download
Contacts
Select this option to delete the in vehicle contact list. Deleting the
in vehicle list does not erase the contact list on the connected phone.
Delete Contacts
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Set Phone Ringtone
You can then select:
No sound plays when a call comes to your phone.No Ringtone
The currently selected ringtone on your phone plays when you receive
a call. This option may not be available for all phones. If this option
is available, it is the default setting.
Use Phone Ring-
tone
You can also select one of the three available ringers.
387
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Text Messaging
You can then select:
No sound plays when a message comes to your phone.No Alert
(Silence)
You can select one of the three available notification sounds.
When enabled, a voice prompt alerts you when you receive a new
message.
Voice Readout
You can enable and disable the following options as well:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
When enabled, vehicle audio (such as radio or apps) is muted for the
duration of the phone call even when the phone call is in privacy.
Mute Audio in
Privacy
When enabled, an alert displays that your phone is roaming when
you attempt to place a call.
Roaming
Warning
When enabled, a message displays when the battery on your phone
is running low.
Low Battery
Notification
911 Assist
Note: This service is only available in the
United States and Canada.
Select this button to modify the on or off
setting for this feature. If the mobile
phone’s contacts have been downloaded,
you can adjust the following option:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
You can select up to two numbers from your mobile device's phone-
book as emergency contacts for quick access at the end of the 911
Assist call process.
Set Emergency
Contacts
Radio
This button is available if a Radio source
such as AM or FM is the active media
source. Pressing the button allows you to
access the following features:
388
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Activation of this feature allows you to listen to HD radio broadcasts.FM HD Radio
AM HD Radio
(Dependent on
current radio
source, If Avail-
able)
This feature is available when FM Radio is your active media source.
Activate this feature to have the system display radio text.
Radio Text
RefreshAutoset Presets
(AST)
Selecting this option stores the six strongest stations in your current
location to the last preset bank of the currently tuned source.
SiriusXM
This button is available if SiriusXM is the
active audio source. Pressing the button
allows you to access the following
features:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
If you select a category, seek functions only stop on channels in that
category.
Set Category for
Seek
Select to create a personal identification number (PIN), which allows
you to lock or unlock channels. Your initial PIN is 1234.
Parental
Lockout
Select to switch on or off songs, artists or teams alerts or delete an
alert or delete all alerts.
Edit Alerts
You can also view your satellite radio
Electronic Serial Number (ESN) from this
screen. You will need this number when
communicating with SiriusXM to activate,
modify or track your account.
Navigation
You can adjust many of the Navigation
preferences by selecting the following
menus.
389
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Map Preferences
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Map Preferences
Then select any of the following:
When this option is active, the system shows 3D renderings of build-
ings.
3D City Model
When enabled, your vehicle’s previously traveled route displays with
white dots.
Breadcrumbs
Enable this feature to display up to 3 POI icons on the navigation map.POI Icons
A rest area POI icon may display on the map regardless of this setting.
Select POIsOnce this feature is activated you can select
the icons you want displayed by selecting:
This menu allows you to choose which incident icons you would like
to have displayed on the navigation map.
Incident Map
Icons
Route Preferences
Second Level Messages, Actions and DescriptionsMenu Item
Route Preferences
Then select any of the following:
Choose to have the system display your chosen route type.Preferred Route
EcoFastestShortest
Bypass route selection in destination programming. The system only
calculates one route based on your preferred route setting.
Always Use ___
Route
When activated, the system uses your selected route type to calculate
only one route to the desired destination.
The system selects High Occupancy Vehicle or car pool lanes when
providing route guidance.
Use HOV Lanes
The system searches for and displays available parking locations as
you approach your destination.
Automatically
Find Parking
Select a level of cost for the calculated Eco Route. The higher the
setting, the longer the time allotment is for the route.
Eco Time
Penalty
390
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Second Level Messages, Actions and DescriptionsMenu Item
Enable or disable considering traffic information when planning a
route. The system can find a faster route based on heavy traffic flow
information or detect a Road Closed incident and find a detour route
if possible.
Dynamic Route
Guidance
If selected, SYNC 3 avoids freeways when computing a navigation
route.
Avoid Freeways
If selected, SYNC 3 avoids Toll Roads when computing a navigation
route.
Avoid Toll
Roads
If selected, SYNC 3 avoids the use of Ferries or Trains when computing
a navigation route.
Avoid
Ferries/Car
Trains
Navigation Preferences
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Navigation Preferences
You can adjust how the system provides prompts.Guidance
Prompts
Then select any of the following:
A tone sounds followed by voice instructions.Voice and Tones
Only voice instructions are given.Voice Only
Only a tone sounds to prompt you.Tones Only
Navigation Source Selection
The screen lists available alternative
navigation sources using AppLink.
Mobile Apps
You can enable the control of compatible
mobile apps running on your Bluetooth or
USB device on SYNC 3. In order to enable
mobile apps, SYNC 3 requires user consent
to send and receive app authorization
information and updates using the data
plan associated with the connected device.
The connected devices sends data to Ford
in the United States. The encrypted
information includes your VIN, SYNC 3
module number, anonymous usage
statistics and debugging information.
Updates may take place automatically.
Note: All Mobile Apps may not be
compatible with the system.
391
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Note: Standard data rates will apply. Ford
is not responsible for any additional charges
you may receive from your service provider,
when your vehicle sends or receives data
through the connected device. This includes
any additional charges incurred due to
driving in areas when roaming out of a home
network.
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Enable or disable the use of mobile apps on SYNC 3.Mobile Apps
Disabling mobile apps in the settings menu disables automatic
updates and the use of mobile apps on SYNC 3.
You can view the status of mobile app permissions in the settings
menu.
Once Mobile Apps is enabled, you have the following options:
This provides information on the current state of available app
updates.
Update Mobile
Apps
There are three possible statuses:
Updating Mobile Apps…Up-To-DateUpdate Needed
The system is trying to receive
an update.
No update is
required.
The system has
detected a new app
requiring authoriza-
tion or a general
permissions update is
required.
Select this button if an
update is required and you
want to request this update
manually. For example, when
your mobile device is
connected to a Wi-Fi hotspot,
select:
Request Update
392
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Request Update
Grant or deny permissions to all apps at once.All Apps
Grant or deny an individual app particular permissions. App permis-
sions are organized into groups. By pressing the info book icon, you
can see which signals are included in each group.
There may also
be SYNC 3
enabled apps
listed under
these options.
Note: Ford is not responsible or liable for
any damages or loss of privacy relating to
usage of an app, or dissemination of any
vehicle data that you approve Ford to
provide to an app.
General
Access and adjust the system settings,
voice features, as well as phone, navigation
and wireless settings.
Menu Item
Select to have the touchscreen display in English,
Spanish or French.
Language
Select to display units in kilometers or miles.Distance
Select to display units in Celsius or Fahrenheit.Temperature
Select to have the system beep to confirm choices
made through the touchscreen.
Touch Screen Beep
When you activate this option, the system automatic-
ally updates when you have an available Internet
connection through a Wi-Fi network or mobile
connection.
Automatic System Updates
Information pertaining to the system and its software.About SYNC
Documentation of the software license for the system.Software Licenses
Select to restore factory defaults. This erases all
personal settings and personal data.
Master Reset
Wi-Fi & Hotspot
Access SYNC Wi-Fi and Vehicle Hotspot
settings and information.
System Wi-Fi
You can access the following:
393
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Enable this option to connect to Wi-Fi for SYNC 3 vehicle software
updates.
Wi-Fi
This provides you with a list of available Wi-Fi networks within range.View Available
Networks
Clicking on a network from the list allows you to connect or disconnect
from that network. The system may require a security code to
connect.
When you click the information button next to a network, more
information about the network displays such as the signal strength,
connection status and security type.
The system alerts you when your vehicle is parked and a Wi-Fi
network is within range if SYNC is not already connected.
Wi-Fi Available
Notifications
Vehicle Hotspot (If Equipped)
You can access the following:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Allows you to turn the hotspot on and off.Wi-Fi Hotspot
On/Off
Allows you to view and edit hotspot settings such as the SSID and
password.
Settings
Allows you to view your vehicle's hotspot plan and data usage.Data Usage
Allows you to manage devices connected to your hotspot.Manage Devices
Note: The Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot (Vehicle
Hotspot) may be operational while ignition
is On and may remain operational while the
ignition is Off.
Note: Vehicle Hotspot services are provided
by the vehicle network carrier, subject to
your vehicle network carrier agreement,
coverage and availability.
Note: It is the account owner’s
responsibility to remove the vehicle from
the vehicle network carrier account when
ownership of the vehicle is transferred. If the
owner would like to remove the vehicle from
the account for any reason, please contact
your vehicle network carrier for more
information.
394
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Note: Data, for example the Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN), SIM Card ID,
and data plan usage, is shared between
Ford and the vehicle network carrier to
provide the Vehicle Hotspot service in
accordance with your vehicle network carrier
agreement, coverage and availability, and
may be used to enable a seamless transition
from an old to new embedded modem and
to confirm any updates are successfully
delivered.
Note: For your convenience data usage may
be available for monitoring under Settings
but may not reflect actual or current usage.
The vehicle network carrier is responsible
for providing information about your
account. Please contact the vehicle network
carrier for more information.
Note: Ford may need to update operating
system software on your vehicle, including
security updates and bug fixes, to keep
connected services current, like Vehicle
Hotspot, without prior notice to you.
Note: If you do not have an active vehicle
hotspot data plan, open your web browser
and go to a website using the HTTP protocol
to be automatically redirected to the vehicle
network carrier landing page where you can
purchase data. Websites using HTTPS will
not automatically redirect.
Ambient Lighting (If Equipped)
Tap a color once to active ambient lighting.
This sets the color to the highest intensity.
You can drag the colors up and down to
increase or decrease the intensity.
To switch ambient lighting off, press the
active color once or drag the active color
all the way down to zero intensity.
Vehicle
Note: Your vehicle may not have all of
these features.
You can select the following features to
update their settings.
Door Keypad Code
Select this button to add or erase a
personal door keypad code. To add or
erase a personal code, you first need to
enter the five-digit factory set code. You
can find this code on the owner's wallet
card in the glove box or from your
authorized dealer.
Camera Settings
To make adjustments using the touchscreen, select:
Action and DescriptionMessage
Camera Settings
Then select from the following:
You can enable or disable this option using the slider.Rear Camera
Delay
You can find more information on the rear-view camera system in the parking aids chapter
of your owner manual.
395
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Onboard Modem Serial Number (ESN)
Selecting this button on the settings menu
shows you the ESN number for your
system. You need this number for certain
registrations such as Satellite Radio.
Display
To make adjustments using the touchscreen, select:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
The screen goes black and does not display anything. To switch the
screen back on, simply tap the screen.
Display Off
Make the screen display brighter or dimmer.Brightness
You can select:Mode
The screen automatically switches between day and
night modes based on the outside light level.
Auto
The screen displays with a light background to enhance
daytime viewing.
Day
The screen displays with a darker background to make
nighttime viewing easier.
Night
Enable this option to automatically dim the display brightness based
on ambient lighting conditions.
Auto Dim
Voice Control
You can adjust the voice control settings
by selecting the following options.
Menu Item
Enable this option to remove additional voice prompts
and confirmations.
Advanced Mode
Enable this option to have the system confirm a contacts
name with you before making a call.
Phone Confirmation
Enable this option to have the system display a list of
available voice commands when the voice button is
pressed.
Voice Command List
396
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Valet Mode
Valet mode allows you to lock the system.
No information is accessible until the
system is unlocked with the correct PIN.
When you select valet mode a pop up
appears informing you that a four digit
code must be entered to enable and
disable valet mode. You can use any PIN
you chose but you must use the same PIN
to disable valet mode. The system asks
you to input the code.
Note: If the system is locked and you
cannot remember the PIN, please contact
the Customer Relationship Center.
United States: 1-800-392-3673
Canada: 1-800-565-3673
To enable valet mode, enter your chosen
PIN. The system then asks to confirm your
PIN by reentering it. The system then locks.
To unlock the system, enter the same pin
number. The system reconnects to your
phone and all of your options are available
again.
SYNC™ 3 TROUBLESHOOTING
Your SYNC 3 system is easy to use.
However, should questions arise, please
refer to the tables below.
To check your cell phone's compatibility,
refer to the regional Ford or Lincoln
website.
Cell phone issues
Possible solutionPossible causeIssue
Refer to your device's manual about audio
adjustments.
The audio control
settings on your cell
phone may be affecting
SYNC 3 performance.
There is back-
ground noise
during a phone
call.
Try switching your cell phone off, resetting
it or removing the battery, then try again.
Possible cell phone
malfunction.
During a call, I
can hear the
other person
but they cannot
hear me.
Make sure that the microphone for SYNC
3 is not set to off. Look for the microphone
icon on the phone screen.
To restart your system, shut down the
engine, open and close the door, and then
lock the door and wait for 2-3 minutes.
Make sure that your SYNC 3 screen is black
and the lighted USB port is off.
The system may need to
be restarted.
During a call, I
cannot hear the
other person
and they cannot
hear me.
Check your cell phone's compatibility.
This is a cell phone-
dependent feature.
SYNC 3 is not
able to down-
load my phone-
book.
Make sure you allow SYNC 3 to retrieve
contacts from your phone. Refer to your
cell manual.
Possible cell phone
malfunction.
397
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Cell phone issues
Possible solutionPossible causeIssue
You must switch on your cell phone and
the automatic phonebook download
feature on SYNC 3.
Try switching your cell phone off, resetting
it or removing the battery, then try again.
Make sure you allow SYNC 3 to retrieve
contacts from your phone. Refer to your
cell manual.
Limitations on your cell
phone's capability.
The system
says "Phone-
book down-
loaded" but my
SYNC 3 phone-
book is empty or
is missing
contacts.
If the missing contacts are stored on your
SIM card, move them to your cell phone's
memory.
You must switch on your cell phone and
the automatic phonebook download
feature on SYNC 3.
Check your cell phone's compatibility.
This is a cell phone-
dependent feature.
I am having
trouble
connecting my
cell phone to
SYNC 3.
Try switching your cell phone off, resetting
it or removing the battery, then try again.
Possible cell phone
malfunction.
Try deleting your device from SYNC 3 and
deleting SYNC from your device, then trying
again.
Always check the security and auto accept
prompt settings relative to the SYNC 3
Bluetooth connection on your cell phone.
Update your cell phone's firmware.
Switch the auto download setting off.
Check your cell phone's compatibility.
This is a cell phone-
dependent feature.
Text messaging
is not working
on SYNC 3.
Try switching your cell phone off, resetting
it or removing the battery, then try again.
Possible cell phone
malfunction.
iPhone • Go to your cell phone's Settings.
• Go to the Bluetooth Menu.
398
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Cell phone issues
Possible solutionPossible causeIssue
• Press the blue circle to the right of the
device named with your vehicle make
and model to enter the next menu.
• Turn Show Notifications on.
• Disconnect then reconnect your iPhone
from the SYNC 3 system to activate this
settings update.
Your iPhone is now set up to forward
incoming text messages to SYNC 3.
Repeat these steps for every other SYNC 3
vehicle that you connect. Your iPhone will
only forward incoming text messages to
SYNC 3 if the iPhone is not unlocked in the
messaging application.
Replying to text messages using SYNC 3 is
not supported by iPhone.
Text messages from WhatsApp and Face-
book Messenger are not supported.
Your cell phone must support downloading
text messages through Bluetooth to receive
incoming text messages.
This is a cell phone-
dependent feature.
Audible text
messages do
not work on my
cell phone.
Because each cell phone is different, refer
to your device's manual for the specific cell
phone you are pairing. In fact, there can be
differences between cell phones due to
brand, model, service provider and software
version.
This is a cell phone limita-
tion.
399
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
USB and Bluetooth Stereo issues
Possible solutionPossible causeIssue
Disconnect the device from SYNC 3. Try
switching your device off, resetting it or
removing the battery, then reconnect it to
SYNC 3.
Possible device malfunc-
tion.
I am having
trouble
connecting my
device.
Make sure you are using the manufacturer's
cable.
Make sure to correctly insert the USB cable
into the device and your vehicle's USB port.
Make sure that the device does not have
an auto-install program or active security
settings.
Make sure your device is unlocked before
connecting it to SYNC 3.
The device has a lock
screen enabled.
Make sure you are not leaving the device in
your vehicle during very hot or cold
temperatures.
This is a device limitation.
SYNC 3 does
not recognize
my device when
I start my
vehicle.
Make sure you connect the device to SYNC
3 and that you have started the media
player on your device.
This is a device-
dependent feature.
Bluetooth audio
does not
stream.
The device is not
connected.
Try switching your device off, resetting it or
removing the battery, then reconnect it to
SYNC 3.
The device is in a bad
state.
Make sure that all song details are popu-
lated.
Your music files may not
contain the correct artist,
song title, album or genre
information.
SYNC 3 does
not recognize
music that is on
my device.
Try replacing the corrupt file with a new
version.
The file may be
corrupted.
Some devices require you to change the
USB settings from mass storage to media
transfer protocol class.
The song may have
copyright protection that
does not allow it to play.
400
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
USB and Bluetooth Stereo issues
Possible solutionPossible causeIssue
Convert the file to a supported format. See
Entertainment (page 353).
The file format is not
supported by SYNC 3.
Update media index. See Settings (page
383).
The device needs to be
re-indexed.
Make sure your device is unlocked before
connecting it to SYNC 3.
The device has a lock
screen enabled.
Disconnect the device from SYNC 3. Try
switching your device off, resetting it or
removing the battery, then connect it back
to SYNC 3.
This is a device limitation.
When I connect
my device, I
sometimes do
not hear any
sound.
To listen to Apple devices through USB,
select AirPlay from the devices Control
Center, then select Dock Connector.
To listen to Apple devices through
Bluetooth Stereo, select AirPlay from the
devices Control Center, then select SYNC.
Connect a compatible device or media
player.
The device or media
player is incompatible.
SYNC 3 does
not display the
song informa-
tion, repeat, or
shuffle buttons.
Wi-Fi Issues
Possible solutionPossible causeIssue
Verify password.Password error.Failed connec-
tion.
Check for a poor Wi-Fi signal.Weak signal.
Use a unique name for your SSID, don’t use
the default name unless it contains a
unique identifier, such as part of the MAC
address.
Multiple Access points
within range with the
same SSID.
401
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Wi-Fi Issues
Possible solutionPossible causeIssue
Position the vehicle close to the hotspot
with the front of the vehicle facing the
hotspot direction and remove obstacles if
possible. Other Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, microwave
and cordless phones may cause interfer-
ence.
Weak signal probably
due to distance from the
hotspot, obstruction or
high interference.
Disconnecting
after successful
connection.
If the vehicle is equipped with heated
windshield, try positioning the vehicle so
that the windshield is not facing the
hotspot. If you have metallic window tinting
but not on the windshield, position the
vehicle to face the hotspot. If all windows
are tinted, you can open the windows in the
direction of the hotspot if that is feasible.
There may be an
obstruction between
SYNC 3 and the hotspot.
Poor signal seen
by SYNC 3
despite being
near a hotspot.
Try to remove other obstructions that may
impact signal quality such as opening the
garage door.
Please set the network to visible and try
again.
The hotspot was defined
as a hidden network.
A hotspot is not
listed in the list
of available
networks.
402
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Wi-Fi Issues
Possible solutionPossible causeIssue
SYNC 3 currently does not provide a
hotspot
SYNC 3 does not
currently provide a
hotspot.
SYNC 3 is not
seen when
searching for
Wi-Fi networks
from your phone
or other devices.
Check the signal quality (under network
details), if SYNC 3 indicates good or excel-
lent, test with another high-speed equipped
hotspot where the environment is more
predictable.
Poor signal strength, too
far from the hotspot,
hotspot is supporting
multiple connections,
slow Internet connection
or other problems.
Software down-
load takes too
long.
Test the connection with another device, if
the hotspot requires a subscription, you
may contact the service provider.
It is possible that there is
no new software. The
connected hotspot may
be a managed one and it
requires either a
subscription or agreeing
to the terms and condi-
tions.
SYNC 3 seems
to connect with
a hotspot and
the signal
strength is
excellent but
the software is
not being
updated.
403
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
AppLink issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
Make sure you have a compatible smart-
phone; an Android with OS 2.3 or higher or
an iPhone 3GS or newer with iOS 5.0 or
higher. Additionally, make sure you pair and
connect your phone to SYNC 3 in order to
find AppLink-capable apps on your device.
iPhone users must also connect to a USB
port with an Apple USB cable.
You did not connect an
Applink Compatible
phone to SYNC 3.
AppLink Mobile
Applications:
When I select
"Find Mobile
Apps," SYNC 3
does not find
any applica-
tions.
Make sure you have downloaded and
installed the latest version of the app from
your phone's app store. Make sure the app
is running on your phone. Some apps
require you to register or login to the app
on the phone before using them with
AppLink. Also, some may have a "Ford
SYNC" setting, so check the app's settings
menu on the phone.
AppLink-enabled apps
are not installed and
running on your mobile
device.
My phone is
connected, but I
still cannot find
any apps.
Closing and restarting apps may help SYNC
3 find the application if you cannot discover
it inside the vehicle. On an Android device,
if apps have an 'Exit' or 'Quit' option, then
select it and restart the app. If the app does
not have that option, select the phone's
settings menu and select 'Apps', then find
the particular app and choose 'Force stop.'
Do not forget to restart the app afterward,
then select "Find Mobile Apps" on SYNC 3.
Sometimes apps do not
properly close and re-
open their connection to
SYNC 3, over ignition
cycles, for example.
My phone is
connected, my
app(s) are
running, but I
still cannot find
any apps.
On an iPhone with iOS7+, to force close an
app, double tap the home button then
swipe up on the app to close it. Tap the
home button again, then select the app
again to restart it. After a few seconds, the
app should then appear in SYNC 3's Mobile
App's Menu.
404
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
AppLink issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
Switch Bluetooth off and then on to reset
it on your phone. If you are in your vehicle,
SYNC 3 should be able to automatically re-
connect to your phone if you press the
"Phone" button.
There is a Bluetooth issue
on some older versions
of the Android operating
system that may cause
apps that were found on
your previous vehicle
drive to not be found
again if you did not
switch Bluetooth off.
My Android
phone is
connected, my
app(s) are
running, I
restarted them,
but I still cannot
find any apps.
Unplug the USB cable from the phone, wait
a moment, and plug the USB cable back in
to the phone. After a few seconds, the app
should appear in SYNC 3's Mobile Apps
Menu. If not, "Force Close" the application
and restart it.
You may need to reset
the USB connection to
SYNC 3.
My iPhone is
connected, my
app is running, I
restarted the
app but I still
cannot find it on
SYNC 3.
Increase the Bluetooth volume of the
device by using the device's volume control
buttons which are most often found on the
side of the device.
The Bluetooth volume on
the phone may be low.
I have an
Android phone.
I found and
started my
media app on
SYNC 3, but
there is no
sound or the
sound is very
low.
Force close or uninstall the apps you do not
want SYNC 3 to find. If the app has a "Ford
SYNC" setting, disable that setting in the
app's settings menu on the phone.
Some Android devices
have a limited number of
Bluetooth ports that
apps can use to connect.
If you have more AppLink
apps on your phone than
the number of available
Bluetooth ports, you will
not see all of your apps
listed in the SYNC 3
mobile apps menu.
I can only see
some of the
AppLink apps
running on my
phone listed in
the SYNC 3
Mobile Apps
Menu.
405
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Voice command issues
Possible solutionPossible causeIssue
Review the cell phone voice commands
and the media voice commands at the
beginning of their respective sections.
You may be using the
wrong voice commands.
SYNC 3 does
not understand
what I am
saying.
Refer to the audio display during an active
voice session to find a list of voice
commands there.
Wait for the system to prompt you before
you state your command.
You may be speaking too
soon or at the wrong
time.
Review the media voice commands at the
beginning of the media section.
You may be using the
wrong voice commands.
SYNC 3 does
not understand
the name of a
song or artist.
Say the song or artist name exactly as it is
displayed on your device. For example, say
"Play Artist Prince" or "Play song Purple
Rain".
You may not be saying
the name exactly as it
appears on your device.
Make sure you are saying the complete title
such as "California remix featuring Jennifer
Nettles".
If there are any abbreviations in the name,
like ESPN or CNN, you have to spell those:
"E-S-P-N" or "C-N-N".
Make sure that song titles, artists, album,
and playlists names do not have any special
characters like *, - or +.
The song or artist name
may have some special
characters that are not
being recognized by
SYNC 3.
Make sure that you are saying the name
exactly as it appears on your phone. For
example, if your contact is "Joe Wilson",
say "Call Joe Wilson". If your contact name
is "Mom", say "Call Mom".
You may not be saying
the name exactly as it
appears on your phone-
book.
SYNC 3 does
not understand
or is calling the
wrong contact
when I want to
make a call.
Make sure that your contact names do not
have any special characters like *, - or +.
The contact name may
contain special charac-
ters.
406
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Voice command issues
Possible solutionPossible causeIssue
SYNC 3 applies the phonetic pronunciation
rules of the selected language to the
contact names stored on your cell phone.
You may not be saying
the name exactly as it
appears on your phone-
book.
The SYNC 3
voice control
system is having
trouble recog-
nizing foreign
names stored
on my cell
phone.
Helpful Hint: You can select your contact
manually. Press PHONE. Select the option
for phonebook and then contact name.
Press the soft-key option to hear it. SYNC
3 will read the contact name to you, giving
you some idea of the pronunciation it is
expecting.
SYNC 3 applies the phonetic pronunciation
rules of the selected language to the names
stored on your media player or USB flash
drive. It is able to make some exceptions
for very popular artist names (for example,
U2) such that you can always use the
English pronunciation for these artists.
You may be saying the
foreign names using the
currently selected
language for SYNC 3.
The SYNC 3
voice control
system is having
trouble recog-
nizing foreign
tracks, artists,
albums, genres
and playlist
names from my
media player or
USB flash drive.
SYNC 3 uses a synthetically generated
voice rather than pre-recorded human
voice.
SYNC 3 uses text-to-
speech voice prompt
technology.
The system
generates voice
prompts and
the pronunci-
ation of some
words may not
be accurate for
my language.
SYNC 3 offers several new voice control
features for a wide range of languages.
Dialing a contact name directly from the
phonebook without pre-recording (for
example, “call John Smith”) or selecting a
track, artist, album, genre or playlist directly
from your media player (for example, "play
artist Madonna").
407
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Personal Profiles
Possible cause and solutionIssue
Personal Profiles have not been set up.
I cannot create a profile.
An invalid profile name was entered.
A memory button was not selected when
prompted.
The vehicle’s ignition was not On and in
Park or was shifted out of Run or Park while
creating a profile.
Personal Profiles is turned off.
The lock button was not selected on a
keyfob when prompted.
I cannot link a keyfob.
The keyfob selected was already associ-
ated to another profile and an overwrite
was declined.
A profile recall was performed while linking
a keyfob.
The vehicle’s ignition was not On and in
Park, or was shifted out of Run or Park while
linking a keyfob.
The old linking method is used.
The unsaved setting is not supported by
Personal Profiles.
My personalized settings do not save.
A different Personal Profile is active than
expected.
Another user has changed settings for the
wrong Personal Profile.
A Personal Profile has not been created.
My profile will not recall.
Personal Profiles is turned off.
The requested profile is already active.
The memory button being used is not linked
to a profile.
408
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Personal Profiles
Possible cause and solutionIssue
The keyfob being used is not linked to a
profile.
The wrong keyfob is being used.
A button other than unlock or remote start
is being pressed on a linked keyfob.
The Personal Profile was deleted.
Personal Profiles is turned off.My preset positions recall but my profile
does not
The vehicle is in motion.
My profile recalls but my preset positions
do not
The preset positions are the same as the
Guest or previously active profile.
Unlink and relink your keyfob in the
Personal Profiles menu. You may need to
see your authorized dealer.
I lost a keyfob.
Keyfobs had been erased and reprogramed.
This could happen if you let dealership add
a new keyfob to replace lost one.
I lost all profiles.
Master Reset had been performed without
your acknowledgement.
409
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
General
Possible solutionPossible causeIssue
SYNC 3 only supports four languages in a
single module for text display, voice control
and voice prompts. The country where you
bought your vehicle dictates the four
languages based on the most popular
languages spoken. If the selected language
is not available, SYNC 3 remains in the
current active language.
SYNC 3 does not support
the currently selected
language for the instru-
ment cluster and inform-
ation and entertainment
display.
The language
selected for the
instrument
cluster and
information and
entertainment
display does not
match the
SYNC 3
SYNC 3 offers several new voice control
features for a wide range of languages.
Dialing a contact name directly from the
phonebook without pre-recording (for
example, “call John Smith”) or selecting a
track, artist, album, genre or playlist directly
from your media player (for example, "play
artist Madonna").
language
(phone, USB,
Bluetooth
audio, voice
control and
voice prompts).
SYNC 3 System Reset
The system has a System Reset feature that can be performed if the function of a SYNC
3 feature is lost. This reset is intended to restore functionality and will not erase any
information previously stored in the system (such as paired devices, phonebook, call
history, text messages, or user settings). To perform a System Reset, press and hold
the Seek Up (>>|) button while pressing and holding the Radio Power button. After
approximately 5 seconds the screen will go black. Allow 1-2 minutes for the system
reset to complete. You may then resume using the SYNC 3 system.
For additional assistance with SYNC 3
troubleshooting, refer to the regional Ford
or Lincoln website.
410
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
For a complete listing of the accessories
that are available for your vehicle, please
contact your authorized dealer or visit the
online store web site:
Web Address (United States)
www.Accessories.Ford.com
Web Address (Canada)
www.Accessories.Ford.ca
Ford Motor Company will repair or replace
any properly authorized dealer-installed
Ford Original Accessory found to be
defective in factory-supplied materials or
workmanship during the warranty period,
as well as any component damaged by the
defective accessories.
Ford Motor Company warrants your
vehicle's Ford Original Accessory through
the warranty that provides the greatest
benefit:
• 24 months, unlimited mileage.
• The remainder of your new vehicle
limited warranty.
Contact an authorized dealer for details
and a copy of the warranty.
Exterior style
• Custom graphics.
• Hood deflector*.
• Side window deflectors*.
• Splash guards.
Interior style
• Accent lighting.
• Cargo area protector.
• Door sill plates.
• Floor mats.
Lifestyle
• Ash cup or smoker's packages.
• Cargo net*.
• Rear seat entertainment.
• Roof racks and carriers*.
• Soft cargo organizers.
• Tablet cradle*.
Peace of mind
• Bumper-mounted parking assist
system*.
• Car covers.
• Charge cord storage bag*.
• First aid kit.
• Keyless entry keypad.
• Rear bumper protector.
• Remote start.
• Roadside assistance kit*.
• Vehicle security systems.
• Wheel locks.
411
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Accessories
Footnote
*Ford Licensed Accessory. The accessory
manufacturer designs, develops and
therefore warrants Ford Licensed
Accessories, and does not design or test
these accessories to Ford Motor
Company engineering requirements.
Contact an authorized Ford dealer for the
manufacturer's limited warranty details,
and request a copy of the Ford Licensed
Accessories product limited warranty
from the accessory manufacturer.
For maximum vehicle performance, keep
the following information in mind when
adding accessories or equipment to your
vehicle:
• When adding accessories, equipment,
passengers and luggage to your
vehicle, do not exceed the total weight
capacity of the vehicle or of the front
or rear axle (GVWR or GAWR as
indicated on the Safety Compliance
Certification label). Ask an authorized
dealer for specific weight information.
• The Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) and Canadian
Radio Telecommunications
Commission (CRTC) regulate the use
of mobile communications systems
that are equipped with radio
transmitters, for example two-way
radios, telephones and theft alarms.
Any such equipment installed in your
vehicle should comply with Federal
Communications Commission (FCC)
and Canadian Radio
Telecommunications Commission
(CRTC) regulations and should be
installed only by an authorized dealer.
• Mobile communications systems may
harm the operation of your vehicle,
particularly if their manufacturer did
not design them specifically for
automotive use.
• If you or an authorized Ford dealer add
any non-Ford electrical or electronic
accessories or components to your
vehicle, you may adversely affect
battery performance and durability. In
addition, you may also adversely affect
the performance of other electrical
systems in the vehicle.
412
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Accessories
PROTECT YOURSELF FROM THE RISING
COST OF VEHICLE REPAIRS WITH A FORD
PROTECT EXTENDED SERVICE PLAN.
Ford Protect Extended Service
Plans (U.S. Only)
Ford Protect extended service plan means
peace of mind. It’s the extended service
plan backed by Ford Motor Company, and
provides more protection beyond the New
Vehicle Limited Warranty coverage. When
you visit your Ford Dealer, Insist on Ford
Protect extended service plans!
Ford Protect Can Quickly Pay for Itself
One trip to the Service Center could easily
exceed the price of your Ford Protect
extended service plan. With Ford Protect
extended service plan you minimize your
risk for unexpected repair bills and rising
repair costs.
Up to 1,000+ Covered Vehicle
Components
There are four mechanical Ford Protect
extended service plans with different levels
of coverage. Ask your authorized dealer for
details.
1. PremiumCARE - Our most
comprehensive coverage. With over
1,000 covered components, this plan
is so complete it’s probably easier to
list what’s not covered.
2. ExtraCARE - Covers 113 components,
and includes many high-tech items.
3. BaseCARE - Covers 84 components.
4. PowertrainCARE - Covers 29 critical
components.
Ford Protect extended service plans are
honored by all authorized Ford dealers in
the U.S., Canada and Mexico.
That means you get:
• Reliable, quality service at any Ford or
Lincoln dealership.
• Repairs performed by factory trained
technicians, using genuine parts.
Rental Car Reimbursement
1st day Rental Benefit
If you bring your car into your dealer for
service, we’ll give you a loaner to use for
the day.
Extended Rental Benefits
If your vehicle is kept overnight for covered
repairs, you are eligible for rental car
coverage, including warranty repairs, and
Field Service Actions.
Roadside Assistance
Exclusive 24/7 roadside assistance,
including:
• Towing, flat-tire change and battery
jump starts.
• Out of fuel and lock-out assistance.
• Travel expense reimbursement for
lodging, meals and rental car.
• Assistance for taxi, shuttle, rental car
coverage or other transportation.
Transferable Coverage
If you sell your vehicle before your Ford
Protect extended service plan coverage
expires, you can transfer any remaining
coverage to the new owner. Which should
give you and your potential buyer a little
more peace of mind.
413
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Ford Protect
Less Cost to Properly Maintain Your
Vehicle
Ford Protect extended service plan also
offers a Premium Maintenance Plan that
covers all scheduled maintenance, and
selected wear items. The coverage is
prepaid, so you never have to worry about
the cost of your vehicle’s maintenance.
Covered maintenance includes:
• Windshield wiper blades.
• Spark plugs.
• The clutch disc (if equipped).
• Brake pads and linings.
• Shock absorbers.
• Struts.
• Engine Belts.
• Engine coolant hoses, clamps and
o-rings.
• Diesel exhaust fluid replenishment (if
equipped).
• Cabin air filter replacement every
20,000 mi (32,000 km) (electric
vehicles only).
Interest Free Finance Options
Just a 10% down payment will provide you
with an affordable, no interest, no fee
payment program allowing you all the
security and benefits Ford Protect
extended service plan has to offer while
paying over time. You are pre-approved
with no credit check or hassles. To learn
more, call our Ford Protect extended
service plan specialists at 800-367-3377.
Ford Protect Extended Service Plan
P.O. Box 321067
Detroit, MI 48232
Ford Protect Extended Service
Plan (CANADA ONLY)
You can get more protection for your
vehicle by purchasing a Ford Protect
extended service plan. Ford Protect
extended service plan is the only service
contract backed by Ford Motor Company
of Canada, Limited. Depending on the plan
you purchase, Ford Protect extended
service plan provides benefits such as:
• Rental reimbursement.
• Coverage for certain maintenance and
wear items.
• Protection against repair costs after
your New Vehicle Limited Warranty
Coverage expires.
• Roadside Assistance benefits.
There are several Ford Protect extended
service plans available in various time,
distance and deductible combinations.
Each plan is tailored to fit your own driving
needs, including reimbursement for towing
and rental. When you purchase Ford
Protect extended service plan, you receive
added peace-of-mind protection
throughout Canada, the United States and
Mexico, provided by a network of
participating authorized Ford Motor
Company dealers.
Note: Repairs performed outside of
Canada, the United States and Mexico are
not eligible for Ford Protect extended
service plan coverage.
This information is subject to change. For
more information; visit your local Ford of
Canada dealer or www.ford.ca to find the
Ford Protect extended service plan that is
right for you.
414
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Ford Protect
GENERAL MAINTENANCE
INFORMATION
Why Maintain Your Vehicle?
Carefully following the maintenance
schedule helps protect against major repair
expenses resulting from neglect or
inadequate maintenance and may help to
increase the value of your vehicle when
you sell or trade it. Keep all receipts for
completed maintenance with your vehicle.
We have established regular maintenance
intervals for your vehicle based upon
rigorous testing. It is important that you
have your vehicle serviced at the proper
times. These intervals serve two purposes;
one is to maintain the reliability of your
vehicle and the second is to keep your cost
of owning your vehicle down.
It is your responsibility to have all
scheduled maintenance performed and to
make sure that the materials used meet
the specifications identified in this owner's
manual. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 270).
Failure to perform scheduled maintenance
invalidates warranty coverage on parts
affected by the lack of maintenance.
Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your
Dealership?
Factory-Trained Technicians
Service technicians participate in extensive
factory-sponsored certification training to
help them become experts on the
operation of your vehicle. Ask your
dealership about the training and
certification their technicians have
received.
Genuine Ford and Motorcraft®
Replacement Parts
Dealerships stock Ford, Motorcraft and
Ford-authorized branded re-manufactured
replacement parts. These parts meet or
exceed our specifications. Parts installed
at your dealership carry a nationwide
24-month or unlimited mile (kilometer)
parts and labor limited warranty.
If you do not use Ford authorized parts they
may not meet our specifications and
depending on the part, it could affect
emissions compliance.
Convenience
Many dealerships have extended evening
and Saturday hours to make your service
visit more convenient and they offer one
stop shopping. They can perform any
services that are required on your vehicle,
from general maintenance to collision
repairs.
Note: Not all dealers have extended hours
or body shops. Please contact your dealer
for details.
Protecting Your Investment
Maintenance is an investment that pays
dividends in the form of improved
reliability, durability and resale value. To
maintain the proper performance of your
vehicle and its emission control systems,
make sure you have scheduled
maintenance performed at the designated
intervals.
C-MAX Full Hybrid
Your vehicle is equipped with an
information display, which indicates the
proper oil change interval. This interval
may be up to one year or 10,000 mi
(16,000 km).
415
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
When ENGINE OIL CHANGE DUE or OIL
CHANGE REQUIRED appears in the
information display, it is time for an oil
change. Make sure you perform the oil
change within two weeks or 500 mi
(800 km) of the ENGINE OIL CHANGE
DUE or OIL CHANGE REQUIRED
message appearing. Make sure you reset
the oil monitoring system after each oil
change.
If your information display resets
prematurely, becomes inoperative or the
vehicle battery becomes discharged or
disconnected, the oil monitoring system
resets to 100% oil life. You should change
your engine oil one year or 10,000 mi
(16,000 km) from the previous oil change.
Never exceed one year or 10,000 mi
(16,000 km) between oil change intervals.
All Vehicles
Your vehicle is very sophisticated and built
with multiple, complex, performance
systems. Every manufacturer develops
these systems using different
specifications and performance features.
That is why it is important to rely upon your
dealership to properly diagnose and repair
your vehicle.
Ford Motor Company has recommended
maintenance intervals for various parts
and component systems based upon
engineering testing. Ford Motor Company
relies upon this testing to determine the
most appropriate mileage for replacement
of oils and fluids to protect your vehicle at
the lowest overall cost to you and
recommends against maintenance
schedules that deviate from the scheduled
maintenance information.
We strongly recommend the use of only
genuine Ford, Motorcraft or
Ford-authorized re-manufactured
replacement parts engineered for your
vehicle.
Additives and Chemicals
This owner's manual and the Ford
Workshop Manual list the recommended
additives and chemicals for your vehicle.
We do not recommend using chemicals or
additives not approved by us as part of
your vehicle’s normal maintenance. Please
consult your warranty information.
Oils, Fluids and Flushing
In many cases, fluid discoloration is a
normal operating characteristic and, by
itself, does not necessarily indicate a
concern or that the fluid needs to be
changed. However, a qualified expert, such
as the factory-trained technicians at your
dealership, should inspect discolored fluids
that also show signs of overheating or
foreign material contamination
immediately.
Make sure to change your vehicle’s oils and
fluids at the specified intervals or in
conjunction with a repair. Flushing is a
viable way to change fluid for many vehicle
sub-systems during scheduled
maintenance. It is critical that systems are
flushed only with new fluid that is the same
as that required to fill and operate the
system or using a Ford-approved flushing
chemical.
Owner Checks and Services
Make sure you perform the following basic
maintenance checks and inspections every
month or at six-month intervals.
416
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Check Every Month
Engine oil level.
Function of all interior and exterior lights.
Tires (including spare) for wear and proper pressure.
Windshield washer fluid level.
Check Every Six Months
Battery connections. Clean if necessary.
Body and door drain holes for obstructions. Clean if necessary.
Cooling system fluid level and coolant strength.
Door weatherstrips for wear. Lubricate if necessary.
Hinges, latches and outside locks for proper operation. Lubricate if necessary.
Parking brake for proper operation.
Safety belts and seat latches for wear and function.
Safety warning lamps (brake, ABS, airbag and safety belt) for operation.
Washer spray and wiper operation. Clean or replace blades as necessary.
Multi-point Inspection
In order to keep your vehicle running right,
it is important to have the systems on your
vehicle checked regularly. This can help
identify potential issues and prevent major
problems. We recommend having the
following multi-point inspection performed
at every scheduled maintenance interval
to help make sure your vehicle keeps
running great.
417
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Multi-point Inspection
Hazard warning system operationAccessory drive belt(s)
Horn operationBattery performance
Radiator, cooler, heater and A/C hosesEngine air filter
Suspension components for leaks or
damage
Exhaust system
Steering and linkageExterior lamps operation
Tires for wear and proper pressure
2
Fluid levels
1
; fill if necessary
Windshield for cracks, chips or pitsFor oil and fluid leaks
Washer spray and wiper operationHalf-shaft dust boots
1
Brake, coolant recovery reservoir, automatic transmission and window washer
2
If your vehicle is equipped with a temporary mobility kit, check the tire sealant expiration
Use By date on the canister. Replace as needed.
Be sure to ask your dealership service
advisor or technician about the multi-point
vehicle inspection. It is a comprehensive
way to perform a thorough inspection of
your vehicle. Your checklist gives you
immediate feedback on the overall
condition of your vehicle.
NORMAL SCHEDULED
MAINTENANCE
Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor™ (If
Equipped)
Your vehicle is equipped with an Intelligent
Oil-Life Monitor that determines when you
should change the engine oil based on how
your vehicle is used. By using several
important factors in its calculations, the
monitor helps reduce the cost of owning
your vehicle and reduces environmental
waste at the same time.
This means you do not have to remember
to change the oil on a mileage-based
schedule. Your vehicle lets you know when
an oil change is due by displaying a
message in the information display.
The following table provides examples of
vehicle use and its impact on oil change
intervals. It is a guideline only. Actual oil
change intervals depend on several factors
and generally decrease with severity of
use.
418
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
When to Expect the OIL CHANGE REQUIRED Message
Vehicle Use and ExampleMiles (kilometers)
Normal
7,500–10,000 mi
(12,000–16,000 km)
Normal commuting with highway driving
No, or moderate, load or towing
Flat to moderately hilly roads
No extended idling
Severe
5,000–7,500 mi
(8,000–12,000 km)
Moderate to heavy load or towing
Mountainous or off-road conditions
Extended idling
Extended hot or cold operation
Extreme
3,000–5,000 mi
(5,000–8,000 km)
Maximum load or towing
Extreme hot or cold operation
Normal Maintenance Intervals
At Every Oil Change Interval as Indicated by the Information Display
1, 2
Change engine oil and filter.
3
Inspect automatic transmission fluid level. Consult dealer for requirements.
Inspect brake pads, rotors, hoses and parking brake.
Inspect engine cooling system and motor/electronics cooling system strength and
hoses.
Inspect exhaust system and heat shields.
Inspect half-shaft boots.
Inspect steering linkage, ball joints, suspension and tie-rod ends.
Inspect wheels and related components for abnormal noise, wear, looseness or drag.
1
Do not exceed two years or 20,000 mi (32,000 km) between service intervals.
2
Perform multi-point inspection (recommended).
3
Reset the Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor system after engine oil and filter changes. See
Engine Oil Check (page 215).
419
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Other Maintenance Items
1
Replace cabin air filter.Every 20,000 mi
(32,000 km)
Replace engine air filter.Every 30,000 mi
(48,000 km)
Change engine coolant and motor/electronics coolant.
2
At 100,000 mi
(160,000 km)
Replace spark plugs.Every 100,000 mi
(160,000 km)
Change automatic transmission fluid.Every 150,000 mi
(240,000 km)
1
Perform these maintenance items within 3,000 mi (4,800 km) of the last engine oil and
filter change. Do not exceed the designated distance for the interval.
2
Initial replacement at six years or 100,000 mi (160,000 km), then every three years or
50,000 mi (80,000 km).
SPECIAL OPERATING
CONDITIONS SCHEDULED
MAINTENANCE
If you operate your vehicle primarily in any
of the following conditions, you need to
perform extra maintenance as indicated.
If you operate your vehicle occasionally
under any of these conditions, it is not
necessary to perform the extra
maintenance. For specific
recommendations, see your dealership
service advisor or technician.
Perform the services shown in the
following tables when specified or within
3,000 mi (4,800 km) of the OIL CHANGE
REQUIRED message appearing in the
information display.
• Example 1: The OIL CHANGE
REQUIRED message comes on at
28,751 mi (46,270 km). Perform the
30,000 mi (48,000 km) automatic
transmission fluid replacement.
• Example 2: The OIL CHANGE
REQUIRED message has not come
on, but the odometer reads 30,000 mi
(48,000 km) (for example, the
Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor was reset
at 25,000 mi (40,000 km)). Perform
the engine air filter replacement.
420
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Extensive Idling or Low-speed Driving for Long Distances
Change engine oil and filter every 12 months or 10,000 mi
(16,000 km) unless otherwise indicated by the information
display. Perform services listed in the Normal Scheduled
Maintenance chart.
1
As required
Replace cabin air filter.Inspect frequently, service
as required
Replace engine air filter.
Replace spark plugs.Every 60,000 mi
(96,000 km)
1
Reset the oil-life monitor after each engine oil and filter change. See Oil Change
Indicator Reset (page 216).
Operating in Dusty or Sandy Conditions (Such as Unpaved or Dusty Roads)
Replace cabin air filter.Inspect frequently, service
as required
Replace engine air filter.
Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal
noise, wear, looseness or drag.
Every 5,000 mi (8,000 km)
Rotate tires, inspect tires for wear and measure tread
depth.
Change engine oil and filter.
1
Every 5,000 mi (8,000 km)
Perform multi-point inspection.
1
Reset the oil-life monitor after each engine oil and filter change. See Oil Change
Indicator Reset (page 216).
Exceptions
There are several exceptions to the Normal
Schedule:
421
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
California Fuel Filter Replacement
If you register your vehicle in California, the
California Air Resources Board has
determined that the failure to perform this
maintenance item does not nullify the
emission warranty or limit recall liability
before the completion of your vehicle's
useful life. Ford Motor Company, however,
urges you to have all recommended
maintenance services performed at the
specified intervals and to record all vehicle
service.
Hot Climate Oil Change Intervals
Vehicles operating in the Middle East,
North Africa, Sub-Saharan Africa or
locations with similar climates using an
American Petroleum Institute (API)
Certified for Gasoline Engines (Certification
mark) oil of SM or SN quality, the normal
oil change interval is 3,100 mi (5,000 km).
If the available API SM or SN oils are not
available, then the oil change interval is
1,900 mi (3,000 km).
Engine Air Filter and Cabin Air Filter
Replacement
The life of the engine air filter and cabin air
filter is dependent on exposure to dusty
and dirty conditions. Vehicles operated in
these conditions require frequent
inspection and replacement of the engine
air filter and cabin air filter.
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE RECORD
422
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
423
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
424
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
425
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
426
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
427
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
428
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
429
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
430
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
431
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
432
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
ELECTROMAGNETIC
COMPATIBILITY
WARNINGS
Do not place objects or mount
equipment on or near the airbag
cover, on the side of the seatbacks
(of the front seats), or in front seat areas
that may come into contact with a
deploying airbag. Failure to follow these
instructions may increase the risk of
personal injury in the event of a crash.
Do not fasten antenna cables to
original vehicle wiring, fuel pipes and
brake pipes.
Keep antenna and power cables at
least 4 in (10 cm) from any electronic
modules and airbags.
Note: We test and certify your vehicle to
meet electromagnetic compatibility
legislation (UNECE Regulation 10 or other
applicable local requirements). It is your
responsibility to make sure that any
equipment an authorized dealer installs on
your vehicle complies with applicable local
legislation and other requirements.
Note: Any radio frequency transmitter
equipment in your vehicle (such as cellular
telephones and amateur radio transmitters)
must keep to the parameters in the
following table. We do not provide special
provisions or conditions for installations or
use.
Car
433
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
Van
Truck
434
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
Antenna PositionsMaximum output power Watt (Peak
RMS)
Frequency Band
MHz
1501-30
2, 35050-54
2, 35068-88
2, 350142-176
2, 350380-512
2, 310806-870
Note: After the installation of radio
frequency transmitters, check for
disturbances from and to all electrical
equipment in your vehicle, both in the
standby and transmit modes.
Check all electrical equipment:
• With the ignition ON.
• With the engine running.
• During a road test at various speeds.
Check that electromagnetic fields
generated inside your vehicle cabin by the
transmitter installed do not exceed
applicable human exposure requirements.
END USER LICENSE
AGREEMENT
VEHICLE SOFTWARE END USER
LICENSE AGREEMENT (EULA)
• You (“You” or “Your” as applicable)
have acquired a vehicle having several
devices, including SYNC ® and various
control modules, ("DEVICES") that
include software licensed or owned by
Ford Motor Company and its affiliates
("FORD MOTOR COMPANY"). Those
software products of FORD MOTOR
COMPANY origin, as well as associated
media, printed materials, and "online"
or electronic documentation
("SOFTWARE") are protected by
international intellectual property laws
and treaties. The SOFTWARE is
licensed, not sold. All rights reserved.
• The SOFTWARE may interface with
and/or communicate with, or may be
later upgraded to interface with and/or
communicate with additional software
and/or systems provided by FORD
MOTOR COMPANY.
435
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THIS END
USER LICENSE AGREEMENT ("EULA")
DO NOT USE THE DEVICES OR COPY
THE SOFTWARE. ANY USE OF THE
SOFTWARE, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO USE ON THE DEVICES,
WILL CONSTITUTE YOUR AGREEMENT
TO THIS EULA (OR RATIFICATION OF
ANY PREVIOUS CONSENT).
GRANT OF SOFTWARE LICENSE: This
EULA grants you the following license:
• You may use the SOFTWARE as
installed on the DEVICES and as
otherwise interfacing with systems
and/or services provide by or through
FORD MOTOR COMPANY or its third
party software and service providers.
Description of Other Rights and
Limitations
• Speech Recognition: If the
SOFTWARE includes speech
recognition component(s), you should
understand that speech recognition is
an inherently statistical process and
that recognition errors are inherent in
the process. Neither FORD MOTOR
COMPANY nor its suppliers shall be
liable for any damages arising out of
errors in the speech recognition
process. It is your responsibility to
monitor any speech recognition
functions included in the system.
• Limitations on Reverse Engineering,
Decompilation and Disassembly:
You may not reverse engineer,
decompile, translate, disassemble or
attempt to discover any source code
or underlying ideas or algorithms of the
SOFTWARE nor permit others to
reverse engineer, decompile or
disassemble the SOFTWARE, except
and only to the extent that such activity
is expressly permitted by applicable
law notwithstanding this limitation or
to the extent as may be permitted by
the licensing terms governing use of
any open source components included
with the SOFTWARE.
• Limitations on Distributing,
Copying, Modifying and Creating
Derivative Works: You may not
distribute, copy, make modifications
to or create derivative works based on
the SOFTWARE, except and only to the
extent that such activity is expressly
permitted by applicable law
notwithstanding this limitation or to
the extent as may be permitted by the
licensing terms governing use of any
open source components included with
the SOFTWARE.
• Single EULA: The end user
documentation for the DEVICES and
related systems and services may
contain multiple EULAs, such as
multiple translations and/or multiple
media versions (e.g., in the user
documentation and in the software).
Even if you receive multiple EULAs, you
are licensed to use only one (1) copy of
the SOFTWARE.
436
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
• SOFTWARE Transfer: You may
permanently transfer your rights under
this EULA only as part of a sale or
transfer of the DEVICES, provided you
retain no copies, you transfer all of the
SOFTWARE (including all component
parts, the media and printed materials,
any upgrades, and, if applicable, the
Certificate(s) of Authenticity), and the
recipient agrees to the terms of this
EULA. If the SOFTWARE is an upgrade,
any transfer must include all prior
versions of the SOFTWARE.
• Termination: Without prejudice to any
other rights, FORD MOTOR COMPANY
may terminate this EULA if you fail to
comply with the terms and conditions
of this EULA.
• Internet-Based Services
Components: The SOFTWARE may
contain components that enable and
facilitate the use of certain
Internet-based services. You
acknowledge and agree that FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, third party
software and service suppliers, its
affiliates and/or its designated agent
may automatically check the version
of the SOFTWARE and/or its
components that you are utilizing and
may provide upgrades or supplements
to the SOFTWARE that may be
automatically downloaded to your
DEVICES.
• Additional Software/Services: The
SOFTWARE may permit FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, third party software and
service suppliers, its affiliates and/or
its designated agent to provide or make
available to you SOFTWARE updates,
supplements, add-on components, or
Internet-based services components
of the SOFTWARE after the date you
obtain your initial copy of the
SOFTWARE ("Supplemental
Components".) SOFTWARE updates
may cause you to incur additional
charges from your wireless service
provider. If FORD MOTOR COMPANY
or third party software and services
suppliers provide or make available to
you Supplemental Components and
no other EULA terms are provided
along with the Supplemental
Components, then the terms of this
EULA shall apply. FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, its affiliates and/or its
designated agent reserve the right to
discontinue without liability any
Internet-based services provided to
you or made available to you through
the use of the SOFTWARE.
• Links to Third Party Sites: The
SOFTWARE may provide you with the
ability to link to third party sites. The
third party sites are not under the
control of FORD MOTOR COMPANY,
its affiliates and/or its designated
agent. Neither FORD MOTOR
COMPANY nor its affiliates nor its
designated agent are responsible for
(I) the contents of any third party sites,
any links contained in third party sites,
or any changes or updates to third
party sites, or (ii) webcasting or any
other form of transmission received
from any third party sites. If the
SOFTWARE provides links to third
party sites, those links are provided to
you only as a convenience, and the
inclusion of any link does not imply an
endorsement of the third party site by
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates
and/or its designated agent.
• Obligation to Drive Responsibly:
You recognize your obligation to drive
responsibly and keep attention on the
road. You will read and abide with the
DEVICES operating instructions
particularly as they pertain to safety
and you agree to assume any risk
associated with the use of the
DEVICES.
437
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
UPGRADES AND RECOVERY MEDIA:
If the SOFTWARE is provided by FORD
MOTOR COMPANY separate from the
DEVICES on media such as a ROM chip,
CD ROM disk(s) or via web download or
other means, and is labeled "For Upgrade
Purposes Only" or "For Recovery Purposes
Only" you may install one (1) copy of such
SOFTWARE onto the DEVICES as a
replacement copy for the existing
SOFTWARE, and use it in accordance with
this EULA, including any additional EULA
terms accompanying the upgrade
SOFTWARE.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS:
All title and intellectual property rights in
and to the SOFTWARE (including but not
limited to any images, photographs,
animations, video, audio, music, text and
"applets" incorporated into the
SOFTWARE), the accompanying printed
materials, and any copies of the
SOFTWARE, are owned by FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, or its affiliates or suppliers. The
SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. You may
not copy the printed materials
accompanying the SOFTWARE. All title
and intellectual property rights in and to
the content which may be accessed
through use of the SOFTWARE is the
property of the respective content owner
and may be protected by applicable
copyright or other intellectual property
laws and treaties. This EULA grants you no
rights to use such content outside its
intended use. All rights not specifically
granted under this EULA are reserved by
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates,
and third party software and service
providers and suppliers. Use of any on-line
services which may be accessed through
the SOFTWARE may be governed by the
respective terms of use relating to such
services. If this SOFTWARE contains
documentation that is provided only in
electronic form, you may print one copy of
such electronic documentation.
EXPORT RESTRICTIONS: You
acknowledge that the SOFTWARE is
subject to U.S. and European Union export
jurisdiction. You agree to comply with all
applicable international and national laws
that apply to the SOFTWARE, including
the U.S. Export Administration Regulations,
as well as end-user, end-use and
destination restrictions issued by U.S. and
other governments.
TRADEMARKS: This EULA does not grant
you any rights in connection with any
trademarks or service marks of FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates, and third
party software and service providers.
PRODUCT SUPPORT: Please refer to
FORD MOTOR COMPANY instructions
provided in the documentation for the
DEVICES product support, such as the
vehicle owner guide.
Should you have any questions concerning
this EULA, or if you desire to contact FORD
MOTOR COMPANY for any other reason,
please refer to the address provided in the
documentation for the DEVICES.
No Liability for Certain Damages:
EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW, FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, ANY THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE OR SERVICES SUPPLIERS,
AND THEIR AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE NO
LIABILITY FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL,
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL
DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE. THIS
LIMITATION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF ANY
REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL
PURPOSE. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES
OTHER THAN THOSE THAT MAY BE
EXPRESSLY PROVIDED FOR YOUR NEW
VEHICLE.
438
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
SYNC® Automotive Important Safety
Information Read and follow
instructions:
• Before using your SYNC® system, read
and follow all instructions and safety
information provided in this end user
manual ("Owner Guide".) Not
following precautions found in the
Owner Guide can lead to an accident
or other serious injuries.
General Operation
• Voice Command Control: Certain
functions within the SYNC® system
may be accomplished using voice
commands. Using voice commands
while driving helps you to operate the
system without removing your hands
from the wheel or eyes from the road.
• Prolonged Views of Screen: Do not
access any function requiring a
prolonged view of the screen while you
are driving. Pull over in a safe and legal
manner before attempting to access a
function of the system requiring
prolonged attention.
• Volume Setting: Do not raise the
volume excessively. Keep the volume
at a level where you can still hear
outside traffic and emergency signals
while driving. Driving while unable to
hear these sounds could cause an
accident.
• Navigation Features: Any navigation
features included in the system are
intended to provide turn by turn
instructions to get you to a desired
destination. Please make certain all
persons using this system carefully
read and follow instructions and safety
information fully.
• Distraction Hazard: Any navigation
features may require manual
(non-verbal) setup. Attempting to
perform such set-up or insert data
while driving can distract your attention
and could cause an accident or other
serious injury. Stop the vehicle in a safe
and legal manner before attempting
these operations.
• Let Your Judgment Prevail: Any
navigation features are provided only
as an aid. Make your driving decisions
based on your observations of local
conditions and existing traffic
regulations. Any such feature is not a
substitute for your personal judgment.
Any route suggestions made by this
system should never replace any local
traffic regulations or your personal
judgment or knowledge of safe driving
practices.
• Route Safety: Do not follow the route
suggestions if doing so would result in
an unsafe or illegal maneuver, if you
would be placed in an unsafe situation,
or if you would be directed into an area
that you consider unsafe. The driver is
ultimately responsible for the safe
operation of the vehicle and therefore,
must evaluate whether it is safe to
follow the suggested directions.
• Potential Map Inaccuracy: Maps
used by this system may be inaccurate
because of changes in roads, traffic
controls or driving conditions. Always
use good judgment and common sense
when following the suggested routes.
• Emergency Services: Do not rely on
any navigation features included in the
system to route you to emergency
services. Ask local authorities or an
emergency services operator for these
locations. Not all emergency services
such as police, fire stations, hospitals
and clinics are likely to be contained in
the map database for such navigation
features.
439
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
Your Responsibilities and Assumptions of
Risk
• You agree to each of the following:(a)
Any use of the SOFTWARE while
driving an automobile or other vehicle
in violation of applicable law or
otherwise driving in an unsafe manner
presents a significant risk of distracted
driving and should not be attempted
under any circumstances;(b) Use of
the SOFTWARE at excessive volume
poses a significant risk of hearing
damage and should not be attempted
under any circumstances;(c) The
SOFTWARE may not be compatible
with new or different versions of an
operating system, third party software,
or third party services, and the
SOFTWARE may potentially cause a
critical failure of an operating system,
third party software, or third party
service.(d) Any third party service
accessed by or third party software
used with the SOFTWARE (I) may
charge an additional fee for access, (ii)
may not work correctly, on an
uninterrupted basis, or error free, (iii)
may change streaming formats or
discontinue operation, (iv) may contain
adult, profane or offensive content; and
(v) may contain inaccurate, false or
misleading traffic, weather, financial
or safety information or other content;
and (e) Use of the SOFTWARE may
cause you to incur additional charges
from your wireless service provider
(WSP) and any data or minute
calculators that may be included in the
software program are for reference
only, are not warranted in any way and
should not be relied upon in anyway.
• When using the SOFTWARE, you agree
to be responsible for and assume the
entire risk to the items set forth in
Section (a) – (e) above.
Disclaimer of Warranty
YOU EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND
AGREE THAT USE OF THE DEVICES AND
SOFTWARE IS AT YOUR SOLE RISK AND
THAT THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO
SATISFACTORY QUALITY,
PERFORMANCE, COMPATIBILITY,
ACCURACY AND EFFORT IS WITH YOU.
TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED
BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE SOFTWARE
AND ANY THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE OR
THIRD-PARTY SERVICES ARE PROVIDED
"AS IS" AND “AS AVAILABLE”, WITH ALL
FAULTS AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
ANY KIND, AND FORD MOTOR COMPANY
HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
AND CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO
THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE, AND THIRD-PARTY
SERVICES, EITHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR
STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
AND/OR CONDITIONS OF
MERCHANTABILITY, OF SATISFACTORY
QUALITY, OF FITNESS FOR AN
ARTICULAR PURPOSE, OF ACCURACY,
OF QUIET ENJOYMENT, AND
NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD-PARTY
RIGHTS. FORD MOTOR COMPANY DOES
NOT WARRANT (a) AGAINST
INTERFERENCE WITH YOUR ENJOYMENT
OF THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES,
(b) THAT THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES
WILL MEET YOUR REQUIREMENTS, (c)
THAT THE OPERATION OF THE
SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE,
OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES WILL BE
UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR-FREE, (d)
OR THAT DEFECTS IN THE SOFTWARE,
THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, OR
THIRD-PARTY SERVICES WILL BE
CORRECTED. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN
INFORMATION OR ADVICE GIVEN BY
FORD MOTOR COMPANY OR ITS
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE SHALL
440
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
CREATE A WARRANTY. SHOULD THE
SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE,
OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES PROVE
DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE ENTIRE
COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION. SOME
JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE
DISCLAIMER OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OR LIMITATIONS ON APPLICABLE
STATUTORY RIGHTS OF A CONSUMER,
SO THE ABOVE DISCLAIMER MAY NOT
FULLY APPLY TO YOU. THE SOLE
WARRANTY PROVIDED BY FORD MOTOR
COMPANY SHALL BE FOUND IN THE
WARRANTY INFORMATION INCLUDING
WITH YOUR OWNER GUIDE. TO THE
EXTENT THAT THERE IS ANY CONFLICT
BETWEEN THE TERMS OF THIS SECTION
AND THE WARRANTY BOOKLET, THE
WARRANTY BOOKLET SHALL CONTROL.
Applicable Law, Venue, Jurisdiction
• The laws of the State of Michigan
govern this EULA and Your use of the
SOFTWARE. Your use of the
SOFTWARE may also be subject to
other local, state, national, or
international laws. Any litigation arising
out of or related to this EULA shall be
brought and maintained exclusively in
a court of the State of Michigan
located in Wayne County or in the
United States District Court for the
Eastern District of Michigan. You hereby
consent to submit to the personal
jurisdiction of a court in the State of
Michigan located in Wayne County and
the United States District Court for the
Eastern District of Michigan for any
dispute arising out of or relating to this
EULA.
Binding Arbitration and Class Action
Waiver
(a) Application. This Section applies to
any dispute EXCEPT IT DOES NOT
INCLUDE A DISPUTE RELATING TO
COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENT, OR TO THE
ENFORCEMENT OR VALIDITY OF YOUR,
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, OR ANY OF
FORD MOTOR COMPANY’S LICENSORS’
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS.
Dispute means any dispute, action, or other
controversy between You and FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, other than the
exceptions listed above, concerning the
SOFTWARE (including its price) or this
EULA, whether in contract, warranty, tort,
statute, regulation, ordinance, or any other
legal or equitable basis.
(b) Notice of Dispute. In the event of a
Dispute, You or FORD MOTOR COMPANY
must give the other a “Notice of Dispute”,
which is a written statement of the name,
address, and contact information of the
party giving it, the facts giving rise to the
dispute, and the relief requested. You and
FORD MOTOR COMPANY will attempt to
resolve any dispute through informal
negotiation within 60 days from the date
the Notice of Dispute is sent. After 60 days,
You or FORD MOTOR COMPANY may
commence arbitration.
(c) Small claims court. You may also
litigate any dispute in small claims court
in your county of residence or FORD
MOTOR COMPANY’S principal place of
business, if the dispute meets all
requirements to be heard in the small
claims court. You may litigate in small
claims court whether or not You
negotiated informally first.
(d) Binding arbitration. If You and FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, do not resolve any
dispute by informal negotiation or in small
claims court, any other effort to resolve
the dispute will be conducted exclusively
by binding arbitration. You are giving up
441
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
the right to litigate (or participate in as a
party or class member) all disputes in court
before a judge or jury. Instead, all disputes
will be resolved before a neutral arbitrator,
whose decision will be final except for a
limited right of appeal under the Federal
Arbitration Act. Any court with jurisdiction
over the parties may enforce the
arbitrator’s award.
(e) Class action waiver. Any proceedings
to resolve or litigate any dispute in any
forum will be conducted solely on an
individual basis. Neither you nor FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, will seek to have any
dispute heard as a class action, as a private
attorney general action, or in any other
proceeding in which any party acts or
proposes to act in a representative
capacity. No arbitration or proceeding will
be combined with another without the
prior written consent of all parties to all
affected arbitrations or proceedings.
(f) Arbitration procedure. Any
arbitration will be conducted by the
American Arbitration Association (the
“AAA”), under its Commercial Arbitration
Rules. If You are an individual and use the
SOFTWARE for personal or vehicle use, or
if the value of the dispute is $75,000 or
less whether or not You are an individual
or how You use the SOFTWARE, the AAA
Supplementary Procedures for
Consumer-Related Disputes will also
apply. To commence arbitration, submit a
Commercial Arbitration Rules Demand for
Arbitration form to the AAA. You may
request a telephonic or in-person hearing
by following the AAA rules. In a dispute
involving $10,000 or less, any hearing will
be telephonic unless the arbitrator finds
good cause to hold an in-person hearing
instead. For more information, see adr.org
or call 1-800-778-7879. You agree to
commence arbitration only in your county
of residence or FORD MOTOR COMPANY’S
principal place of business. The arbitrator
may award the same damages to You
individually as a court could. The arbitrator
may award declaratory or injunctive relief
only to You individually, and only to the
extent required to satisfy Your individual
claim.
(g) Arbitration fees and incentives.
• I. Disputes involving $75,000 or less.
FORD MOTOR COMPANY will
promptly reimburse your filing fees and
pay the AAA’s and arbitrator’s fees and
expenses. If you reject FORD MOTOR
COMPANY’S last written settlement
offer made before the arbitrator was
appointed (“last written offer”), your
dispute goes all the way to an
arbitrator’s decision (called an
“award”), and the arbitrator awards
you more than the last written offer,
FORD MOTOR COMPANY will give you
three incentives: (1) pay the greater of
the award or $1,000; (2) pay twice your
reasonable attorney’s fees, if any; and
(3) reimburse any expenses (including
expert witness fees and costs) that
your attorney reasonably accrues for
investigating, preparing, and pursuing
your claim in arbitration. The arbitrator
will determine the amounts.
• ii. Disputes involving more than
$75,000. The AAA rules will govern
payment of filing fees and the AAA’s
and arbitrator’s fees and expenses.
• iii. Disputes involving any amount. In
any arbitration you commence, FORD
MOTOR COMPANY will seek its AAA
or arbitrator’s fees and expenses, or
Your filing fees it reimbursed, only if the
arbitrator finds the arbitration frivolous
or brought for an improper purpose. In
any arbitration FORD MOTOR
COMPANY commences, it will pay all
442
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
filing, AAA, and arbitrator’s fees and
expenses. It will not seek its attorney’s
fees or expenses from you in any
arbitration. Fees and expenses are not
counted in determining how much a
dispute involves.
(h) Claims or disputes must be filed
within one year. To the extent permitted
by law, any claim or dispute under this
EULA to which this Section applies must
be filed within one year in small claims
court (Section c) or in arbitration (Section
d). The one-year period begins when the
claim or dispute first could be filed. If such
a claim or dispute is not filed within one
year, it is permanently barred.
(I) Severability. If the class action waiver
(Section e) is found to be illegal or
unenforceable as to all or some parts of a
dispute, then that portion of Section e will
not apply to those parts. Instead, those
parts will be severed and proceed in a court
of law, with the remaining parts proceeding
in arbitration. If any other provision of that
portion Section e is found to be illegal or
unenforceable, that provision will be
severed with the remainder of Section e
remaining in full force and effect.
Telenav Software End User License
Agreement
Please read these terms and conditions
carefully before you use the TeleNav
Software. Your use of the TeleNav
Software indicates that you accept these
terms and conditions. If you do not accept
these terms and conditions, do not break
the seal of the package, launch, or
otherwise use the TeleNav Software.
TeleNav may revise this Agreement and
the privacy policy at any time, with or
without notice to you. You agree to visit
http://www.telenav.com from time to time
to review the then current version of this
Agreement and of the privacy policy.
1. Safe and Lawful Use
You acknowledge that devoting attention
to the TeleNav Software may pose a risk
of injury or death to you and others in
situations that otherwise require your
undivided attention, and you therefore
agree to comply with the following when
using the TeleNav Software:
(a) observe all traffic laws and otherwise
drive safely;
(b) use your own personal judgment while
driving. If you feel that a route suggested
by the TeleNav Software instructs you to
perform an unsafe or illegal maneuver,
places you in an unsafe situation, or directs
you into an area that you consider to be
unsafe, do not follow such instructions;
(c) do not input destinations, or otherwise
manipulate the TeleNav Software, unless
your vehicle is stationary and parked;
(d) do not use the TeleNav Software for
any illegal, unauthorized, unintended,
unsafe, hazardous, or unlawful purposes,
or in any manner inconsistent with this
Agreement;
(e) arrange all GPS and wireless devices
and cables necessary for use of the
TeleNav Software in a secure manner in
your vehicle so that they will not interfere
with your driving and will not prevent the
operation of any safety device (such as an
airbag).
You agree to indemnify and hold TeleNav
harmless against all claims resulting from
any dangerous or otherwise inappropriate
use of the TeleNav Software in any moving
vehicle, including as a result of your failure
to comply with the directions above.
443
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
2. Account Information
You agree: (a) when registering the
TeleNav Software, to provide TeleNav with
true, accurate, current, and complete
information about yourself, and (b) to
inform TeleNav promptly of any changes
to such information, and to keep it true,
accurate, current and complete.
3. Software License
• Subject to your compliance with the
terms of this Agreement, TeleNav
hereby grants to you a personal,
non-exclusive, non-transferable license
(except as expressly permitted below
in connection with your permanent
transfer of the TeleNav Software
license), without the right to
sublicense, to use the TeleNav
Software (in object code form only) in
order to access and use the TeleNav
Software. This license shall terminate
upon any termination or expiration of
this Agreement. You agree that you will
use the TeleNav Software only for your
personal business or leisure purposes,
and not to provide commercial
navigation services to other parties.
3.1 License Limitations
• (a) reverse engineer, decompile,
disassemble, translate, modify, alter
or otherwise change the TeleNav
Software or any part thereof; (b)
attempt to derive the source code,
audio library or structure of the
TeleNav Software without the prior
express written consent of TeleNav;
(c) remove from the TeleNav
Software, or alter, any of TeleNav's or
its suppliers' trademarks, trade names,
logos, patent or copyright notices, or
other notices or markings; (d)
distribute, sublicense or otherwise
transfer the TeleNav Software to
others, except as part of your
permanent transfer of the TeleNav
Software; or (e) use the TeleNav
Software in any manner that
I. infringes the intellectual property or
proprietary rights, rights of publicity or
privacy or other rights of any party,
ii. violates any law, statute, ordinance or
regulation, including but not limited to laws
and regulations related to spamming,
privacy, consumer and child protection,
obscenity or defamation, or
iii. is harmful, threatening, abusive,
harassing, tortuous, defamatory, vulgar,
obscene, libelous, or otherwise
objectionable; and (f) lease, rent out, or
otherwise permit unauthorized access by
third parties to the TeleNav Software
without advanced written permission of
TeleNav.
4. Disclaimers
• To the fullest extent permissible
pursuant to applicable law, in no event
will TeleNav, its licensors and suppliers,
or agents or employees of any of the
foregoing, be liable for any decision
made or action taken by you or anyone
else in reliance on the information
provided by the TeleNav Software.
TeleNav also does not warrant the
accuracy of the map or other data used
for the TeleNav Software. Such data
may not always reflect reality due to,
among other things, road closures,
construction, weather, new roads and
other changing conditions. You are
responsible for the entire risk arising
out of your use of the TeleNav
Software. For example but without
limitation, you agree not to rely on the
TeleNav Software for critical
navigation in areas where the
well-being or survival of you or others
444
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
is dependent on the accuracy of
navigation, as the maps or functionality
of the TeleNav Software are not
intended to support such high risk
applications, especially in more remote
geographical areas.
• TELENAV EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS
AND EXCLUDES ALL WARRANTIES IN
CONNECTION WITH THE TELENAV
SOFTWARE, WHETHER STATUTORY,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ALL
WARRANTIES WHICH MAY ARISE
FROM COURSE OF DEALING, CUSTOM
OR TRADE AND INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT
OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS WITH
RESPECT TO THE TELENAV
SOFTWARE.
• Certain jurisdictions do not permit the
disclaimer of certain warranties, so this
limitation may not apply to you.
5. Limitation of Liability
• TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER
APPLICABLE LAW, UNDER NO
CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL TELENAV
OR ITS LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS
BE LIABLE TO YOU OR TO ANY THIRD
PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL,
SPECIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES
(INCLUDING IN EACH CASE, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, DAMAGES FOR THE
INABILITY TO USE THE EQUIPMENT
OR ACCESS DATA, LOSS OF DATA,
LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF
PROFITS, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION
OR THE LIKE) ARISING OUT OF THE
USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE
TELENAV SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
TELENAV HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
NOTWITHSTANDING ANY DAMAGES
THAT YOU MIGHT INCUR FOR ANY
REASON WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING,
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ALL DAMAGES
REFERENCED HEREIN AND ALL
DIRECT OR GENERAL DAMAGES IN
CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE) OR OTHERWISE), THE
ENTIRE LIABILITY OF TELENAV AND
OF ALL OF TELENAV'S SUPPLIERS
SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT
ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR THE
TELENAV SOFTWARE. SOME STATES
AND/OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT
ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR
LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE
ABOVE LIMITATIONS OR EXCLUSIONS
MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
6. Arbitration and Governing Law
• You agree that any dispute, claim or
controversy arising out of or relating to
this Agreement or the TeleNav
Software shall be settled by
independent arbitration involving a
neutral arbitrator and administered by
the American Arbitration Association
in the County of Santa Clara, California.
The arbitrator shall apply the
Commercial Arbitration Rules of the
American Arbitration Association, and
the judgment upon the award rendered
by the arbitrator may be entered by any
court having jurisdiction. Note that
there is no judge or jury in an arbitration
proceeding and the decision of the
arbitrator shall be binding upon both
parties. You expressly agree to waive
your right to a jury trial. This Agreement
and performance hereunder will be
governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State
of California, without giving effect to
its conflict of law provisions. To the
extent judicial action is necessary in
connection with the binding arbitration,
both TeleNav and you agree to submit
445
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
to the exclusive jurisdiction of the
courts of the County of Santa Clara,
California. The United Nations
Convention on Contracts for the
International Sale of Goods shall not
apply.
7. Assignment
• You may not resell, assign, or transfer
this Agreement or any of your rights or
obligations, except in totality, in
connection with your permanent
transfer of the TeleNav Software, and
expressly conditioned upon the new
user of the TeleNav Software agreeing
to be bound by the terms and
conditions of this Agreement. Any such
sale, assignment or transfer that is not
expressly permitted under this
paragraph will result in immediate
termination of this Agreement, without
liability to TeleNav, in which case you
and all other parties shall immediately
cease all use of the TeleNav Software.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,
TeleNav may assign this Agreement to
any other party at any time without
notice, provided the assignee remains
bound by this Agreement.
8. Miscellaneous
8.1
This Agreement constitutes the entire
agreement between TeleNav and you with
respect to the subject matter hereof.
8.2
Except for the limited licenses expressly
granted in this Agreement, TeleNav retains
all right, title and interest in and to the
TeleNav Software, including without
limitation all related intellectual property
rights. No licenses or other rights which are
not expressly granted in this Agreement
are intended to, or shall be, granted or
conferred by implication, statute,
inducement, estoppel or otherwise, and
TeleNav and its suppliers and licensors
hereby reserve all of their respective rights
other than the licenses explicitly granted
in this Agreement.
8.3
By using the TeleNav Software, you
consent to receive from TeleNav all
communications, including notices,
agreements, legally required disclosures
or other information in connection with the
TeleNav Software (collectively, "Notices")
electronically. TeleNav may provide such
Notices by posting them on TeleNav's
Website or by downloading such Notices
to your wireless device. If you desire to
withdraw your consent to receive Notices
electronically, you must discontinue your
use of the TeleNav Software.
8.4
TeleNav's or your failure to require
performance of any provision shall not
affect that party's right to require
performance at any time thereafter, nor
shall a waiver of any breach or default of
this Agreement constitute a waiver of any
subsequent breach or default or a waiver
of the provision itself.
8.5
If any provision herein is held
unenforceable, then such provision will be
modified to reflect the intention of the
parties, and the remaining provisions of
this Agreement will remain in full force and
effect.
446
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
8.6
The headings in this Agreement are for
convenience of reference only, will not be
deemed to be a part of this Agreement,
and will not be referred to in connection
with the construction or interpretation of
this Agreement. As used in this Agreement,
the words "include" and "including" and
variations thereof, will not be deemed to
be terms of limitation, but rather will be
deemed to be followed by the words
"without limitation".
9. Other Vendors Terms and Conditions
• The Telenav Software utilizes map and
other data licensed to Telenav by third
party vendors for the benefit of you and
other end users. This Agreement
includes end-user terms applicable to
these companies (included at the end
of this Agreement), and thus your use
of the Telenav Software is also subject
to such terms. You agree to comply
with the following additional terms and
conditions, which are applicable to
Telenav’s third party vendor licensors::
9.1 End User Terms Required by HERE
North America, LLC
The data (“Data”) is provided for your
personal, internal use only and not for
resale. It is protected by copyright, and is
subject to the following terms and
conditions which are agreed to by you, on
the one hand, and Telenav (“Telenav”) and
its licensors (including their licensors and
suppliers) on the other hand.
© 2013 HERE. All rights reserved.
The Data for areas of Canada includes
information taken with permission from
Canadian authorities, including: © Her
Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, ©
Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post
Corporation, GeoBase®, © Department of
Natural Resources Canada.
HERE holds a non-exclusive license from
the United States Postal Service® to
publish and sell ZIP+4® information.
©United States Postal Service® 2014.
Prices are not established, controlled or
approved by the United States Postal
Service®. The following trademarks and
registrations are owned by the USPS:
United States Postal Service, USPS, and
ZIP+4
The Data for Mexico includes certain data
from Instituto Nacional de Estadística y
Geografía.
9.2 End User Terms Required by NAV2
(Shanghai) Co., Ltd
The data (“Data”) is provided for your
personal, internal use only and not for
resale. It is protected by copyright, and is
subject to the following terms and
conditions which are agreed to by you, on
the one hand, and NAV2 (Shanghai) Co.,
Ltd (“NAV2”) and its licensors (including
their licensors and suppliers) on the other
hand. 20xx. All rights reserved
Terms and Conditions
Permitted Use. You agree to use this Data
together with the Telenav Software solely
for the internal business and personal
purposes for which you were licensed, and
not for service bureau, time-sharing or
other similar purposes. Accordingly, but
subject to the restrictions set forth in the
following paragraphs, you agree not to
otherwise reproduce, copy, modify,
decompile, disassemble, create any
derivative works of, or reverse engineer any
portion of this Data, and may not transfer
or distribute it in any form, for any purpose,
except to the extent permitted by
mandatory laws.
447
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
Restrictions. Except where you have been
specifically licensed to do so by Telenav,
and without limiting the preceding
paragraph, you may not use this Data (a)
with any products, systems, or applications
installed or otherwise connected to or in
communication with vehicles, capable of
vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch,
real time route guidance, fleet
management or similar applications; or (b)
with or in communication with any
positioning devices or any mobile or
wireless-connected electronic or computer
devices, including without limitation
cellular phones, palmtop and handheld
computers, pagers, and personal digital
assistants or PDAs.
Warning. The Data may contain
inaccurate or incomplete information due
to the passage of time, changing
circumstances, sources used and the
nature of collecting comprehensive
geographic data, any of which may lead to
incorrect results.
No Warranty. This Data is provided to you
“as is,” and you agree to use it at your own
risk. Telenav and its licensors (and their
licensors and suppliers) make no
guarantees, representations or warranties
of any kind, express or implied, arising by
law or otherwise, including but not limited
to, content, quality, accuracy,
completeness, effectiveness, reliability,
fitness for a particular purpose, usefulness,
use or results to be obtained from this
Data, or that the Data or server will be
uninterrupted or error-free.
Disclaimer of Warranty: TELENAV AND
ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM
ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE,
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR
NON-INFRINGEMENT. Some States,
Territories and Countries do not allow
certain warranty exclusions, so to that
extent the above exclusion may not apply
to you.
Disclaimer of Liability: TELENAV AND
ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT
BE LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY
CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION,
IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE
CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR
ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR
DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH
MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR
POSSESSION OF THE INFORMATION; OR
FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE,
CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY
OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR
INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION,
ANY DEFECT IN THE INFORMATION, OR
THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR
CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A
WARRANTY, EVEN IF TELENAV OR ITS
LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some
States, Territories and Countries do not
allow certain liability exclusions or
damages limitations, so to that extent the
above may not apply to you.
Export Control. You shall not export from
anywhere any part of the Data or any direct
product thereof except in compliance with,
and with all licenses and approvals
required under, applicable export laws,
rules and regulations, including but not
limited to the laws, rules and regulations
administered by the Office of Foreign
Assets Control of the U.S. Department of
Commerce and the Bureau of Industry and
Security of the U.S. Department of
Commerce. To the extent that any such
448
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
export laws, rules or regulations prohibit
HERE from complying with any of its
obligations hereunder to deliver or
distribute Data, such failure shall be
excused and shall not constitute a breach
of this Agreement.
Entire Agreement. These terms and
conditions constitute the entire agreement
between Telenav (and its licensors,
including their licensors and suppliers) and
you pertaining to the subject matter hereof,
and supersedes in their entirety any and
all written or oral agreements previously
existing between us with respect to such
subject matter.
Governing Law. The above terms and
conditions shall be governed by the laws
of the State of Illinois [insert “Netherlands”
where European HERE Data is used],
without giving effect to (i) its conflict of
laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations
Convention for Contracts for the
International Sale of Goods, which is
explicitly excluded. You agree to submit to
the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois
[insert “The Netherlands” where European
HERE Data is used] for any and all
disputes, claims and actions arising from
or in connection with the Data provided to
you hereunder.
Government End Users. If the Data is
being acquired by or on behalf of the
United States government or any other
entity seeking or applying rights similar to
those customarily claimed by the United
States government, this Data is a
“commercial item” as that term is defined
at 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) 2.101, is licensed in
accordance with these End-User Terms,
and each copy of Data delivered or
otherwise furnished shall be marked and
embedded as appropriate with the
following “Notice of Use,” and shall be
treated in accordance with such Notice:
NOTICE OF USE
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/
SUPPLIER) NAME: HERE
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/
SUPPLIER) ADDRESS: c/o Nokia, 425
West Randolph Street, Chicago, Illinois
60606
This Data is a commercial item as
defined in FAR 2.101 and is subject to
these End-User Terms under which this
Data was provided.
© 1987 – 2014 HERE – All rights reserved.
If the Contracting Officer, federal
government agency, or any federal official
refuses to use the legend provided herein,
the Contracting Officer, federal
government agency, or any federal official
must notify HERE prior to seeking
additional or alternative rights in the Data.
I. US/Canada Territory
A. United States Data. The End-User
Terms for any Application containing
Data for the United States shall contain
the following notices:
“HERE holds a non-exclusive license
from the United States Postal
Service® to publish and sell ZIP+4®
information.”
“©United States Postal Service®
20XX. Prices are not established,
controlled or approved by the United
States Postal Service®. The following
trademarks and registrations are
owned by the USPS: United States
Postal Service, USPS, and ZIP+4.”
449
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
B. Canada Data. The following provi-
sions apply to the Data for Canada,
which may include or reflect data from
third party licensors (“Third Party
Data”), including Her Majesty the Queen
in Right of Canada (“Her Majesty”),
Canada Post Corporation (“Canada
Post”) and the Department of Natural
Resources of Canada (“NRCan”):
1. Disclaimer and Limitation: Client
agrees that its use of the Third Party
Data is subject to the following provi-
sions:
a. Disclaimer: The Third Party Data
is licensed on an “as is” basis. The
licensors of such data, including Her
Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan,
make no guarantees, representa-
tions or warranties respecting such
data, either express or implied,
arising by law or otherwise, including
but not limited to, effectiveness,
completeness, accuracy or fitness
for a particular purpose.
b. Limitation on Liability: The Third
Party Data licensors, including Her
Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan,
shall not be liable: (i) in respect of
any claim, demand or action, irre-
spective of the nature of the cause
of the claim, demand or action
alleging any loss, injury or damages,
direct or indirect, which may result
from the use or possession of such
Data; or (ii) in any way for loss of
revenues or contracts, or any other
consequential loss of any kind
resulting from any defect in the
Data.
2. Copyright Notice: In connection with
each copy of all or any portion of the
Data for the Territory of Canada, Client
shall affix in a conspicuous manner the
following copyright notice on at least
one of: (i) the label for the storage
media of the copy; (ii) the packaging
for the copy; or (iii) other materials
packaged with the copy, such as user
manuals or end user license agree-
ments: “This data includes information
taken with permission from Canadian
authorities, including © Her Majesty
the Queen in Right of Canada, ©
Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada
Post Corporation, GeoBase®, © The
Department of Natural Resources
Canada. All rights reserved.”
3. End-User Terms: Except as other-
wise agreed by the parties, in connec-
tion with the provision of any portion
of the Data for the Territory of Canada
to End-Users as may be authorized
under the Agreement, Client shall
provide such End-Users, in a reason-
ably conspicuous manner, with terms
(set forth with other end user terms
required to be provided under the
Agreement, or as otherwise may be
provided, by Client) which shall include
the following provisions on behalf of
the Third Party Data licensors,
including Her Majesty, Canada Post
and NRCan:
The Data may include or reflect
data of licensors, including Her
Majesty the Queen in the Right of
Canada (“Her Majesty”), Canada
Post Corporation (“Canada Post”)
and the Department of Natural
Resources Canada (“NRCan”). Such
data is licensed on an “as is” basis.
The licensors, including Her Majesty,
Canada Post and NRCan, make no
guarantees, representations or
warranties respecting such data,
450
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
either express or implied, arising by
law or otherwise, including but not
limited to, effectiveness, complete-
ness, accuracy or fitness for a
particular purpose. The licensors,
including Her Majesty, Canada Post
and NRCan, shall not be liable in
respect of any claim, demand or
action, irrespective of the nature of
the cause of the claim, demand or
action alleging any loss, injury or
damages, direct or indirect, which
may result from the use or posses-
sion of the data or the Data. The
licensors, including Her Majesty,
Canada Post and NRCan, shall not
be liable in any way for loss of
revenues or contracts, or any other
consequential loss of any kind
resulting from any defect in the data
or the Data.
End User shall indemnify and save
harmless the licensors, including Her
Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan,
and their officers, employees and
agents from and against any claim,
demand or action, irrespective of
the nature of the cause of the claim,
demand or action, alleging loss,
costs, expenses, damages or injuries
(including injuries resulting in death)
arising out of the use or possession
of the data or the Data.
4. Additional Provisions: The terms
contained in this Section are in addi-
tion to all of the rights and obligations
of the parties under the Agreement.
To the extent that any of the provi-
sions of this Section are inconsistent
with, or conflict with, any other provi-
sions of the Agreement, the provisions
of this Section shall prevail.
II. Mexico. The following provision applies
to the Data for Mexico, which includes
certain data from the Instituto Nacional
de Estadística y Geografía (“INEGI”):
A. Any and all copies of the Data and/or
packaging containing Data for Mexico
shall contain the following notice:
“Fuente: INEGI (Instituto Nacional de
Estadística y Geografía)”
III. Latin America Territory
A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used
as described below corresponding to
the Territory (or portion thereof)
included in such copy:
NoticeTerritory
“INSTITUTO GEOGRAFICO
MILITAR DEL ECUADOR
AUTORIZACION N° IGM-
2011-01- PCO-01 DEL 25 DE
ENERO DE 2011”
Ecuador
“source: © IGN 2009 - BD
TOPO ®”
“Fuente: INEGI (Instituto
Nacional de Estadística y
Geografía)”
Guade-
loupe,
French
Guiana
and
Marti-
nique
Mexico
IV. Middle East Territory
451
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used
as described below corresponding to
the Territory (or portion thereof)
included in such copy:
NoticeCountry
“© Royal Jordanian
Geographic Centre”. The
foregoing notice requirement
for Jordan Data is a material
term of the Agreement. If
Client or any of its permitted
Jordan
sublicensees (if any) fail to
meet such requirement, HERE
shall have the right to
terminate Client’s license
with respect to the Jordan
Data.
B. Jordan Data. Client and its permitted
sublicensees (if any) are restricted from
licensing and/or otherwise distributing
HERE’s database for the country of
Jordan (“Jordan Data”) for use in Enter-
prise Applications to (i) non-Jordanian
entities for use of the Jordan Data solely
in Jordan or (ii) Jordan-based customers.
In addition, Client, its permitted subli-
censees (if any) and End-Users are
restricted from using the Jordan Data in
Enterprise Applications if such party is
(i) a non-Jordanian entity using the
Jordan Data solely in Jordan or (ii) a
Jordan-based customer. For purposes
of the foregoing, “Enterprise Applica-
tions” shall mean Geomarketing applic-
ations, GIS applications, mobile business
asset management applications, call
center applications, telematics applica-
tions, public organization Internet
applications or for providing geocoding
services.
V. Europe Territory
A. Use of Certain Traffic Codes in Europe
1. General Restrictions Applicable to
Traffic Codes. Client acknowledges
and agrees that in certain countries of
the Europe Territory, Client will need
to obtain rights directly from third
party RDS-TMC code providers to
receive and use the Traffic Codes in
the Data and to deliver to End-Users
Transactions in any way derived from
or based on such Traffic Codes. For
such countries, HERE shall deliver the
Data incorporating Traffic Codes to
Client only after receiving certification
from Client of its having obtained such
rights.
2. Display of Third Party Rights
Legends for Belgium. Client shall, for
each Transaction that uses Traffic
Codes for Belgium, provide the
following notice to the End-User:
“Traffic Codes for Belgium are
provided by the Ministerie van de
Vlaamse Gemeenschap and the
Ministèrie de l’Equipement et des
Transports.”
B. Paper Maps. With respect to any
license granted to Client relating to
making, selling or distributing paper
maps (i.e., a map fixed on a paper or
paper-like medium): (a) such license
with respect to Data for the Territory of
Great Britain is conditioned on Client’s
entering into and complying with a
separate written agreement with the
Ordnance Survey (“OS”) to create and
sell paper maps, Client’s paying to the
OS any and all applicable paper map
royalties, and Client’s complying with
the OS copyright notice requirements;
(b) such license for selling or otherwise
distributing for charge with respect to
Data for the Territory of Czech Republic
452
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
is conditioned on Client’ s obtaining prior
written consent from Kartografie a.s.;
(c) such license for selling or distributing
with respect to Data for the Territory of
Switzerland is conditioned on Client’s
obtaining a permit from Bundesamt für
Landestopografie of Switzerland; (d)
Client is restricted from using Data for
the Territory of France to create paper
maps with a scale between 1:5,000 and
1:250,000; and (e) Client is restricted
from using any Data to create, sell or
distribute paper maps that are the same
or substantially similar, in terms of data
content and specific use of color,
symbols and scale, to paper maps
published by the European national
mapping agencies, including without
limitation, Landervermessungämter of
Germany, Topografische Dienst of the
Netherlands, Nationaal Geografisch
Instituut of Belgium, Bundesamt für
Landestopografie of Switzerland,
Bundesamt für Eich-und Vermessung-
swesen of Austria, and the National
Land Survey of Sweden.
C. OS Enforcement. Without limiting
Section IV(B) above, with respect to
Data for the Territory of Great Britain,
Client acknowledges and agrees that
the Ordnance Survey (“OS”) may bring
a direct action against Client to enforce
compliance with the OS copyright notice
(see Section IV(D) below) and paper
map requirements (see Section IV(B)
above) contained in this Agreement.
D. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used
as described below corresponding to
the Territory (or portion thereof)
included in such copy:
NoticeCountry(ies)
“© Bundesamt für Eich-
und Vermessungswesen”
Austria
“© EuroGeographics”
Croatia
Cyprus,
Estonia,
Latvia,
Lithuania,
Moldova,
Poland,
Slovenia
and/or
Ukraine
“source: © IGN 2009 – BD
TOPO ®”
France
“Die Grundlagendaten
wurden mit Genehmigung
der zuständigen Behörden
entnommen”
Germany
“Contains Ordnance
Survey data © Crown
copyright and database
right 2010 Contains Royal
Mail data © Royal Mail
copyright and database
right 2010”
Great Britain
“Copyright Geomatics
Ltd.”
Greece
“Copyright © 2003; Top-
Map Ltd.”
Hungary
“La Banca Dati Italiana è
stata prodotta usando
quale riferimento anche
cartografia numerica ed
al tratto prodotta e fornita
dalla Regione Toscana.”
Italy
“Copyright © 2000;
Norwegian Mapping
Authority”
Norway
“Source: IgeoE – Portugal”Portugal
453
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
“Información geográfica
propiedad del CNIG”
Spain
“Based upon electronic
data © National Land
Survey Sweden.”
Sweden
“Topografische
Grundlage: © Bundesamt
für Landestopographie.
Switzerland
E. Respective Country Distribution. Client
acknowledges that HERE has not
received approvals to distribute map
data for the following countries in such
respective countries: Albania, Belarus,
Kyrgyzstan, Moldova and Uzbekistan.
HERE may update such list from time to
time. The license rights granted to Client
under this TL with respect to the Data
for such countries are contingent upon
Client’s compliance with all applicable
laws and regulations, including, without
limitation, any required licenses or
approvals to distribute the Application
incorporating such Data in such
respective countries.
VI. Australia Territory
A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used
as described below corresponding to
the Territory (or portion thereof)
included in such copy:
Copyright. Based on data provided
under license from PSMA Australia
Limited (www.psma.com.au).
Product incorporates data which is ©
20XX Telstra Corporation Limited, GM
Holden Limited, Intelematics Australia
Pty Ltd and Continental Pty Ltd.
B. Third Party Notices for Australia. In
addition to the foregoing, the End-User
Terms for any Application containing
RDS-TMC Traffic Codes for Australia
shall contain the following notice:
“Product incorporates traffic location
codes which is © 20XX Telstra Corpora-
tion Limited and its licensors.”
AT&T Vehicle Network Carrier
Telematics Disclosure
END USER FOR PURPOSES OF THIS
SECTION MEANS YOU AND YOUR HEIRS,
EXECUTORS, LEGAL PERSONAL
REPRESENTATITVES AND PERMITED
ASSIGNS. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS
SECTION “UNDERLYING WIRELESS
SERVICE CARRIER” INCLUDES ITS
AFFILIATES AND CONTRACTORS AND
THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS,
DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, SUCCESSORS
AND ASSIGNS. END USER HAS NO
CONTRACTUAL RELATIONSHIP WITH
THE UNDERLYING WIRELESS SERVICE
CARRIER AND END USER IS NOT A THIRD
PARTY BENEFICIARY OF ANY
AGREEMENT BETWEEN FORD AND
UNDERLYING CARRIER. END USER
UNDERSTANDS AND AGREES THAT THE
UNDERLYING CARRIER HAS NO LEGAL,
EQUITABLE, OR OTHER LIABILITY OF ANY
KIND TO END USER. IN ANY EVENT,
REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF THE
ACTION, WHETHER FOR BREACH OF
CONTRACT, WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE,
STRICT LIABILITY IN TORT OR
OTHERWISE, END USER'S EXCLUSIVE
REMEDY FOR CLAIMS ARISING IN ANY
WAY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS
AGREEMENT, FOR ANY CAUSE
WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO ANY FAILURE OR
454
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
DISRUPTION OF SERVICE PROVIDED
HEREUNDER, IS LIMITED TO PAYMENT
OF DAMAGES IN AN AMOUNT NOT TO
EXCEED THE AMOUNT PAID BY END USER
FOR THE SERVICES DURING THE
TWO-MONTH PERIOD PRECEDING THE
DATE THE CLAIM AROSE.
(ii) END USER AGREES TO INDEMNIFY
AND HOLD HARMLESS THE UNDERLYING
WIRELESS SERVICE CARRIER AND ITS
OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AND AGENTS
AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION
CLAIMS FOR LIBEL, SLANDER, OR ANY
PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY
OR DEATH, ARISING IN ANY WAY,
DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, IN
CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT
OR THE USE, FAILURE TO USE, OR
INABILITY TO USE THE DEVICE EXCEPT
WHERE THE CLAIMS RESULT FROM THE
UNDERLYING CARRIER’S GROSS
NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.
THIS INDEMNITY WILL SURVIVE THE
TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT.
(iii) END USER HAS NO PROPERTY RIGHT
IN ANY NUMBER ASSIGNED TO THE
DEVICE.
(iv) END USER UNDERSTANDS THAT
FORD AND THE UNDERLYING CARRIER
CANNOT GUARANTY THE SECURITY OF
WIRELESS TRANSMISSIONS, AND WILL
NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY LACK OF
SECURITY RELATING TO THE USE OF THE
SERVICES
THE SERVICE IS FOR [END USER’S] USE
ONLY AND END USER MAY NOT RESELL
THE SERVICE TO ANY OTHER PARTY END
USER UNDERSTANDS THAT THE
UNDERLYING CARRIER DOES NOT
GUARANTEE ANY END USER
UNINTERRUPTED SERVICE OR
COVERAGE. THE UNDERLYING CARRIER
DOES NOT WARRANT THAT END USERS
CAN OR WILL BE LOCATED USING THE
SERVICE. THE UNDERLYING CARRIER
MAKES NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,
SUITABILITY, OR PERFORMANCE
REGARDING ANY SERVICES OR GOODS,
AND IN NO EVENT SHALL AT&T BE
LIABLE, WHETHER OR NOT DUE TO ITS
OWN NEGLIGENCE, FOR ANY: (A) ACT OR
OMISSION OF A THIRD PARTY; (B)
MISTAKES, OMISSIONS, INTERRUPTIONS,
ERRORS, FAILURES TO TRANSMIT,
DELAYS, OR DEFECTS IN THE SERVICE
PROVIDED BY OR THROUGH THE
UNDERLYING CARRIER; (C) DAMAGE OR
INJURY CAUSED BY SUSPENSION OR
TERMINATION BY THE UNDERLYING
CARRIER; OR (D) DAMAGE OR INJURY
CAUSED BY A FAILURE OR DELAY IN
CONNECTING A CALL TO ANY ENTITY,
INCLUDING 911 OR ANY OTHER
EMERGENCY SERVICE. TO THE FULL
EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, THE END
USER RELEASES, INDEMNIFIES AND
HOLDS THE UNDERLYING CARRIER
HARMLESS FROM AND AGAINST ANY
AND ALL CLAIMS OF ANY PERSON OR
ENTITY FOR DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE
ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM OR RELATING
TO, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SERVICES
PROVIDED BY THE UNDERLYING CARRIER
OR ANY PERSON’S USE THEREOF,
INCLUDING CLAIMS ARISING IN WHOLE
OR IN PART FROM THE ALLEGED
NEGLIGENCE OF THE UNDERLYING
CARRIER.
VII. China Territory
Personal Use Only
You agree to use this Data together with
[insert name of Client Application] for the
solely personal, non-commercial purposes
for which you were licensed, and not for
service bureau, time-sharing or other
similar purposes. Accordingly, but subject
to the restrictions set forth in the following
paragraphs, you may copy this Data only
as necessary for your personal use to (i)
455
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
view it, and (ii) save it, provided that you
do not remove any copyright notices that
appear and do not modify the Data in any
way. You agree not to otherwise reproduce,
copy, modify, decompile, disassemble or
reverse engineer any portion of this Data,
and may not transfer or distribute it in any
form, for any purpose, except to the extent
permitted by mandatory laws.
Restrictions
Except where you have been specifically
licensed to do so by NAV2 , and without
limiting the preceding paragraph, you may
not (a) use this Data with any products,
systems, or applications installed or
otherwise connected to or in
communication with vehicles, capable of
vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch,
real time route guidance, fleet
management or similar applications; or (b)
with or in communication with any
positioning devices or any mobile or
wireless-connected electronic or computer
devices, including without limitation
cellular phones, palmtop and handheld
computers, pagers, and personal digital
assistants or PDAs. You agree to cease
using this Data if you fail to comply with
these terms and conditions.
Limited Warranty
NAV2 warrants that (a) the Data will
perform substantially in accordance with
the accompanying written materials for a
period of ninety (90) days from the date
of receipt, and (b) any support services
provided by NAV2 shall be substantially as
described in applicable written materials
provided to you by NAV2, and NAV2’s
support engineers will make commercially
reasonable efforts to solve any problem
issues.
rigCustomer Remedies
NAV2 and its suppliers’ entire liability and
your exclusive remedy shall be, at NAV2’s
sole discretion, either (a) return of the price
paid, if any, or (b) repair or replacement of
the Data that do not meet NAV2’ s Limited
Warranty and that are returned to NAV2
with a copy of your receipt. This Limited
Warranty is void if failure of the Data has
resulted from accident, abuse, or
misapplication. Any replacement Data will
be warranted for the remainder of the
original warranty period or thirty (30) days,
whichever is longer. Neither these remedies
nor any product support services offered
by NAV2 are available without proof of
purchase from an authorized international
source.
No Other Warranty:
EXCEPT FOR THE LMITED WARRANTY
SET FORTH ABOVE AND TO THE EXTENT
PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NAV2
AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM
ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE,
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OWNERSHIP OR
NON-INFRINGEMENT. Certain warranty
exclusions may not be permitted under
applicable law, so to that extent the above
exclusion may not apply to you.
Limited Liability:
TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW, NAV2 AND ITS
LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT
BE LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY
CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION,
IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE
CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR
ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR
DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH
MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR
POSSESSION OF THE INFORMATION; OR
456
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE,
CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY
OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR
INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION,
ANY DEFECT IN THE INFROMATION, OR
THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR
CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A
WARRANTY, EVEN IF NAV2 OR ITS
LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. UNDER
NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL NAV2’s OR
ITS SUPPLIERS’ LIABILITY HEREUNDER
EXCEED THE PRICE PAID. Certain liability
exclusions may not be permitted under
applicable law, so to that extent the above
exclusion may not apply to you.
Export Control
You agree not to export to anywhere any
part of the Data provided to you or any
direct product thereof except in
compliance with, and with all licenses and
approvals required under, applicable
export laws, rules and regulations.
IP Protection
The Data are owned by NAV2 or its
suppliers and are protected by applicable
copyright and other intellectual property
law and treaties. The Data are provided
solely on the basis of a license to use, not
sale.
Entire Agreement
These terms and conditions constitute the
entire agreement between NAV2(and its
licensors, including their licensors and
suppliers) and you pertaining to the subject
matter hereof, and supersedes in their
entirety any and all written or oral
agreements previously existing between
us with respect to such subject matter.
Governing Law.
The above terms and conditions shall be
governed by the laws of the People’s
Republic of China, without giving effect to
(i) its conflict of laws provisions, or (ii) the
United Nations Convention for Contracts
for the International Sale of Goods, which
is explicitly excluded. Any dispute arising
from or in connection with the Data
provided to you hereunder shall be
submitted to the Shanghai International
Economic and Trade Arbitration
Commission for arbitration.
Gracenote® Copyright
CD and music-related data from
Gracenote, Inc., copyright©
2000-2007 Gracenote. Gracenote
Software, copyright © 2000-2007
Gracenote. This product and service may
practice one or more of the following U.S.
Patents 5,987,525; 6,061,680; 6,154,773;
6,161,132; 6,230,192; 6,230,207; 6.240,459;
6,330,593 and other patents issued or
pending. Some services supplied under
license from Open Globe, Inc. for U.S.
Patent 6,304,523.
Gracenote and CDDB are registered
trademarks of Gracenote. The Gracenote
logo and logotype, and the "Powered by
Gracenote™" logo are trademarks of
Gracenote.
Gracenote® End User License Agreement
(EULA)
This device contains software from
Gracenote, Inc. of 2000 Powell Street
Emeryville, California 94608
("Gracenote").
The software from Gracenote (the
"Gracenote Software") enables this device
to do disc and music file identification and
obtain music-related information, including
name, artist, track, and title information
("Gracenote Data") from online servers
457
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
("Gracenote Servers"), and to perform
other functions. You may use Gracenote
Data only by means of the intended End
User functions of this device. This device
may contain content belonging to
Gracenote's providers. If so, all of the
restrictions set forth herein with respect to
Gracenote Data shall also apply to such
content and such content providers shall
be entitled to all of the benefits and
protections set forth herein that are
available to Gracenote. You agree that you
will use the content from Gracenote
("Gracenote Content") , Gracenote Data,
the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote
Servers for your own personal,
non-commercial use only. You agree not
to assign, copy, transfer or transmit the
Gracenote Content, Gracenote Software
or any Gracenote Data (except in a Tag
associated with a music file) to any third
party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR
EXPLOIT GRACENOTE CONTENT,
GRACENOTE DATA, THE GRACENOTE
SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE SERVERS,
EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED
HEREIN.
You agree that your non-exclusive licenses
to use the Gracenote Content, Gracenote
Data, the Gracenote Software, and
Gracenote Servers will terminate if you
violate these restrictions. If your licenses
terminate, you agree to cease any and all
use of the Gracenote Content, Gracenote
Data, the Gracenote Software, and
Gracenote Servers.
Gracenote, respectively, reserve all rights
in Gracenote Data, the Gracenote
Software, and the Gracenote Servers and
Gracenote Content, including all ownership
rights. Under no circumstances will either
Gracenote become liable for any payment
to you for any information that you provide,
including any copyrighted material or
music file information. You agree that
Gracenote may enforce its respective
rights, collectively or separately, under this
agreement against you, directly in each
company's own name.
Gracenote uses a unique identifier to track
queries for statistical purposes. The
purpose of a randomly assigned numeric
identifier is to allow Gracenote to count
queries without knowing anything about
who you are. For more information, see the
web page at www.gracenote.com for the
Gracenote Privacy Policy.
THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, EACH ITEM
OF GRACENOTE DATA AND THE
GRACENOTE CONTENT ARE LICENSED
TO YOU "AS IS". NEITHER GRACENOTE
MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR
WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF ANY
GRACENOTE DATA FROM THE
GRACENOTE SERVERS OR GRACENOTE
CONTENT. GRACENOTE COLLECTIVELY
AND SEPARATELY RESERVE THE RIGHT
TO DELETE DATA AND/OR CONTENT
FROM THE COMPANIES' RESPECTIVE
SERVERS OR, IN THE CASE OF
GRACENOTE, CHANGE DATA
CATEGORIES FOR ANY CAUSE THAT
GRACENOTE DEEMS SUFFICIENT. NO
WARRANTY IS MADE THAT EITHER
GRACENOTE CONTENT OR THE
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR
GRACENOTE SERVERS ARE ERROR-FREE
OR THAT THE FUNCTIONING OF THE
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR
GRACENOTE SERVERS WILL BE
UNINTERRUPTED. GRACENOTE IS NOT
OBLIGATED TO PROVIDE YOU WITH ANY
ENHANCED OR ADDITIONAL DATA TYPES
THAT GRACENOTE MAY CHOOSE TO
PROVIDE IN THE FUTURE AND IS FREE
TO DISCONTINUE ITS ONLINE SERVICES
AT ANY TIME. GRACENOTE DISCLAIM ALL
WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
458
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND
NON-INFRINGEMENT. NEITHER
GRACENOTE WARRANTS THE RESULTS
THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE
OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY
GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL
GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL
DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS
OR LOST REVENUES FOR ANY REASON
WHATSOEVER. © Gracenote 2007.
Radio Frequency Statement
FCC ID: ACJ-SYNCG3-L
IC: 216B-SYNCG3-L
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry
Canada. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
(2) this device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
WARNING
Changes or modifications not
expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate the
equipment. The term "IC:" before the radio
certification number only signifies that
Industry Canada technical specifications
were met.
The antenna used for this transmitter must
not be co-located or operating in
conjunction with any other antenna or
transmitter.
Taiwan Territory
Note: In accordance with the management
approach of low-power radio wave
radiation motors:
Article 12: For approved and certified
low-power radiation motor models,
companies, firms or users must not alter
the frequency, increase the power or
change the characteristics and functions
of the original design without authorization.
Article 14: The usage of low-power
radio-frequency motors must not affect
aviation safety and interfere with legal
telecommunications. Should interference
be detected, immediately stop using the
device and only resume usage after
ensuring that there is no longer any
interference. For the legal
telecommunication and wireless
telecommunication of the telco, the
low-power radio frequency motor must be
able to tolerate legal limits of interference
from telecommunication, industrial,
scientific and radio wave equipment.
SUNA TRAFFIC CHANNEL – TERMS
AND CONDITIONS
By activating, using and/or accessing the
SUNA Traffic Channel, SUNA Predictive or
other content or material provided by
Intelematics (together, SUNA Products
and/or Services), you must accept
certain terms and conditions. The following
is a brief summary of the terms and
conditions that apply to you. To view the
full terms and conditions relevant to your
use of the SUNA Products and/or Services,
please consult:
Website
www.sunatraffic.com.au/termsandcon-
ditions/
1. Acceptance
459
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
By using SUNA Products and/or Services,
you will be deemed to have accepted and
agreed to be bound by the terms and
conditions fully detailed at:
Website
www.sunatraffic.com.au/termsandcon-
ditions/
2. Intellectual Property
SUNA Products and/or Services are for
your personal use. You may not record, or
retransmit the content, nor use the content
in association with any other traffic
information or route guidance service or
device not approved by Intelematics. You
obtain no right of ownership in any
Intellectual Property Rights (including
copyright) in the data that is used to
provide SUNA Products and/or Services.
3. Appropriate Use
SUNA Products and/or Services are
intended as an aid to personal motoring
and travel planning, and do not provide
comprehensive or accurate information on
all occasions. On occasions, you may
experience additional delay as a result of
using SUNA Products and/or Services. You
acknowledge that it is not intended, or
suitable, for use in applications where time
of arrival or driving directions may impact
the safety of the public or yourself.
4. Use of SUNA Products and Services
while driving
You, and other authorised drivers of the
vehicle in which SUNA Products and/or
Services are available or installed and
active, remain at all times responsible for
observing all relevant laws and codes of
safe driving. In particular, you agree to only
actively operate SUNA Products and/or
Services when the Vehicle is at a complete
stop and it is safe to do so.
5. Service Continuity and Reception of
the SUNA Traffic Channel
We will use reasonable endeavours to
provide the SUNA Traffic Channel 24 hours
a day, 365 days a year. The SUNA Traffic
Channel may occasionally be unavailable
for technical reasons or for planned
maintenance. We will try to perform
maintenance at times when congestion is
light. We reserve the right to withdraw
SUNA Products and/or Services at any
time.
Also, we cannot assure the uninterrupted
reception of the SUNA Traffic Channel
RDS-TMC signal at any particular location.
6. Limitation of Liability
Neither Intelematics (nor its suppliers or
the manufacturer of your device (the
“Suppliers”)) shall be liable to you or to
any third party for any damages either
direct, indirect, incidental, consequential
or otherwise arising out of the use of or
inability to use SUNA Products and/or
Services even if Intelematics or a Supplier
has been advised of the possibility of such
damages. You also acknowledge that the
neither Intelematics nor any Supplier
guarantees nor make any warranties that
relate to the availability, accuracy or
completeness of SUNA Products and/or
Services, and to the extent which it is
lawful to do so, both Intelematics and each
Supplier excludes any warranties which
might otherwise be implied by any State
or Federal legislation in relation to SUNA
Products and/or Services.
7. Please Note
Great care has been taken in preparing this
manual. Constant product development
may mean that some information is not
entirely up-to-date. The information in this
document is subject to change without
notice.
460
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
461
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
462
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
A
A/C
See: Climate Control.........................................106
About This Manual...........................................7
ABS
See: Brakes............................................................153
ABS driving hints
See: Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Brakes................................................................154
Accessories......................................................411
Exterior style..........................................................411
Interior style...........................................................411
Lifestyle...................................................................411
Peace of mind.......................................................411
Accessories
See: Replacement Parts
Recommendation............................................12
Active Park Assist..........................................161
Automatic Steering into Parking
Space.................................................................163
Deactivating the Park Assist Feature..........163
Troubleshooting the System..........................164
Using Active Park Assist...................................162
Adjusting the Headlamps.........................225
Horizontal Aim Adjustment...........................226
Vertical Aim Adjustment.................................225
Adjusting the Steering Wheel...................68
Airbag Disposal..............................................46
Air Conditioning
See: Climate Control.........................................106
Air Filter
See: Changing the Engine Air Filter.............232
Alarm
See: Anti-Theft Alarm.........................................67
Ambient Lighting............................................78
Anti-Theft Alarm............................................67
Arming the Alarm.................................................67
Disarming the Alarm...........................................67
Appendices....................................................433
Apps.................................................................380
..................................................................................380
SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link...................382
At a Glance........................................................16
Audible Warnings and Indicators..............91
Automatic Transmission Warning
Chime...................................................................91
Engine On Warning Chime.................................91
Headlamps On Warning Chime.......................91
Key in Ignition Warning Chime.........................91
Keyless Warning Alert .........................................91
Parking Brake On Warning Chime...................91
Audio Control..................................................68
Seek, Next or Previous.......................................69
Audio System.................................................277
General Information..........................................277
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/CD/
Satellite Radio...........................................282
Menu Structure..................................................284
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/CD/
SYNC/Touchscreen Display..................281
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/CD/
SYNC.............................................................278
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: Sony Audio
System..........................................................287
Autolamps.........................................................75
Windshield Wiper Activated
Headlamps.........................................................75
Automatic Climate Control......................106
Smart Zone...........................................................107
Automatic Engine Shutdown...................129
Automatic Transmission...........................150
Brake-Shift Interlock Override........................151
If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud or
Snow...................................................................152
Understanding the Shift Positions of your
Automatic Transmission............................150
Automatic Transmission Fluid
Check............................................................220
Autowipers.........................................................71
Autowipers Settings............................................72
Auxiliary Power Points................................122
110 Volt AC Power Point....................................122
12 Volt DC Power Point......................................122
Locations................................................................122
B
Battery
See: Changing the 12V Battery......................222
Blind Spot Information System...............170
Switching the System Off and On.................171
System Errors.........................................................171
Using the Blind Spot Information
System...............................................................170
Body Styling Kits..........................................243
463
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Index
Bonnet Lock
See: Opening and Closing the Hood............212
Booster Seats..................................................25
Types of Booster Seats......................................26
Brake Fluid Check.........................................221
Brakes...............................................................153
General Information..........................................153
Breaking-In......................................................183
Bulb Specification Chart............................231
C
Cabin Air Filter...............................................109
California Proposition 65..............................11
Capacities and Specifications................274
Specifications......................................................274
Car Wash
See: Cleaning the Exterior..............................235
Catalytic Converter......................................144
On-Board Diagnostics (OBD-II)....................145
Readiness for Inspection and Maintenance
(I/M) Testing...................................................145
Center Console..............................................124
Changing a Bulb...........................................226
Replacing Fog, Park and Direction Indicator
Bulbs..................................................................228
Replacing Headlamp Bulbs...........................226
Replacing License Plate Lamp Bulb..........230
Replacing Reverse Lamp and Tail Lamp
Bulbs..................................................................229
Replacing Tail, Brake and Direction
Indicator Bulbs...............................................228
Replacing the Center High Mounted Brake
Lamp Bulbs.....................................................230
Changing a Fuse...........................................210
Fuses.......................................................................210
Changing the 12V Battery..........................222
Changing the Engine Air Filter.................232
Air Cleaner Assembly Components............232
Installing the Engine Air Filter
Element............................................................234
Removing the Engine Air Filter
Element............................................................233
Changing the Wiper Blades.....................223
Changing the Rear Window Wiper
Blade..................................................................224
Changing the Windshield Wiper
Blades................................................................224
Service Position..................................................223
Checking MyKey System Status...............55
MyKey Distance....................................................55
Number of Admin Keys......................................55
Number of MyKeys..............................................55
Checking the Wiper Blades......................223
Child Restraint and Seatbelt
Maintenance.................................................35
Child Restraint Positioning..........................27
Child Safety.......................................................18
General Information.............................................18
Child Safety Locks.........................................28
Left-Hand Side......................................................29
Right-Hand Side...................................................29
Cleaning Leather Seats.............................240
Cleaning Products.......................................235
Materials................................................................235
Cleaning the Engine....................................237
Cleaning the Exterior..................................235
Body Paintwork Preservation........................236
Cleaning Stripes or Graphics.........................236
Cleaning the Chrome Trim.............................236
Cleaning the Headlamps................................236
Cleaning the Rear Window............................236
Cleaning the Instrument Panel and
Instrument Cluster Lens.........................239
Cleaning the Interior...................................238
Fabric, Carpets, Cloth Seats, Headliners
and Floor Mats...............................................238
Instrument Cluster Screens, LCD Screens
and Radio Screens.......................................239
Leather Interior...................................................238
Rear Windows.....................................................239
Seatbelts...............................................................238
Storage Compartments, Cup Holders and
Ashtrays............................................................239
Suede Micro Fiber Fabric................................238
Cleaning the Wheels..................................240
Cleaning the Windows and Wiper
Blades............................................................237
Clearing All MyKeys.......................................53
Climate Control............................................106
Collision, Damage or Fire Event...............191
Guidance for Ford Motor Company Electric
and Hybrid-Electric Vehicles Equipped
With High Voltage Batteries.......................191
Coolant Check
See: Engine Coolant Check.............................216
464
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Index
Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator........45
Creating a MyKey............................................53
Programming/Changing Configurable
Settings...............................................................53
Cross Traffic Alert...........................................171
Blocked Sensors..................................................173
Switching the System Off and On................173
System Errors........................................................173
System Lights, Messages and Audible
Alerts...................................................................173
System Limitations.............................................173
Using the Cross Traffic Alert System............171
Cruise Control.................................................69
Principle of Operation......................................168
Cruise control
See: Using Cruise Control................................168
Customer Assistance..................................194
D
Data Recording..................................................9
Event Data Recording..........................................10
Service Data Recording........................................9
Daytime Running Lamps.............................76
Digital Radio..................................................288
HD Radio Reception and Station
Troubleshooting............................................289
Direction Indicators........................................77
Doors and Locks..............................................57
Driver and Passenger Airbags...................39
Children and Airbags..........................................40
Proper Driver and Front Passenger Seating
Adjustment........................................................39
Driver Knee Airbag.........................................44
Driving Aids.....................................................170
Driving Hints...................................................183
Driving Through Water...............................184
DRL
See: Daytime Running Lamps.........................76
E
Economical Driving......................................183
EcoSelect.........................................................133
Electric Vehicle Information.....................376
Power Flow...........................................................376
Electromagnetic Compatibility..............433
Emission Law.................................................143
Noise Emissions Warranty, Prohibited
Tampering Acts and Maintenance..........144
Tampering With a Noise Control
System...............................................................143
End User License Agreement.................435
VEHICLE SOFTWARE END USER LICENSE
AGREEMENT (EULA) .................................435
Engine Block Heater....................................128
Using the Engine Block Heater......................129
Engine Coolant Check................................216
Adding Coolant....................................................217
Coolant Change..................................................219
Engine Coolant Temperature
Management..................................................220
Fail-Safe Cooling................................................219
Recycled Coolant................................................218
Severe Climates..................................................218
Engine Emission Control............................143
Engine Immobilizer
See: Passive Anti-Theft System....................66
Engine Oil Check...........................................215
Adding Engine Oil...............................................215
Operating in Cold Climates and Short
Driving Cycles..................................................215
Engine Oil Dipstick.......................................215
Engine Specifications.................................270
Entertainment...............................................353
AM/FM Radio......................................................354
Apps........................................................................362
Bluetooth Stereo or USB.................................361
CD...........................................................................360
HD Radio™ Information (If
Available).........................................................357
SiriusXM® Satellite Radio (If
Activated)........................................................354
Sources..................................................................353
Supported Media Players, Formats and
Metadata Information................................362
USB Ports.............................................................362
Environment......................................................15
Event Data Recording
See: Data Recording..............................................9
Export Unique Options..................................13
Exterior Mirrors...............................................80
Blind Spot Information System......................82
Fold-Away Exterior Mirrors................................81
Heated Exterior Mirrors.......................................81
465
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Index
Integrated Blind Spot Mirrors...........................81
Power Exterior Mirrors........................................80
Puddle Lamps........................................................81
Signal Indicator Mirrors.......................................81
F
Fastening the Seatbelts................................31
Seatbelt Locking Modes....................................32
Using Seatbelts During Pregnancy.................31
Flat Tire Inflation
See: Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit.................244
Floor Mats.......................................................184
Fog Lamps - Front
See: Front Fog Lamps.........................................77
Ford Credit..........................................................11
US Only......................................................................11
Ford Protect....................................................413
Ford Protect Extended Service Plan
(CANADA ONLY)...........................................414
Ford Protect Extended Service Plans (U.S.
Only)...................................................................413
Front Fog Lamps.............................................77
Front Parking Aid..........................................160
Obstacle Distance Indicator............................161
Front Passenger Sensing System............40
Fuel and Refueling.......................................136
Fuel Consumption.........................................141
Fuel Economy.......................................................141
Fuel Filler Funnel Location........................137
Fuel Filter..........................................................221
Fuel Quality.....................................................136
Choosing the Right Fuel...................................136
Fuel Shutoff....................................................187
Fuses.................................................................201
Fuse Specification Chart...........................201
Luggage Compartment Fuse Panel............207
Passenger Compartment Fuse
Panel.................................................................204
Power Distribution Box.....................................201
Pre-Fuse Box........................................................201
G
Garage Door Opener
See: Universal Garage Door Opener............118
Gauges...............................................................85
Left Information Display....................................85
Right Information Display.................................87
Gearbox
See: Transmission..............................................150
General Information on Radio
Frequencies...................................................47
Intelligent Access..................................................47
General Maintenance Information........415
Multi-point Inspection.......................................417
Owner Checks and Services..........................416
Protecting Your Investment............................415
Why Maintain Your Vehicle?..........................415
Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your
Dealership?......................................................415
Getting Assistance Outside the U.S. and
Canada..........................................................197
Getting the Services You Need...............194
Away From Home..............................................194
Global Opening..............................................80
Opening the Windows.......................................80
H
Handbrake
See: Parking Brake.............................................154
Hazard Flashers.............................................187
Headlamp Adjusting
See: Adjusting the Headlamps.....................225
Headlamp Exit Delay....................................76
Headlamp Removal
See: Removing a Headlamp..........................226
Head Restraints...............................................111
Adjusting the Head Restraint..........................112
Heated Seats...................................................117
Heated Windows and Mirrors..................108
Heated Exterior Mirrors....................................109
Heated Rear Window.......................................109
Heating
See: Climate Control.........................................106
High Voltage Battery Cut-Off
Switch............................................................149
...................................................................................149
High Voltage Battery....................................147
General Information...........................................147
Hill Start Assist..............................................154
Switching the System On and Off...............155
Using Hill Start Assist........................................155
466
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Index
Hints on Controlling the Interior
Climate..........................................................108
Defogging the Side Windows in Cold
Weather............................................................108
General Hints.......................................................108
Quickly Cooling the Interior............................108
Quickly Heating the Interior...........................108
Recommended Settings for Cooling..........108
Recommended Settings for Heating..........108
Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Brakes............................................................154
Home Screen................................................345
Hood Lock
See: Opening and Closing the Hood............212
Hybrid Vehicle Frequently Asked
Questions......................................................133
Hybrid Vehicle Operation............................131
Battery:....................................................................132
Braking:...................................................................132
Driving:.....................................................................131
Driving to Optimize Fuel Economy...............132
Engine:.....................................................................132
Starting:...................................................................131
Stopping:.................................................................131
Transmission Operation:...................................131
I
Ignition Switch...............................................125
In California (U.S. Only).............................195
Information Display Control.......................70
Information Displays.....................................92
General Information............................................92
Information Messages.................................99
AdvanceTrac®......................................................99
Alarm........................................................................99
Battery and Charging System (High
Voltage)............................................................100
Blind Spot Information and Cross Traffic
Alert System...................................................100
Doors......................................................................100
Fuel..........................................................................100
Hill Start Assist.....................................................101
Keys and Intelligent Access.............................101
Maintenance........................................................102
MyKey......................................................................103
Park Aid..................................................................103
Park Brake.............................................................104
Power Steering....................................................104
Remote Start.......................................................104
Tire Pressure Monitoring System.................104
Traction Control..................................................105
Transmission........................................................105
Installing Child Restraints............................19
Child Seats...............................................................19
Using Lap and Shoulder Belts.........................20
Using Lower Anchors and Tethers for
CHildren (LATCH)............................................22
Using Tether Straps.............................................24
Instrument Cluster........................................85
Instrument Lighting Dimmer......................75
Vehicles With Front Fog Lamps......................76
Vehicles Without Front Fog Lamps...............76
Instrument Panel Overview........................16
Interior Lamps..................................................77
Front Interior Lamp..............................................77
Front Interior Lamp - With Panorama
Roof......................................................................78
Rear Interior Lamp...............................................78
Interior Mirror...................................................82
Automatic Dimming Mirror...............................82
Manual Dimming Mirror.....................................82
Introduction.........................................................7
J
Jump Starting the Vehicle.........................188
Connecting the Jumper Cables.....................188
Jump Starting......................................................190
Preparing Your Vehicle.....................................188
Removing the Jumper Cables.......................190
K
Keyless Starting.............................................125
Ignition Modes.....................................................126
Keys and Remote Controls.........................47
L
Liftgate...............................................................62
Lighting Control...............................................74
Headlamp Flasher................................................75
Headlamp High Beam........................................74
Lighting...............................................................74
General Information............................................74
467
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Index
Load Carrying..................................................175
Load Limit........................................................176
Special Loading Instructions for Owners of
Pick-up Trucks and Utility-type
Vehicles.............................................................180
Vehicle Loading - with and without a
Trailer..................................................................176
Load Retaining Fixtures..............................176
Luggage Anchor Points.....................................176
Locking and Unlocking.................................57
Activating Intelligent Access...........................58
Autolock..................................................................60
Battery Saver..........................................................61
Illuminated Entry.................................................60
Illuminated Exit.....................................................60
Mechanical Key.....................................................58
Opening a Rear Door from Inside..................58
Power Door Locks.................................................57
Remote Control.....................................................57
Smart Unlocks For Integrated Keyhead
Transmitter........................................................59
Smart Unlocks For Intelligent Access Keys
................................................................................59
Luggage Covers..............................................175
Removing the Shade.........................................175
M
Maintenance...................................................212
General Information...........................................212
Manual Liftgate...............................................62
Closing the Liftgate.............................................62
Opening the Liftgate...........................................62
Manual Seats..................................................113
Moving the Seat Backward and
Forward..............................................................113
Recline Adjustment............................................114
Message Center
See: Information Displays.................................92
Mirrors
See: Heated Windows and Mirrors..............108
See: Windows and Mirrors................................79
Mobile Communications Equipment.......13
Motorcraft Parts............................................271
MyKey Troubleshooting...............................55
MyKey™.............................................................52
Principle of Operation.........................................52
N
Navigation......................................................368
cityseeker..............................................................375
Destination Mode..............................................370
Map Mode............................................................369
Navigation Map Updates................................376
Navigation Menu................................................373
SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link...................376
SYNC AppLink.....................................................375
Waypoints.............................................................374
Normal Scheduled Maintenance...........418
Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor™.........................418
Normal Maintenance Intervals.....................419
O
Oil Change Indicator Reset.......................216
Resetting the Oil Life Monitoring
System...............................................................216
Oil Check
See: Engine Oil Check.......................................215
Opening and Closing the Hood...............212
Closing the Hood.................................................213
Opening the Hood..............................................212
Ordering Additional Owner's
Literature......................................................198
Obtaining a French Owner’s Manual..........199
Overhead Console........................................124
P
Parking Aids....................................................159
Principle of Operation.......................................159
Parking Brake.................................................154
Passive Anti-Theft System........................66
SecuriLock®...........................................................66
PATS
See: Passive Anti-Theft System....................66
Perchlorate.........................................................11
Personal Safety System™..........................37
How Does the Personal Safety System
Work?...................................................................37
Phone...............................................................363
During a Phone Call..........................................366
Making Calls........................................................365
Pairing Your Cell Phone for the First
Time...................................................................363
468
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Index
Phone Menu........................................................364
Receiving Calls...................................................366
Smartphone Connectivity..............................367
Text Messaging...................................................367
Post-Crash Alert System...........................192
Power Door Locks
See: Locking and Unlocking..............................57
Power Liftgate.................................................63
Obstacle Detection.............................................65
Opening and Closing the Liftgate..................63
Setting the Liftgate Open Height..................64
Stopping the Liftgate Movement..................64
Power Seats.....................................................114
Power Lumbar......................................................116
Power Steering Fluid Check......................221
Power Windows..............................................79
Accessory Delay...................................................80
Bounce-Back.........................................................79
One-Touch Down.................................................79
One-Touch Up.......................................................79
Window Lock.........................................................79
Protecting the Environment........................15
R
Rear Parking Aid............................................159
Obstacle Distance Indicator..........................160
Rear Seat Armrest.........................................117
Rear Seats........................................................116
Folding the Seat Backrest ...............................116
Unfolding the Seat Backrest...........................116
Rear Under Floor Storage..........................175
Rear View Camera.......................................165
Using the Rear View Camera System.........165
Rear View Camera
See: Rear View Camera....................................165
Rear Window Wiper and Washers...........72
Rear Window Washer.........................................73
Refueling..........................................................138
Capless System...................................................139
Remote Control...............................................47
Car Finder................................................................49
Integrated Keyhead Transmitters ..................47
Intelligent Access Key........................................48
Remote Start.........................................................50
Replacing the Battery.........................................48
Sounding a Panic Alarm....................................50
Remote Start.................................................109
Automatic Settings...........................................109
Heated and Cooled Devices............................110
Last Settings.........................................................110
Removing a Headlamp..............................226
Repairing Minor Paint Damage..............240
Replacement Parts
Recommendation........................................12
Collision Repairs....................................................12
Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical
Repairs..................................................................12
Warranty on Replacement Parts.....................12
Replacing a Lost Key or Remote
Control..............................................................51
Reporting Safety Defects (Canada
Only)..............................................................199
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.
Only)..............................................................199
Roadside Assistance..................................186
Vehicles Sold in Canada: Getting Roadside
Assistance........................................................187
Vehicles Sold in Canada: Roadside
Assistance Program Coverage..................187
Vehicles Sold in Canada: Using Roadside
Assistance........................................................187
Vehicles Sold in the United States: Getting
Roadside Assistance....................................186
Vehicles Sold in the United States: Using
Roadside Assistance....................................186
Roadside Emergencies..............................186
Running-In
See: Breaking-In..................................................183
Running Out of Fuel.....................................137
Adding Fuel From a Portable Fuel
Container..........................................................138
Filling a Portable Fuel Container...................137
S
Safety Canopy™............................................44
Safety Precautions......................................136
Satellite Radio..............................................290
Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number
(ESN).................................................................291
Satellite Radio Reception Factors................291
SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service...................291
Troubleshooting.................................................292
Scheduled Maintenance Record............422
469
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Index
Scheduled Maintenance............................415
Seatbelt Extension........................................36
Seatbelt Height Adjustment......................33
Seatbelt Reminder........................................34
Belt-Minder™........................................................34
Seatbelts...........................................................30
Principle of Operation........................................30
Seatbelt Warning Lamp and Indicator
Chime...............................................................33
Conditions of operation.....................................33
Seats....................................................................111
Security..............................................................66
Settings...........................................................383
911 Assist...............................................................388
Ambient Lighting...............................................395
Bluetooth..............................................................385
Clock.......................................................................385
Display...................................................................396
General..................................................................393
Media Player........................................................384
Mobile Apps..........................................................391
Navigation............................................................389
Phone.....................................................................385
Radio......................................................................388
SiriusXM................................................................389
Sound.....................................................................383
Valet Mode...........................................................397
Vehicle...................................................................395
Voice Control.......................................................396
Wi-Fi & Hotspot.................................................393
Side Airbags.....................................................43
Sitting in the Correct Position....................111
Snow Chains
See: Using Snow Chains.................................264
Special Notices................................................12
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.........................12
On Board Diagnostics Data Link
Connector............................................................13
Special Instructions..............................................12
Special Operating Conditions Scheduled
Maintenance..............................................420
Exceptions.............................................................421
Speed Control
See: Cruise Control............................................168
Stability Control.............................................157
Principle of Operation.......................................157
Starter Switch
See: Ignition Switch...........................................125
Starting a Hybrid Electric Vehicle
System...........................................................126
Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes................128
Important Ventilating Information...............128
Switching Off the Vehicle When It Is
Moving...............................................................128
Switching Off the Vehicle When It Is
Stationary..........................................................127
Vehicles with an Ignition Key..........................127
Vehicles with Keyless Start.............................126
Starting and Stopping the Engine..........125
General Information..........................................125
Steering.............................................................174
Electric Power Steering.....................................174
Steering Wheel...............................................68
Storage Compartments.............................124
Sun Shades......................................................83
Bounce-Back.........................................................83
Opening and Closing the Sun Shade...........83
Sun Shade Relearning........................................83
Sun Visors.........................................................82
Illuminated Vanity Mirror...................................83
Supplementary Restraints System.........38
Principle of Operation........................................38
Symbols Glossary.............................................7
SYNC™ 3........................................................332
General Information..........................................332
SYNC™ 3 Troubleshooting......................397
SYNC™ Applications and Services.......310
911 Assist................................................................310
SYNC Mobile Apps.............................................312
SYNC™...........................................................294
General Information.........................................294
SYNC™ Troubleshooting..........................324
T
Technical Specifications
See: Capacities and Specifications............270
The Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto
Line Program (U.S. Only).......................196
Tire Care..........................................................250
Glossary of Tire Terminology.........................252
Information About Uniform Tire Quality
Grading.............................................................250
Information Contained on the Tire
Sidewall............................................................253
Temperature A B C.............................................251
470
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Index
Traction AA A B C................................................251
Treadwear..............................................................251
Tire Inflation When Punctured
See: Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit.................244
Tire Pressure Monitoring System...........265
Changing Tires With a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System.......................................266
Understanding Your Tire Pressure
Monitoring System ......................................266
Tire Repair Kit
See: Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit.................244
Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit....................244
First Stage: Inflating the Tire with Sealing
Compound and Air.......................................246
General Information.........................................245
Second Stage: Checking Tire
Pressure...........................................................248
Tips for Use of the Kit.......................................245
What to Do After the Tire has Been
Sealed...............................................................248
What to Do When a Tire Is
Punctured........................................................246
Tires
See: Wheels and Tires.....................................244
Towing a Trailer..............................................181
Towing the Vehicle on Four
Wheels............................................................181
Emergency Towing..............................................181
Recreational Towing...........................................181
Towing...............................................................181
Traction Control............................................156
Principle of Operation.......................................156
Transmission Code Designation.............273
Transmission..................................................150
Transporting the Vehicle............................192
U
Under Hood Overview.................................213
Unique Driving Characteristics.................131
Universal Garage Door Opener................118
HomeLink Wireless Control System............118
USB Port.........................................................293
Using Cruise Control...................................168
Switching Cruise Control Off.........................168
Switching Cruise Control On..........................168
Switching to ECO Cruise..................................169
Using MyKey With Remote Start
Systems..........................................................55
Using Snow Chains.....................................264
Using Stability Control...............................158
Using SYNC™ With Your Media
Player..............................................................315
Accessing Your USB Song Library................319
Bluetooth Devices and System
Settings..............................................................321
Connecting Your Digital Media Player to the
USB Port............................................................315
Media Menu Features.......................................318
Media Voice Commands.................................316
USB 2.......................................................................321
Voice Commands for Audio Sources..........322
Using SYNC™ With Your Phone............298
Accessing Features through the Phone
Menu..................................................................303
Accessing Your Phone Settings...................306
Bluetooth Devices.............................................307
Making Calls........................................................302
Pairing a Phone for the First Time..............299
Pairing Subsequent Phones.........................300
Phone Options during an Active Call.........302
Phone Voice Commands...............................300
Receiving Calls...................................................302
System Settings................................................308
Text Messaging..................................................304
Using Traction Control................................156
Switching the System Off...............................156
System Indicator Lights and
Messages..........................................................156
Using a Switch.....................................................156
Using the Information Display
Controls.............................................................156
Using Voice Recognition...........................296
Audio Voice Commands..................................347
Climate Voice Commands.............................348
Initiating a Voice Session................................296
Mobile App Voice Commands.......................351
Navigation Voice Commands.......................349
Phone Voice Commands................................348
SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link Voice
Commands......................................................351
System Interaction and Feedback..............297
Voice Settings Commands............................352
Utilizing the Mediation/Arbitration
Program (Canada Only)..........................197
471
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Index
V
Vehicle Care...................................................235
General Information.........................................235
Vehicle Certification Label........................273
Vehicle Identification Number.................272
Vehicle Storage..............................................241
Battery....................................................................242
Body.........................................................................241
Brakes.....................................................................242
Cooling system...................................................242
Engine......................................................................241
Fuel system..........................................................242
General...................................................................241
Miscellaneous.....................................................242
Removing Vehicle From Storage..................242
Tires.........................................................................242
Ventilation
See: Climate Control.........................................106
VIN
See: Vehicle Identification Number.............272
Voice Control...................................................69
W
Warning Lamps and Indicators.................87
Anti-Lock Braking System................................88
Battery.....................................................................88
Blind Spot Monitor..............................................88
Brake System........................................................88
Cruise Control.......................................................88
Direction Indicator...............................................88
Door Ajar.................................................................88
EcoSelect................................................................88
Engine and Motor Coolant
Temperature.....................................................89
Engine Oil................................................................89
Fasten Seatbelt....................................................89
Front Airbag...........................................................89
Front Fog Lamps..................................................89
Grade Assist...........................................................89
High Beam..............................................................89
Liftgate Ajar............................................................89
Low Battery............................................................89
Low Fuel Level......................................................89
Low Tire Pressure Warning..............................89
Parking Lamps......................................................89
Powertrain Fault...................................................90
Ready to Drive.......................................................90
Service Engine Soon...........................................90
Stability Control...................................................90
Stability Control Off...........................................90
Stop Safely.............................................................90
Washer Fluid Check.....................................221
Washers
See: Cleaning the Exterior..............................235
See: Wipers and Washers...................................71
Waxing.............................................................236
Wheels and Tires.........................................244
Technical Specifications.................................268
Windows and Mirrors....................................79
Windshield Washers......................................72
Front Camera Washer.........................................72
Windshield Wipers..........................................71
Intermittent Wipe..................................................71
Speed Dependent Wipers..................................71
Wiper Blades
See: Checking the Wiper Blades..................223
Wipers and Washers......................................71
472
C-MAX / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Index
